Analytical and critical bibliography of the tribes of Tierra del Fuego and adjacent territory

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http : //books . google . com/

This book is

FRAGILE.

Please handle with care

and do not photocopy.

Duplicate pages

can be obtained from

the microfilm version

available here atTozzer.

Thanks for your

help in preserving

Harvard's library collections.

12

•146

i

Digitized by

Goo

Digitized by

Googl(

Digitized by

Googl(

Digitized by

Googl(

Digitized by

Googl(

Digitized by

Googl(

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

BUREAU Oram^l^l^B^

BULLETIN 63

ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

AND ADJACENT TERRITORY

BY

JOHN M. COOPER

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE

1917

Digitized by

Googl(

RicSveo

jiw •>'

j£S[^

Digitized by LjOOQIC

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

Washington, D. C, October 10, 1916.
Sir: I have the honor to transmit herewith the manuscript of a
memoir entitled '* Analytical and Critical Bibliography of the Tribes
of Tierra del Fuego and Adjacent Territory," by Rev. John M.
Cooper, and to recommend its publication as a bulletin of the Bureau
of American Ethnology.
Very respectfully,

F. W. Hodge,
Etknologislr'inr- Charge,
Dr. Charles D. Walcott,

Secretary, Smitlisonian Institution.

Digitized by

Googl(

Digitized by

Googl(

PREFACE

If we are entitled to accept the principle that the modem barbarian
world has preserved to a fair degree the culture of humanity's ado-
lescence, we may legitimately go a step farther and look to the
modem savage world for some clue to the culture of humanity's
childhood. Used with due reserve, our knowledge of savage culture
may help toward a reconstruction of the earher stages of prehistoric
cultural development, but at any rate coordination of the facts must
precede their interpretation, and in turn be preceded by intensive
studies of the individual savage tribes.

The present work had its origin in such an attempt to find what
light an intensive study of the available sources would throw on the
culture, particularly the religion and morality, and on the cultural
relations, of one of the most primitive aboriginal American groups.
In the course of preparation references accumulated, and what began
as a cultural study has ended as a bibliography.

I wish to take this opportimity to express my grateful apprecia-
tion first of all to Mr. Frederick W. Hodge, who has given me his
valued counsel on many matters connected with the work. I am
also indebted to him as well as to Mr. Wilberforce Eames for several
important titles.

Dr. AleS Hrdli6ka and Dr. John R. Swanton have generously given
me the benefit of their expert knowledge and wide experience in their
respective fields, although of course I should not like them to" be held
responsible for conclusions advanced in the work.

Prof. Charles Wellington Furlong, whose intimate personal knowl-
edge of the Fuegian and Patagonian tribes makes him our foremost
North American authority on their culture, has very kindly put at
my disposal much of his invaluable manuscript material and has
given me information on many obscure points.

The Rev. Dr. Antonio Cojazzi and Father Jos6 M. Beau voir, both
of the Salesian Society, have by letter helped to clear up for me sev-
eral matters in connection with their own and their confreres' lin-
guistic studies.

I have to thank Mr. Charles Martel, of the Library of Congress, for
many kindnesses to me and for his valuable suggestions regarding
bibliographical technique.

Digitized by

Googl(

VI PREFACE

I am also under deep obligation for many privileges extended to me
and for their unfailing courtesy in the many demands I made on their
time and patience, to Mr. Charles W. Mead, of the American Museum
of Natural History, and to the authorities of many of the libraries of
Washington and elsewhere, especially of the Library of Congress, of
the libraries of the Bureau of American Ethnology, the National
Museimi, the Surgeon General's Office, the Geological Survey, and
the Pan-American Union, of the Day Missions Library of Yale, and
of the New York Public Library.

John M. Coopbe.

Washington, D. C, September lU 1916.

Digitized by

Googl(

CONTENTS

Page

Introductioii 1

Scope of the present work 1

General division of tribes 2

Yahgans , 2

Names 2

Territory 3

Present condition 4

Alacaluf 5

Names 5

Territory 6

Linguistic evidence 10

Glossary 12

Somatological evidence 29

Cultural evidence '. 29

Chonos 30

Names and territory 30

Language 34

Somatology 41

Culture 43

Present condition of the Chonos and Alacaluf 46

Onas 48

Names 48

Territory 49

Shilk'nam-M^nekenkn relations 49

Ona-Tehuelche relations 52

Present condition 56

Past and future of Fuegian investigations 59

Early writers and explorers to 1800 ^. . . 59

History of investigation 60

Futiu» of Fu^ian and Chonoan investigation , 63

Author bibliography 65

Subject bibliography 137

Orientation 137

Bibliographies . . . i 137

Ethnological maps 137

Environment 137

Somatology 138

Anatomy J38

Anatomy, physiology, pathology 140

Expression of the emotions •. 140

Languages 141

. Lexical sources 141

Grammatical sources 144

Texts 144

General remarks 144

vn

Digitized by

Googl(

Vin CONTENTS

Subject bibliogra phy — Coutinued . Page

Culture 145

Religious culture 145

Religious culture proper 145

Supramundane beings 146

Totemism, animism, fetishism 149

Ancestor worship 150

Future life 150

Belief and morality 162

Cult 152

Quasi-religious culture 154

Birth customs 155

Initiations 156

Taboos 157

Preams 158

Various customs 158

Magic 159

Medicine and medicine-men 159

Death, mourning, and burial 160

Mythology, folk tales, and traditions 162

Domestic culture 164

Courtship and choice of wife 164

Levirate 165

Incest 165

Endogamy and exogamy 165

Monogamy, polygamy, polyandry 166

Divorce 167

Conjugal fidelity 167

Position of woman 168

Division of labor 169

Modesty 169

Premarital chastity 169

Care of aged 170

('are of the child 170

Infanticide and abortion 171

. Naming, weaning, and carrying child 171

Kinship 172

Moral cultiu-e 172

Ideal 173

Actual 173

Regard for human life 174

Cannibalism \ 176

Social relations 176

Property 177

Personal morality 177

Political culture 177

Economic culture 178

Proprietorship 178

Barter 179

Mental culture 179

Esthetic culture 180

Music and songs 180

Poetry 181

Dances and drama 181

Design and sculpture 181

Personal adornment 182

Digitized by LjOOQIC

CONTENTS . IX

Subject bibliography — Continued.

Culture — Continued. Page

Recreative culture 184

Material culture 185

Food 1 85

Agriculture and domestication 185

Storing of food 187

Drink 187

Kinds of foods 187

Cooking 191

Fire making 191

Shelter 192

Clothing 193

Navigation 195

Textile and fictile products 204

Weapons 205

Tools 216

Archeology 218

Deductions 219

Relations 220

To Araucanians 220

To primitive South American peoples 221

To American race in general 223

To Indo-Oceanic primitive peoples 223

Index of subjects 229

ILLUSTRATION

Plate 1. Map of the southern extrenje of South America Facing page 64

Digitized by

Googl(

Digitized by

Googl(

ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

AND ADJACENT TERRITORY

By John M. Cooper

INTRODUCTION
Scope of the Present Work

The present paper is intended as a practical or working guide to
the sources for Fuegian and Chonoan anthropology. With this end
in view, the writer has endeavored, first, to gather together^ analyze,
and evaluate the extant written sources; secondly, to draw up lists
of references covering the various phases of anthropology; and,
thirdly, to sift the available material for all evidence that might help
toward clearing up obscure or debated points.

The work is divided into three parts: The Introduction, the Bibli-
ography of Authors, and the Bibliography of Subjects.

The Introduction treats of the names, divisions, territories, and
present conditions of the Fuegian and Chonoan Indians, and gives a
short history of investigation with a summary of what has been
accomplished and of what still remains to be done. The perplexing
problem of the relations of the Alacaluf of the Strait of Magellan to
the Chonos and natives of the West Patagonian Channels has called
for somewhat extensive treatment.

The Author Bibliography aims to give an analysis and critical
appreciation of each book and article, briefly or more at length in
proportion to the importance of the work from the standpoint of the
anthropologist. Nearly all second-hand works, and even most of the
first-hand sources, demanded only short annotations; for, while the
list of those who have written of the Fuegians and Chonos from per-
sonal observation is a comparatively long one, extending through
nearly four centuries, the great majority of these explorers have had
at the most merely a few hours of contact with the natives. Their
descriptions are nearly always exact, and often valuable for the more
obvious phases of material culture, but in most other respects have
to be used with caution.

Digitized by

Googl(

2 BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

The bibliographies of somatology and linguistics are designed to be
as exhaustive as possible; those dealing with culture are selective and
are cast in the form of cultural outlines with emphasis on the biblio-
graphical side.

Throughout the present work the term Anthropology is used in the
broadest sense to include everything relating to the natives directly.
The terms Somatology and Culture are employed for physical and
cultural anthropology, respectively. Language would logically be
included under culture, but for practical piu^oses the liberty has
been taken of classifying it as the third subdivision of general an-
thropology.

General, Division of Tribes

The Fuegian Archipelago is inhabited by three distinct tribes, the
Yahgans of the south, the Alacaluf of the west, and the Onas of the
east. The first two spend the greater part of their time on the
water, whence their common name ''Canoe Indians," while the
natives of the third tribe have neither canoes nor horses, and are
know?n as ''Foot Indians." The three languages are, lexically at
leas*^ distinct, but the physical and cultural differences are in the
main less marked between the Yahgans and Alacaluf than between
these two tribes on the one hand and the Onas on the other. Of the
Haush or M^nekenkn . subtribe and of the "West Patagonian Canoe
Indians" more will be said below.

The Chonos occupied the archipelagos between the Guaitecas
Islands and the Taitao Peninsula or the Gulf of Pefias. Somato-
logically and culturally they resembled their more southerly neigh-
bors, the Canoe Indians. Whether or not they spoke a language
distinct from the Alacaluf an can not be decided in the present state
of our knowledge.

yahgans

Names

The most southerly of the Fuegians, and also the most southerly
people of the world, are the Yahgans. The name is variously spelt
Yagan, Yakan, Yaghan, etc., but should not be confused with the
entirely distinct Yacana, Yacana-cunnee. The name Yahgan was
given these Indians by the Rev. Thomas Bridges, from Yahga^ their
native name for the Murray Narrows district, a locality much fre-
quented by them (Th. Bridges, b, Apr. 1, 1880, 74; Ji, 207.) They
call themselves Ydmana, that is, "Uving," "alive" (Th. Bridges, Ji,
207), or "men" (Th. Bridges, 11. c; Hyades, g, 14; Bove, a, 790;
h, 132; c, 125; d, Arch., 288; Cojazzi, 15; Dabbene, 6, 170; Lehmann-
Nitsche, cZ, 230-231 ; Furlong, j; b, 126; Outes, d, 136) .^ Some of the

1 The small (lower case italic) letters denote the corresponding article or book under the author's name
in the Author Bibliography. The numbers, of course, refer to the pages. WTiere imder the same letter
in the bibliography two or more editions or translations are given, the page cited is from the first one
entered tlicroimder, unless otherwise expressly stated.

Digitized by LjOOQIC

cooPEB] BIBLIOGfeAPHY OP TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 3

earlier nineteenth century explorers dubbed them, from the word
constantly on their lips, Yammascoonas, which means ''be generous"
(Garbe, 362; Hyades, g, 314; Martial, 30; Noguera). Admiral Fitz-
Roy called one section of them by mistake Tekeenicas (a, 137), from
tekianaca, *not seen before, strange' (Th. Bridges, A., 207; Lovisato,
c, 721; Dabbene, 6, 169), or Tac-q/'yenniccb-owena, ^stranger men'
(Despard, 6, 746, 717). Cf. also discussion of origin of this name in
Lovisato, c, 721; Martial, 209; Hyades, q, 282; Th. Bridges and
Despard, 11. c.

The Alacaluf captured and taken aboard by Admiral Fitz-Ray
called the Yahgans, Yapoos (Fitz-Roy, a, 203; King, 428), from the
Yahgan word aiapuk, 'otter' (Th. Bridges, A., 207; Despard, 6, 717). ..

Territory

In the last century and probably from much earUer times the
Yahgans occupied the shores of Beagle Channel and the islands south
to Cape Horn. To the east they extended to the eastern end of
Beagle Channel, and at times at least cruised nearly to the Straits of
Lemaire (de Brosses, ii, 208) . To the west they reached as far as the
western end of Beagle Channel, and, on Tierra del Fuego Island's
shores and some of the islands to the southwest, even to Brecknock
Peninsula (Th. Bridges, &, Oct. 1, 1884, 224). This latter pomt was
in a broad sense the natural dividing Une between the Yahgans and
Alacaluf; of it Prof. Furlong (j; cf. also r, 174) writes: ''To round the
weather side of the long reach of Brecknock Peninsula, with its frown-
ing chffs and scarcely a landing place, in frail canoes, was something
which only the most daring occasionally undertook. While to pass
over its barren, xmexplored mountain heights for these eanoemen was
impossible.'^

Between Good Success Bay and the eastern end of Beagle Channel
there was considerable contact, linguistic borrowing, bartering, and
intermarriage with the Onas (Th. Bridges, h, Mar. 1, 1876, 59;
e, 332; i, cited by Hyades, q, 10; Lovisato, c, 720, citing Whaits;
Hahn, c, 340; Martial, 185, 192). An equal or perhaps even greater
amount of minghng with the Alacaluf occurred in the more or less
mixed or neutral zone between Brecknock Peninsula and the western
end of Beagle Channel (Th. Bridges, 6, Feb. 2, 1874, 26-27; Oct. 1,
1881, 227; e, 332; Jc, 234; Lovisato, c, 720, citing Whaits; Spegaz-
zini, a, 13).

Dr. Spegazzini (a, 4) was told that there were remains of other
tribes or subtribes in Yahgan territory, and he mentions in particular
the Parri of Hermite Island and the Adwipliin of Londonderry
Island. Prof. Furlong (&, 129; j) more recently divides the Yahgans
into four famUy groups: the well-formed natives of the eastern
Beagle Channel and vicinity, the big-headed, ugly, powerful Lennox

Digitized by

Googl(

4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY tBULL.6a

Islanders, the dwarfish WoUaston Islanders, and the warUke, mur-
derous Hoste Islanders. The Parri and Adwipliin were probably two
of the small local groups or clans who were known by the names of
the localities which they frequented (Th. Bridges, h, Oct. 1, 1884,
224; also quoted in Hyades, Z, 718; cf. also Hyades, j, 149-150), while
the considerable differences noted by Prof. Furlong correspond with
what the Rev. Mr. Bridges remarked regarding the noticeable indi-
vidual and local differences in the Yahgans* physical appearance and
culture (Th. Bridges, d, 288-289; h, 206).

Dr. Hahn (a, 804), Capt. Martial (129, 208), and Dr. Spegazzini
(a, 4; cf. also Barclay, a, 63) wrote as if there were two distinct
Yahgan dialects, but Dr. Hyades (p, 339) explicitly states that there
is only one Yahgan dialect. The Rev. Mr. Bridges, our best authority
on the Yahgan language, seemed rather to share the former view; for,
though not stating so explicitly, he wrote (6, Sept. 1, 1880, 196) that
the inner coast Yahgans, the Wiisinafvala, despised the ocean coast
men, the Atisimafialay ^* because of their strange brogue, '^ etc. Per-
haps, too, Dr. Hyades was using the word dialect in a less inclusive
sense.

Lexically the Yahgan language is quite distinct from both the
Alacaluf an and the Onan. Some few words of Yahgan show a resem-
blance to the Alacaluf an, but in the present state of the evidence the
resemblance is not sufficient to estabhsh any soUd ground for kinship.
The same in less measure is true of the Yahgan and Onan tongues.
There has been, moreover, a certain amount of borrowing from both
the other tongues by the Yahgans (cf., e. g., Th. Bridges, 6, 332;
1c, 234). Unfortunately, on the grammatical side sufficient Onan
material is not available for comparison with the Yahgan, while of
Alacaluf an grammar we know not a single rule.

Somatologically the Yahgans and Alacaluf are very closely related.
The Yahgans differ chiefly from the Alacaluf in being sUghtly
shorter in stature and slightly less dohchocephaJic, so Dr. Rudolf
Martin concluded (6, 159, 210-211). The physical relations of the
Yahgans and Alacaluf to the Onas are treated infra (p. 54).

Culturally the Yahgans and Alacaluf are almost identical so far as
our information goes; but both tribes differ in many points from the
Onas. For details, see Subject Bibhography, under Culture.

Present Condition

Half a century ago the Yahgans may have numbered 3,000 or more,
but by 1884 they had dwindled to about 1,000 (Th. Bridges, h, Oct. 1,
1884, 223; d, 289), by 1886 to about 400 (Th. Bridges, &, Oct. 1, 1886,
217), whUe according to what seems to be the most exact recent esti-
mate, by the retired English missionary, Mr. John Lawrence (S,
Amer. miss, mag., 1913, xlvii, 145), there are now fewer than 100

Digitized by LjOOQIC

COOPBB] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 5

survivors. Of this number 40 to 50 live on Beagle Channel and per-
haps as many more beyond Murray Narrows southward as far as but
not beyond WoUaston Island. Practically all have largely given up
their native culture.

ALACALUy

Namss

The western canoe-using Fuegians are the Alacaluf . The name is
variously spelled. The following are the chief forms given by first-
hand investigators: Alacaluf, Alakaluf, or Alacalouf (Th. Bridges,
Tc; 233; Bove, a, 6, c, d; Hyades, j? 12; Martial, 129, 184; Beauvoir,
J, 14; the Salesians, as in Cojazzi, 15; Morales, 62); Alaculuf or Ala-
culoof (Th. Bridges, 6, Apr. 1, 1880, 74; Oct. 1, 1881, 226-227 and usu-
ally thereafter; e, 331; ^, 203, 210; ;, 313; Lovisato, 6, 129; c, 720);
Alucaluf (Spegazzini, a, 4); AlukoeMf (Spegazzini, c, 132); Aloocu-
loof (Th. Bridges, 6, Feb. 2, 1874, 26); Alookooloop or Alukulup
(Skottsberg, a, xxxii, 592; d, 578); Alokolup (Skottsberg, 6, 240);
AJikhoolip (Fitz-Roy, a, 132, 140-141). Still other forms occur in
anthropological literature, as Alikuluf or Alikaluf (Chamberlain,
a, 89; Brinton, c, 331, for former), Alikoolif (Despard, 6, 717), but
these do not appear to have any independent value.

It is difficult to decide which is the true pronunciation. Perhaps
it varies on the natives' Ups, and probably too, given the great diffi-
ciilty of catching Alacalufan words correctly, investigators have
heard it diflFerently. In the present work I have adopted the form
Alacaluf, without presuming, of course, to decide against the other
forms that rest on good first-hand evidence.

Admiral Fitz-Roy, the first investigator to use the' name, desig-
nated by it the natives of the islands south of the Strait of Magellan
from the western end of Beagle Channel to Cape Pillar (loc. cit.).
From the imiformity with which explorers and residents since his
time have used the name we may infer that it is the one by which the
natives call themselves; although Dr. Skottsberg is the only writer,
so far as I have observed, who expressly states so (J, 240, 242-243).
Its meaning is not known.

Admiral Fitz-Roy (a, 132) gave the name Huemuls to the canoe-
using Indians of Otway and Skyring Waters, because he found them
in possession of many skins of that animal. He thought that they
were perhaps a branch of Father Falkner^s Yacanas or a mixed Pata-
gonian aAd Fuegian people. This surmise, indorsed to a certain ex-
tent by Dr. Brinton (c, 331) and by Dr. Latcham (282-283), is rather
contradicted by the linguistic (Lista, e, 41; J. Simpson, h, 88) and cul-
tural data from this region, both being Alacalufan. According to the
Rev. Mr. Bridges (i, in Hyades, j, 12), the Alacaluf used to go on
himting expeditions to the thick forests of western and southern

Digitized by LjOOQIC

6 BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

Patagonia. Then, too, in Mr. Bridges' time, the Dawson Islanders,
who were as much Onan as Alacalufan in appearance, used to hunt
deer as far as the Patagonian coast (Th. Bridges, &, June 1, 1883,
139; Feb. 1, 1886, 33). This might explain Admiral Fitz-Roy's
theory of the Huemuls' mixed origia.

Bougainville (2d ed., i, 276, 290) and many after him called the
Canoe Indians of the central part of the Strait Pecherais or P^che-
rais (spelled by others Pechera, Pecheri, Pesserai, Pissiri, etc.), from
the expression they constantly used. It is not a tribal name, but
its meaniug is imlmown. That it signified ''friends'' as Mr. Griewe
(234), following Vargas Ponce (a, 349), states, or ''son," "child,''
"boy," "man," as Lieut. Cevallos believed (Vargas Ponce, 6, 28), is
very doubtful, to say the least.

The canoe-using natives of Brunswick Peninsula and King William
IV Land were called Gualcaros according to Senor Lista {d; e, 41),
while Sefior Cox spoke (162|, 165) of a supposedly mixed Tehuel-
chean and Fuegian people of the north shore of the Strait called Huai-
curues. According to the latter writer, they spoke a Tehuelchean
dialect, but Seflor Lista's Guaicaro vocabulary (ibid.) is Alacalufan.

Father Falkner's Poy-yus or Peyes and Key-yus or Keyes (98-99)
are classed by some writers as Alacalufan. Such classification rests
on no tangible evidence.

Van Noort (6, 1st ed., 21; Commelin, i, 10; de Brosses, i, 298-299)
was told that the natives met, and, incidentally, massacred, on the
Penguin Islands, that is St. Martha and St. Magdalen Islands, in 1599,
called themselves Enoo, and that other kindred tribes were the
Kemenetes of Karay, the Kennekas of Karamay, and the Karaike of
Morine. La Guilbaudiere in 1688-1696 divided the Magellanic
natives into the Laguediche of the eastern mouth of the Strait of
Magellan, the Teste igdiche of Jelouchetez Strait, that is, probably
Magdalen Channel, and the Havequediche or Huuequediche and
Cadegdicheof the St. Jerome Channel region and beyond; these were
the names, he said, by which they called themselves (18-19; cf. also
ViUefort). Some of these names recur m Brinton (c, 331-332), Fr.
Mtiller (a, 276), and d'Orbigny (6, Voyage, iv, pt. i, 187), but it would
be xmsafe to put reliance in them as distinct tribal names. Perhaps
they were local clan or family names.

Of the use of the name Chonos to designate the Alacalufan natives
of the West Patagonian Channels more wiU be said later.

Territory

What territory do the Alacaluf occupy? There is great diver-
gence of opinion. It will be well to distinguish between what is cer-
tain and agreed upon and what is questioned.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPEU] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TBIBES OP TIEBRA DEL FUEGO 7

It is agreed that the Alacalnf have in recent times occupied the
following territory: Desolation, Ines, and Clarence Islands with the
adjacent islands south of the Strait, Dawson Island and the shores
of Magdalen and Admiralty Soimds and of Gabriel and Cockburn
Channels. In the Dawson Island and Admiralty Soimd district, how-
ever, there has been considerable mingling, word-borrowing, and inter-
marriage between the Alacaluf and the Onas (Th. Bridges, J, Jime 1,
1883, 139; Feb. 1, 1886, 33, cf. also Oct. 1, 1881, 226; Tc, 234; Lovisato,
c, 720, citing Whaits), just as there has been much fusion with the
Yahgans in the border zone between Brecknock Peninsula and the
western end of Beagle Channel (Th. Bridges, 6, Feb. 2, 1874, 26-27;
Oct. 1, 1881, 227; Ic, 234; Lovisato, c, 720; Spegazzini, a, 13).

While Brecknock Peninsula was the natural dividing line between
the Yahgans and Alacaluf, it was not an absolute one. . The Yahgans
went west of this line but rarely, it seems, but the Alacaluf were
pretty well established east of it, as the sources just quoted show.
It appears, too, that in Admiral Fitz-Roy 's time the Alacaluf extended
as far east as the western end of Beagle Channel (Fitz-Roy, a, 132,
and the whole account of the loss of and search for the stolen whale-
boat in King). The natives met by Capt. Cook in Christmas Sound
in 1774 used the characteristic Alacaluf an expression pechera (J. Cook,
h, n, 183), although their spear shafts were angular (G. Forster, n,
501), like those of the modem Yahgans.

Accoimts similar to those of Francis Fletcher show that Indians
using bark canoes formerly occupied the Strait as far east as Elizabeth,
Martha, and Magdalen Islands. These natives were in all probability
Alacaluf; although it is possible enough that Patagonians may have
ventured out at times on these islands. In fact, certain details in
some of the early accoimts — ^for instance, van Noort's: the mention
of ostriches, "la bout de la verge nou6 d'lm fil'' (6, 21; de Brosses,
I, 298; cf. Ladrillero, 498) — suggest Patagonian rather than Fuegian
provenance.

All the above-mentioned territory, except the Elizabeth Island
district, lies south of the Strait of Magellan.

Do or did the Alacaluf extend north of the Strait ? This is ques-
tioned. Canoe-using Indians have occupied from early times, or
still occupy sporadically or at certain seasons, decimated and scat-
tered though they now are, the shores of Otway and Skyring Waters,
of Brunswick Peninsula, Riesco or King William IV Land, and
Mimoz Gamero Peninsula, the north shore of the Strait from Port
Famine and Cape Froward to the Pacific, and the archipelagos with
the neighboring fjords and inlets from the Strait to the Gulf of Pefias.
Are these people to be classed as Alacaluf, or should they be con-
sidered as of a different tribe, non-Alacalufan, Chonoan, or '*West
Patagonian ''?

64028'— Bull. 63—17 2 ^ t

Digitized by LjOOQIC

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

The chief older opinions are those of Admiral Fitz-Roy, Capt. Bove,
Mr. Whaits, cited by Dr. Lovisato, and Mr. Thomas Bridges, quoted
by Dr. Hyades.

Admiral Fitz-Roy divided the above territory between the Peche-
rays of the central part of the Strait of Magellan, the Huemuls of
Otway and Skyring Waters, and the Chonos of the territory between
the north shore of the western end of the strait and Cape Tres Montes
(a, 132, 142, 189). The Chonos were, he surmised, the survivors of
the ancient Chonos Archipelago natives who had been driven south
of Taitao Peninsula (a, 142). Each of the above three tribes, he
states (a, 132), spoke a different language and was distinguished by
certain cultural and physical characters. Admiral Fitz-Roy was
followed by Dr. Ratzel (6) in calling the West Patagonian Channel
natives Chonos. Dr. Coppinger more cautiously calls (54; ill. opp.
p. 50) the natives south of the Gulf of Pefias '' Channel Fuegians.''

Capt. Bove (6, c, ethnologic map) marks most of this territory as
Chonoan, adding, however, a question mark. Dr. Lovisato (c, 720),
on the contrary, ascribes it more confidently to the Alacaluf , citing
Mr. Whaits, of the English Mission, as his authority.

Dr. Hyades (g, map, and pp. 12-14, quoting Mr. Thomas Bridges;
cf. also Martial, 184) divides the territory in question between the
Alacaluf of the northern shore of the Strait, including Brunswick
Peninsula, King WilUam IV Land, Mxmoz Gamero Peninsula and the
southern shores of Otway and Skyring Waters, and the Chonos of the
West Patagonian Channels, including Obstruction Soxmd and tlltima
Speranza Inlet, from the Queen Adelaide Archipelago north.

How much reliance can be put on these divisions ? None of the
above authorities, except, perhaps, to a very limited extent Mr.
Bridges, spoke the Alacalufan tongue, and none except Admiral Fitz-
Roy and perhaps Mr. Bridges had personal knowledge of the terri-
tory west of Cape Froward and the Brecknock Peninsula region (Bove,
a, 790; 6, 133; c, 124; d, Arch, per Tantr,, 288; see also itinerary of
Bove expedition in Bove, a, b, or c; Hyades, q, 12). Capt. Bove does
not give the grounds for his hypothetical division. Dr. Lovisato's is
based on information given him by the Rev. Mr. Whaits of the
Ushuaia Mission, while Dr. Hyades quotes the Rev. Mr. Bridges, who
gave him '^indications trfe precises'' at Paris in 1886 (Hyades, q,
405).

At the time of the French and Italian explorers' visits in 1882-83,
neither Mr. Bridges nor Mr. Whaits had had any but very limited
contact with the Alacaluf, and neither spoke the Alacalufan lan-
guage (Hyades, g, 13), although a Uttle later (in 1884) Mr. Bridges
and his son Despard were compiling an Alacalufan dictionary (Th.
Bridges, t). Alacaluf at times put in an appearance at the Ushuaia
Mission (Hyades, q, 13), and individuals of this tribe occasionally

Digitized by LjOOQIC

cooPBB] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 9

lived among the Yahgans (Hyades, b, 1344; q, 13, 224, 411-412).
Much if not most of Mr. Bridges' information about the Alacaluf was
gathered during '^ime longue tourn6e'' (Hyades, qy 12) of a week
(Barclay, a, 66) or several weeks (Dabbene, h, 213) in their territory
in 1886, but how far west he reached is not stated. Nor is there, so
far as the present writer can discover, any record of Mr. Whaits
having made extensive journeys into Alacalufan territory.

All the above-mentioned authorities had had much experience
among the Yahgans, but it is not clear that their statements, except-
ing perhaps Mr. Bridges', about the natives of the western and
northern Magellanic region rest on sufficient personal investigation.

There remains to be discussed Admiral Fitz-Roy's division. Nei-
ther he nor his chief informant, Capt. Low, spoke any of the native
languages. Admiral Fitz-Roy gathered his vocabulary by signs
mainly, while Capt. Low, though intimately famiUar with the
'^Chonos/' had likewise to use the sign method in communicating
with his captive Chono boy Bob (Fitz-Roy, a, 188-189, 129, 182, 193).
The "Chono" vocabulary of three worcb (Fitz-Roy, h, 142) will be
touched on later. It throws no Ught on our question. Moreover, Ad-
miral Fitz-Roy was almost certainly mistaken in ascribing (a, 132)
distinct languages to his Pecherays, Huemuls, and AJikhoolip, as more
recent Unguis tic evidence shows. Can we then accept as convincing
his linguistic distinction between these three tribes and the '^Chonos,"
or between the Pecherays and Huemuls on the one hand and the
AJikhoolip on the other ? Nor finally can the hostiUty between the
natives of the northern and southern shores of the western end of the
strait (Fitz-Roy, -a, 189) be taken as in itself a proof of tribal or
linguistic distinction.

We may now pass to the chief of the more recent authorities. Dr.
Dabbene (6, 207-208) and Prof. Chamberlain (a, 89-90) follow Mr.
Bridges' division as cited by Dr. Hyades. Neither adduces any new
evidence. Prof. GiglioU (6, 242) holds that the Alacaluf extend from
Port Famine to the Gulf of Peiias. The Chilean and Argentinian
anthropologists and naval officers as a rule consider the West Pata-
gonian Channel natives as Alacalufan (Lehmann-Nitsche, d, 220;
C. Martin, d, 365; Morales, 62; Pacheco, a, 53-54; J, 26; Porter, a,
525), while according to Dr. Latcham (279) the Alacaluf formerly
reached probably to Chilo6. A similar opinion is also quoted by
Dr. Medina (a. 111) from the Rejistro de la marina de la Republica de
Chile, 1848, page 44. A recent visitor to the Patagonian Channels
reports being told by the pilot of the vessel that the same tongue is
spoken from Cape Froward to the Gulf of Pefias (Wilda, iii, 272) .

According to the Salesian missionaries (Cojazzi, 15, 123; Beauvoir,
6, 14; Whiteside, 19-20), the Alacaluf occupy both shores of the
Strait, Cltima Speranza Inlet, and the Queen Adelaide and S. Madro

Digitized by LjOOQIC

10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

de Dios Archipelagos. The Salesian fathers are in close touch with
the Alacaluf at Dawson Island. They also make journeys into
Alacalufan territory, and in 1910 Father Renzi (Cojazzi, 16) made
an extensive tour, but I have not at hand exact data of their routes.

Finally, Dr. Skottsberg brought back from his expedition of 1908
some important new linguistic material gathered in the territory in
question. From a detailed comparison of this material with the
Alacalufan vocabularies published by Admiral Fitz-Roy and Dr.
Hyades, he concludes that the Alacaluf are all south of the Strait.
All the disputed territory is occupied by a non-Alacalufan people
whom he calls ''West Patagonian Canoe Indians.'' They would
speak a language totally different from the Alacalufan (Skottsberg,
d, 614, 580, 611 ; J, 242-243).

So much for the chief views. As appears, the general tendency of
recent writers, if we except Dr. Skottsberg, is to allot part or all of
the West Patagonian Channel region to the Alacaluf. We may now
investigate the available evidence — ^linguistic, somatological, and
cultural.

A. Linguistic Evidence

Nothing has thus far been published on Alacalufan grammar, if
we except' a brief note of doubtful value by Lieut. Cevallos (Vargas
Ponce, 6, 27) and the mere general statements by the Rev. Mr.
Bridges (Barclay, a, 66) and Dr. Spegazzini (c, 132) that the Alaca-
lufan differs structurally from the Yahgan tongue. We are obhged,
therefore, to confine our comparative study to the available lexical
material.

In compiling the comparative glossary given below, 15 of the 17
extant vocabularies have been utiUzed, as have also some stray
words occurring in various narratives. The present writer unfor-
txmately has not had access to Dr. Spegazzini's (e) short hst, nor to
Messrs. Thomas and Despard Bridges' lengthy one (<), both being
still in manuscript. Fuller details regarding the sources used are
given in the Author Bibliography. It will be sufficient here briefly
to classify and describe the utiUzed lexical material.

The more important vocabularies used are the following: La
GuUbaudiere's (8-13; Marcel, h) of 225 words and phrases gathered
between 1688 ^ and 1696 in the Port Gallant district; Admiral Fitz-
Roy's (6, 135-140) of 208 words gathered in 1830-31 from the four
natives, three of them Alacaluf of the Brecknock Peninsula region,
whom he took to England; Dr. Hyades' {q, 272-277) of the same
208 words gathered in 1882-83 from an Alacaluf woman whom he
attended for a long time at Orange Bay in Yahgan territory; Father

1 Or perhaps 1685 (Of. Manuel de Odriozola's Coleccion de documentoa literarios del Peru, n, Lima, 1864,
p. 18).

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGBAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIEBRA DEL FUEGO 11

Borgatello's (Cojazzi, 125-140) of 592 words, phrases, and sentences
gathered at Dawson Island from mission Alacaluf who apparently
come chiefly from the territory east of Port Gallant and south of the
Strait; Dr.Skottsberg's (d, 606-614; 6, 411-413) of 301 words and
sentences gathered in 1908 from Emilia, a native woman of Port
Gallant, who accompanied the expedition as interpreter, from the
natives of Port Gallant and Port Bueno, and in a minimal degree from
those of Port Grappler.

The 10 shorter lists used, which contain from a dozen to half a hun-
dred words each, are as foUows: Dr. Fenton^s (Hyades, g, 278-279) of
46 words gathered from three native women who had been captured
in Crooked Reach in 1876 and brought to Punta Arenas; Dr. Hyades'
shorter vocabulary {q, 279) of 13 words gathered from Cyrille, a
9-year-old Alacaluf boy, who in addition verified Dr. Fenton's list
and gave synonyms for three words in the same; Lieuts. J. Simpson
and Chaigneau's (6, 88) of 26 words, taken from one of a group of
natives met casually in 1879 at the foot of Mount Dynevor Castle in
Skyring Water; Dr. Coppinger's (122) of 50 words and 5 children's
names gathered in 1880 from an old native at Tilly Bay and subse-
quently verified in part among the Port Gallant Indians; Dr. Lucy-
Fossarieu's (175) of 12 words, and Dr. Seitz's (a, 184) of 18 words, .
both gathered from the Hagenbeck group of Alacaluf, who were
exhibited in Europe in 1880-81 and who apparently came from either
Clarence Island (Hyades, p, 342), or more likely Dawson Island (Th.
Bridges, 6, June 1, 1883, 139); Dr. Spegazzini's of 13 plant names {d)
and 2 other words (a, 5, 7) gathered in 1882, probably at Ushuaia from
Alacalufan transients; Sefior Lista's (d; «, 41) of 19 words gathered,
apparently about 1895, from a '^Guaicaro doctor,^' then living in
Patagonia, whose people had come from Brunswick Peninsula and
King WiUiamlV's Land; Father Beauvoir's (a, 7-8) of 41 words, some
of which were gathered probably from Alacaluf at Dawson Island
Mission; Senor Iriarte's (Whiteside, 18-20) of 43 words gathered in
1904 from two native boys taken aboard Capt. Whiteside's ship at
Cltima Speranza.

The stray words mentioned above are the following: 5 in Duclos-
Guyot (6, vol. n, 672, 674, 681); 3 in Cevallos (Vargas Ponce, 6, 27-
28); 4 in Bang (53, 77, 320, 343); 2 in Meriais (385-386); 1 each in
Macdouall (110), Topinard (775), and Wyse (534); 3 "Chono" words
in Fitz-Roy (6, 142); 10 local names in Sarmiento (203-210; An.
Mdr.j VII, 493-497); 2 tribal names in Villefort (de Brosses, ii, 120);
4 words and some tribal and local names, perhaps, however, of Pata-
gonian origin, in van Noort (6, 1st ed., 21 ; Commelin, i, 10; de Brosses,
1,298-299).

Digitized by

Googl(

12 BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

Glossary

PREFATORY NOTES

A. The comparative glossary given below contains all and only
those words for which there is sufficient material available for pur-
poses of comparative study. Where any reasonable ground exists
for suspecting the presence of Yahgan, Onan, or Tehuelchean intru-
sions in the Alacalufan vocabularies, the respective equivalents in
these languages are given. The Yahgan material has been taken
chiefly from the following sources: Hyades, q; Th. Bridges, p; Platz-
mann; Garbe; Spegazzini, c; Despard, h; Bove, h and c; Eizaguirre;
Noguera; Fitz-Roy, 6. The Ona and Tehuelche words are in the
main from Lehmann-Nitsche, d; Beauvoir, h; C. Gallardo; Lista, 6;
Segers.

B. The words are grouped, where feasible, topically and to a certain
extent etymologically.

C. The following abbreviations are used for the 15 vocabularies:
Be, Beauvoir; Bo, Borgatello; Co, Coppinger; Cy, Cyrille; Fe, Fenton;
Fi, Fitz-Roy; G, La Guilbaudiere; H, Hyades; Ir, Iriarte; Li, Lista;
Lu, Lucy-Fossarieu; Se, Seitz; Si, Simpson and Chaigneau; Sk,
Skottsberg; Sp, Spegazzini.

D. It seemed advisable to leave to hands more experienced in
linguistics the task of reducing the various lists to a uniform alpha-
betic system. It should be borne in mind, therefore, that the words
from Cj, Fe, G, H, Lu are to be pronounced as in French; those from
Fi, Co as in English; those from Se as in German; those from Bo as
in ItaUan; those from Be, Ir, Li, Si, as in Spanish. In the plant
names from Sp c is pronounced like the Italian c before e and i. Dr.
Skottsberg used the following phonetic alphabet: <i=a in German
Hand; e=^e in English get; i=i in German Kind; y=tfc in German
Gluck; = in German Gott; u^u in English bull; oil = diphthongal
au; r is pronounced with the point of the tongue and is a very hard
triU; d is the uvular trill like the French r and is sometimes so hard
and sharp that it closely resembles Tc; x = a very hard Spanish /;
-B = surd r]d,(^j I, very short, imperfect a, 6, i; a = a in English hand;
d = eu in French seul; ti; = English -m:, as in wet; 7 = English y in yes,
but more sibilant; <5 = a more palatal c7i than in English child; ^ =
English sh; ^' = palatalized ^; = aspiration; (-)= length of vowel;
(•)= principal stress; (:)= secondary stress (Skottsberg, d, 606, 614).

E. In a great many cases, two or more words which may appear at
first sight to be different are seen on closer examination to be identical
except for the addition or omission of a letter or two. The more
common added or omitted letters are: (1) 5, sh: e. g., speak. Bo, IctSi,
Sk, Jcsti^\' egg, Bo, idrelj Sk, ]o'ri(§')l; island, Sk, a'li$^lca:rrR, Bo,
dl-licdre; spear, Bo, dfdac&r, Cy, ioftolcfJcarh; (2) Icj ch: e. g., sun, Bo,
drrelvkj Sk, arrx-aluk; hair, Fi, ai/'&. Si, ayiuk; cheek, H, IwitakoufH,

Digitized by LjOOQIC

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TBIBES OF TIEBRA DEL FUEGO

13

Fi, clWMpcA; neck, H, cMlallce, Sk, Icjau'i'lerrxdrR; (3) Z, ?/i, n, r:
e. g., bow, Fi, Mr^c-cAna, Bo, IciSrdcdld; arrow. Bo, drcey drscel, Sk,
a'rxkjed; fish, Bo, iaudelj Sk. jdu'derR; sea. Bo, cifipZ, Fi, chdh'bUcly
chah'hUel, H, choun-Ul; tongue, H, louJc-m, Fi, Mc^TdUy Fe, WceurV,
Sk, ZofcZ; (4) /; e. g., large, Fi, ihv'gyM, H, JtaoufJcil. There are also
some instances of reduplication and metathesis: e. g., good, Fe,
laipj H, la-laif; eye, Li, ^Z, H, teteUo; dog, Fi, shU'dJcS, H, t^lcovlAU;
cry, Fi, y^W^std, Bo, Ulcada, Uskda, It is difficult to assign the
causes of these changes. They may be due to mistakes of explorers,
to the occurrence of synonyms, to local, dialectic, or individual dif-
ferences of pronunciation among the natives, and to Alacaluf an rules
of word building, a subject on which there is no literature extant.

F. In the notes appended to the glossary the writer has confined
himself in most cases to directing attention to resemblances without
drawing final conclusions. In many cases the resemblance is unmis-
takable, while in others it ranges from fairly clear to merely probable
or possible. Some of the suggested resemblances no doubt will turn
out with fuller knowledge to be only coincidences, and on the other
hand some words not so grouped together will prove later in all
probability to be really related.

Gboup I

1. Male. Fe,-araifc; ^ Bo, dreh; Sk, drrh

2. Female. Fey-otialahi; * Bo, tuilek; Sk,
wdl6k\

8. Man. H, hikayi, hikaine (=many
men); Be, hmken; Fi, ikh^ri^ishy ockM-
nM (=many men); G, accheleche,^
Sk, akhUy i'ppd * (=white man); Fe,
yp*pa; Bo, ipa(= Indian man), pdlHeriy^
pSlieri; Li, pellieri; Duclos-Guyot, pach-
pache-ve; Cevallos, pissiri.

4. Woman. H, aySkalabich; Bo, ddik-
cMesc * (=old woman); G, accheletep
coqueliche (=old woman); Fi, dtlardbHshj
dck^hdndsh; Se, vnschkuna; H, ehinech,
^parch; Fe, ypa'qelis; ' Sk, ippdi^elis
(= white woman), Hrki''; Bo, seels,
scirkl (=wife), scerkrs (= woman or
wife); Ir, yagsak; Li, esnatun.

6. Husband. H, htrr; Fi, dr'rik; Bo,
ddldklf ktUl-cldcuif cauluklir (=to be
bom).

6. wife. KyClaucheUmka; Fi, dshw&HlU;
Sk, kjdu'ja;^ Bo, kiduya (=mamed
woman), cMduiakM (=marriage), chir
duidtdi (="sposa'*=bride or wife).

7. Old man. H, hir-aroiuirh, kacmach
(=grandfather) ; Fi, kh^dwlsh, cowish or
caUtulah (=grandfather); G, accheleche
coyquep; Bo, orcfUp, teruija,^ termed or
dfg chidusesc or deddr (=grandfather).

8. Old woman. Bo, teruija acils, tku^
dkiscy dfg chidusesc (=grandmother);
H, kumchaileou (==grandmother); Fi,
caUshUPlsh ( =grandmother) .

9. Uncle. Bo, cUk-quMcOf ddcuicuo, id-
rcdscescy cUk-cuMco (=relative8), c^-
cueico (=brother-in-law), cUcidr.

1 Cf. 6, H, Fi; arh in 7, H; arR Li 10, Sk; or in 10,
Bo.

« Cf. eUmka in 6, H; waUuk in 0, Fi.

»Cf.4,H,Bo,0, Fi,H.

4Cf.4,Fe,Sk.

6Cf.l4,H,Fi.

• The combinations Uk and l-k-l occur in many of
the above words in 2, 4, 6, 12-5. This may be mere
coincidence, but there is a suggestive resemblance
to the word for "female."

7 Cf. 8, Bo; chaUiou in 8, H; shiUish in 8, Fi; sees in
13, Bo; 15, Sk.

8 Cf. kir-aroua, kaoua in 7, H; kerour, cowi, cauwi
in 7, Fi; coy in 7, Q; chiau in 8, Bo; kiou in 8, H;
cau in 8, Fi; kue in 5, Bo; cuei, quei, cui in 9.

» Cf. 8, Bo; 10, Bo. There is a resemblance to the
Yahgan darou oua (Hyades, q, 267), dar-rua (Bove),
dahruhud (-old, Platzmann), for old man, but per-
haps only an accidental one.

Digitized by

Googl(

14

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

I BULL. 03

10. Pathcr. H, tHSgaou; Fi,^ cha'Ul; 8k,
H'ddrR; Bo, cicidr or Urueidr (=papa),
UmHa.

11. Mother. H, chati; Fi, chdhp; Sk, 6dp;
Bo, ddpf ddpel (=»mama); Duclos-
Guyot, cap-cap (= woman).

12. Brother. H, ytn; Fi, drWe;^ G, any;
Bo, anit drri-cil-lac (=«couain); Be,
arilaik.

18. Sitter. Bo, errSscSSf drriaces or udsc-
cu («aunt), hdrri; G, arry; H, chcmdihl;
Fi, choVlcL

14. Son. H, p&Ul^ merr^-alou;* Fi,
pdrdl; Sk, te-ldkata; Bo, cdtalaktd, dyol;
G, tepon.

15. Daughter. Sk, ^Zdib<<d-il' eZiJ' (or -«) ;
Bo, dyol.

16. Granddaughter. E, yovou hipa;^
Fi, y&rrHkepd.

17. Small. H, choukoUy atkoul-hata; Fi,
tf^ib, ylco'tf^'* Bo, i-chi6ty diol4chi6l;
Sk, i'hjaU.'t; G, ycoi (=it is small).

18. Boy. H, yil-ouacmay^ yatcS-i; Fi, a'W-
walkh;"^ Fe, yaouVykcumt; Sk, ajo.Z;
King, ydl'ld'hd (=youth?).

19. Girl. H, an-nS; « FI, «n*n«; Fe,
yacmctCykamU; Sk, iljau:6^; ^ Bo, dyoZ
ai^cdi [=dyo?« iSrcdtf]^ agSace (=»
damsel).

20. ChUd. H, pStitS, ali-him,^^ yakaora
(^children); Fi, pHtete; King, peteet;
G, yapetitgouelle. .

21. Baby. H, tgiflikachotuif hmche-i; Fi,
cos'ht; Bo, 8ir-ichi6d or dyo^ (=male),
ic^i<5c? or dyoZ (=female); G, a//a (=to
give birth to); Sk, ti-kjauS* (=to bear a
child).

Group II

1. Bone. Sk, kdrR; " Bo, cdr; H, ouchka-
^,'» tgili'karh; Fi, o«^'ibi(X.

2. Eye. H, tHSUd; Fi, ^^/ibA; »» Fe, d^^A^•
Sk, <««7; Bo, Ulk, Uls; Be, iei^; G,
tUche; Si, tah-pu; Ir, tez-tash; Li, <^/,
^Z; Co, tftAo^; Lu, te^leh-kwa; Se,

8. Eyebrow. H, youp<mch-ti; Fi, ^?fA*-
Ku; Bo, tilHncdf tilddcu; Si, ^^ aymife;
Co, theseoux; G, titchery.

4. Eyelash. Si, tesh-erik; Co, thesseriss;
H, ZoiiM.

6. Hair. H, y^^; Fi, ay*ii; Si, aymJfc **
(=hair or down), tenm-ayiuk (—down of
arm); Fe, tSrhkaoufh'; Sk, U'trkd:/; Bo,
ttr-kdf; Be, teracaf; Li, <«rc<5/; G, <«rca/;
Co, <A«rJbott«; Cy, terkarh* (—feathers).

6. See. Sk, ^'t/or, Za-ib«a».T(=binocle);
Bo, Mk (=1 saw), leksceldk or liksciiir
(=1 see); G, Uiche.

7. Look. Bo, UUleUi; G, qualeona; H,
oi«mtou-Aai.

8. Bar. H, «iZ-^, /i-a-a; Fi, tlVdil; Fe,
diWkooulo; Sk, te'lka:olo; Oy, kaoui;
Bo, chidui; Co, havyUh; Be, kiamn; Ir,
kdhuel; G, cowrcal; Sk, ku'rrz6'kial(?);
Lu, korehVkel-kwa; Bo, coZ«fr.

9. Hear. H, ^i^tedi; Fi, ^«Z»^; Sk,
tiWhior; Bo, <^feifc «c^Za^.

10. Forehead. H, ZicAi, aoulapa; Fi, fl/'-
c^2; Bo, i^Z-Mr; Be, ^cZ-ifear; Sk, ^e«7-
Hr/?; Si, bioftalka; G, arcacol.

11. Face. Sk,^5*iZta.Z, <eZ^«./ar(=splpe);
Bo, f^/^ar, i^Z«car or dsMkar (=pipe);
Si, kichipakiai.

i(7a-, cfta-, di-, c«- are apparently the same.
Cf. 11; 6, Bo; 9; 7, Bo.
«Cf.l3, Bo, a.

• Son in Yahgan is mo^ou or Tnafcou (Hyades, q,
260, 298), wio-ctt (Bove), mdrriiL (Fltz-Roy).

• Woman in Yahgan is kepA (Fitz-Roy), chipa
(Bove), kipa (Hyades, q, 297, 316), keepa (Bridges, p.
65). Ci. Yahgan ja^ruA klhpQ (-girl, Platzmann).

^Aiol, ail, ajol, yaoui, etc., and ykoal, ikjaut,
iercat, etc., occur in most of the words in 17-9, 21.

• The combiratlon of vowels is suggestive of
Yahgan. Cf. also the Yahgan for boy, walewa
(Noguera), ouailaowL (Hyades, q, 266), uaUe-iva
(Bove), UMiiwa (Spegazzinl, c, 142).

' Perhaps-glrl, 8cil.,a'«+tiaZ«k(-llttle+female).

• Cf. Yahgan winni (-my elder sister. Bridges, p,
64).

• Cf. yaouch in 19, Fe; agosce, 19, Bo; 21, H, FI;
18, H. Perhaps- <'jyoti:<+« or +«'.

»oCf. Yahgan for little, yaka (Hyades, q, 267)'
yeeka (Bridges, p, 69), joc-co (Bove), yUc'cd (Fltz-
Roy). Final m is often barely audible in Yahgan.

" Enters Into combination with a great many
words. Cf. 6, Cy; 10, Bo, Be, Sk; 11; 14, Bo; 20, LI.
Shortened in 10, FI, Si; 14, Fi, H. For use with
affix af, see note 1 on next page.

» Perhaps hdi karR or &#c c&r (—my bone).

»» Tel, ieJk, tesh, etc., occurs In many words in
2-4, 8-11, all words referrhig to upper part of head
or functions of sight and hearing. There may be
more than one stem, but it is difficult to Isolate
them.

" Apparently in combination in 3, Fi, Bo, Si, Co;
16, Sk, Fe, Bo, Si, Ir. The forms In 8, and 4, Si,
Co seem to be from a different stem. Whether 6, H
should be classed with ayitik or erik Is doubtful.
TfT'kafU perhaps the proper term for "hair of the
head."

Digitized by

Googl(

cooper]

BIBLIOGlRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

15

12. Nose. H, noul; Pi, nohl; Cy, noelh;
Se, Tvosqua; Sk, lauxl; Co, los; G,
loutche; Bo, Zo, olielicsda; Be, ofefe^
steiskat; Lu, chliaWe-hwa; Fe, tcharikh;
Li, huichareh; Ir, mans.

13. Smell. H, owib-c^i, ai IrrA; Fi, tic*«A€.

14. Cheek. H, yilaagilj MtakovfU; Fi,
cUt'hhdpcH; Bo, cUcephar; Sk, Hpipr;
G, cheltefarre.

16. Chin. H, cmfU-ini;^ Fi, lifca; G,
oacart; Sk, afdtUW; Bo, dfateUsc.

16. Beard. Sk, dfejuh; Fe, af(miouk';
Bo, dffaiilcu;BifOf8h aymJb(= mustache),
of kesh; Ir, affshiayo (= mustache); Se,
hoschiamqiui; Co, /)orf.

17. Lip. H, y^-^; ^ Sk, a/«re; Be,
aj^ry; Bo, d^cri, dw/ri; G, a^rie.

18. Mouth. Fi, nffeHre; H, owjK^Zi; G,
q/?fe^; Sk, afltai; Bo, afklddiy afgulM;
Be, afftahal; Cy, oftekalh; Li, asfjesfaU;
Lu, aufhWrichl-kwa; Ir, affshinh.

19. Drink. Fi, HfkhU'ld; H, e/fciZ-^Z^,
tqakmil-eU; Bo, dccidqri/^fr (=drink wa-
ter), dcddqudr dfedr (=drink to).

20. Tooth, teeth. H, kaouichy kilmch
(=gums); Fi, cdUwdshy car^VUh; Fe,
^rifcii; Sk, de-jegdi; Bo, scSrikdi; Be,
scenkti; G, cherecdye; Ir, scerecte; Si,
terrekiti; Lu, die^rik' til-kwa ; Se,
tschiligiqua; Co, sheriquish (= tooth of
seal), pathers; Li, lefeskar.^

21. Eat. H, ycHirhy louf-aich (=al8o to
chew); Fi, Uf fish; Sk, Zp-;2;5' (=food);
G, laplap; Bo, Z4/'<^c, Z^i^c, ldffaila(8)
(=we shall eat), «dZ; Be, tohoU.

22. Tongue. H, louk-di;* Fi, lUc^Hn;
Sk, ZoifcZ; Be, Z^j^Z; Bo, ZeJbcZ, Uc-chUly
lecuUl; Lu, WkeUkwa; Se, lekkersqtuiy
Ucorqua; Fe, Ukeurh'; Co, Z^Hsa; Ir,
aZajZc, aZoZ; G, paileaf (or pailcaf*^).

23. Cry. H, akaldi-pahil; Fi, yHk'Md;
Bo, Z($A»cfa or Z<5Jb8^ (=a cry or call),
Z(5«Mi, Z^Z-ZcZay (=**chiamare"), Z^ibZdZ
(=sing); Li, Zcibton (=siiig); G, ZaZcay
(=sing).

24. Langh. Sk, alokS'ta; Bo, dZe«c,
dZocrft; G, /)«cAtZ; Fi, fiay'l; H, qimiiaU.

26. Congh. Fi, yi'ZiM; H, tiachkacha
ouala; Fe, a-hd-hd; Bo, 4(5(5, rf-o-o.

26. Whistte. H, ow/"^-fewifc^; Fi, li/-

27. Weep. Sk, a'Ui{i')sta; Li, etkastal;
Bo, 4^-Jb(5«CMf, dteoistay dtcasta-^-.

28. Speak. Ky ySyayS-afU; « Fi, y«c'3/Zff;
Sk, Nazis', *;aM-^-Jb«Zi5* (=to answer);
Bo, 1^^*, a^l (=imperative, speak!).

Group III

1. Head. Cy, ourkotmrh'; Be, orkuar;
Bo, orci«<fr, or-ciin (=brain); Li, Aur-
ibiior; Ir, ibaZin^, kabork; Co, iakalus; G,
yacabedchepy; H, Umkimiy lachotikal^
(=occiput); Fi, df^chdckd.

2. Shoulder. H, cAot*t«;Z;Fi,cW»tiJb«;Bo,
ciiikskdr,'^ iddfskdr.

3. Neck. H, cA^Zait^; Fi, cAoA'ZttM; Sk,
kjau'i^lerrxdrR; Bo, chi6ltal<mdry da-
Usda; Be, chal^erskal; G, irsetel.

4. Throat. Sk, jelka.rrR; G, tZcorZ; Bo,
iZ-ifc(fr or cialiisda (= Adam's apple),
cidZt^a.

6. Chest. H, UtqihoTy yaJMWuachou
(=skin of body); Fi, ySca'bUhdc&n'ne;
Sk, kjepxa.rrR; Bo, chUpkaty hUpcar
(=stomach).

6. Heart. Sk, Hllak; Bo, ct^Zaife, cieldcdo.

7. Blood. Sk, hi'blajk; Be, keplaik; Bo,
chiepelaik; H, choum-bi; Fi, shUb^bd.^

8. Back. H, tovkouli; Fi, tUcc&ler'kMa;
Bo, tdcaldgte (=backbone).

9. Intestines.^ Sk, kautkstl; Bo, l:i(5-

ZMt^Z.

10. Hip. H, kala-kaisUl; Fi, cdVkMstdl

11. Belly. Bo, M?i^Z, cdcelsda (=**cin-
tura"); Be, kae'chel; Sk, kai'Wel
(=stomach); G, quedebchel (=but-
tocks); Co, kutshiss (=stomach); G,
couchetaye (—navel), gabedie; Fi, M/)-
piXdde; H, iowpou,^** ye-oiuumar.

1 Ou/, a^, a/«ft, etc., o(»iirs repeatedly in words for
the lower parts of the head and activities connected
therewith. Cf. 15-9, 26. The combination of o/, etc.,
with c&r (—bone), often shortenedinto afka, afk, afg,
occurs quite often. Cf. 15, H, Fi, G; 18, Bo; 19, Fi, H.

sCf. Yahgan for lips, yorha (Noguera); yd (—
mouth, Eizagnirre).

" ii/?«c+cAr— eating+bone.

* The combination {-He apparently oconrs in 23, Fii
Bo; 24, Sk, Bo; 25, Fi.

6 -afUy -afta, perhaps- a/+(fc) Ui.

'This and following word apparently contain
the syllable duky which occurs also in 2.

7 JTor-bone. Cf. 1, Fi; 4; 5, Sk, Bo; 12, Bo, Be;
16, Bo, Be; 17 (?); 20, Fe, Sk, Bo; 22, Bo, and
possibly others, such as 3, H, Fi, Sk, Bo, etc.

8 Yahgan for blood is Qapa (Hyades, 9, 265), aapa
(Bove), tdhpd (Platonann).

* Most of the words in 9, 10, and 11 seem to be
related.

>* Yahgan for navel is koupouar koupfou (Hyades,
9,290).

Digitized by

Googl(

16

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

12. Arm. H, tqioualifqy kdinebi;^ Fi,
td^quKm^he; Sk, taukwe.l; Bo, taculpil-
kdr^^ percdTj terrud; Be, per-karr; Lu,
percfd'kwa; Si, terua-aymk (=down of
arm) ; Ir, appail; Li, merr; G, yabedchart.

13. Elbow. H, kovJcouch; Fi, ydc'k^,

14. Forearm. Fi, y&c^c&M; H, youkSbS,
kSr-mahi.

16. Wrist. H, ayo-kouU, toQ-^l-labS; Fi,
Scc&VldM; Bo J, acdrrek,

16. Hand. H, y<mkibi, yowr-oul (=fiflt);
Fi, yUc'cdM, UfaMM (=fist); G, yaca-
6e</ charcal (=fist8); Fe, ter^va; Sk,
terrwa; Si, i^rua; Li, teregua; Ir, tanna;
Co, therrawaus; Lu, dero^alehl-kwa; Bo,
pdrcar; Be, pe^; Se, corocaschqua,

17. Finger. G, yacdbed charcal touf-; Bo,
tShcartefiy tdhcar; Fe, darkalkhl; Sk,
tau'xloca.rkl; G, tortecoualqtie (—toe);
lAy fol-karjk; ^ H, AouZ^,* Fi, ah&Vld; Co,
sthoen; Ir, affsJiower.*

18. Thumb. Bo, (y-cid; Sk, oiiV Fi,
iUAdic'ciin;* H, oi^A:ot*ibown, Zl.

19. Finger nail. Co, ikarsh; Si, hiosharti;
Cy, toskarkge; Bo, tdhcar, (Ulcdrkl); Sk,
jekl{-t€ni'xha.rkl)'j Ir, taultaul; G, teZ-
tetow; H, yachkoul;^ Fi, esh^cHl.

20. Leg. H, ay^-t^; Fi, ciit; ^ Fe, iba<^'-
karrh\' Sk, ibat, ka'txkdrR; Be, ibot; Bo,
ifedi, kdt-cdr; G, ca<; Ir, ^a<; Lu, kalt-kwa;
Co, kutchoice (=calf).

21. Thigh. Fe, iba% H, kout-lambe; Fi,
c&VlSM; G, catcherhouel (or catcher-
baucl^); * Sk, d"U^u; Bo, disidu^ discdbe
(=buttocks); Si, yiacaspeyeper.

22. Knee. H, towZ^ douUm; ^ Fi, «itr-
cftit Sk, 8koi'hi:h\' Bo, k6l-pacdr; Ir,
A»ic^enibtau.
28. Ankle. H, tgihmli; Fi, aciU'ldbe,
24. Foot. Irythocy£r;Fe,tchou^k(yu;nrh\'^^
Bo, ddqiidr (=8hoe8); Sk, 6e'ku:rR,
Mau'tbi ( =heel) ; Bo,cA«, cett-ctfZ ( =8ole of
foot), cdl-chi6l (=heel); Fi, diVVicuUM;
H, laikoulkoultel, iUl; Be, katzora; Co,
kadthakoua; Lu, djo^kochl-kwa}^

Group IV

1. Day. Bo, iWZa, «t(i«c, Zdit^^ (=now),
crf^ (=clear); Be, ^aZa/ G, caZa; Sk,
kd'logti,^^ Idfk (==day or now); H, ye-
oiiibottZI, tqilar-oua; Fi, dn^dqudl.

2. Light. Sk, kjau'jeakwa:l; Bo, ^ib(f^

3. Morning. Fi, Ush'quSl,^^ ilqudUf; H,
oyMxmaliy alikolif; Bo, dfe-citd^u/(= to-
morrow morning).

4. Fine weather. Sk, H'd^V" Bo, JfeM«dfe
(=it has stopped raining); G, queaep-
garre (=il fait beau temps).

6. Land. Sk, tt, m**i'** (^mountain);
Bo, ii^c, wi«c, v>6aquar or idcu-addr
(=field); H, gSmptgilf payan-bi
(=earth); Fi, champih,bar^b€(=eaxt}i);
G, arg'acarf(= mountain); Bo, drcacar or
8odr'rek-acdr{=mo\intam); G, alquet{ot
alqiiel?)j^^ c^fcayo(=" prairies").

6. Island. Bo, dUUcdre; Sk, aWkarrrR.

7. Sand. H, paountil; " Sk, afaU'Wa;
G, aijaZy; Bo, kidpddcl.^^

8. Shore, seashore. H, oiumikh, otU-
rumk;^^ Fi, w&n^nUc; Bo, hidpceoUcdlde.

1 Many words referring to limbs or parts thereof
in H and Fi and one word in Sk end in -bi, -6«, -bed,
-6a. Cf. 12, 14-17, 21, 23. This may perhaps be
the same as the syllable or stem per-, pe-, pa-, which
occm^ in 12, Bo, Be; 16, Bo, Be; 22, Bo. One is
also reminded of the Yahgan dual ending -pai or
-pd (Hyades, q, 322).

s Yaoa, yuca, aceal, tacvi, toqui (m), tcikouli, skuUa,
etc., occur in many words tor arm, hand, and parts
thereof; also tar ankle. Cf. 12-17, 19, 23.
Perhax)s a misprint for tolkarjk.

4Cf. 18, Bo; also 16, Fi, iif8h6-\-ba,

• Yahgan for thmnb is ouehkakin (Hyades, q, 290),
UBkkugin (Bridges, p, 56), uscorghin (Bove).

• Perhaps the same asje(i)kl in 19, Sk. Cf., how-
ever, Yahgan for fist, hascul (Bridges, p, 56), askdl
(Hyades, q, 266); Eizaguirre has yaschu (—fingers).

7 Cut, cat, occurs in many words for leg and parts
thereof. CI. 20-22, 24.

8 -cherbouri cf. -scidbe in 21, Bo.

• Yahgan for knee is toulapour (Hyades, q, 291),
tu4apurr (Bove). Latin de (n* ex, Span, desie, is
expressed in Yahgan by adding 4um or -nddvium
(Spegauini c, 140; cf. also, ibid., 138 and Hyades,

q, 316), final m being often barely audible (Hyades,
«,217).

It Tehuelche for shoe or moccasin is hchoker (Leh-
mann-Nitsche, d, 260, quoting Cdrlos Ameghino),
chdcd (Fltz-Roy, a), chokr (Beauvoir, b, 184), tsocr
(Schmid, in Actas XVII** Congr.internac. deAmer;-
canistas, 1910, Buenos Aires, 1912, Ap^ndice, p. 25).

u Probably means toe (—finger) instead of foot.
Cf. 17, Fe, Sk, G.

u Cf. somewhat similar suffix in 23, Bo.

« Cf. e8k(w)al in 2, Sk, Bo; also in 3.

wCf.l,Bo.

» Yahgan for earth is tun (Bove), tun (Th.
Bridges, k, 235), tan (Hyades, q, 266); and for land
is o'tM (Fit«-Roy), ouQi (Hyades, q, 267), uH (Th.
Bridges, k, 235), wi (Bove), uksi (—earth, Platz-
mami), we (—field, Noguera), uUiro (Eizaguirre).
The resemldance may be only accidental.

i«Cf.6.

" Yahgan tar sand is banddl or bauddl (Bove),
pUnUl (Fitz-Roy).

»« Cf. 10, Sk, Bo; 8, Bo.

19 Yahgan for shore is hanna or hanua (Bove).

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPEE] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

17

9. Sea. Sk, 6M'pl; Bo, ddpl; Fi, chah'-
hikl, chah'b&el; H, choun-hil; G, chapte
or chaple?).

10. Stone. H, lili, haufkete-aou; Fi,
c&th'&Wy kihtla*d; Sk, kjeWlau, kepdi.kl
(=rock); Bo, kSp-adpa (=gravel), chiSl-
Id, dU-ld, ydr, 6heil6o or chHald (=large
stone); Co, hml (= flint), kesamix
(=8tone ax); G, chardol.

11. Sky. Bo, drca; Sk, arrx'; Fi, dc'cubd;
H, ekovroui; G, carcayta}

12. Cloud. Bo, drcaiMa, drcaitd; Li, arka-
yeta; G, ayel (=clouds or vapors); H,
yileoka; Fi, tUVlu.

13. Sun. H, leum;^, Fi, lUm; Sk, arrx-
d'luk;^ Bo, areldk, drrehik;^ Be, orcfoir;
G, arfocg.

14. Sunrise. Fi, ahlde&r'r^'^ H, eZ^-
kouraiky kiSndak.

16. Sunshine. Fi, Zi^m aZH;^ H, leum

am.

16. Moon. H, koun-Mk, haou-ko; ^ Fi,
c&a'dk'hOy cuuneqiLd; Sk, irkapii'-d'-
Ivk; ^ Be, yekapesalok; Bo, idcapesddlop,
idcabSsndltuiy idcapeddla; G, yacabedchar-
locq; Duclos-Guyot, sercow.

17. WMte. Bo, idkdpec'kdr; Fi, dl:l/'ca;
H, €Jbai/-H- Sk, ii'kapii' {hvarrR).

18. Star. H, kounn*-ach; Fi, qujo'un&sh,
cdn&sh'; G, collache; Sk, kollai'; Bo,
cdUldsCy colds (=laige star), cdZawisc (=it
is night), pdp-pdrisc.^

19. Go to bed. Sk, pap; Bo, pdp; G,
icchelor.^^

20. Bed. Sk, pdp^Ual; Bo, pdp-dedr.

21. Sleep. Ir, iboZ^; ^^ H, eydkououil;
Fi, kay'h^h kh&k'hdn; Sk, 6irl»'to,
Hri^stakwarrR (=a8leep); Be, cheeksta;

Bo, cUksda, degsda^, cUgsdaky cUgdak^
tdffledia; G, torpelan.

22. Night. Bo, dc-^i(5i, dc-kidler^ dkioi
(=it is night); Be, akiowen; G, aloouy;
H, ai-oulapou, ai-otiUbi, ovkakouche;
Fi, yumUpre, ydw'Uhd; Sk, Jbi^iptT;
(=dark).

28. Black. Fi, /coZ; Sk, paZ (irti;aiT/e);
H, tafhka-atnuind^; Bo, tir-rekdry ydkdr
(=black face), idcdrd«Zd& (=raven),
idcdtestd (=at night), ydcar or dhiM-al
UgdS (=to grow dark); ydccp-ma (Fitz-
Roy^s "Chono'* word for evil spirit, a
giant black man).

24. Water. Se, auwa; G, arret; Co, nupp;
H, chaoach; Fi, chau'dsh; Sk, oHAil:-
warrR; Be, akschokuar; Bo, dcdaqudr;
Cy, kiUMkotuir; Ir, chafilar.

26. Bain. Cy, okhtchiktmar; " G, cfeec^-
couaZ, tcauchelart (or teaiuihelart?); Ir,
ap«'«; Sk, o'ppera.'i'; Fi, 56'gti^A,
ckp^pdcdhsh; Bo, kdpkdsc; H, ka\f-kkh,
choumbelpilit (ruaiakal.

26. Thunder. H, bUyayah; Fi, cayru^;
Bo, McdZ; G, tocoZ.

27. Wind. H, (mrotich-kkh; Fi, hUr'Hir
gvash; Sk, a'rrkai'la:rrR (=storm?),
a'ketl; Bo, (fctiteZ, (fcate; G, alache; Li,
fe/iwibar.»3

28. Snow. Sk,a*te6€;" (=al8o winter),
aka'piHi (=hoar frost); Bo, dcap^, ifedifed
(=to snow); G, ledchebeche; H, ech-ou;
Fi, a»'^; Ir, «oy€r.

29. Ice. G, alabec; Sk, 6kia'ri%' Fi,
dtkhur^skd; H, al-koulkS, ayS-atil.

30. Fire. H, atilakoyou, UUU; Fi, f^rtaZ;
G, «t€t€i (=flame); Sk, i'totJba:/, i;H'-
td*« " (=match); Co, iuksthaads (=iron-

1 Cf. 12, Bo, Li.

2 Yahgan for sun is Ifum (Hyades, 9, 269), lum
(Bove), lam (Bridges, p, 78), Idm (Platxmann), l&m
(Eizaguirre, Noguera), lUm (Fitz-Roy).

»^rrx-sky. Cf.ll.

* -d-luk, -elok. Cf : 2, Bo; 14-15; 16, Sk, Be, Bo.

6 Perhaps metathesis for itrrie-oAfoc, ouraib-dekf
arrxr&'luk.

• Cf. note 2, above.

7 Yahgan for moon is hannoooa (Bridges, p, 77),
kdnntihkd (Platzmann), januka (Noguera), anoka
(Hyades, q, 268), hannuia, hannvca, or AunnJca
(Bove), dndcd or Mn'niiJIcd (Fit£-Boy), anuAayoco
(Eizaguirre).

8 Cf. 17 and note 4, above.
»Cf.l9,20.

w Cf. 22, Bo. See, however, note 11, infra.

" This and the three following words may be
related to cot^, star, just as 19 and 20 are to 18, Bo.
Cf., however, kay'keol and khdk'hdn with Ac-kiOer
and akiowen in 22, Bo, Be. Yahgan for sleep is aka
or akalou (Hyades, 9, 294), a^cdlu or o-eulu (Bove),
kdk(Mihdt& (^-she sleeps, Platzmann).

It This and perhaps the two ibllowing words are
apparently related to 24, Sk. Chafilar (24, Ir) may
be tiapl+arret,

IS Perhaps an error, as Sr. Lista gives this same
word for mouth.

u Possibly related to the word for white.

"Cf. uki'tat with Ukdat (Bo)- fungus, which is
used as tinder.

Digitized by

Googl(

18

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

stone); Bo, iSkscddsc (=spark), ixichestdl
(=roafited), diesc (=biinit-out coals);
Ir, yiaskha (=cigar), offchar;^ Lu,
wayach-kwa; Fe (and Sk), tchark(mQ; Li,
charcuish; Bo, cidrcuSj d&rqudsc, cidrcuSsc
(= burning coal), oZacar( =stove),^ o-lH
(=to light the fire); G, ollay.

31. Hot. Sk, apd.'ll; Bo, dpel (=heat);
G, appel (==il fait chaud), oHlla (=to
bum); H, ottkoulif Htkaika; Fi, h^t^khKk.

32. Smoke. H, tiUlaiks; Fi, aVUcks,
mVh&sh; Bo, Ulks; G, telqueche.

Group V

1. One. H, takoumdd; Fi, tdw*qulddw;
Bo, tdcurtdcu;^ Fe, dakadouk^'Sk, da'ku-
duky ta'kso; Si, hualac.

2. Two. H, tilka-aou; Fi, H^Vkedw; Bo,
tilkaaon; Sk, u*JbZ(ib); Si, orr^c.

3. Three. Bo, udchels-a-tol; Sk, vJulk-at-
tavklk, tau'kl{k); H, kouf-ir; Fi, cup^h;
Si, kugvalec.

4. Four. Bo, udkeU-a-Ul-TrnkeU; Sk,
a'kjad (=many); H, cnUUUU; Fi, In'-
SdSM; Si, tushicarcaffUe,

6. Five. Bo, tdcU'tdcu; Si, lugualec; H,

6. North. Sk, jai^wrZdr i?;* Bo, adiiculdi^
(=north wind); Fi, ya*dw; H, ovayi-hdy
oufa-hir,

7. West. Sk, a'Hkulail; Bo, cieMr ^
(=west wind); Fi, iithqvMd&V:IL, oukaU
dHf oupe-(mche.

8. South. Sk, i'i'pUe:i'li: Bo, cepcace
(=south wind); Fi, Uc'cday; H, ot^ifxm-

^01.

9. East. Sk, H'kerR; Bo, luicheraldr
(=eafltwind); Fi, yuVdhd; B.y youUibS.

Group VI

1. Boat, canoe, (a) Sk, a75*it(=Yahgan
canoe); Spegazzini, o/H (Spanish;); Fi,
dth'U; H, €t^«-K, ouachet^.^ (6) Sk,
a'sxd:r or wa'jeku (=8teamer), je'tukltai

(=dugout); Fe, ouayikharh\' Co, ayoux;
Sk, ibtdZu (=We8t Patagonian canoe),
(c) Sk, dd'mi (=lifeboat); Bo, peller
(="barca")> scirur dcqui (=**barca
grande*'); G, cher-; Macdouall, aheroo;
King, sherroo or sherroo (=canoe, ves-
sel, diip 's boat) ; Ir, serd ( =canoe) , imassi
(=ship); Co, 8herr(yux (=8hip*8 boat);
Duclos-Guyot, shorou; Meriais, cMrou
(=canoe).

2. Vessel. Fi, a^un; * H, e'louriy eVU.

3. Basket. Sk, td'ju; • Bo, tdio; G, daye;
Co, dawyer (=plaited basket); Ir, tallo;
Fe, talia; Sk, dau'klta.l (=bucket);
Bo, 8ci6racdl (=*'borBa"); Ir, chokarkau
(=bottle or *'recipiente"); Co, hisJihi
(=bottle); Bo, cdsc-kH (=bottle), cdsc-
chH (=glas8); H, kotu^h, kouf-kihi; Fi,
k&*^khu, khald; Co, cheebass (=netted
basket).

4. Arrow. Fi, an^ndqtid; H, ^-nokouSj
ti-ekoun; Bo, tiki (=arrow point), drce^
drscely^^ SrkacS; Sk, arxkjed; Si, area; Se,
dreso; Ir, kanakene}^

6. Quiver. Sk, a'rxkje:l-kwarrR; Bo,
drscilcuM.

6. Bow. H, kirik'kSnS, yourSl; Fi, kMc-
cdna; Bo, kiMcdld, ghSrrdcalak, chtrd-
kald; Si, schialla, kioshalaska (=string).

7. Stick. Fe, kat; G, carr^; i* Bo, crfr or
ydr (=stake); Fi, aire (=spear handle);
H, fiSair-hi (=spear handle); Sk, kdrR
(=handle), kd'rksku.lii^ (=club).

8. Spear, harpoon. H, oiii-Ui, ailkiy hal-
achU; Fi, Wed, fished; Sk, U'lkdrR
(=bilaterally barbed), d'leju (=unilat-
erally barbed, small) ; Bo, dlegu otdfdacdr
(=large harpoon); Cy, ioftok^karh; ^^
Sk, to'ldd.rR (=with sawtooth shank),
i'ri^kdHl (=with large unilateral barb);
G, irquebal; Bo, ianisc (=small har-
poon), percla (=with glass shank); Co,
udakuUh (=for seals), Hp-ihatharsh
(=forfi8h).

1 Yahgan for wood is dh'schlf, according to Fitz-
Roy; for fireplace is ^/(Bridges, p, 56), aff (Hyades,
5,304).

« OZ«+cor-buming or heating+thing.

• Bo gives same word for five.

• Cf. Yahgan, cu-pase-pa (—five, Bove), cupashpa
(=llttle finger. Bridges, p, 78).

6 Cf. 9, Bo.

• Cf . 7, Sk.

7 Cf. 9, Sk.

• Yahgan for boat is anan or auan (Bove), afia
(Eizaguirre), anin (Hyades, q, 304), aunan or watch-

i (Despard, 6, 679, 718).

» Cf. Yahgan for basket, iaottdla (-of fine mesh,
Hyades, q, 303), tavMla (Noguera), taualla (Bove),
tauala (Lovisato, a, &), and also Ona for same,totra{
(Lista, 6, 144), t6ua (Segers), ihaPf thai (-also rush
material, Beauvoir, h, 119, 65), tdyu (-rush mate-
rial for baskets, Gallardo, 264). This resemblance
running throu^ the three languages pfobably de-
notes cultural borrowing.

w Sr. Lista has arekechid as Tehuelche for arrow
(La Patagonia austral, Buenos Aires, 1879, p. 85).

11 Perhaps an error for bow.

wThis is apparently an element in 9, Bo; 8, H, Fi,
Sk, Bo, Cy.

1* Cf. preceding word and 9, Cy,>&> Sk, Bo. t

Digitized by LjOOQIC

cooi'EB] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

19

9. Knife. Fi, &fta'rt, Hfm'ld; K, iflstilh,
alioual; Cy, afteu^ki; Ir, dffstaih; Sk,
aftd'sJCt; Bo, tardsca (=native knife),
autdsche (=iron knife), kdraustdscdr
(=8aw), karische (=ax); G, astachelay
(= anything of iron), illay (=to cut),
islart.

Group VII

1. Ouanaco. Sk, lai'xe.l; Bo, Idielj Idscelj
la'jl; G, lajxcart (=to hunt); van Noort,
coMoni; Fi, Juurmaiir; * H, berkahamy
Jiomalafkar.

2. Deer. Gj jgelj becjoul (=^BJitleTB); Co,
halchun.

3. Otter. Sk, Id'eltl (=laige otter), to*-
hLidi:J^ (=8mall otter); Bo, Idl-let, IdU;
Fe, lQldalkao%L8; Co, lalthera (=otter
skin) ; G, lateUj aatichelap; H, ayapouh; '
Fi, hiUp'pd.

4. Puma* Sk, 6a'u:l; Bo, ciduel.

5. Mouse. Sk, a'Uelop; G, ascaiselap;
Co, ahraceps,

6. Domestic cat. Sk, irritu; Bo, iere^tl.

7. Horse. Sk, du'reli; Fe, orel'U; Bo,
orcK, orcm, or(i«ig, orasleuMek (=mare),
tir, tir-caffiyacdpahidr (= white horse).'

8. Sheep. Sk, v)o'H; Bo, tidad udsci
(=lamb), usdy chidui.

9. Dog. Fe, chalbi; Fi, shil '6ki; H, tgikouJr
ilS; Sk, 6{i)a'lki; Bo, aciaZH, ddlchiy
sidlke; G, chalqui; Li, shalhi; Co, ahaxhiss;
Si, peshu; Duclos-Guyot, oi^cAi; Ir,

ifeOTTO.*

10. Whale. Sk, apala; Bo, d/)eZa, dpZa;
G, aballa,

11. Fur seal. Sk, driJ; * Fe, harkagi; Co,
JiarkvMs-hushkei (=seal skin), arougsis
(=8eal skull); Bo, kidro^ hioru; Se,
vergebrusch; H, tovrpi.^ydilou; Bo, ^^^to
(=hide or skin, in general); Fi, Sf^fUldy
d/md.

12. Sealion. Sk, dUel-drR; H, otcJb-Aou^
( =a go wn of skin) ; Fi, wc^wm/ (=gown) ;
Bo, al-hidU, dlacdsc; G, alcouetcheta
(=*'loupmarin").

13. Skin, hide. Bo, -cdsc,"^ -case; Fe,
-kaotiSy 'kagi; Ir, yahdks (= mantle, cov-
ering); Sk, kavi\ opouxad (=probably
guanaco skin); Fe, oppeurbilh (=gua-
naco skin); Fi, iic*cdlapk; H, hyukoule-
aikourhy apouli,^

14. Mantie. Sk, d'llak; » G, alac (=skin
of loup marin) ; Sk, a'6i:6u (=clothes) ; *°
Ir, chincho (= pea-jacket); Bo, dcedti
(=shirt), cieciaud dacdr (=to dress).

16. Bird. Fe, kikik-; Cy, hiegka; Bo,
keskaj cheisc-cdr, tdcudtticu (=**nuco, '* a
bird); Fi, tdw'qud (=Uttle bird); H,
taou-koul ( =little bird) .

16. Swallow. Bo, qvM qud dd; G, colo-
cotcha.

17. Gull. Bo, kdn, kdiel; G, cailx.

18. Bustard. Bo, udcidl; G, attatchol,
islap.^^

19. Duck. H, ayikil-el€f chaouU oufkou-
lelij ouin *^ (=duckling); Fi, W(tn
(== duckling), ye^keip; Sk, ka'ip
(=steamer duck); Bo, zrdlitra, iSrdrhldp;

. G, irariJiavXj^^ (itargy(=duck *^ qui Jie
vole pas' ') ; Co, karawua-poug (=8team-
erduck).

20. Penguin. G, carasse; van Noort,
compogre,

21. Hummingbird. H, emou-oue; Fi,
dmJbwaWd,

22. Vulture. H, ekour-hegU; Fi, dhc&r^-
r^d.

23. Owl. H, a^dia^Za(=horned),to/'ifca^^
H• Fi, tiUdbbdl, sMp'Kshi (=homed);
Bo, olapsc.

24. Qoose. BoyCdr-cdr-cdr/SkjOWi'lap^^
(=kelp goose, male), ddrip (= ditto,
female).

i Yahgan for guanaco is ama-ara (Noguera), amara,
mayaka (Hyades, q, 285), am-mara. (Bove), amoera
(Spegazzini, c, 137), am&rha (£izi^;uiiTe), amura
(Furlong, ^,3.)

« Yahgan for otter is aiapuh (Bridges, h, 207), aja-
puch or aia-puck (Bove), ayapou, yapou (Hyades,
5, 285), yappo (Despard, 6, 717).

> 2>rca/+yacopak«-hair+ white.

* Cf. 11, Bo. Possibly a mistake for seal or sea
lion. Sr. Iriarte's list was gathered by signs and
perhaps he "barked."

»Cf.ll,Co: 13, Fi,H.

« Yahgan for seal is dup'pd (Fitz-Roy), tapara
(Hyades, q, 285), taparha (Eizaguirre). Cf. taa-pa
(-coat, Despard, b, 718).

» Occurs in compounds. Cf. 11, Fe, Co; 12, Bo.

B Yahgan for skin is dppHUd (Flt£-Roy), apala
(Hyades, g, 269). Cf. 11, Fi.

» Perhaps occurs in 13, Fi, H.

10 Cf. -etcheta in 12, G.

» Cf.: 19, Bo; 23, Bo; 24, Sk. The same ending
occurs in Bo, UscoUp (—black thrush). It may be
a generic term.

13 Yahgan tor duck is ui-jin or v4^n (Bove), out^n,
ouyirif otiayi (Hyades, g, 285, 266).

i» Possibly the same as iir&rls- in the preceding
w<»d. The natives no doubt have special names
for each of the various kinds of ducks and other
larger birds.

»< See precediBg note and note IJ , abox^. ^

Digitized by LjOOQIC

20

BUEEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

26. CMcken. Se, hokokok; Bo, 0-6-6.

26. Fish. Sk, jdu'ierR (=robalo); Fe,
yaoutchilh; Ir, yanchen; Li, yaulchel; Bo,
iaiiciSly ydukcy idkel, terkctdye, adikuer
(=*'pescagione"), sddc-sddr (=tunny);
Sk, HTib«to(=tofiflh); Fi, iJ$r'r^M(=to
fiflh), &p'jy&hin,^ appnffin; H, epoun
baiUy yee-rha,^ tafkarh^ or taflarkarh
(=to fiflh); G, orolle: Co, areoua-areersh.

27. MusseL Sk, kayak; Bo, cdpok; Lr,
hap6 (="chorofl'0; ^^ aptechouie; Co,
chalovx.*

28. Photinula (a small moUusk). Sk,
kei'-gjo:l (=al8o necklace of same); Bo,
kH'c6l (=necklace of shells); Fi, ca'lkdl
(=beads); H, i-koul (=beads).

29. Shell. H, tiache-ouain; ^ Bo, tdl-la-
jeku; G, aychaux; Fi, car'nM.

80. Beads (necklace). H, ekoun-ach
(=necklace of bones); Co, heskouna.

81. Sea urchin. Co, kawotchi, karabous-
kalpera (=crab); G, cabesche;^ Sk,
taucxldri;'^ Ir, affskte.

Group VIII

1. Tree. Fi, e'drUM,^ kdfs'M; H, kif-hS,
y-ekokoul; Sk, xarlWkl; Bo, carh ocndl,
cdr.

2. Winter's bark. Sk, id'la-kwarrR; Sp,
shalakudhry shdahUcu.

8. Libocedrus tetragona. Sk, lap&jekl;

Sp, lapaUkhl; G, paic/^ (=pine).
4. Fagus antarcttca. Sp, tdshka; G, tech-

elart (=tree).
6. Notofagus betuloides. Sk, allkol;

Sp, alco6l; Bo, dl-cM6l, dlcol (=bough);

G, argol (=leaf).

6. Berberis empetrllolia. Sk, kjd'rrR;
Sp, hiSrr; G, ears (=forest); Bp, cdr
(=tree).

7. Berberis iUcifolia. Sk, 6ii\' Bo, chieac
(===buflh).

8. Wood. B.,achif;Fi,1lf8M;Bkyde'a:la:;
Ir, silkma; Si, anchufalla.

9. Firewood. Cy, A;ol:a«; Sk, da'Jd.s; Bo,
cdcasc; G, cacache: Li, kekdsh.

10. Baccharis patagonioa. Sk, ki'lpel;
Sp, HtZpeZ (=E8callonia serrata).

11. Bmpetmm rubrum. Sk, pi'lekutl
(=sal80 Tepualia stipularis); G, pUcoiUt
( =r * * brande, ' ' heather) .

12. Soirpus oemuus. Sk, i'a'kddf; Sp,
shaMu (=Poa scaberula); G, c^oca-
toi (=**llierbe,'' grass); Bo, accidie/
(="erba'0> skdkdlof (=hay), ciocdZa
«-c&« (=gra8S for a bed); H, qakalif
(=grafls).

13. Myginda distioha. Sp, tdis; Bo, scSss
or ^rf(=dry grass).

14. Peat moss. Sk, d'dopl; G, de chafiche
(=moss); Bo, cidpl (=high grass).

16. Oleichenia quadripartita. Sk, a'kiu:-
Uel; H, haiU-kil (=gra88).

16. Celery. Sk, koWSau; H, k6le
(=grass); Fi, khall (=grafls).

17. Philesia magellanica. Sk, kolla-ko'-
lla; Ir, kalakala (=flower).

18. Flower. H, aiksU; Fi, yWstd; Sk,
i'ksta:xl; Bo, ikacddl^ ijctdl.

19. Macrooystis pyrifera. Sk, hiba'poW;
G, qiutchahache (='*varech," sea-
wrack); H, orich-chi.^

20. Marsippospermumgrandiflonun. Sk,
H'pd:i\ je'kkabi:88e; Sp, UkkabSsse; Se,
jakapasch (="Binsen," rushes); Bo,
ienakasc (=**alga")-

Group IX

1. I. Bo, dels, dSls-cud; Sk, 6ix(l); G,
qui ouchy.

2. Thou. Bo, dduls, dduls qud; G,
chausae; Sk, tSu'x(l).

3. He. Bo, chidly kidls-eud; G, haulle; Sk,
iatix(l).

4. My. Bo, dsc, disc; G, hasche; Sk, ?idi.
6. Angry. Bo, dt-dsc; G, atache; Sk,

6. Bad. Fe, tchabakta, tchalabarh^
(=ugly); Bo, cHldper (=ugly), cSisldber;
Sk, dei'ld'borrR, H'ldgdl (=evil); Bo,
cildcdar (=ugly).

7. Button. Sk, iepe.rrR; Fe, giparh*.

1 Yahgan for fish is apow (Hyades, q, 287).

* Perhaps the same as iakel, above.

'Yahgan for kelp fishing line is aotich tafkoa
(Hyades, q, 303, aouch— kelp) . C f . tupar (« to fish,
Bove).

* The natives have different names for the vari-
ous mollusks. Dr. Skottsberg gives several.

A Yahgan for the Venus and Mactra mollusks is
tachaoutn or tachaouo (Hyades, q, 289), ter-iho-in
(—limpet shell, Despard, b, 718, the first word gath-
ered by hhn, in 1857).

• Perhaps the same as karabous- in preceding
word.

» Cf . 29, Bo.

• Yahgan for tree is UrUr' (—also log, Th. Bridges,
p, 64, 78), udrurh (Platzmann), ua-rmh (Bove),
ouarowh (—wood, tree trunk, Hyades, q, 283).

» Yahgan for kelp is {Jkyaouch (Hyades), ha-^utch,
ha-ushf a<kh (Bove), howoosh, achik (Bridges,
P, 78).

Digitized by

Googl(

cooper]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIEBRA DEL FUEGO

21

8. CaBtain. Bo, sdftear (=cliief); Sk,
siu'ftiu:r; Cy, qouftioT laip (=gener-
oiis=captam+good) .

9. Coire. Se, higehige; G, ygre (=*' par-
ties de ITiomme' ').

10. Cold. Sk, H-rar; Be, Uzds; Wyse,
quichache * (=clothe8); Fi, hisJi&sh*; H,
havne-hkhe, tourri-ierrha; ^ Bo, hisdkj
cMgdched; G, ychesche (or yeheschef) (=it
is cold), mehaleque (= ditto); Meriais,
faia (= ditto).

11. Come. G, laxcara (=come!); Sk,
ld'ia:l; Bo, Ucidl or leddlk {=wi\\ come),
delocul (=come!), cv6loh 16 or dlukl tali
(=come here!); Se, a; a; x or kakaka
(^exclamation for calling attention);
H, kakaoutila,^ akoumcman or yamach-
koun-i * (=come here); Fi, y&mdschun'd,
(=come here), MbWtlud.

12. Cut. H, kapakoUioua; * Fi, cup^pd;
G, illay; Sk, ajekarR.

13. Die. H,y6-ifc(m^(=dead); Bo, dc-cioZ
(=he died); H, ovmkaUnar (=dead or
die), ouaildkaruar; Fi, wUlUcar^wdna
(=dead or die); Cy, algvMera (=dead);
Bo, dnfidsck (=dead), tdf (=death or
die); Sk, «o/(=dead).

14. Dive. Fi, sko; Sk, ksJmti; H, ialgou-
louli.^

16. Egg. H, taU-i-e; Fi, Uth'le; G, les-
chelly (=penguin8' eggs) ; Bo, Uslcy iSrel;
Fe.orrir; Sk,io-n(5')2.

16. Fat. Sk, a/ig; Bo, df-kdi; Fi, ufki;
H, ouf^kaij toufkene-kiou.

17. Go. Sk, di' (=also walk); Bo, dsc
(=alsowalk), a«ife(=walk), a«c^(=good-
bye); Fi, c^h (=walk), iis'hde (=go
away) ; H, hack or ker-ne ( = walk) , oucho-
fh-M (=go away); Bo, telicu (=a walk
or road), teclecadlme (=go far away); G,
tel (or tetf) (="va-t-en'0, loulda
(=*'marche").

18. Oood. H, la4aif; Fi, ly'ip; Fe, laip;
Sk, laip; Bo, Idyep, Idiep (=pretty).

19. Oreen. Bo, dr-cdr^ ndipa (=blue);
Sk, a'rx (kwarrR) (=blue or ? green).

20. Hut, wigwam. Bo, at (=houBe); Sk,
at (=house), dtk (=houses); Ir, ata; Fi,
dhtf hat (=house); G, hasthe (=hoiise);
Sp, dt-jl (Spanish j); H, kioutoul
(«= house) or aftSli-tSla.

21. Large. Kj?iaovfkil,?iaoU'kouil(==hi\l
moon); Fi, dw^quH (=al80 full moon);
Fe, oukSulkh (=much); Sk, a'kwid,
a'kwa: (=alway8), akjad or a'kj:aui^
(=many); G, agonil (=it is large); Bo,
dk-chSlf dc-qui, dc-chidi (=much or
many), dc-kidi (=more), dk-cui (=en-
tire); Ir, pinna (=much or more).

22. Love. Bo, dto-kaldi; Sk, a'tdala:{i^).

23. Meat. Sk, (h)lpr;'' Bo, yipper; Se,
jepper; Fe, yipeurh'; Lu, vo'perchl-kwa.

24. Milk. Sk, durxk* (=also breast);
Fe, ourkh* (= breasts); G, ourque
(=teat).

26. Nest. Sk, Hwf-Hu(; Bo, €1, c^^c-ca-^*
(=bird*s nest).

26. No. H, pal^toukoul; Fi, quUHvk; Fe,
ytkoula; Sk, taxliy ta'^likudla (=1 do
not wish to); G, tachely (=enough, no
more); Fe, m^na (=nothing); Ir, mayo
(=little, less), layamma (=enough, no
more); Bo, chidtai^ chidta (=nothing,
no); G, cadays (=no, *'nenni"), quiepy
( = * ' rien du tout ") , gt*ig6 ( = " il ne vaut
pas rien"); Sk, kjip (=nothing), kjap
(= nothing— heard at Port Grappler);
King, cab, cab; Topinard, qmeppa
(=meat?).

27. Oar. G, oyeque ® (=to row); H, oudi-
axk (=man'« oar), ourhou (= woman's
oar); Fe, aVlio; Fi, t(;dr'rfc(= woman's),
t^'fe(=man*s); H, toin€(=man's); G,
couaigny; Bo, lepocdr; Sk, le'pokwa:rrR.

28. Pain. Bkykjd'/te.'l-Bo^kidfddl-li^to
pain), kitiftelk (=great pain); G, affle
(="j'ai mar'); Fi, ahf; H, hiff, oum-
mSyS.

29. Paper. Sk, ta'jlkatUca; Cy, tdikalka,
80. Porpoise. H, diou-ouhwki; ® Fi, «Ad-

wdn^nHJc^; Bo, scidcdar, ddada; G, calhna.

I The natives were probably asking for "clothes"
by saying "we are cold."

*Yahgan for cold is taruri, tarourou (Hyades,
q, 266), tdr^ (Bove), iharri (Elzaguirre), teri (No-
guera).

* -tela: cf. tali just above in Bo. The Yahgan for
come here is akoum (Hyades, q, 266), a-cum (Bove),
aeuman-caia (Eizaguiire).

<This sounds suspiciously like the Yahgan
yamasckuna (=be generousi), the usual greeting
formerly of the Yahgan to the European visitor.

K Cf. kapok f kapo (—mussel shell). The native
knife was made usually with a shell blade. Br.
Hyades (q, 309) gives ^ifampou as Yahgan tor cut.

« Yahgan for dive is gotiUni (Hyades, q, 296, 266),
gul-heni (Bove).

' A Tehuelche-Ona word (Lehmann-Nitsche, d,
249). The Alacaluf probably acquired it in bar-
tering fOT meat with their land neighbors.

8 Perhaps related to ouayikharh' (= canoe).

•Yahgan for porpoise is Qoouianaukh (Hyades
q, 268), 8a-uirjannuck or sa^i-iaumuck (Be\^e). j

^gitizedbyLiOOgle

22 BUBEAU OF AMEKICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull.c3

81. Bainbow. G, wxadi; Sk, akja'ieldkl; 40. Yes. G, coturni (or coiumsf or co-
Bo, dcccdUk, dC'Moribeh; Ir, kebnai. uaiiaf), alloua (=="oui certes'^; Sk,
32. Bed. Sk,Hm(-ib«;arri2);Bo,cAt^o^r. cd'h:; Fe, ailaou; H, aUlkal-ou, tach,^

38. Eun. Fi, oAZ (=rush); H, aZi; Bo, OMOti/* Fi, o*o; Bo, (fa.

dlesc (=also run away!); Sk, a'ldh\ G, 41. Yesterday. G, area; Bo, dlcualdk.

al chy (="je vais partir")> alcherba 42. Thing, etc. "The suffix kwarrR is

(=**allons-noiis-€n"), y^t Zeperi ^ (="il very common and seems to designate a

s'enva")- condition or a quality possessed by

84. Sick, ill. H, ifeowm^oryaottiZ(=sick- something: hence Hrk*staj to sleep,

ness) ; Fi, yati'A^Z (=sickness); Bo, (fZ-Zgr, U'rkyta-kwarrRy being asleep. The

dl-lelf dUlelk, halen; Be, Jmlen; Sk, color names also end in Jbt(;(»Ti?; a thing

dldl{k); Fe, alilki; Cy, deuf.^ is pa'lkwarrRy i. e., possesses a black

86. Sit. H, choukouil; Fi, sh'Qckd; Sk, color. Another example is a'rxkje:l,

H'JdrR; Bo, scidcdrk; G, houche, arrow; arxkjedkwarrR, quiver='the

86. Swim. H, Ul-i, laimp-ai; Fi, Vtm'pi; thing that holds the arrows' " (Skotts-

Sk, o'llpaid. berg, cZ, 606). For examples of this

37. Thin. Sk, d'jip; Bo, d-iepl. suffix in Bo, H, Fi, see the words above

88. To-morrow. Bo, terrudiadli, dl cud- for white, red, black, and green; the final

lak; G, calas. r or rrR is elided, as frequently, in H,

39. Urinate. Sk, skarrh'; G, quesquer. Fi. Cf. also Gro]up IV, 30, Bo, olacar.

1 -lepert may be the same as I^pp<r in Bo's sen- « In Yahgan the word dda (Fit&-Roy) or tas
tenoe d<M-cft»7-cdZ (=they) jdfcacidrcfciA' Upper (=»go (Hyades, ff, 270) is used for yes, but rarely.

to the field). * A Yahgan word for assent is aovat (Hyades,

2 Cf. 13, Bo, Sk. q, 270), auai (Bove), <w-wy (Despard, 6, 718).

DISCUSSION OP GLOSSARY

Owing to the paucity of available material and the total lack of
grammatical data, much in the foregoing comparative study isneces-
sarily tentative and provisional. Nevertheless, there appears to be
sufficient evidence on which to base certain dependable conclusions.

The two most important lists. Bo and Sk, agree in from at least
80 to 90 per cent of the cases, so closely, in fact, that there can be no
reasonable doubt that they represent the same language. The same
is true of Fe. G agrees in quite the majority of cases with Bo, Sk,
and Fe, as do also the shorter lists Se, Lu, Sp, Li, Cy, Be, Si, Co, and
Ir, while some of the stray words from Duclos-Guyot, King, Mac-
douall, Meriais, and Wyse can also be identified. H and Fi closely
resemble each other and in the main show manifest affinity with the
other vocabulari^, but on the other hand contain many words
peculiar to themselves.

The 15 Usts and other words therefore fall into two groups, one
represented by H and Fi, the other including the remaining material.
Do these two groups represent two distinct languages, or at least
two distinct dialects, or does the evidence call for some other ex-
planation ?

That they represent one and the same language seems fairly,
reasonably clear, for in about 60 to 70 per cent of the 115 to 120
words for which comparison is possible, there appears to be either out-

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPEE] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TBIBES OP TIEBBA DEL FUEGO 23

right identity, or eke community of stem, prefix, or suffix. On the
other hand* the remaining differences would seem to be sufficiently
accounted for by the presence of Yahgan and Ona-Tehuelche words,
and by the errors, inevitable in the circumstances under which the
lists were gathered.

In H and Fi there is an appreciable percentage of Yahgan words,
at least 10 per cent and probably considerably more. The majority
of words for which the Yahgan equivalent is given in the notes to the
preceding glossary are clearly of Yahgan provenance. The proxi-
mate publication of the Rev. Mr. Bridges' dictionary (Th. Bridges,
Z) will make possible a more thorough study of this point. Fiu'ther
traces of Yahgan influence, especially in H, are apparently discern-
ible in the predominance of ou and a soimds, in the frequency of
successions of single vowel syllables, and in the occasional en(hngs
-rwZ^i, -Tidoulou, -mdouT/mm, all characteristic of the Yahgan tongue
(Hyades, j, 217-218, 322, passim; Spegazzini, c, 138, 140).

The presence of this considerable Yahgan element in H and Fi is
readily accoimted for. According to Mr. Bridges (&, Oct. 1, 1881,
227; Feb. 2, 1874, 26; June 1, 1883, 139), Admiral Fitz-Roy's three
Alacalufan informants belonged to partly Alacalufan and partly
Yahgan mixed stock. They were taken in the region between
Brecknock Peninsula and Christmas Sound, where there was much
contact, intermarriage, and linguistic borrowing between the two
peoples^ (cf. supra, pp. 3, 7).

Dr. Hyades evidently did not have any assistance from the English
missionaries in compiling his Alacalufan vocabulary, for he was
xmder the impression that no one at the mission knew anything at all
about Alacalufan (Hyades, j, 13). His informant, Kitamaoyofelis
Kipa, an Alacalufan woman 40 to 45 years old (Hyades, j, 272, 224,
Table IV, no. 25), bom at Eatamaoya, in western Alacalufan terri-
tory {q, 106), was at the time Uving at Orange Bay, in the heart of
the Yahgan territory. She and her sister were both married to a
Yahgan man. She told Dr. Hyades, it is true, that she remembered
well the language of her native land, and the Yahgans at Orange Bay
seemed to be convinced of the truth of her assertion, but she had been
married to her Yahgan husband for many years, as they had a
13-year-old daughter (Hyades, g, 272, 224, 411-412, Table V,
no. 36), and she had in all UkeUhood been living during these years
among Yahgans. It is not siu-prising, therefore, that she should have
lost to some extent the knowledge of her native tongue and should
have used many Yahgan words even when speaking Alacalufan.
The Fuegians apparently soon forget their native tongue, for Jemmy

1 Many years later Fuegia Basket, one of Admiral Fitz-Roy's natives, conversed with the Rev. Mr.
Bridges in Yahgan, which she understood and spoke, although Ala(^ufan was her own tongue (Th.
Bridges, b, 1874, 26; 1883, 139).

64028"— BuU. 63—17 8

Digitized by

Googl(

24 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

Button, eitep the lapse of two years, was unable to converse with his
parents in his own tongue, altitough' he understood them (Hyades,
g, 271), while one of the native women taken in Crooked Reach in
1876 had entirely forgotten by 1883 her own language and spoke only
Spanish (ibid., 278).

The Alacaluf are or were in contact with the Onas and Tehuel-
ches throughout a large section of their territory. In recent years,
moreover, the Onas and Alacaluf have been brought into close
association at the Dawson Island missions. These facts explain
sufficiently the minor Ona-Trfitielche element in the Bo-Sk lists, an
element entirely or almost entirely absent from H and Fi. The
present writer has made no exhaustive comparison, but has utilized
only the more readily accessible Oua-Tehuelche material.

If we eliminate the Yahgan dement from the H-Fi group and the
Ona-Tehuelche element from ihe Bo-Sk group, the two groups are
brought into much closer harmony and their differences largely
accounted for. The remaining differences are probably due to the
various causes to be mentioned below.

First, inaccuracies of transcription. The Alacalufan language is,
as observers agree, extremely guttural, or '^buccale et comme
niuqueuse'' as Dr. Topinard put it, which makes the task of catching
the sounds correctly and transcribing them an exceedingly difficult
one (cf., e. g., Hyades, j, 12, quoting Mr. Bridges; Seitz, a, 185;
Skottsberg, d, 580). A glance at the comparative glossary given
above will show numerous instances where words evidently the same
have been caught and transcribed very differently. Then, too, there
are many individual and local differences in pronunciation and dic-
tion (Skottsberg, d, 605; Hyades, loc. cit.). The addition or
omission of 8, sh, I, etc., whatever be the explanation, has been noted
already. We may recall, too, that the observers themselves who
gathered the various vocabularies represented six or seven different
European languages, and naturally have caught and transcribed the
native words somewhat differently. For instance, H usually ex-
pressed by e what Fi expressed by A or a; H and Fi frequently omit
the final r where the others give it; H in several instances inserts an/
or m where Fi omits it, etc. Or compare Lu and Se, both gathered
from the same Hagenbeck group of natives in Europe: eye — ^Lu,
te^leh-Tcwa, Se, decorliqua; teeth — ^Lu, che^riTcHil-lcvxi, Se, tscTiUiffiqua;
tongue — ^Lu, U^Jcd-hwa, Se, lecorquay leJcJcersqua, etc. The above
causes largely account for many of the minor differences between the
various vocabularies and between the two groups, H-Fi and Bo-Sk.

The more radical differences are probably due first of all to misunder-
standing on the part of the native informants. Admiral Fitz-Roy
obtained his words largely by signs, although his natives learned to
speak a little English. ''I found great difficulty in obtaining words.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPEE] BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TBIBES OF TIEBBA DEL FUEGO 25

excepting names for things which could be shown to them and which
they had in their own country'' (Fitz-Roy, a, 188). Of Admiral
Fitz-Roy's list of more than 200 Tekeenica words, Dr. Hyades found
50 exact, 30 more or less inexact, and 120 entirely wrong (Hyades,
^, 262, 270). It is to be expected then that a good proportion of his
Alacaluf an words, too, may be wrong.

Dr. Hyades published his own Alacaluf an material ''sous les plus
expresses reserves, et comme pierre d'attente en quelque sorte''
{g[j 279). Valuable though his longer list is, it is certainly not as
dependable as his Yahgan material, upon which he bestowed much
more care and labor, interrogating and reinterrogating the 120 to 130
Yahgan natives who visited Orange Bay during the expedition's
12-month sojourn, and revising the words with the assistance of the
English missionaries. 'Tour la langue des Alakalouf, nous allons
presenter ... la comparaison du vocabulaire de Fitz-Roy avec les
mots que nous avons entendu prononcer par une femme alakalouf,
vivant k la baie Orange. Nous T avons soign6e \h, pendant longtemps
pour xme arthrite du coude. EUe aflSrmait qu'elle se rappelait bien
la langue de son pays natal, et les Fu^giens de la baie Oraage parais-
saient en fitre persuades" (g, 272). His statement, coupled with the
fact that he gives the Alacaluf an equivalents only for those words in
the main which Admiral Fitz-Roy had already published, gives one
the impression that his chief concern was to obtain correct pronun-
ciation and what few synonyms he could incidentally gather. He
did not identify or revise his vocabulary with the aid of other Ala-
caluf, and the missionaries at the time did not give him any assist-
ance (g^, 13). His informant, moreover, as noted above, had in all
probability been away from all her people, except her sister, for at
least 13 or 14 years.

Taking into account, therefore, the circimistances under which the
H and Fi lists were gathered, we are justified in assuming that they
contain a considerable percentage of errors.

Bo and Be were taken imder more favorable conditions. The
Salesians have been in close contact with the Alacaluf for over 20
years, and most of the natives speak a little Spanish, while Father
BorgateDo imderstands a little Alacaluf and Brother Xikora, who
assisted him, speaks the language fairly weU, although not fluently
(Cojazzi, private communication).

Dr. Skottsberg's informant, Emilia, spoke Spanish, the medium of
communication, rather brokenly, but weU enough for his purpose.
Moreover, he took pains to verify his words through other natives.
Dr. Fenton had learned his few words some years previously, prob-
ably with Spanish as the medium of communication^ but apparently
had not preserved a written record of them, as he dictated them to
Dr. Hyades from memory (Hyades, g, 279). They were verified
by Cyrille, a 9'-y«ar-old boy living at Punta Arenas.

Digitized by ^

,Googl(

26 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY luuLuea

Sefior LiBta^s vocabulary was gathered from a '^Gualcaro'^ medi-
cine-man, all of whose people had passed away and who was then
living among the Tehuelches. Dr. Coppinger's list was gathered by
signs, though he carefully verified it in part among other natives.
All the other extant Alacalufan material, except perhaps 0, so far as
our information goes, was gathered by signs.

Under such circumstances we should naturally look for a good per-
centage of errors in the Bo-Sk group as well as in the II-Fi group.
The most exact of the extant lists, judging from the circumstances
imder which they were collected and from their mutual agreement,
are Bo, Be, Sk, Fe, Cy, and G. Only in the case of Bo (and G ? and
Be ?) did the observers speak at all the natives' own language.
. Some further differences between H-Fi and the other group may
well be due to the presence of synonyms. The Alacalufan language
is evidently, like the Yahgan, poor in abstract and rich in concrete
terms (cf. Sk, Bo). The Yahgan contains many synonyms (Th.
Bridges, ir, 235-236; Hyades, g, 280), and so apparently does the
Alacaluf (cf. Cy, Bo). Nuances of meaning are often expressed by
entirely dissimilar words (cf. Sk, Bo). Certain words, too, are, it
seems, of local use — Emilia knew the word tacharkouQ^ **fire,'' but did
not use it, while she did not know either kaoui, ^^ear,'' or no'ilh,
**nose'' (Skottsberg, d, 613-614).

That the above sources have actually caused many divergences in
the vocabularies and many errors is further evidenced (1) by the
number of cases in which the same idea is expressed by different
words in each of the lists and (2) by the number of words in the lists
belonging to the Sk-Bo group, especially Co, Li,. Lu, Se, Si, and Ir,
which bear no resemblance to any words in the other lists of this
group. Dr. Coppinger's vocabulary, for instance, which manifestly
represents in the main the same language as Sk, as Dr. Skottsberg
recognisses (f, 412), differs from Sk-Bo almost as much as 11 and Fi
do. Or compare some of the words in Lu and Se, both taken from
the same troupe of natives: nose— Lu, chllaWe-kuxi, Se, nosqua;
hand — Lu, dero^alehlrkwa, Se, corocaschqua.

Before concluding it seems necessary to say a few words regarding
Dr. Skottsberg's recent theory (a, xxxii, 593, d and f). From a care-
ful comparison of his own vocabulary with II, Fi, Fe, Sp, and (^y, he
concluded that there is in Fuegia a fourth linguistic stock quite dis-
tinct from the Alacalufan. For this fourth stock, to which belong
Fe, Cy, Sp, Co, Sk, and many words in Fi, he suggests the name
*^West Patagonian" (rf, 581, 611-614; e, 412).

Dr. Skottsberg, however, did not utilize a great part of the avail-
able material for comparison, namely, Bo, Be, G, Si, Li, Se, Lu, and
Ir, his study being based on Sk, H, Fi, Fe, Cy, Sp, and Co. He has
not given due weight, moreover, to the community of element, stem.

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 27

and afl&x between H-Fi and his own list. He has made no aUowance
for Yahgan and Ona-Tehuelche influence in the respective groups.
Finally, he has hardly taken sufficient account of the various other
sources of divergence adverted to above.

A few other considerations have a bearing on the point: (1)
Emiha spoke of herself and the people met by Dr. Skottsberg as
Alukulup, and it is unlikely that she would be mistaken regarding
her own tribe's name or that as Dr. Skottsberg agrees two tribes
speaking different languages should have the same name. (2) Sk
agrees with Sp, but Dr. Spegazzini's route barely touched the ex-
treme eastern fringe of the territory assigned by Dr. Skottsberg to
the West Patagonian canoe people, and that only en route between
Punta Arenas and Beagle Channel. Capt. Bove and Dr. Lovisato met
some Alacaluf at Ushuaia Mission (Hyades, g, 13) and it is probable
that the plant and other names in Sp were obtained from these
natives. (3) Sk agrees in the main with Lu and Se; but the natives
exhibited in Europe by Herr Hagenbeck were, so all competent
authorities agree, true Alacaluf even if perhaps with a tinge of Ona
blood (Th. Bridges, b, 1883, 139) . (4) Most important of all, Sk agrees
almost perfectly with Bo; but although Father BorgateUo's mission
Alacaluf speak some Spanish and Father Borgatello and Brother
Xikora some Alacaluf an, and although in addition the Salesians have
been in contact with the Alacaluf for over 20 years, no indication in
aU that time has been found by the missionaries that any other
language is spoken by the canoe-using natives called Alacaluf who
frequent the Dawson Island missions (Cojazzi, private communi-
cation, citing Prof. Tonelli) . The present writer has been unable to
get precise details of the provenance of Father BorgateUo's informants,
but they are probably in the main from the territory east of Port
Gallant and south of the Strait; for of the 9 Alacaluf measured by
Dr. Outes (c, 220) at Dawson Island Mission in 1908, 3 came from
Port Gallant, 2 from Magdalen Channel, 2 from Admiralty Sound,
1 from C. S. Pedro and S. Paolo, and 1 from Port Harris, these last
two places being on Dawson Island. Foi* the rest, Dr. Skottsberg
himself agrees that the Dawson Island Mission ''Alacaluf^' are
really members of this tribe (d, 616).

In view of the above facts the present writer is unable to accept
Dr. Skottsberg^s theory that there is a fourth Fuegian language
totaUy different from the Alacaluf an; but in any event the '^West
Patagonian" vocabulary is of great value, not only for its length and
apparent exactness, but still more for the fact that it proves the
Alacaluf an language to be spoken by natives of the West Patagonian
channels as far north as Port Grappler and perhaps as far as the
Gulf of Pefias, just as Seflor Iriarte's list gave evidence that Alacalu-
f an is spoken as far west and north as the Cltima Speranza district.

Digitized by

Googl(

28 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

These newly established facts have a considerable bearing on the
question whether or not the Chonoan tongue was a distinct linguistic
stock or merely an Alacaluf an dialect — a problem to which we shall
return later.

To sum up the whole preceding linguistic study, and the bearing
it has on the question at issue, namely, the territory occupied by the
Alacaluf an tribe. The material at hand seems to show with reason-
able clearness that the same Alacaluf an tongue is spoken by all the
non-Yahgan canoe-using Indians of the channels and inlets north and
south of the Strait of Magellan and up the West Patagonian coast as
far at least as Port Grappler. Fundamentally the two groups of
extant vocabularies agree, while their differences appear to be
accounted for sufficiently by the presence of loan words and by the
considerable element of error inevitable in the circumstances under
which the Hsts were taken.

That there are many local differences of speech seems evidenced
both by the lexical material at hand and by the exphcit statement of
the Rev. Mr.* Bridges made in 1886, who had begun by this time his
more thorough researches in the Alacaluf an language (Th. Bridges, t)
and had just completed an extensive journey into Alacaluf an terri-
tory. Whether these local differences are important enough to con-
stitute definite dialects is hard to say. The H-Fi hsts may represent
a distinct dialect but the evidence is not convincing; they may repre-
sent instead merely a hybrid Alacaluf an- Yahgan speech used by the
natives of the Brecknock Peninsula and Christmas Sound neutral
or mixed zone.

A distinct dialect, however, is pretty certainly spoken by the Port
Grappler people, as EmiUa, Dr. Skottsberg's interpreter, had much
difficulty understanding them and making herself understood
(Skottsberg, c, 102; d, 585-586, 609).

The- preceding conclusion is of course offered with some reserve
and is subject to revision at the hands of those more experienced in
Indian philology than the present writer, who has been obliged to
venture imwillingly into a field not his own. Then, too, the lexical
material leaves much to be desired on the score of volume, while
grammatical data are entirely wanting. The recovery and pubhca-
tion of Messrs. Thomas and Despard Bridges' 1,200-word Alacaluf an
vocabulary would probably make accessible sufficient material to
settle definitely the whole question. As for grammatical data, we
may hope for some light from Brother Xikora and the other Salesians.

Having now questioned the linguistic criterion for tribal relations
over the territory in dispute, we may examine briefly the somato-
logical and cultural criteria. Before doing so, however, one final
point may be mentioned.

La Guilbaudiere's vocabulary was gathered not later than 1696.

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIMBES OF TDERBA DEL FUEGO 29

A comparison with modem Alacalufan shows that the language has
not changed to a great extent in these two centuries.^

B. SOMATOLOGICAL EviDBNCB

So far as the evidence goes, the same physical type is found over
the whole area which we are considering, from Dawson Island and
Brecknock Peninsula to the vicinity of the Gulf of Pefias. Various
observers have noted some differences in physical appearance,
natives of larger stature having been reported by Mr. Bynoe (Fitz-
Roy, a, 197) and by Sr. Serrano M. (6, 151) from the West Pata-
gonian Channels, and in earlier times by the Loaisa (Oviedo, ii, bk. 20,
ch. 10; de Brosses, i, 152) and de Weert (1600 ed., no paging; de
Brosses, i, 278; de Renneville, i, 651) expeditions from the Strait.
But the osteological evidence does not, so far as it goes, lend any sup-
port to these reports (R. Martin, h). Besides, although both Ad-
miral Fitz-Roy (a, 142) and Dr. Coppinger (48) noted some physical
differences between the Patagonian Channel and the Strait Indians,
they nevertheless reported them as closely resembling each other
(U. c). And more recently Dr. Skottsberg emphasizes the general
resemblance in physical appearance between the Channel natives and
the Yahgans, a physical resemblance that was well borne out by his
anthropometric data (dj 592 ; &, 250-253).

C. Cultural Evidbncb

General cultural uniformity prevails throughout the whole area in
question. The bow and arrow, it is true, is much more commonly
used in the Strait than in the Patagonian Channels; but it is not, or
has not been since the eighteenth century at least, entirely absent
from the latter region, while among the Alacaluf of the Strait it is
and has been used only as a secondary weapon, for killing birds and
for guanaco hunting. (For details and references, see Subject Bibli-
ography.)

Admiral Fitz-Roy (a, 142) and recently Capt. Whiteside (18) and
Dr. Skottsberg (cZ, 579-580) suggest the plank boat as distinctive of
the West Patagonian people, the Alacaluf using, or having formerly
used, the bark canoe. But the migration of the plank canoe from Cho-
noan and Araucanian territory down into the Strait can be traced

1 More than a century earlier, in 1580, Sarmiento picked up some natives at or near Tuesday Bay on the
north shore of Desolation Island. They gave him the following names, some of them still preserved on our
modem maps, of localities along the western and central Strait (Iriarte't ed., 203-210): Tinquiofaisgua,
Capitloilgua, Xaultegua, Caycayxixaisgua, Exeaquil, Pelepelgua, Cayrayxayiisgua, Puchachailgua,
Cuaviguilgua, Alguilgua. All of the names but one end in -^pua. Could this be the same curious affix (?)
which appears in all the words in the Lu and Se lists? Cf. also the ChoDO local and personal names in B .
Oallardo's (Balthasigua, 531-532; Pilgua vecha, 530-531) and Father Garda's (Feuinaterigua, 26; Cama-
rlgua, the Caucahues' name for Wager Island, 27; Stelquelaguer, 22; Elalexaguer, 25) narratives. There
appears to be a somewhat clearer resemblance between the ursah repeated by the natives whom Narbrough
met in 1670 at Elizabeth Island at the eastern end of the Strait (65), and the orza repeated by tlfose whom
Bulkeley and Cummins met in 1741 at the western end (anon, ed., 06; other 1743 ed., 130).

Digitized by

Googl(

30 BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

ctotuiy by century since 1557-58 (cf. for details and references, Sub-
ject Bibliography) and has apparently taken place independently of
tribal Unes. Moreover, La Guilbaudiere's natives, who spoke the
same language as Dr. Skottsberg's West Patagonians, had bark
canoes, not plank boats (La Guilbaudiere, 4-5; cf. also Marcel, a, 491,
and c, 108). Dr. Coppinger, too, found the bark canoe in use among
the Port Gallant natives, who spoke the same language as his Tilly
Bay informant (121-122). Finally, the bark canoe has been re-
ported occasionally from various localities well within the West
Patagonian Channel area and once at least even from true Chonoan
territory north of Taitao Peninsula (cf. for details. Subject Bibli-
ography).

To sum up: The whole region from Brecknock Peninsula and
Dawson Island to Port Grappler is, and as far as our evidence goes
has long been, occupied by canoe-using Indians of uniform language,
somatology, and culture, who call themselves Alacaluf or Alukulup.

From Port Grappler to Chilo6 is another area formerly inhabited,
and even to-day partially inhabited, by canoe Indians very similar to
the Alacaluf physically and culturally. The fact that a new dialect
of Alacaluf an began at Port Gallant would suggest perhaps that Ala-
calufan is spoken as far north as the Gulf of Pefias. In this conneo-
.tion Capt. Pacheco (a, 53-54) is authority for the interesting state-
ment that "individuos a qmenes se ha visto en el puerto Gallant, se
les encuentra en seguida en la bahla Fortuna o en el canal Messier'';
these natives, presimiably Alacaluf, are said to pass from the Strait
to the channels by inland waterways and portages via Jerome Chan-
nel, Xaultegua Gulf, Condor Channel, Perez de Arce Inlet, Gajardo
Channel, and the west end of Skyring Water.

In view of these recent developments it becomes necessary to
reopen and rediscuss an old and puzzling problem: What is the
relation of the Alacaluf to the now perhaps extinct Chonos or
natives who formerly occupied the archipelagos from the Guaitecas
Islands to Taitao Peninsula or the Gulf of Pefias ? This question we
shall take up in detail in the following section.

CHONOS *

Names and Territory

The canoe-using Indians of the Chilean Channels from the Guaite-
cas Islands to the Gulf of Pefias and beyond have been divided and
denominated in a most bewildering fashion by various writers. Tot
sententiae, quot homines, is almost literally true in this case.

Goicueta in 1557-58 (518) called the canoe Indians from Corcovado
Gulf to Cape Tres Montes, HuiUis^ a people distinct linguistically from
those south of Cape Tres Montes (519). Fathers Venegas and Este-

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGBAPHY OF TBIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 31

van in 1612-13 (Lozano, ii, 456, 560-561) speak of the nativies of the
Guaitecas Islands and vicinity as Chonos. The Indians encountered
by the 1641 expedition were nicknamed by the whites "Gabiotas''
(=gulls), in Araucanian, caucaus (Rosales, a, vol. i, 106, 310).
Father Ponce de Leon in 1644 (5; in Medina, c, i, 423) used the name
Chonos to denote the natives beyond Guafo to the Strait of Magellan.

Father Del Techo in 1673 (159-160) divides, the southern archi-
pelagos between the Chuni (= Latinized Chonos) of the Guaitecas
Islands and the islands eastward to the mainland, and the Huillis
farther south. Father Rosales in 1674 seems to use the term Chonos
for all these southern canoe-using Indians (a, vol. i, 293, 305; 5, in
Medina, a, 103, 162), except the "Gabiotas" or Caucaus mentioned
above (a, vol. i, 105-106).

Bartolom6 GaUardo in 1675 (527, 531) speaks of the Caucagiies
and Caucanes of the southern islands of the Chilean coast. De Vea
in 1676 appears to draw a distinction (573-578) between the Chonos
and the li^uistically distinct natives south of the Gulf of Pefias whom
he calls Caucagues.

Frezier in 1712-13 was told (Amsterdam ed., 1717, i, 147-148; de
Brosses, ii, 211-212) by Dom Pedro Molina and others that the
southern territory was inhabited by the Chonos and the gigantic
Caucahues. Father Pietas in 1729 (Gay, Doc, i, 503-504) places the
pale Chonos on the shores of the Gulf of Guaitecas and the seacoast
and ''quebradas*X==ravines=fjords?) of the Cordillera, and the
gigantic Caucahues between the Cordillera and the Evangehstas Is-
lands, while near Lake Naguelhuapi lived the Pouyas (ibid., 501).
Father Olivares in 1736 (CoZ. Ust diiUy vii, 5, 372, 509 et al.)
ascribes to the Chonos and other nations the islands beyond Chilo6,
and refers likewise to the Poyas of the Naguelhuapi region.

Byron's guide in 1742 was a cacique among "the Chonos, who live
in the neighbourhood of ChUoe" (a, 103; Fitz-Roy, 5, 126; cf., also,
A. Campbell, 52-53). Alex. Campbell (60; in Pr6vost, xv, 388), also
of the crew of the wrecked Wager, distinguishes between the Pete-
gonens, Chonas, and Coucous, his own party having had contact
chiefly with the Coucous. Father Lozano in 1754-55 foUows Father
Del Techo's (and Goicueta's) division, although he is silent regarding
the Huillis in the latter part of his account, which is based directly
on missionaries' reports (ii, 33-34, 454, 558-561).

An attempt at a more detailed and exact classification is made by
Father Garcia in 1766-67. According to his Diario (3-4, 9, 22-26)
the Caucahues come from as far south as the Guaianecos Islands.
Immediately south of them were the Calens, who frequented the
Guaianecos, Messier Channel, and the mainland coast between 48°
and 49° (32), and the Tayatafar or Taijatafes apparently of the
Wellington Island and FaUos Channel region between 48° and 49°

Digitized by

Googl(

32 BXTBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 68

(33). South of the Calens were the Lechei or Lecheyeles, and south
of the Tayatafar were the Requinagueres dr Yequinagueres (32-33).
Father Garcia further distinguishes between the Chonos and Cau-
cahues and states that the former in earlier times lived in the Ofqui
Peninsula region (Herv&s, a, 16; 6, vol. i, 125-126), although he else-
where (Diario, 40) speaks of the Guaitecas Islanders as Chonos.

Beranger in 1768 in his instructions to Sotomayor and Machado
{An. Tddr.f xiv, 72) refers to the Caucahues, and in 1773 {Rdacion
jeoffr., 13-14) speaks of the Taitao Peninsula and Guaitecas or Guafo
or Chonos Archipelagos as inhabited by the nomadic ^'guaiguenes i
chonos."

Father Falkner in 1774 (98-99) divided the coastal region from
Valdivia to the Strait of Magellan between two groups, the Pichi
Huilliches who extended as far south as the sea of Chiloe and ranged
into the Lake Naguelhuapi country, and the Vuta Huilliches from
Chilo6 south. The Vuta Huilliches were in turn divided into the
Chonos who lived ^'on and near the islands of Chiloe/' the Poy-yus
or Peyes who dwelt on the coast from 48® to a Utile beyond 51°, and
the Key-yus or Keyes or Key-yuhues (111) from the latter point to
the Strait of Magellan.

Father Molina in 1776-1782 (ft, 340) divides the eastern territory
between the southern boundary of Chile and the Strait among the
Poyas, a tall people related to the Patagonians (a, 226), and the
Caucau, of medium statiu*e. Fathers Marin and Real in 1779 (217)
refer to the ^'Chonos, Caucahues and others" south of Chilo6.
Moraleda in 1786-1796 (327, 124 and passim) speaks of the southern
natives settled on Cailin and later on Chaulinec and Apiao as Guai-
huenes (i. e., '*del sur") or Chonos. Ascasubi in 1789 (Gay, Doc,
I, 315-316) calls the Huar, Cailin and Chaulinec Mission Indians,
Chonos and Caucahues, and mentions the Payos of southern Chilo6.

Father Gonzalez de Agueros m 1791 (185, 188) follows in the main
Father Garcla's division, omitting, however, the Caucahues and
Requinagueres and adding the Taruche6s. P6rez Garcia in 1810
{Col Ust Chile, xxii, 31-32, 34-35, 109-110) follows literally Father
Falkner's division.

Admiral Fitz-Roy suspected that the Chonos, who prior to the
Spanish conquest had inhabited Chilo6 and the Chonos Archipelago,
had by his time (1836) all migrated to the south of Cape Tres Montes
(a, 142), between which and the Strait there was but one tribe (a,
132, 189) whom he called the Chonos. In this last respect Admiral
Fitz-Roy has been followed by Prof. Ratzel (5) and recently by the
late Prof. Chamberlain (5, 467, ''25°" is evidently a misprint for 52°).
As we have seen, however, these ''Chonos" were in all likelihood
Alacaluf.

Dr. Prichard (a, vol. v, 485) follows Father Falkner. According
to Dr. Deniker (c, Fr. ed., 631), the Chilotan and Chonos arpjiipelagps

Digitized by LjOOQIC

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 33

have been inhabited by the Payos and Chonos, but ^'il ne faut pas
conf ondre ... [les] Chonos avec la peuplade homonyme vivant
plus au Sud, entre le cap Pefias et le d6troit de Magellan; celle-ci
paratt se rapprocher pldtot des Fu6giens." The name Payos is used
for the natives of southern Chilo6 by Capt. E. Simpson (104), Dr.
C. Martin (ft, 465; d, 364), and Dr. E. Schmidt (168-169). Dr.
Medina (a, 110) assigns the archipelagos from Chilo6 south to the
Chonos, Payos, and Caucahues.

Out of this tangle of contradictory and partially contradictory
divisions it is very difficult to bring order. Of the names themselves
the most frequently recurring are Chonos (Chuni), Caucaus (Coucous,
Caucahues, Caucagues), HuiUis (HuiUes, Huilliches), Poyas (Pouyas,
Poy-yus or Peyes?, Payos?), and Guaiguenes (Guaihuenes).

Three at least of these names are of Araucanian origin. Huilli
means south, huaihuen means south wind {An. hidr. mar, Chile, v,
518; cf. also Moraleda, 327, 124). HuiUi appears for the first time in
Goicueta's narrative of 1557-58. Accordhig to Father Rosales (a,
vol. I, 105-106) the natives met by the 1641 expedition were dubbed
by the members ^'Gabiotas^' (= gulls) on account of a fancied resem-
blance of the natives' cries or speech to the gull's call. As the Arau-
canian name for gull was caucau (Rosales, ibid., 310) it is likely the
name Caucaus had this origin. It occurs repeatedly after 1641, not
before.

The earUest clear record the present writer has found of the name
Chono is that in Father Venegas's letter written in 1612 from the
Guaitecas Islands and quoted by Father Lozano (ir, 456). It occurs
commonly thereafter on maps of the region and in Chilean Uterature.
The Chonos Archipelago took its name from the natives, not vice
versa, according to Moraleda (327, 311), and in fact the form ''Archi-
pelago of the Chonos" is the more^ conmaon one used in the early
hterature and maps. Dr. Lenz beUeves that Chonos is the name the
people (failed themselves (6, 312), and Fathers Del Techo and Lozano,
as well as Moraleda (11. c.) seem to imply the same, although they do
not say so expHcitly. Dr. Lehmann-Nitsche conjectures that it was
the Patagonian chon Hispanicized (d, 220); this is possible but far
from proven.

The identification of the Lake Naguelhuapi Poyas is a task that
can be left to the student of mainland anthropological relations.
Payo is the name by which the natives of the southern end of Chilo6
have been known (Moraleda, 66, and passim). They are suspected
of having some Chono blood in their veins, but the linguistic material
from this region is Araucanian (cf. E. Simpson, 104), and even in
Moraleda's time they seem to have spoken Araucanian (53).

Of the gigantic Caucahues more will be said when treating of
Chonoan somatology. The canoe-using Indians of the southern

Digitized by

Googl(

34 BUEEAU OF AMEEICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

archiI)elagos are nearly always described as of middle stature. Of
the various names by which they were known, the most preferable
in view both of anthropological usage and of probable native origin
seems to be that of Chonos. In the following pages and throughout
the present work this name will be used for the canoe-using Indians
of the territory between the Guaitecas Islands ^nd the Taitao Penin-
sula, the Gulf of Pefias or the Guaianecos Islands. There may pos-
sibly have been more distinct tribes than one in this region, but there
is no clear evidence to that effect and provisionally at least we may
look on all the Indians of the district as one people.

A. Chonoan Language

Admiral Fitz-Roy published (6, 142) as Chonoan, three words:
y^rH yitpoUj ^'Good Deity"; ydcc^^ma, ''bad spirit"; cAhha, ''white
men of the moon." These words were obtained no doubt from Capt.
Low, who did not speak the native language. But even accepting
them as correct, they stiU give no adequate basis for comparison with
other languages. One of the words, y&ccp^ma, is vaguely suggestive
of the Alacalufan ydkdr, "black face"; the bad spirit was "supposed
to be like an immense black man" (Fitz-Roy, a, 190). It may be
recalled, too, that Admiral Fitz-Roy 's "Chonos" were the natives of
the channels south of Cape Tres Montes, most if not aU of which
territory is at present Alacalufan.

That the Chonos spoke a language quite distinct from the Arau-
canian appears to be amply estabUshed from first-hand evidence.
Cort6s Hojea understood some Araucanian, for he conversed with the
Araucanian-speaking natives of Coronados Gulf; but his chronicler,
Goicueta, distinctly states that the "HuiUis" south of the Gulf of
St. Martin, that is, Corcovado Gulf, spoke another language (Goi-
cueta, 514, 518). Father Del Techo expUcitly aflSrms that Delco,
the Guaitecas Islands chief, used "an interpreter who knew the
ChUotan tongue," which was an Araucanian dialect, in his interview
with the missionaries (bk. 6, ch. 9, 159), that Father Ferrufino used
an interpreter to translate into Chono the prayers and act of contri-
tion (160), and that the HuiUis to the south of the Chonos nearer the
strait "stlopos^ pro vocibus edunt" and "when taken to Chilo6, were
of no use except to frighten birds away from the g^-ain fields, until
they learned the Chilotan tongue" (160).

Father Venegas is equally expUcit Getter quoted by Lozano, ii,
456; cf. also ii, 560) ; his missionary companion. Father Matheo Este-
van, took great pains to learn the Chonoan language spoken by the
Guaitecas Islanders, and, although he already spoke at least some
Chilotan (Lozano, ii, 448), in making his translations into Chono, he
used a native Chono interpreter who imderstood Chilotan. In saying

» iSiZoptw— sound made by striking the inflated cheeks.

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 35

farewell to the Chonos the two missionaries *'quk. verbis, quk gestis"
(Del Techo, 160) indicated their desire to remain with their neo-
phytes for good.

The gigantic Indians met by the 1641 expedition spoke a language
not imderstood by the members and suggestive of the guilds cries
(Rosales, a, vol. i, 106), though it is barely possible that there is a
question here of Tehuelches. Father Rosales elsewhere states (6,
quoted by Medina, a, 94-95) that the Chonos' speech was different
from that of the Chilotans.

Bartolom6 Gallardo, who had been born and reared in Chilo6, and
who certainly must have spoken Chilotan, the Araucanian dialect in
almost as common use among the Spaniards as among the Indians of
Chilo6, had to use an interpreter in order to question a' native woman
of the Moraleda Channel and Gulf of Pefias region {An, liidr., xi, 530;
cf. also 527, 532). De Vea, who seemingly- did not imderstand Chilo-
tan, used tandem interpreters, speaking, respectively, Spanish and
ChUotan, and Chilotan and Chono, to commimicate with the old
Chono woman whom he captured on Xavier Island in the east end
of the Gulf of Pefias {An. Tiidr,, xi, 576, 578). No one in Chilo6 knew
the language spoken by Father Pietas' gigantic Caucahues (Gay,
Doc, I, 504), apparently a canoe-using people, as some of them were
foimd on an island (ibid.). Father Olivares {Col, hist, OhUey vii, 5,
372, 394), who had probably been in touch with the Chonos at the
Huar Island Mission, states clearly that the Chonos or natives of the
southern islands spoke a language different from the Chilotan.

Alex. Campbell states (62, 74) that the guttural language of the
Indians who guided his party from Wager Island to Chilo6 was ''quite
different" from the soft tongue spoken by the Chilotan Indians.
Father Garcia (6, in Herv&s, a, 16 and b, vol. i, 125-126), who had
had most intimate contact with the Chonos at the Cailin Mission and
in the Guaianecos Islands, although he did not apparently speak
their language, is very positive in asserting that the Araucanian
tongue was quite different from the tongue (s) spoken by the sea-
faring Indians south of Chilo6.

Machado (An. hidr.j xiv, 86, 121), Fathers Marin and Real (Gon-
z^ez de Agueros, 218, 236), and Fathers Menendez and Bargas (ibid.
245), aU apparently had to make use of interpreters to converse with
the natives of the Chonos Archipelago and the Gulf of Pefias. Finally
Father Molina's Caucaus, of medium stature, whose clothing con-
sisted of seal skins, spoke a language ^^assai diversa" from the
Chilien (6, 340).

D'Orbigny (6, vol. iv, pt. 1, 185) and Dr. Brinton (c, 325) classed
the Chonos with the Araucanian linguistic stock, and more recently
Drs. Weule (52) and Krickebei^ (140) state that the Chonos were
akin linguistically to the Araucanians. But none of these authors,

Digitized by

Googl(

36 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

except d'Orbigny (see Author Bibliography), produce evidence to
prove their statements. Prof. Poeppig, whom Dr. Brinton quotes
with reserve, had no first-hand information on the subject and seems
merely to follow Father Falkner, whom he cites (i, 464).

It seems, therefore, established with reasonable certainty from the
testimony of the numerous early authorities, most of them presenting
first-hand data, that whatever the Chonoan language was, it was not
an Araucanian dialect.

Was it, however, related to the Patagonian or Tehuelchean?
Dr. Lehmann-Nitsche's hypothesis that Father Estevan's Guaitecas
Islanders were a branch of the Ona-Tehuelche Tshon people is dis-
cussed in detail in the Author Bibliography under Estevan.

Father Falkner stated (99) that his Vuta HtiiUiches, including the
Chonos, Poy-yus and Key-yus, spoke a mixture of Moluche and
Tehuelche — an opinion followed by P6rez Garcia {Col, hist. Chile,
XXII, 34-35). Dr. Lenz more recently (5, 312) has suggested that
the Chonos *'were probably near relatives of the Tehuelches and
Onas.'' If, however, the Chonoan had been a mixed Araucanian-
Tehuelchean tongue, some of the many early observers would in all
probabihty have detected traces of the Araucanian element. Father
Falkner was not writing here from personal knowledge and was using
the name Chonos in the loose sense formerly not imcommon, to denote
the Indians living *'on and near the islands of Chiloe,'' who as we
know from the best first-hand sources spoke an Araucanian dialect
(Gonzalez de Agueros, 110-111; Moraleda, 207; OUvares, 370).
Byron's Chonos came from ^Hhe neighborhood of Chiloe" (a, 103)
and Capt. E. Simpson appears to identify the Payos and Chonos
(104). The natives, therefore, whom Father Falkner's informant
had in mind were pretty clearly not true Chonos at all. Further
details on the Vuta HtiiUiches are given in the Author Bibliography
under Falkner.

If the Chonoan tongue was neither an Araucanian nor a Patago-
nian or Tehuelchean dialect, was it a distinct linguistic stock or was
it related to the Alacalufan? The late Prof. Chamberlain (6, 468)
accorded it the dignity of a distinct stock, but the evidence he
adduces goes to prove merely its distinction from Araucanian.

Below is given what evidence bearing on the question the present
writer has been able to glean from available sources:

Goicueta, Cortfe Hojea's chronicler, after remarking that the
Huillis from Corcovado Gulf to Cape Tres Montes spoke a language
different from that of the Coronados Gulf people (518), adds (519)
that the more southern Indians between Cape Ochavario or Tres
Montes and the ^'Strait of Ulloa'' are ^'de otra lengua que no la de
los huillis dicha, 6 por gente es mas pobre/^ etc. This is concise and
clear enough, and for the rest Goicueta is a very sober and exact

Digitized by

Googl(

coopiB] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 37

narrator. But we miist bear in mind that neither he nor his captain
understood or spoke the Huillis' tongue, although Cort6s Hojea knew
some Araucanian. The information regarding the Huillis themselves
was in all probability gathered on Cort6s Hojea's trip four years
earUer when he accompanied UUoa. There is no explicit evidence
that linguistic investigation was made on either expedition.

Father Del Techo puts the HuiUis south of the Guaitecas Islanders
or Chonos; the two peoples were at odds and the Chonos used to
capture the HuilUs and keep them in servitude or sell them to the
Chilotans. He also notes some differences in culture and physical
appearance between the two groups and adds that the HuilUs
'^stlopos pro vocibus edimt" (160). Stlopus is a word seldom met
with in Latin Uterature; it means the soimd produced by striking on
the inflated cheeks.^ Father Del Techo's silence regarding the
Chonos' tongue contrasts with his strong characterization of the
outlandish nature of the HuiUis\ This apparently implied contrast
taken in connection with the cultural and somatological differences
and with the intertribal man-raiding, might perhaps be interpreted
as a possible indication of linguistic distinction between the Guaitecas
Islanders and their more southern neighbors.

De Vea's Reladon is a httle more satisfactory. A certain Tal-
capillan, apparently a Chono in spite of his Araucanian name, had
been overheard at Chacao on Chilo6 making a remark which impUed
that the "Holandes" had founded a colony in the southern islands.
In October, 1674, Bartolom6 Gallardo set out from Chilo6 to locate
the supposed colony, but after scouring the northern shores of the
Gulf of Peflas returned from a fruitless quest {An. hidr., xi, 525-537).
In September, 1675, Antonio de Vea sailed from Lima and Callao
with the same object in view, stopping at Qulo6 on the way south
and taking on some troops and friendly Indians. They crossed the
Isthmus of Ofqui, and on Xavier Island in the eastern part of the
Gulf of Pefias captured a native woman. She was evidently not a
Chilotan, for she was called a Chona by de Vea (576), she was cap-
tured in Chonoan territory, and her cross-examination by de Vea,
who did not apparently speak Chilotan, had to be carried on through
tandem interpreters ^'sirviendo de int6rprete el alferez Lizaro Gk)mez
con el indio don Cristobal [Talcapillan mentioned above], y este con
la india'^ (576; cf. also 574), while of her third and final examination
de Vea wrote ^'primeramente quise volver a examinar la india por el
indio Mailen int^rprete Machuca con 6V' (578).'

1 It is interesting to recall that Prof. Topinard described the intonation of the Alacaluf whom he studied
at Paris, as not guttural, but "buccale et comme muqueuse" (775).

* Mailen, Mailes, or Mayles had served as interpreter the year before between B . Gallardo and the Chonos
taken back to Chile and Peru (B. Gallardo, 536); he also examined the Chono woman (de Vea, 574); it is
pretty clear. then,that he spoke Chonoan. Lieut. Machuca spoke Chilotan at'least, for he examined Tal-
capillan (de Vea, 578), but probably did not speak Chonoan. Talcapillan did not speak Spanish, for
Machuca had to hiterpret tgt bipi, but apparently spoke Chilotan as well as his own Chonoan.

Digitized by

Googl(

38 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

This Chono woman in the course of her first and especially third
examinations testified that she had never been beyond the Gulf of
Pefias district, but that she knew the language of the Caucagues who
lived there, having learned it from them on their visits to her coimtry.

This testimony seems at first glance to show clearly that there was
a linguistic dividing line near the Gulf of Pefias. But in the first place
the veracity of the Chono woman is open to question; for some Chono
Indians had been captured the year before by B. Gallardo and taken
away to Chilofi and the north, and the old woman knew this (de Vea,
574) ; so she may have well been suspicious of the designs of her
armed captors and questioners, and anxious to give them the im-
pression that she was not one of the group for which they were
searching. Secondly, even granting her truthfulness and good faith,
what she called a different language may have been only a different
dialect; in fact. Dr. Skottsberg's interpreter, Emilia, made just such
a mistake regarding the Port Grappler people's dialect ((Z, 685-586).

B. Gallardo's and de Vea's accounts imply that the same language
was spoken by the natives both north and immediately south of
Taitao Peninsula. Father Garcla's expedition nearly a century later
brought out this fact more clearly. He calls all the natives who
accompanied him Caucahues, and in the course of the voyage some
of them pointed out various places both north and south of the
peninsula where they had been bom or reared — one near the foot
of Moraleda Channel (9), others near Boca de Canales (22), another
near the Ayantau Islands (23). Their kinsmen, too, used to frequent
the Guaianecos Islands (25-26). Moreover, Father Garcia elsewhere
(Hervds, a and h) clearly imphes that the Caucahues extended as far
as the Guaianecos Islands and the head of Messier Channel.

Moraleda's Chono guides were f amiUar with much of the territory
north of Taitao Peninsula, although at least some of them probably
had come from south of the Peninsula with the missionaries (51, 292,
319, 358).

In the eighteenth century, therefore, the tribal or linguistic divid-
ing line, if such existed, was not, as one would expect from the
topography of the district, at the Taitao Peninsula, but a little far-
ther south.*

Father Garcia puts just such a line at the Guaianecos Islands:

I reached [he wrote in 1783, speaking of his 1766-67 expedition] beyond the 48th
degree of south latitude, where the Calen and Taijataf nations were; and there I
found that beyond these nations towards the Strait of Magellan there were two other
nations called the Lecheyel and Yekinahuer, which according to my observations
must be on the shores of the Strait of Magellan. Of the language of these nations,
I can only say that it is not Araucanian or Chilian.

1 Canoe communication between the Chonos Islands and the Gulf of Pefias by way of the unsheltered
Pacific coast must have been well-nigh impossible; but, on the other hand, the portage route via S. Rafael
Lagoon and the Isthmus of Ofqui made commumcation between the two districts comparatively easy.

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TBIBES OF TIERilA DEL FUEGO 39

The Oaleu and Taljataf Dations speak the same language, which is quite guttural
and not at all like Araucanian; the two nations can understand each the other's
language, though it appears that each has its own dialect, of which the Araucanians
or Chilians understand nothing.

Beyond the Calens and Taijatafes towards Chile are the Caucabues [evidently a
misprint for Caucahues] and Chonos. Esch. of these nations has its own language,
and, although I know that the lai^uages of these two nations are not dialects of the
Araucanian, I can not, on the other hand, say whether they are modified sister dia-
lects of a common mother tongue or peradventure two distinct tongues. [Ilervds,
6, vol. i, 125-126.]

Father Garcia implies in his letter, although he does not say so in
so many words, that the Calens and Taijatafes who hved south of
the Gulf of Pefias spoke a language different from that of the Chonos
and Caucahues. And in support of his imphcit assertion it may be
urged that he had been in actual contact with members of both
groups — ^with the Caucahues for a couple of years at Caihn Mission,
with the Calens for a shorter time at Cailin (3, 25) and the
Guaianecos Islands. He would have had an opportunity during this
time to pick up a few phrases at least of their language (s).

But, on the other hand, the emphatic manner in which he main-
tains the non^Araucanian character of the languages of all these
southern nomads contrasts with the hesitation and guardedness with
which he defines the linguistic relations even between the Chonos
and Caucahues, the people best known to him — a contrast which
gives us the impression that his linguistic distinctions among the
canoe-using nomads of the south were based on inferences which he
felt to be somewhat insecure.

It is true, as he tells us in his Diario (30-31), he made a consider-
able address to the Guaianecos natives, explaining the purpose of his
expedition and summarizing the principal mysteries of the Christian
faith, but it seems more likely that this was done through the medium
of some native interpreter who imderstood Chilotan or Spanish.
There may easily have been some such interpreter available, for the
Chonos were wont to come at times to Chilo6 to barter (Beranger, 13;
Del Techo, 159), and some of his Caucahues or Calens during their
previous stay at Cailin Mission could have acquired a httle knowledge
of Spanish or Chilotan.

Again, Father Garcia's Diario shows that there was considerable
friendly commingling and intercourse between the Caucahues and their
more southern neighbors the Calens and Taijatafes. The Caucahues
met the others amicably on the expedition itself (28-29,31);* they
related incidents of former meetings, peaceful at first at least, to
share their treasure-trove in the shape of stranded whale (25) ; and a

» Frezier, too, Implies that the Chonos and tall Caucahues were on friendly terms (i, 147-148).
64028°— Bull. 63—17 4

Digitized by

Googl(

40 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull.68

year before the expedition a party of mission Cancahues sent out on a
reconnaissance by Father Garcia had actually brought back with
them to the Cailin Mission some of the Calens of Messier Channel (3).
All this would suggest tribal or linguistic imity, although it is of
course possible that the southern Gulf of Pefias region was the meet-
ing groimd of quasi-friendly bilingual tribes, as are or were (cf., e. g.,
Th. Bridges, fc, 234) the boimdary zones between the three Fuegian
tribes.

Father Garcia's testimony, therefore, while in the main favoring a
Unguistic dividing line at the Guaianecos Islands and the head of
Messier Channel, falls considerably short of being conclusive.

Finally, we may examine Admiral Fitz-Roy's evidence. His
^^Chono^' vocabulary has been discussed above. His expedition saw
no non-Araucanian natives between Taitao Peninsula and Chilofi,
so he was not in a position to make comparisons at first hand,
and in fact he speaks quite guardedly of the surmised identity of
the West Patagonian Channel Indians with the Chonos proper (a,
142; cf. also 379-380). He is, however, more positive in stating
that the same tribe inhabits all the channels from the Strait to Cape
Tres Montes (a, 132, 189). He bases this assertion chiefly on infor-
mation given him by Capt. Low, who had had much experience in
this region (a, 188, 129, 182). According to Capt. Low the natives
from the Strait to Cape Tres Montes all ^^ seemed to be of one tribe,
and upon friendly terms with one another.'' Niqueaccas, a native
taken aboard Capt. Low's ship the Adeona as pilot near Cape Victory,
was perfectly familiar with the harbors and channels, was acquainted
with aU the natives, was always glad to see them, and was always well
received by them, as far north as 47°, the latitude of Cape Tres
Montes (a, 1 89-1 90) . Capt. Low did not speak the native language (s) ,
but the accoimt he gives seems to make for the tribal and Unguistic
unity of all the natives south of the Taitao Peninsula.

One more point may bo mentioned. Our extant authorities do not
to the present writer's knowledge describe the language of the Guai-
tecas Islanders as guttural. The language of the natives farther
south is, however, described as such by Father Garcia (6, in Hervds,
5, vol. I, 125), and that of the Coucous by Alex. Campbell (62, 74;
Pr6vost, XV, 388) as "coming gutterally from the throat" (cf. also
Del Techo, 160, ^^stlopos pro vocibus edunt").

The recently published data showing that at the present time the
Alacaluf extend well up the West Patagonian channels as far as Port
Grappler and probably as far as the Gulf of Pefias have already been
given.

The foregoing is aU the evidence that the present writer has been
able to glean from the available sources on the question of the Un-
guistic* relations of the Alacaluf and now perhaps extinct Chonos.

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 41

That the Chonos spoke a language quite distinct from the Araucanian
seems amply testified. That they spoke a Tehuelchean dialect is
very imlikely indeed. That their language was distinct from that
of the natives farther south, presumably Alacaluf , is perhaps slightly
more .probable than not, but such a conclusion is suggested with the
greatest reserve. Much more Hght is needed, light that may come
either from the recovery of the Estevan or Ferrufino manuscripts,
or from investigation among the modem Gulf of Pefias natives or the
possibly surviving descendants of the Chono family foimd by Capt.
Enrique Simpson on the Guaitecas Islands in 1875 (114).

Leaving the imcertain ground of Chonoan and Alacalufan lin-
guistic relations, we may now pass to the consideration of their fairly
clear somatological and cultural relations.

B. Chonoan Somatology

Physical appearance. — The early sources do not, unfortunately,
give us much information regarding the physical appearance of the
Chonos.

The ''Gabiotas'' or Caucaus encountered by the 1641 expedition
were reported to be of gigantic stature (Rosales, a, vol. i, 105).
Father Pietas, too, who had seen one of the Caucahues, describes them
as giants (Gay, Doc, i, 504), while Frezier was told (Fr. 1717 ed.,
I, 148; de Brosses, ii, 212) that the "gigantic*' Caucahues used to
come at times with Chonos to Chilo6. Father Falkner^s Vuta-
Huilliches, or larger-bodied Huilliches, lived on both sides of the
Cordillera to the Strait (96, 99). Finally Mr. Bynoe met some large,
stout Indians in the Gulf of Trinidad (Fitz-Roy, a^, 197).

May we accept the above testimonies as evidence for the former
existence of a very tall people in the southern Chilean archipelagos ?
It seems not. No concrete measurements were taken. Then, too,
the Chonos, like the Fuegians, very probably differed individually in
stature and stoutness or robustness. Moreover, reports of giants are
too common a feature of early Magellanic literature to be taken
very seriously.

There may be question of possible sporadic visits of Tehuelches
across the Cordillera to the coast — Mr. Bynoe (Fitz-Roy, a, 199)
saw horse tracks near the upper part of Obstruction Soimd — but
even this is doubtful.

In fact the Caucahues are elsewhere described (Molina, b, 340;
Alex. Campbell, 62) as of middle stature, while Moraleda says (124)
that the natives — some of them at least Caucahues as Father Garcia
calls them — brought back by the missionaries to the Chilotan mis-
sions, should rather be described as ^'parvuliUos'' as compared with
the Patagonian giants of whom Byron wrote.

Digitized by

Googl(

42 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

The natives who frequented the Gnaianecos Islands were of medium
or low stature, as we know from the sixteenth century account of
Ladrillero (464, ^'de mediano cuerpo'^; cf. also 484, and Goicueta,
505) and the eighteenth centiuy accoimts of Byron (a, 33, ''small
stature''; cf. also 144), Alex. Campbell (20) and Bulkeley and Cum-
mins (anon, ed., 18, 28, other 1743 ed., 37, low stature; ditto in
Affecting Narrative ... 30). They had swarthy skin and long coarse
black hair hanging over their faces (Byron, a, 33; A. Campbell, 20;
cf. also Del Techo, 160).

The men met by Ladrillero in the Conception Strait region had
beards (473), as had also the ''Gabiotas'' (Resales, a, vol. i, 105).
Bearded men are not reported by other expeditions to southern Chil-
ean waters. The Alacaluf and Yahgans are usually unbearded, but
there are exceptions (cf. Subject BibUography, p. 182).

Father Del Techo's quasi-verbatim report (160) of the repUes made
by Delco the Chono ''cacique'' of the Guaitecas Islands to the ques-
tions of the missionaries. Fathers Venegas and Ferrufino, contains
the following statement: "A great many of our people have red hair
and an oUve complexion" [plurimi capiUo rufi, oris colore oleastri].
This statement regarding the occurrence of red-haired individuals
among the Chonos is not confirmed by any later sources. The
Fuegians' hair is nearly always black; but among both the Yahgans
and Alacaluf some cases of chestnut-colored (Bove, a, 790; 6, 134;
d, Arch., 290), "chAtain fonc6" (Hyades, g, 160-161), and "braun-
lich schwarz" (Skottsberg, 6, 256; cf. ako 252) hair occur. Ac-
cording to Dr. R. Martin (6, 208) Fuegian hair sometimes has a Ught
brownish tone, while the Rev. Mr. Bridges stated that Yahgan hair
shows "many shades of black, many having a reddish yellow tinge"
{d, 289). The "capillo rufi "should probably be understood to refer
to reddish-tinged hair.

According to Father Pietas (Gay, Doc, i, 503; cf. also Lozano, ii,
454) the Chonos were a light-skinned people, while Father Rosales
not only describes the "Gabiotas" as somewhat white-skinned (a,
vol. I, 105), but states that "los chonos eran comunmente blancos i
rubios" (6, in Medina, a, 103) and that the Chonos were "blancos
y de buenas facciones" (a, vol. i, 293). It is possible, however, that
the observers on whom Father Rosales relied had mistaken body
paint for skin color; white and red body and face painting was a
common practice among the natives south of Chilo6 (Garcia, a, 28, 31 ;
Goicueta, 605). The natives who came to visit the shipwrecked crew
of the Wager at the Guaianecos Islands were swarthy skinned (Byron,
a, 33; A. Campbell, 20; cf. also Del Techo, 160). As in stature so
in skin color there appears to have been considerable variation among
the Chonos just as among the Yahgans. "Not a few" of the latter,
the Rev. Mr. Bridges noted (cZ, 288), "have a decided rouge on their

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPBB] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 43

cheeks/' and La Guilbaudiere described the Alacaluf as white-
skinned (4), as L'Hermite described the Yahgans (41).

So far, therefore, as our records go, there seems to be no sufficient
ground for positing a tribal difference between the Chonos and the
Fuegians proper on the score of physical appearance.

Osteology, — Dr. Medina gives (a, 108) the measurements of a cra-
nium described simply as '^antiguo'' from the Chonos Islands, and of
a calvaria hsted as ''mui antiguo'' from Puerto Americano. Dr.
Latcham studied three crania from the Chonos Islands and three
from the Guaitecas Islands (281). Dr. Hultkrantz measured one
cranium from the Guaitecas Islands (a, 43-45). This material is not
very extensive, it is true, but aU three writers agree that the Chono
skull shows a manifest affinity with the Fuegian (Medina, a, 110-111)
and particularly the Alacaluf an (Latcham, 281-282; Hultkrantz, a,
46) cranial type (cf. also Hyades, g, 45).

The fact that the crania just mentioned, as well as those described
by Prof. Flower (178; 2d ed.,^09-310) and Dr. Outes (c, 219), have a
somewhat higher average cephalic index than the Alacaluf an may be
an indication that the Chonos had a certain strain otChilotan blood,
if the Araucanians be classified as brachycephalic, or had at least
mixed to some extent with some brachycephaUc people. But there
seems to be no well-groimded doubt of their fimdamental somato-
logical identity with the Fuegians, the Fuegian cranial type being
one easily recognizable.

C. Chonoan Culture

As far as culture is concerned, uniformity even to many minute
details has prevailed over the whole area from the Guaitecas Islands
to Dawson Island and Beagle Channel (cf. for details Subject Bibli-
ography, imder Culture).

Two apparent exceptions are the bow and arrow and the plank
boat. The bow and arrow has, it is true, been more commonly used
in the Strait, but on the other hand has not been entirely absent from
the West Patagonian coast. Byron's natives, for instance, used
^*bows and arrows sometimes, but always the lance'' (a, 129). The
plank boat, probably of Araucanian origin, has to aU appearances
migrated south and. east quite independently of tribal lines. For
details regarding these two cultural elements and Chonoan-Fuegian
culture in general see the Subject Bibliography uncjer Material
Culture.

Then, too, there is evidence that a certain minor and superficial
Araucanian or Chilotan cultural influence has passed down the
Chonoan and West Patagonian coast, weakening as it neared the
Strait of Magellan.

Digitized by

Googl(

44 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

While no systematic agriculture or herding was carried on south
of C!hilo6 (OUvares, 372; Ladrillero, 464; Ponce de Leon, 5, and in
Medina, c, vol. i, 424; Pietas, 503), yet both were of sporadic occur-
rence among the Chonos, especially north of Taitao Peninsula.
According to Beranger (13) the Chonos kept a few sheep and goats
on their islands, and some concrete instances of the practice are given
by Moraleda (324, 329, 358). The Indians who came to visit the
wrecked Wager^s crew in the Guaianecos Islands went away and
returned in two days with three sheep (Byron, a, 34 ; Bulkeloy, anon,
ed., 18, other 1743 ed., 23; A. Campbell, 19; Affecting Narrative, 30).
Father Lozano also states that a few bad-tasting potatoes and a
little barley were raised on some of the less sterile of the Guaitecas
Islands (ii, 559; cf. also Moraleda, 358).

The Guaitecas Islanders had no native intoxicant (OUvares, 373;
Lozano, ii, 559; Garcia, a, 42). The ^'cacique" Delcotold the mis-
sionaries that his people ''pro potu ex lupis marinis oleum expri-
munt, praeter quem Uquorem nuUius vini aut potionis deUcias
norunt,'' although he had just stated before that *'in Guatana
insula, patria mea, triticum turcicum, ex quo vinxmi conficitur, non
mal6 jam provenit" (Del Techo, 160). This latter was pretty cer-
tainly an importation from Chilotan culture.

Such an Araucanian influence began to make itself felt even before
the Spanish conquest, for Cort6s Hojea on his return journey in 1558
foimd on an island facing the Pacific Ocean at about 44° s. lat.
some old abandoned potato patches (Goicueta, 513).

That some of the Chonos north of Taitao Peninsula raised a breed
of long-haired shaggy dogs, from whose hair they made short mantles
covering the shoulders and upper part of the trimk, is attested from
two apparently independent sources (Goicueta, 518, based on Cortfe'
expedition with Ulloa; Del Techo, 160, from testimony of Delco the
Chono headman; cf. also Lozano, ii, 34). They are said, too, to have
made mantles from the bark of a tree called ''quantu'* (Goicueta,
518), as the Chilotans made from the bark of the maque tree (Resales,
a, vol. I, 224).

The stone ax was in earher times very uncommon south of Chilo6.
None of the earUer writers, such as Goicueta and Ladrillero, reported
it in use south of Taitao Peninsula. Father Rosaies mentions its
use around Chilo6, but adds that the natives near the Strait used fire
and shell to make the planks for their boats, as they had no axes
(Rosaies, a, 174; cf. also Garcia, a, 23). Dr. Medina gives illustra-
tions of two polished axheads from the Chonos Islands (a, 75, fig. 16,
18) and a perforated one from the Guaitecas Islands (a, 76, fig. 22).
Dr. Cimningham brought back three stone *' hatchet heads" from
th.e Guaitecas Islands (335). Dr. Coppinger, ''in spite of a most
diligent search/' foxmd only one partly groimd axhead, in a very old

Digitized by

Googl(

cooper! bibliography OF TRIBES o:p TIEBRA DEL FUEGO 45

kitchen midden somewhere south of Cape Tres Montes (52-53, ill.
opp. p. 34).

That the cultural elements just enimierated — sporadic agricul-
ture and herding, the pohshed stone ax and the plank boat — should
have passed over to the Chonos from the Araucanians is easily
accoimted for, as there was considerable friendly and unfriendly
contact between the Chilotans and their neighbors to the south.

According to Father Del Techo (160), as far back as 1609 the
Chonos used to capture the Huillis to the south and keep them or
sell them into a kind of slavery among the Chilotans. Father
Ohvares gives many details of the bitter feuds between the Chonos
and Chilotans and of the raids and reprisals by one people upon the
other, a situation brought to an end in 1710 by the voluntary sur-
render of 30 harassed Chono famihes and by their settlement upon
the island of Guar (373, 394). Talcapillan, a Chono who Uved 60
leagues south of Castro, came to Chilo6 with some of his people
(Ohvares, 377; ct. also Bart. Gallardo, 526-527). Father Lozano
states that Delco, the Guaitecas chief, used to come to Chilo6 once
a year (ii, 454; cf. >lso Del Techo, 159); while on Delco 's visit to
the missionaries, Fathers Vehegas and Ferrufino, at Chilofi in 1609,
five boatloads of his people accompanied him (Del Techo, 159).
When Fathers Venegas and Estevan set out in 1612 from Chilo6
for the Guaitecas Islands they were accompanied by 10 Chilotan
rowers who knew the Guaitecas region from having participated on
an earher occasion in a raiding expedition among the Chonos (Lozano,
II, 455). Frezier was told that the Chonos were wont to come to
Chilofi and sometimes bring Caucahues with them (i, 148; de Brosses,
II, 212). One at least of the natives who some months after the
wreck of the Wager in 1741 came to visit the English was a Chilotan
who could speak Spanish (A. Campbell, 52), while the Chilotan
poncho was observed among the group who visited the island a few
days after the wreck (ibid., 20) . Finally, in Beranger's time — aroimd
1773 — ^it was the custom of the Chonos to come to Chilo6 at fiestas
and exchange seafood for clothing, potatoes, and barley (Beranger, 13).

No doubt, too, the missions to the Chonos, especially to the Guaite-
cas Islanders, maintained by the Jesuits intermittently from 1612 to
1767 and by the Franciscans later, did much toward spreading some
elements of Chilotan and Spanish culture among them.

Beneath the cultural importations, however, one can see as through
a thin veil the extremely primitive culture of the Chonoan nomads.
This very low culture sharply contrasts with that of the much more
advanced Araucanians, even those of Chilofi; while on the other
hand it is practically identical with that of the Alacaluf , not only
in its broad outlines, but also in its detailed features as far as the
available sources revealthem to us.

Digitized by

Googl(

46 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

To sum up the relations between the Chonos and Alacaluf , the
question of their Unguistic relations must for the present be left
open, although there appears to be a very slight preponderance of
evidence in favor of linguistic disparity. The Chonoan cranial type
is fundamentally the same as the Alacalufan but seems to give indi-
cations of a certain amoimt of racial mixing between the Chonos
and some other people, perhaps the Araucanians. Culturally,
apart from a negUgible Araucanian influence, the Chonos and Ala-
caluf are practically identical.

Present Condition op the Chonos and Alacaluf

At the time of the Spanish conquest the Chonos Archipelago was
thinly populated (Del Techo, 160). Cort6s Hojea on his return
journey seems to have met no natives at all. A Uttle over half a
century later when the first missionaries went to the Guaitecas
Islands they baptized some two hjimdred-odd natives, probably all
or nearly all they encountered, as the Indians received them in a
very friendly spirit (Del Techo, 160-161; Lozano, ii, 561).

The relations between the ChUotans and Chonos were to a certain
extent unfriendly from very early times. The 10 Chilotan rowers
who accompanied Fathers Venegas and Estevan in 1612 to the
Guaitecas Islands had participated in earUer raiding (Lozano, ii,
455), while the Guaitecas Indians in turn used to capture the more
southern Huillis and keep them in a sort of servitude or sell them to
the Chilotans (Del Techo, 160).

The feud between the Chilotans and Chonos was patched up by
the missionaries (OUvares, 372-373), but soon broke out again. The
Chonos used to steal iron and wearing apparel from the Chilotans;
the Chilotans retaliated by punitive expeditions among the former,
on which they would kill the men and take captive the women and
children (Ohvares, 394, 373). Finally in 1710 more than 30
Chono families surrendered and were settled under the Jesuit mis-
sionaries on the island of Huar or Guar in the Gulf of Reloncavi.
Being well treated, their example was followed by others until the
number swelled to 200 families, or more than 500 souls, so that two
more islands in the vicinity were ceded to them as *^ reservations. '^
They or some of them were still there in 1736 (OUvares, 394), but in
1795 when Moraleda visited Huar he found Spaniards only and no
Indians on the island (Moraleda, 474; Fonck, ii, 172).

Some of the Guaianecos Indians were brought back in 1745 and
established on the island of Chonchi. In 1765 the island of CaiUn
was set aside as a mission for the Chonos. Hither came many
Caucahues and later Calens (Garcia, a, 3, 25). In 1779 Fathers
Marin and Real persuaded 11 of the Guaianecos natives to return
with them to Chilo6, and a year later 30 or 32 returned with Fathers

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TTEBRA DEL FUEGO 47

Menendez and Bai^as (GonzMez de Agtieros, 181-182, 185, 236,
248). The latter group were taken to the island of Lemui, but left
about a year after (Moraleda, 332, 435; Fonck, ii, 151).

Cailin was peopled until 1780-81, when the Chonos, at their own
request, were transferred to the island of ChauUnec (Moraleda,
306-307). In 1787 Moraleda found Caihn uninhabited, and in 1788
reported 21-22 famiUes of Chonos on Apiao Island just northeast of
Chaulinec; but in 1790 the surviving ChauUnec Chonos to the number
of 22 returned to Cailin (Moraleda, 79, 124, 306-307).

In all cases these mission Chonos appear from the original docu-
ments to have followed the missionaries voluntarily, not as a result
of coercion, as is sometimes stated; but as a rule they soon became
dissatisfied, it seems, and returned to their freer nomadic life.

We hear nothing more of note about the Chonos until 1875.
Admiral Fitz-Roy's expedition found no Chonos in the archipelago of
that name,^ but in 1875 Capt. E. Simpson came across a sole family
of Chonos, named Lincoman, in Puquitin Channel between Ascension
and Guaitecas Islands (E. Simpson, 114, 18, 43; C. Martin, &, 465;
c, 402; d, 364).

Some of this family or their descendants may still be in the Chonos
Archipelago, but all recent reports declare that the islands north of
Taitao Peninsula are iminhabited except by rare or transient whites
or Chilotan Indians (Lenz, o, 33; Pacheco, c, 30; Steffen, a, 54). It
is possible, however, that some Chonos may still survive in the Gulf
of PefLas region.

According to Capt. Steele (Skottsberg, &, 270) there are about 200
natives in the Gulf of Peftas and northern Messier Channel district.
This estimate may, however, be somewhat too high. Dr. Skottsberg
encountered aT)out 80 Alacaluf on his expedition between Port
Grappler and Port Gallant, and was told of about a dozen more. He
estimates that he saw about a half or at least a third of the total num-
ber of inhabitants of this region {d, 591-592; cf., also, Steffen, c, 463).

Mr. Thomas Bridges, after his visit to the Alacaluf in 1886, placed
their number at about 150 (Hyades, ?, 12), while in 1902 Dr. Dabbene
was told that there were from 200 to 800 surviving Alacalxif (6,
216-217). Father Pietro Renzi, of the Salesian missions, after a
recent visit among the Alacaluf, gives their population as less than
200 (BoU, sales., July, 1910, 221, cited by Cojazzi, 16). Still more
recently Mr. Lucas Bridges is cited as authority for the statement
that there are now only about 100 survivors of this once widespread
people (Gasperi, 164).

The more reliable estimates, therefore, vary from about 200 to 400.
To judge from the early accoimts, like Sarmiento^s, Ladrillero's, and

1 Lieut. Sk3n*mg found less than 20 natives in his 400 to 500 mile cruise through the Patagonian channels
(King, 345).

Digitized by

Googl(

48 BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULUsa

Goicueta's, the channels between the Gulf of Pefias and the western
mouth of the Strait of Magellan are probably but httle less sparsely
populated now than they were three centuries ago, but in the terri-
tory east of the western mouth of the Strait the aborigines have very
greatly decreased in number. Anthropological studies, if to be made
at all, must be made in the very near future.

ONAS

The Foot Indians of the island of Tierra del Fuego should be
classed with the Patagonians, but both anthropological usage and
geographical position sanction our including them among the Fue-
gians.

Names

The name varies somewhat: Dr. Moreno used O'ona (a, 1st ed.,
459; 2d ed., 461; &, 201; c, 109); Dr. Spegazzini, Aona (a); Dr.
Segers, Aona (63); Dr. Brinton, Aoniks (c, 331). Admiral Fit^Roy
has Oens or Oens-men (a, 205-206, 325-326). The commonest form
is Ona. It is the name given them by the Yahgans and is derived
immediately from the Yahgan onifin ( = Tierra del Fuego Island =
Onas'+land), onachaga ( = Beagle Channel = Onas'+ channel) (Th.
Bridges, A, 206; Hyades, j, 15, 283).

Ona may be ultimately a corruption of tsoneka, ts^ona^ca, tsh/n,
cho^n, chon (Furlong, Ic; Lehmann-Nitsche, (Z, 232; Chamberlain, a,
95); or perhaps is derived from on, a word frequently used by the
Onas (Beauvoir, h, 55, 202), or else from onarij the Yahgan word for
north wind (Furlong, Ic; r, 183).

Whether there is any connection between Ona and van Noort^s
''Enoo" (&, 1st ed., 21; Fr. tr., 1610 ed., 15; ComnieUn, i, 10; de
Brosses, i, 299) is very doubtful. The boy captured by van Noort
possibly referred to the Onas when he spoke of the gigantic Tirimenen
of the land of Coin (ibid.).

Father Falkner was told that the Yacana-cunnee of extreme
southeastern Patagonia extended also to the other side of the Strait
(111). The identity of this people is discussed in the Author BibU-
ography under Falkner. Dr. Lehmann-Nitsche (d, 229-230, following
Falkner) derives the name from the Patagonian yacana-Jcov/ , ^'foot
people."

The Rev. Mr. Bridges also used the word Wuas to denote the Onas
(6,332).

The Onas, with the exception of a nearly extinct subtribe in the
southeast, call themselves Shllk'nam (Lehmann-Nitsche, d, 233),
Shilkenam^ (C. GaUardo, 97), Shelknam, Tshelknam (Beauvoir, h,
202), Schelkenam (Cojazzi, 16), Shillkanen (Furlong, d, 219),
Shilk'anan, Shelk^enimi (Furlong, private communication), Shil^k^-

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 49

enum, Shilk'enum, Shilkanan (Furlong, Ic; cf., also, sMPJc^enan
cho^n, cJbo^un, cho^wuriy the Ona words for man, ibid.) .

The nearly extinct subtribe just referred to are called by the other
Onas Haush (pronounced Howsh) (Furlong, j, Jc), Hauss (Cojazzi,
100), Haus (Beauvoir, &, 171), Hush or HoS' (Skottsberg, c, 307-308;
d, 615). According to Mr. Lucas Bridges, they call themselves
Mdnekenkn (L. Bridges, h; Lehmann-Nitsche, d, 233). Dr. Dab-
bene (&, 269) has Manckenkn. The name is apparently the same as
Mic-ck, which Dr. Spegazzini tised for the Onas whom ho met in
1882 (a, 16).

In the present paper the name Ona is used to include both the
Shilk'nam and M4nekenkn.

TBRRrrORY

The Onas formerly occupied the whole of the large island of Tierra
del Fuego, excepting the shores of Useless Bay and Admiralty
Sound, which were intermittently at least frequented by the Alacaluf ,
and the strip of land between Beagle Channel and the moimtain
range paralleling it, which the Yahgans inhabited. The Onas were
in touch with the Alacaluf in the western part of the island, probably
crossing- at times to Dawson Island, as the Rev. Mr. Bridges found
the Dawson Islanders almost as much Onan as Alacalufan in lan-
guage and appearance (&, June 1, 1883, 139; Feb. 1, 1886, 33; cf.
also Oct. 1, 1881, 226 ;fc, 234, on N. and E. coast of Onisin the Alacaluf
knew the Ona tongue; Lovisato, c, 720, citing Whaits). They were
likewise in contact with the Yahgans between Beagle Channel and
Good Success Bay, trading and intermarrying with them (Th.
Bridges, ft. Mar. 1, 1876, 59; Lovisato, c, 720; Martial, 185, 192;
Hahn, c, 340; Th. Bridges, i, quoted in Hyades, g, 10), occasion-
ally raiding and himting into the Yahgan territory of Navarin
Island (Ftu-long, verbal communication; Fitz-Roy, a, 205-206,
325-326), and stealing wives from the Beagle Channel Yahgans
(Despard, &, 717). The Onas made their first appearance at Ushuaia
Mission in 1884 (Hyades, g, 7), but since then they have been and are
frequently seen along Beagle Channel, especially around Harberton.

It is likely enough that in earher times the Onas may have been
in touch with the Tehuelches of the mainland. The fact that they
do not use canoes now is not conclusive proof that they never either
made use of or borrowed them. Cf . for details on this point Subject
Bibliography, under Navigation, pages 195, 196.

ShIlk^nam and MXnekenkn Relations

The greater part of the island of Tierra del Fuego is or was occu-
pied, as we have seen, by the Shilk'nam, while the extreme south-
eastern peninsula — from Sloggett Bay to Polycarp Cove (Furlong,

Digitized by

Googl(

50 BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

fc), or from Thetis Bay to Fotbey Bay (Cojazzi, 100), or apparently
from Poly carp Cove as far west as Moat Bay (Th. Bridges, ft, Oct. 1,
1886, 217) — ^was the home of the M4nekenkn.

Dr. Segers (81) divided the Onas into six sub tribes: the Parri-
quens. Sheila, and Uenenke from San Sebastian Bay to Cape Sunday,
and the Kau-ketshe, Koshpijom, and Loualks from Cape Pefias to
the Straits of Lemaire. These names are, however, according to
Mr. Lucas Bridges (Lehmann-Nitsche, d, 233), not tribal but local
names. Sefior Lista's northern and southern Onas are, to judge
from the respective habitats and vocabularies he gives, no other
than the Shilk'nam and M&nekenkn (Lista, d, 82, 144-145).

The Rev. Mr. Bridges (6, Oct. 1, 1884, 223; also cited in Hyades, Z,
718) was the first to state that "the Western Onas scarcely imder-
stand the Eastern Onas." It is to his sons, especially Lucas, that
we owe most of the published material on the Minekenkn, although
some independent investigation was carried on by Prof. Tonelli
(Cojazzi, 100) and Prof. Furlong (k). Dr. Fred. Cook mentioned
this people in 1900 (6, 725), Col. Holdich in 1904 (160), and smce
then several other writers.

Prof. Furlong gathered six Mtoekenkn words, and more recently
Dr. Lehmann-Nitsche has pubUshed (d, 242-276) 97 Minekenkn
words from Mr. Lucas Bridges' manuscript vocabulary. A compari-
son of this material with the Ona vocabulary of Dr. Segers and with
the southern Ona one of Sefior Lista shows pretty clearly that both
these explorers were in contact in the south with the Mtoekenkn.
About a dozen words in each list can be identified as Minekenkn
rather than Shllk'nam. Sefior Lista's *' southern Ona" list is perhaps
entirely Minekenkn.

Further, it is very probable that the earlier voyagers, the Nodals
in 1619, Father Labbe in 1711, the members of Capt. Cook's first
expedition in 1769, as weU as some of the early nineteenth century
explorers such as Admiral Fitz-Roy and 1^. Darwin, Admiral
Wilkes and others, were really in contact with the Mdnekenkn
during their brief visits to Good Success and Valentyne Bays, as
these bays are situated in what was a few years ago Mdnekenkn
territory. In one case at least the e^dence is somewhat more
positive. Sir Joseph Banks (60) gives two words taken from Good
Success Bay Indians. One of these words, ooudd, ^^ water," is
evidently the same as optun the Mtoekenkn word for ^' water" in
Mr. Lucas Bridges' vocabidary; the Shflk'nam word is chooen, chooJcj
chdoeuj chow'n; Setlor Lista, it is true, and Dr. Segers both give oten,
but their vocabularies are, as observed above, largely Mdnekenkn
(cf. Lehmann-Nitsche, d, 250).

Dr. Cojazzi (102-104) and Father Beauvoir (ft, 171-173) pubhsh
vocabularies gathered from a Mtoekenkn woman about 35 to 40 years

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OP TIERRA DEL PUEGO 51

old who had been living since childhood among the Shilk'nam and
whites. Both vocabularies appear to be pure or nearly pure
Shilk^nam.

Such being our available working material on the Mtoekenkn In-
dians, we may now take up the question of their relations to the
Shilk^nam.

Dr. Fred. Cook (&, 725) and Dr. Skottsberg (d, 615; c, 308) look
on the M&nekenkn as a cross between the Onas and Yahgans. Dr.
Skottsberg also speaks of the H6§' tongue as a fifth Fuegian lan-
guage (dj 614; c, 308). Prof. Furiong (j; Tc) seems to consider the
Mdnekenkn as tribaUy and linguistically distinct from both the
Yahgans and Shilk'nam.

There has been, no doubt, a good deal of mingUng and intermarrying
between these southeastern Foot Indians and the Yahgans. Some
of the authorities for this statement have been quoted above. In
addition, Sr. Lista thought he recognized traces of Yahgan influ-
ence in the physical appearance and language of the Polycarp Cove
natives (6, 115, 120). Dr. Segers' Qna vocabulary contained some
Yahgan words (Lehmann-Nitsche, d, 237, citing L. Bridges). Prof.
Furloughs old Haush man was married to two Yahgan wives (1c), while
Dr. Skottsberg (d, 615; c, 308) was told by Mr. William Bridges that
this old man was himself only half Haush, his mother having been
Yahgan. He looked like a Yahgan, Dr. Skottsberg remarks (ibid.).

In spite, however, of this considerable infusion of Yahgan blood
among the M6.nekenkn, it is much more probable that they are or
were racially akin to the Shllk'nam.

A comparison of the linguistic material kindly put at the writer's
disposal by Prof. Furlong and of the words published by Dr. Leh-
mann-Nitsche with the fairly abimdant Shilk'nam lexical data now
available shows with reasonable cleam^ that notwithstanding the
many divei^ences the Mtoekenkn speech differs from the Shilk'-
nam only dialectically. The reader can easily test for himself this
conclusion by reference to Dr. Lehmann-Nitsche's comparative
Tehuelche-Shllk'nam-Mdnekenkn glossary (d, 242 — 276) ; in about 30
per cent of the cases the Mdnekenkn words are similar to the Shilk'-
nam or Tehuelche, and often identical.

The apphcation of the somatological and cultural criteria of rela-
tionship yields similar results, although the available material is
rather meager. The Thetis Bay natives described in considerable
detail by Sr. Lista (6, 126-130) were somatologically and culturally
Shllk'nam. The same may be said of Dr. Segers' Onas, some of
whom at least were Mdnekenkn, and of the natives encoimtered by
the earlier explorers in the Good Success and Valentyne Bays region.
Prof. Tonelli (Cojazzi, 100-102) found a few cultural differences, but
they are of a very minor character.

Digitized by LjOOQIC

52 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

Prof. Furlong's Haush informant was quite unlike the Shllk*nam in
physical appearance^ being *^ short, thick-set, and about 5 ft. 4 or 5
in. in height '^ (t), but according to Dr. Skottsbei^ {d, 615; c, 308)
this old man was a halfbreed Yahgan. Prof. Furlong writes (Jc) that
''a Haush could not make himself imderstood to an Ona or a Yahgan
by use of the Haush language." This, however, would not neces-
sarily be a proof of more than considerable dialectic diflference be-
tween the two tongues. In this connection we may recall the Rev.
Mr. Bridges' remark cited above, that ^' the Western Onas could scarcely
imderstand the Eastern Onas" (&, Oct. 1, 1884, 223).

The evidence at hand, therefore, seems to justify the conclusion
that the Shilk'nam and Mdnekenkn are both fundamentally of the
same racial stock. What somatological diflferences exist are prob-
ably due in great part to Yahgan influence. The cultural differences
are negUgible but the linguistic are much more pronoimced. Whether
these latter are the result of differentiation through long isolation,
or are to be accounted for on the theory that the Mdnekenkn represent
an earlier invasion from the mainland, can not be decided in the
present state of the evidence.

Ona aj^d Tehuelche Relations

Anthropologists and explorers almost without exception have held
and hold the Onas to be near relatives of the southern Patagonian
aborigines.

A. UNGUISTIG EVIDENCE

As far as language is concerned practically all who have made
actual comparisons between the Onan and Teheulchean tongues have
concluded that they are akin. Two notable exceptions are Gen.
Mitre (i, 156), who ascribed the lexical resemblance between the two
languages to the presence of loan-words acquired by the Onas
through communication with the Tehuelches, and the late Prof.
Chamberlain, who expressed the opinion (a, 89) that ^'efforts to make
out the Onan to be a Tsonekan (Tehuelchean) dialect have not been
successful.' ' Prof. Chamberlain was here, however, in all probabiUty
basing his statement on Gen. Mitre's, whom he follows very closely
in both his articles dealing with Fuegian and Chonoan Hnguistics.
A^ for Gen. Mitre's theory, first it takes for granted what is probable
indeed, but by no means proven, that the Onas have been in direct
contact with the Tehuelches in comparatively recent times, and,
secondly, the proportion of such resemblances between the Ona and
Tehuelche tongues appears to be much too great to be explained on
the hypothesis of loan-words. In from 40 to 45 per cent of the cases
the Ona words are similar to the Tehuelche, and often identical.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPBBl BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TBIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 53

The actual resemblances between the two languages are judged
sufficiently clear and numerous to prove linguistic kinship by the
following authorities, all or nearly all of whom have made direct and
independent studies: Th. Bridges, (6, Mar. 1, 1876, 60;^ Apr. 1, 1880,
74; Oct. 1, 1884, 224; €, 332; g and i, cited by Hyades, g, 11;
A, 200, 203; j, 316; t, 223); lista (6, 56, 82, 89; e, 37); Brinton
(c, 329); La Grasserie (643-647); Lehmann-Nitsche (a; b; d, 233-
237); Beauvoir (a, 6; b, 177-181); C. Gallardo (106); O. Norden-
skjold (c, 672; d, 434; e, 167-168; g, 355; ?, 127); Outes (d, 132-133)
and Spegazzini (6, 239; c, 132).'

A grammatical comparison can not well be made, as unfortxmately
very little has been published on Ona morphology, but from a study
of the short comparative glossary compiled by Sr. Ldsta (6, 82, 56),
of the longer ones by Dr. La Grasserie (643-647) and Father Beauvoir
(by 179-181), of another compiled by the present writer for his own
use, and particularly of the comprehensive one published by Dr.
Lehmann-Nitsche (d, 242-276), a conclusion in favor of Ona-
Tehuelche Hnguistic kinship, in spite of many lexical divergences,
seems not only justified but imavoidable. The reader is referred
especially to Dr. Lehmann-Nitsche's invaluable compilation.

B. 80MAT0L0GICAL EVIDENCE

Mr. Darwin (a, 1871 ed., 205) and Admiral Fitz-Roy (a, 120) noted
the resemblance between the Good Success Bay natives and the
Patagonians, and since their time other observers who have had an
opportunity to compare the two peoples have been struck by the
same suggestive resemblance in stature, build, features, and physical
appearance. Thus it came to be accepted as beyond doubt that the
Onas and Tehuelches are one people.

Since, however, the publication of the results of the limited but
important Ona cranial studies by Dr. Hultkrantz (a and especially b)
and Dr. HrdU6ka (a, in Dabbene, &, 283) the older theory has been
questioned more or less. These studies apparently show that the
Onas are not brachycephalic, as had been expected, but instead vary
from mesaticephalism to doUchocephalism (Hultkrantz, &, 131, 167;
Hrdli6ka, loc. cit.; cf. also Rivet, 257).

On the premise that the modem Tehuelches are brachycephalic,
most recent writers who touch on the relations of the Onas and
Tehuelches have been inclined to adjudge the former more nearly
akin to the ancient Tehuelches (Hultkrantz, &, 163-164; Laloy, b, 404 ;

1 The Rev. Mr. Bridges was the first definitely to note this linguistic similarity.

» Cf. also: Bove, a, 789; 6, 133; c, 124; d, Arch., 288; Benignus, 229; Keane, h, 431; c, 42; Krickeberg, 140;
Lovisato, b, 131-132; Martial, 185. A good many of the passages referred to in the text and in the present
note are quoted in Lehmann-Nitsche, d, 234-236, and La Grasserie, 643-647. Dr. Brinton's later theory
(e, 252-253) that the Ona tongue is more nearly related to the Yahgan is explained by the fact that Dr.
Segers* vocabulary which he used contains many Yahgan words (L. Bridges, cited by Lehmann-Nitsche,
d, 236-237).

Digitized by LjOOQIC

54 BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOaY [bull. 63

Joyce, 241-242) or to one or more of Dr. Verneau's earlier Pata-
gonian types (Dabbene, 6, 279-280).

Dr. Hrdlicka, however, informs me that the undeformed Tehuelchean
skull varies like the Onan from mesaticephalic to doUchocephaUc, at
least in the majority of cases (cf. also Vemeau, h, 62, 66-67, 83-84
and passim).

Dr. Rivet also cites as points of Ona-Tehuelche resemblance '4a
haute stature avec T augmentation correlative de la capacit6
crdnienne et Tallongement tr^s notable de la face" (257). Dr. Hult-
krantz (&, 164) states that among the saUent characters of the old
Patagonian skulls Dr. Vemeau mentions ''die hervorspringende
Glabella, die kurzen, starken Supraorbitalwiilste und das breite,
hervorragende Kinn, Merkmale, die auch fiir meine Onaschadel
typisch sind/'

Both investigators likewise found certain resemblances between
the Onas and Canoe Indians. Dr. Rivet, who, it may be recalled,
restudied three of the Ona crania which Dr. Hultkrantz describes,
mentions in particular "la forme relativement surbaiss6e de la votlte
et la leptorhinie'' (257). Dr. Hultkrantz says (163): "Erinnere ich
hier nur an die ovale Gestalt des Schadeldaches mit den grossen
Scheitelhockem und der relativ schmalen Stim, die charakteristische
Dachform der hinteren Frontal- imd der vordem Parietalgegend, die
starken aber kurzen Supraorbitalwiilste, die breite, eckige Form des
Gesichts u. s. w.''

"Andererseits'' he adds (ibid.) "scheinen mir ziemUch bedeu-
tende Unterschiede zwischen den Ona und den ubrigen Feuerlandern
zu bestehen. Der Schadel ist z. B. mehr dolichocephal, die Stim
weniger fliehend imd sowohl absolut als relativ hoher imd breiter.
Die Dachform der hintem Stim- imd der vordem Scheitelregion ist
weniger ausgesprochen u. s. w. Dazu kommt noch die von alien
Reisenden hervorgehobene grossere Statur imd etwas andere Korper-
proportionen.'' He concludes that aU three Fuegian tribes, while
much differentiated, "ziemlich nahe verwandt sind.''

The theory that the Onas represent a mixed Patagonian and Fue-
gian people (Rivet, 257; Outes, a, 269-270; cf. also Hultkrantz, 6, 164
and Dabbene, &, 280) seems best to account for the above points of
resemblance and difference. But it must be borne in mind that the
Onan evidence is so far very meager.

At any rate it appears to be generally recognized that the Onas are
related somatologically to the Patagonians, whether the modem
Tehuelches or, as far as we are justified in using the term, the " an-
cient'' Patagonians.^

1 Of. also in favor of Ona-Tehuelche kinship: C. Qallardo, 106; Denlker, c, Ft. ed., 656-657; Furlong, d,
219; Haddon, c, 113; Krickeberg, 140; C. Martin, d, 365, 383; Moreno, d, 578-579; Segers, 63; Siemiradzkl,
129, 134; Slevers, 87, 327; Skottsberg, c, 306; Weule, 51.

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TBIBES OF TIEBBA DEL FUEGO 55

C. CULTURAL EVIDENCE

In the field of culture the Onas have much m common with the
Yahgans and Alacaluf, partly as a result of mutual borrowing, but
also much that distinguishes them from the other Fuegian tribes.
Among these distinctive cultural elements are some which they share
with the Tehuelches. Such are the use of the child's cradle and the
custom of arm tattooing — neither foimd among the Yahgans or
Alacaluf. The Ona skin garments are much longer and more elabo-
rate than the other Fuegians' and are very like the Tehuelches' in
length, shape, and number. The Otias, Hke the Tehuelches, do not go
nude — as do the other Fuegians so commonly — except when hunting,
wrestling, etc. The Ona skin windshield contrasts structurally with
the other Fuegians' beehive wigwam and bears a suggestive resem-
blance in structure to the more elaborate Tehuelche skin tent. The
Tehuelches call their tents Icau (Lehmann-Nitsche, d^ 256), the Onas
their huts taki (Gallardo, 365, southern Onas, 243), Tctai {=^Jcau+tai
= wigwam + small, Beauvoir, b, 48), fi^i (Furlong, Jc), but also Jcau or
Jcaw or Jcauwy or Jcauydni (Beauvoir, b, 39-40), Jcav4 or Tcauyani (Gal-
lardo, 365, northern Onas, 243), Icauw (Segers, 69), Tcau (Lista, I, 145)
cowrie ( = house, Furlong, Tc). The Ona bow and arrow shows consid-
erable aflSnity with the earUer Tehuelchean.*

Dr. Gallardo (104-105) calls attention to certain cultural differ-
ences between the Onas and Tehuelches. He instances: (1) The
Tehuelche skin garments worn with the fur inside and ornamented
with polychrome designs as against the Ona skin robe worn with the
fur outside and colored red without designs; (2) the Tehuelche
women's tresses contrasting with the Ona women's bangs; (3) the
Tehuelche flexed burial versus the Ona supine posture. The hst
could be much extended, as, for instance, the Tehuelche fire drill
versus the Ona flint and pyrites.

Such cultural divergences, however, would be expected where, as
the Hnguistic evidence shows, the two peoples if once united have
been apart for many generations and perhaps many .centuries. More-
over, while the culture of the Onas has undoubtedly been to some ex-
tent modified through their contact and intermarriage with the Yah-
gans and Alacaluf, that of the southern Patagonians has been pro-
foimdly modified, especially since the middle of the eighteenth cen-
tury, by Puelchean and Araucanian cultural influences (Outes, a,
271, 427, 429, 476, and passim).

The cultural differences between the Onas and Tehuelches are
neither few nor shght, but the chasm was much narrower in the
days of Magellan and Ladrillero, and it seems not too rash to inter-
pret the identities above noted as survivals from an earher common

» For further details on each of the cultural features just enumerated see Subject Bibliography, under
Culture.

64028°— BuU. 63—17 5 ' ^ t

. Digitized by LjOOQIC

56 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

cultural ancestry, especially if we consider them in conjunction with
the somatological and linguistic resemblances.

From the foregoing linguistic, somatological, and cultural evidence,
we may fairly conclude that the relationship between the Onas and
Tehuelches, although not as close as is sometimes supposed, is never-
theless established as real. The Onas must have parted company
with their cousins of the mainland many generations and probably
many centuries ago, or else both have descended from a common
stock now extinct. The Onas have apparently remained fairly sta-
tionary in culture, while the Tehuelches have imdergone radical
changes through contact with their northern neighbors.

The Onas are said to have a tradition that they came afoot from
a far coimtry of great prairies and that a great cataclysm opened
up the Strait of Magellan and so prevented their return (Beauvoir, 6,
178, 201-202). Whether this tradition has back of it a foimdation
in fact or whether the Onas on the contrary reached their present
habitat in times posterior to the formation of the Strait can not be
decided even probably in the present state of the evidence.

Present CoNDrnoN of Onas

The Onas were formerly much more numerous than they now are.
EarUer estimates differ very much. Sr. Popper came into contact
with about 600 Onas on his second expedition in 1891 (d, 162) and
estimated theijr total nimiber at about 2,000 (ibid.). Dr. Gasperi
was informed by Mr. Lucas Bridges in 1912-13 that there were about
300 survivors of the tribe, while the Salesians' estimate of 1909-1911
was 350 (Cojazzi, 16).

The Onas have been outrageously treated by many of the white
settlers, herders, and gold seekers who began to invade their terri-
tory in the seventies and eighties of the last century. Then, too,
internal feuds have brought down many victims; Mr. Lucas Bridges,
in a letter dated February 11, 1899, and quoted by Mr. Yoxmg (1900
ed., 61 ; 1905 ed., 66), states that there are few Ona men over 30 years
of age who have not killed one of their own people in revenge. These
and other causes have more than decimated this interesting tribe
(cf. Gasperi).

They have been almost entirely driven from the northern half of
their former domain. A number work on the ranches of the Bridges
brothers; more are at Rio Grande, Lake Fagnano, and Dawson
Island missions; the remainder are scattered over the territory south
of the Rio Grande.

The nearly extinct subtribe, the Mdnekenkn, were formerly fairly
nimierous, to judge from their possession of a distinct dialect and
from the accounts of Sr. Lista, Dr. Segers, and the Rev. Mr. Bridges,
as well a9 from those of the earlier explorers. Mr. Thomas Bridges,

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPEB] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 57

for instance, mentions a party of 38 '^Eastern Ona^' men with their
wives and children (&, Oct. 1, 1886, 218). The only survivors at
present seem to be the woman then about 37 years old investigated
by Prof. Tonelh (Cojazzi, 100) and a family near Harberton. This
family consisted of an old man who was a halfbreed M&nekenkn-
Yahgan (Skottsberg, c, 308; d, 615) or M^nekenkn-Shilk'nam (Leh-
mann-Nitsche, d, 233), and his two daughters (Skottsberg, d, 615;
Cojazzi, 100). His former wife, a full-blooded Mtoekenkn OL<eh-
mann-Nitsche, d, 233; Skottsberg, c, 308) had died before Dr. Skotts-
belt's visit in 1908. Prof. Furlong Qc) found, also in 1908, an old
Mtoekenkn man named Pelota at Harberton, apparently the same
one, but this native had two Yahgan wives and one halfbreed son.
Prof. Furlong was informed in 1912 that there were five surviving
Mtoekenkn Qc).

Digitized by

Googl(

Digitized by

Googl(

PAST AND FUTURE OF FUEGIAN INVESTIGATIONS

Eaely Wbitbbs and Explobebs

The second of the following lists contains the names of the leaders
of expeditions prior to 1800 which encountered Fuegian or Chonoan
natives, and the dates at which encountered. The first gives the
names of the early writers (exclusive of collections of voyages) whose
works contain information on the same natives, and the dates when
written or pubUshed. The letters, C, A, Y, S, M, stand for the respec-
tive tribes, Chonos, Alacaluf, Yahgans, Shilk'nam, Mfinekenkn,
probably or certainly seen or described.

WRirERS TO 1800

Oviedo, 1557, A; G6ngora Marmolejo, 1575, Chilotans (and C);
Marifio de Lovera, Chilotans; Acosta, 1590, A; Olaverria, 1594, C.

Herrera, 1601-1615, A; Argensola, 1609, A, S; Purchas, 1613; Laet,
2d ed., 1630, A, Y, S, M; Brouwer, 1646, Chilotans (and C); Ponce de
Leon, 1644, C; Ovalle, 1646, C; Montanus, 1671; Del Techo, 1673, C,
A?; Rosales, 1674, ca., C, A.

Nyel, 1704, M; Rogers, 1726; Labarbinais, 1728; Pietas, 1729, C;
Ohvares, 1736, C; Lozano, 1754-55, C; Beranger, 1773, C; Falkner,
1774, S?; Mohna, 1776, 1782, 1787, C; Alcedo, 1786-1789; Ascasubi,
1789, C; Gonzalez de Agueros, 1791, C.

EXPLORERS TO 1800

Magellan, 1520, A or S; Loaysa, 1526, A; Alcazaba, 1535, A;
Ulloa, 1553-54, C, A; Ladrillero, 1557-58, A; Cortfe Hojea, 1557-58,
A; Drake, 1578, A; Sarmiento, 1579-80, A, S; Hernandez, 1581, A;
Cavendish, 1st, 1587, A; Chidley-Wheele, 1590, A; Cavendish, 2d,
1592, A; Hawkins, 1594, A; de Weert-de Cordes, 1599-1600, A; van
Noort, 1599-1600, A.

Venegas-Ferrufino, 1609, C; Venegas-Estevan, 1612-13, C; van
Speilbergen, 1615, A; Nodals, 1619, M; L'Hermite, 1624, Y, (M?);
Montemayor, 1641, C; Brouwer, 1643; Narbrough-Wood, 1670, A;
Bart. GaQardo, 1674-75, C; de Vea, 1675-76, C; Sharp, 1681, A; La
Guilbaudiere, 1688 (-96), A; de Gennes, 1696, A; Labat, DuPlessis,
Beauchesne (Villefort), 1699, A.

Labbe, 1711, M; Frezier's informants, 1712-13, Y?; d^Arquistade,
1715, Y; Clipperton, 1719, A; Anson, 1741, C;. the Wager's crew
(Byron, A. Campbell, Bulkeley and Cunmiins, author of Affecting
Narrative, etc.), 1741-42, C, A; Byron (and anon, author of ^^ Voyage,

59

Digitized by LjOOQIC

60 BUBEAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull.6S

etc/0, 1764-65, A; Duclos-Guyot, 1765-66, A; Garcia, 1766-67,
C, A?; Wallis, 1767, A; Bougainville, 1768, A; Machado, 1768-69,
C; Jas. Cook, 1st (Banks, Parkinson, author of Journal of . . .
Endeavor), 1769, M; Jas. Cook, 2d, (G. Forster, J. R. Forster), 1774,
M and Y or A; Marin-Real, 1778-89, C; Menendez-Bargas, 1779-80,
C; de C6rdoba, 1st, 1786, A; Moraleda, 1786-1788, 1792-1796, C; de
C6rdoba, 2d, 1788-89, A.

History of Investigation

The name that stands out most prominently in the history of
Fuegian investigation is that of the Rev. Thomas Bridges. His
researches were confined in the main to Yahgan culture and language,
but in addition he became sufficiently familiar with the other two
Fuegian peoples to establish for the first time definitely the general
tribal relations in the Magellanic archipelago.

YAHGANS

From 1624 when the Yahgans were first visited by L^Hermite until
1858 when the first group of Yahgans came to Keppel mission in the
Falklands little appreciable progress in Yahgan anthropology was
made, if we except Admiral Fitz-Roy's discovery of the existence of
two distinct languages in the southern Fuegian archipelago. The
Yahgans were visited successively by d'Arquistade in 1715, by Wed-
dell in 1823-24, by the Beagle expeditions in 1829-32, by the Wilkes
and Ross expeditions in 1839 and 1842, respectively, and by Capt.
Snow and other English missionaries in the fifties.

The modern study of the Yahgans and their language really begins
with the arrival of the missionary party under the Rev. Mr, Despard
at Cinco-Mai Harbor, Navarin Island, in the spring of 1857 (Despard,
J, 718). By the end of 1858 he had gathered nearly 1,000 Yahgan
words, and in 1863 published a few notes on Yahgan grammar.

But, if the Rev. Mr. Despard was the pioneer in the field of Yahgan
linguistics, it is to the genius and labors of a successor, the Rev.
Thomas Bridges, that we are indebted for most of what we know of
the Yahgan tongue. His remarkable studies, begun in the late
fifties or early sixties, culminated in the compilation of his large dic-
tionary completed in 1879, the translation of his three New Testament
books in 1881-1886, and the publication of his larger grammar in
1893. Other papers from his pen treated nearly the whole field of
Yahgan culture.

The more important new results of the Italo-Argentinian expedition
in 1882 and the French Cape Horn expedition in 1882-83, with the
subsequent studies by Drs. Hyades and Deniker, Mantegazza and
Regalia, and Sergi, were in the field of somatology.

Digitized by

Googl(

coopebI bibliography OF TRIBES OF TIEBRA DEL FUEGO 61

These practically closed the cycle of Yahgan studies. Since then
no important new developments have taken place. All three depart-
ments of Yahgan anthropology are as well known as we could reason-
ably expect, although there is of course probably a good deal that
nia-y yet be discovered about this passing race.

ALACALXJF

The fires seen by Magellan's expedition in 1520 were from Onan
or Alacaluf an camps, but the Alacaluf themselves were first observed
not until six years later by the Loaysa expedition, nearly a century
prior to the first discovery of the Yahgans.

The first detailed accounts of the Patagonian channel Alacaluf,
brief though these accounts are, are contained in the narratives of
Ladrillero's and Cortfe Hojea's expedition in 1557-58. A few new
data came to light around the middle of the eighteenth century
subsequent to the shipwreck of the Wager and to Father Garcla's
missionary journey to the Guaianecos Islands. Some 70 years after
the Garcia expedition, the results of Admiral Fitz-Roy's studies were
pubUshed.

In the field of culture little has been added to our knowledge since
the days of Admiral Fitz-Roy, although excellent original accounts
have been pubUshed following Dr. Coppinger's investigations in
1879-80 and Dr. Skottsberg's recent expedition in 1908.

All of the above accounts are based on casual meetings or on
series of such meetings. A thorough detailed study of these people,
based on extensive investigation covering a period of at least a year,
is a great desideratum.

Some scores of explorers and travelers have personally observed
and described the Alacaluf of the Strait of Magellan, but hardly more
than casually. An exhaustive study of them by investigators cog-
nizant of their language and Uving among them in their native chan-
nels has yet to be made.

The accoimts of Drake's expedition in 1578, of de Weert's, de
Cordes^ and van Noort's in 1599-1600, and of Beauchesne's in 1698
fiUTiish some data on the more obvious phases of cultiu^e, and to
La Guilbaudiere (1688-1696) we are indebted for the earliest vocabu-
lary. Between 1764 and 1768 the Alacaluf of the Strait were studied
successively by Byron, Duclos-Guyot, Wallis and Bougainville, and
in 1786 and 1788-89 by de C6rdoba. The most satisfactory of all
the older accounts of the Alacaluf are those of Bougainville, Duclos-
Guyot, and especially of de C6rdoba.*

Fiu^ther studies were made by the Beagle expeditions in 1826-1832
by Dr. Coppinger in 1879-80 and by a number of later explorers.

1 See, however, Vargas Ponce's original narratives rather than the translations.

Digitized by

Googl(

62 BXJBEAU OF AMEBICAIT ETHlSrOLOGY [bull. 63

Alacalufan cultural anthropology is, however, in about the same con-
dition it was in just after the Fitz-Roy expeditions. It may be added
that only the material cultiu^e of the Alacaluf has been at all ade-
quately studied.

Much more has been done in the department of somatology. A
considerable literatiu'e sprang up as a direct result of the exhibition
of the Hagenbeck troupe in Europe. Most of the available Alaca-
lufan material is summed up in Dr. R. Martinis monograph published
in 1893.

There are extant some seventeen vocabularies of the Alacalufan
tongue, beginning with La Guilbaudiere's of between 1688 and 1696
and ending with t>T. Skottsberg^s of 1908. The largest published
vocabulary, Father Borgatello^s, contains less than 600 words, whUe
10 of the lists contain only 50 or less words. The Rev. Mr. Bridges'
1,200-word vocabulary has never been published. Of Alacalufan
grammar we have no details at all.

CHONOS

The Chonos were first encountered by the UUoa expedition in 1553
and first described by Goicueta, the chronicler of the Cortes Hojea
expedition of 1557-58. Further accounts begin in 1609-1613 with
the advent of the Jesuit missionaries to Chilo6 and the Guaitecas
Islands — accounts chiefly accessible in the writings of Fathers Del
Techo, Rosales, Lozano, and Olivares. In the next century some
few further details came to light as a result of the Wager's shipwreck
in 1741 and Father Garcla's expedition in 1766-67. Since this last
date the history of Chonoan investigation has been practically a
blank.

Much less is known of the Chonos than of the Alacaluf. Of even
their material culture only meager details have come down to us, and
of their language not one word. A little more is known of their
somatology, thanks to the discovery of a few skulls, chiefly of Guaite-
cas Islanders.

ONAS

To Sarmiento (244-246 ;-47i. Jiidr.j vii, 519-520) belongs the honor
of having first discovered the Onas in 1580, the name Gente Grande
Bay remaining to this day as a reminder of the event. Forty years
later, in 1619, the Nodals saw the Onas, not unlikely of the Mdne-
kenkn subtribe, at Good Success Bay. The accoimts, however, of
both Sarmiento and the Nodals, as well as those of later observers,
one of L'Hermite^s officers perhaps in 1624, Father Labbe in 1711,
and the members of the first and second Cook expeditions in 1769 and
1774, give very meager details, chiefly on physical appearance and
material cidture.

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPBB] BIBLIOGBAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERBA DEL FUEGO 63

Several other voyagers saw the Good Success Bay natives m the
early nineteenth century, but the real history of Ona investigation
began only in 1775 when the Rev. Thomas Bridges first encountered ^
the Onas on a visit to Good Success Bay. Expeditions to the inte-
rior of the island under M. Pertuiset in 1873-74, Sr. Serrano Montaner
in 1879, and later under Capt. Bove developed Uttle new information.

The modem period in the study of the Onas began in earnest .
with the linguistic studies of Mr. Thomas Bridges in 1875 (&, Mar. 1,
1876, 60) and his removal to Harberton in 1886. with the expedition
under §r. Lista in 1886-87, with Dr. Segers' fiu^ther studies embodied
in his important 1891 article, and with the foimding of the Salesian
missions among the Onas in 1892.

Since the opening of the present ceirtury great progress has been
made in the fields of Ona ctilture and language, thanks above all to
the sons of the Rev. Mr. Bridges, to the Salesian fathers, especially
Father Beauvoir, to the Argentinian scientists, particularly Drs.
Gallardo and Lehmann-Nitsche, and to Prof. Furlong.

The Bridges brothers' intimate knowledge of Ona culture and
language has been extensively drawn upon by nearly all recent in-
vestigators, while for other important contributions, above all to Ona
linguistics and folklore, we are indebted to the Salesian missionaries.

Ona culture has been almost exhaustively treated by Dr. Gallardo,
while extensive vocabularies have been compiled by Mr. Lucas
Bridges and Father Beauvoir. In the department of Ona grammar
very little has been published.

Ona somatology lags behind markedly. A good beginning has
been made, however, especially by Drs. Hultkrantz, Hrdlifcka, and
Outes.

From all the foregoing it is seen^that the Yahgans alone of the
Fuegian peoples have been investigated with anything approaching
thoroughness. Ona culture and Alacalufan material culture are well
enough known, Chonoan cultiu'e very slightly. Of the Chonoan
language we possess not one word, of the Alacalufan we have about
six hundred words, and of the Onan several thousand. A beginning
has been made in the study of Ona grammar, but so far no details
at all are accessible on Chon9an or Alacalufan grammar. Alacalufan
somatology has been fairly well studied, Onan and Chonoan quite
inadequately.

The Future of Fuegian and Chonoan Investigation

. How can the lacunae be filled ? The acquisition of further material
on the Onas should be comparatively easy. We may expect detailed
information on Ona grammar from the Salesians and particularly
from the Bridges brothers. Brother Xikora^s catechism or prayer
book shoidd give some clue to Alacalufan morphology, and perhaps

Digitized by LjOOQIC

64 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULues

we may hope for a grammatical outline from him. Further studies,
too, among the Alacaluf by the Salesians may throw more Kght on
this tribe's social, moral, and religious culture.

Our chief hope for definite information on the perhaps extinct
Chonos would seem to Ue in the recovery of Fathers Ferrufino's and
Estevan's manuscripts. Then, too, it is quite possible that some de-
scendants of the lincoman family seen by Capt. E. Simpson in the
Guaitecas Islands 40 years ago may still be Uving 'there or elsewhere.
Finally, linguistic investigation among the modem Gulf of Pefias
natives may clear up Chonoan Knguistic relations; some descendants
of the true Chonos might be there, for even as late as the second half
of the eighteenth century Chonos were encountered in the Guaianecos
Islands in fairly good numbers by Father Garcia.

At any rate the Gulf of Pefias region and the channels to the south
of it are the territory most in need of investigation — ^investigation, as
Dr. Skottsberg suggests, extending over at least a year.

Three other desiderata call for special mention : (1) There is needed
a thorough comparative study of Araucanian and Yahgan grammar.
The raw material is easily accessible. Dr. Darapsky made a begin-
ning in this hne, but the clues he discovered should be followed up
and either confirmed or proven valueless. (2) More exhaustive
studies of the kinship and marriage relations, of the mythology* and
rehgion of all the Puegian peoples are needed. Except to some ex-
tent in Ona mythology and folklore very Uttle has been accompUshed
in these difficult fields of research. The considerable mass of de-
tached data on Fuegian rehgious and quasi-reUgious culture suggests
strongly that we have by no means gotten to the bottom of Fuegian
rehgion. Perhaps, too, a better knowledge of the initiation rites may
throw a greater hght on this obscure subject than we now have.
(3) Excavations among the abundant kitchen middens from Ehz-
abeth Island and the Straits of Lemaire to the Chonos Archipelago
would imdoubtedly give us a clearer vision of the past of the Fuegian
and Chonoan peoples. Apart from the investigations in this field
by Drs. Lovisato and Coppinger and by Prof. Furlong almost noth-
ing has been done. A kindred Une of research would be the investi-
gation and excavation of caves and grottos, which are or were used
by the Alacaluf and Chonos as burial places.

Digitized by LjOOQIC

o<*vn ifong.t ^«

Digitized by LjOOQIC

ri'r

Digitized by

Googl(

AUTHOR BIBLIOGRAPHY
Prefatory Notes

xiie bibliography includes the sources for the study of the Onas,
Yahgans, Alacaluf, and Chonos. Those for the Tehuelches might
have been included, but to have done so woidd have carried the
writer too far afield.

Throughout anthropological and kindred literature occur hundreds
of brief second-hand notes on the Fuegians. The bulk of these
references were too unimportant to justify their inclusion in the
present bibliography. But all first-hand sources, however brief and
unimportant, that have come to the writer's attention, have been
mcluded, as have also those second-hand sources which sum up a
coubiderable portion of the field or else throw some light on Fuegian
and Chonoan anthropology by discussion or suggestion.

Where the writer has been unable to consult and review personally
any article or book, he has stated the bibhography or other source
whence the title has been taken, together with what dependable data
regarding the reference he could gather.

The great majority of first-hand observers have had at most a few
hours of contact with the natives while en route through the archi-
pelago. Such accounts have bieen characterized as based on '* casual
meetings." They are chiefly of value for material culture.

The name '^Channel Alacaluf" or '^Channel Indians" has been
used to denote the canoe-using Indians of the West Patagonian chan-
nels between the western mouth of the Strait of Magellan and the
Gulf of Penas. -,

The present bibUography being intended as a practical or working
guide, some of the data usually given in a technical bibUography
have been omitted.

From the enormous mass of literature dealing with the history of
early exploration in the Magellanic archipelago, those narratives,
editions, and translations — originals preferred where accessible — ^have
been included which would be more readily available to the student
with ordinary library facilities. No attempt has been made to
exhaust this field. Fiu*ther data regarding editions and translations
can be found in bibliographical works like those of Tiele, Sabin, and
Medina. Those early narratives, like LeMaire's, for instance, which,
however important to the geographer or historian, contain no infor-
mation on the natives, have been omitted.

65

Digitized by LjOOQIC

66

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

In many cases the later editions or the translations of original
narratives have been abridged. Where this abridgment has involved
an abbreviation of the Fuegian anthropological material, the fact is
usually noted; but in most of the abridgments and abstracts the
anthropological data are given either in full or with only slight
omissions.

It is perhaps superfluous to state that worfcs have been classed as
^'important'' or '* unimportant'' purely from the viewpoint of the
student of Fuegian anthropology.

A word regarding maps: A good map of the whole district is indis-
pensable. The present writer has used the following four charts
obtained. from the United States Hydrographic Office, Washington,
D. C: No. 1315, Coast of Chile, Valdivia to Cape Tres Montes, June,
1892; no. 2243, Coast of Chile, GuK of Pefias to Magellan Strait,
Sept., 1905; no. 454, South extreme of South America from Cape
Horn to the Magellan Strait, sheet II, Western part, 1873 ; no. 453,
ditto, sheet I, Eastern part, 1873. Except for the interior and east
coast of Tierra del Fuego Island, these maps meet all requirements
of anthropological study for the territory covered.

Aa, Pieter van der, ed.

Naaukeiirige versamelung der ge-
denk-waardigste zee en land-reysen na
Oost en West-Indien, 28 vols., Leyden,
1707 [1706-]; 8 vols., ibid., 1727 [1706-
1727].

Contains (vol. xvm; 2d ed., vol. v) Pretty's
account of Drake's voyage, and (vol. xx; 2d ed.,
vol. v) Pretty's and Knivet's narratives of
Cavendish's vo3rages.

Acosta, Jos6 de

Historia natvral y moral de las
Indias, SeuUla, 1590; Ital. tr., Venice,
1596; Pr. tr., Paris, 1598; Dutch tr., 2d
ed., Amsterdam, 1624; Engl, tr., Lon-
don, 1604; Hakl. see., vols, lx-lxi,
London, 1880.

Contains (bk. 3, oh. 13) very brief remarks on
the natives inhabiting the northern and southern
shores of the Strait; not important.

Adam, Quirin Frangois Lucien

Grammaire de la langue jUgane. (In
Revtie de linguistique et de philologie
comparie, Paris, 1884; xvii, 295-322,
1885; xvni, 10-26, 160-173; reprint,
ibid., 1885.)

An imiwrtant treatise on Yahgan grammar,
fuller than Dr. Garbe's study; based on Dr.
Oarbe's work and on the Rev. Thomas Bridges'
Yahgan translation of the Gospel of St. Luke.

Adelung, Johann Christoph and Vater,
Joliaim Severin

Mithridates, oder allgemeine Sprach-
enkunde, 4 vols., Berlin, 1806-1817.

Contains (3. Th., 2. Abt., pp. 391-^) an unim-
portant brief description of the Fuegians, based
chiefly on Laet, Herv&s, and J. R. Forster.

Affecting narrative of the imfortunate voy-
age and catastrophe of His Majesty *s
ship Wager J London, 1751

Contains (especially pp. 30-31, 45-46, 96-97)
some of the same data on the Chonos and Fue-
gians that Bulkeley and Cummins give.

AgUeros

See Gonzdlez de Agiieros.
Alcazaba, Simon de. 1636

See Juan de Mori, de Broeses.

Alcedo, Antonio de

Diccionario geogrdfico-hist6rico de las
Indias occidentales 6 America, 5 vols.,
Madrid, 1786-1789; Engl, tr., 5 vols.,
London, 1812-1815.

Short, unimportant, and not very reliable
account of Fuegians under "Fuego, Tierra del"
(n, 168-71; tr., n, 121).

Alvarez, J. S.

En el mar austral, Buenos Aires.
(Reference from Dabbene.)

Digitized by

Googl(

coopbb] BIBLIOGBAPHY OP TEIBES OP TIEBBA DEL FUEGO

67

Andersson, Johan Gunnar, Nordenskjtfld,

Otto and others

Antarctica: or Two years amongst the
ice of the south pole, London-New
York, 1905.

Chapters 4 and 5 of part 2 (pp. 366-^1), firom
the pen of Dr. Andersson, contain passim a good
deal of valuable material on some phases of the
psychical culture of the Onas, among whom he
spent more than a month in Sept.-Oct., 1902.
The author made a Journey afoot with Ona
guides from Harberton to Lake Fagnano and
return.

Andree, Bichard

Die Anthropophagie, Leipzig, 1887.

On p. 90 are given the views of Fit»-ROy,
Darwin, Snow, Marguin, and Hyades on the
question of Fuegian cannibalism.

Angelis, Pedro de, ed.

Coleccion de obras y documentos
relatives i la historia antigua y modema
de las provincias del Rio de la Plata,
6 vols., Buenos Aires, 1836-37.

Vol. 1 contains a Spanish translation of
Falkner's Description of Patagonia.

Anrique B., Nicolas and Silva A., L.

Ignacio

Ensayo de una bibliograffa histdrica y
jeogrdfica de Chile, Santiago de Chile,
1902.

Contains 2,561 titles of books and articles, of
which a good proportion are of anthropological
interest, in the chief modem languages; annota-
tions or criticisms are exceptional. There are
some inaccuracies, but relatively few, consider-
ing the short time, only 66 days, at the disposal
of the compilers. The list includes many refer-
ences not found in other bibliographies of Chile.

Anson, George, Lord. 1741
See Richard Walter, Pascoe Thomas.

Anuario de la prensa chilena, publicado

por la Biblioteca nacional, Santiago

de Chile^ annually since 1886. «

Gives lists of the books deposited in the library

under the law of 1872, and from 1891 includes

books by Chilean authors or relating to Chile

published in other countries. Not annotated.

Anuario hidrogrflflco de la manna de
Chile, Santiago-Valparaiso, 1875-
1912, vols, i-xxviii.

Contains the following early and modem
original narratives or translations thereof bearing
on Fuegian and Chonoan anthroi>ology: p.
Simpson, Juliet, 1875, vol. i; Goicueta, Ulloa,
Ibar S., J. M. Simpson and Chaigneau, o, 1879,
VOL v; Ulloa, Pretty, o, tr., LadriUwo, J. M.
Simpson and Chaigneau, 6, Serrano M., a, 1880,

Anuario hldrogrftfico — Continued

voL vi; Mori, Sarmiento, 1881, vol. vn; B. Qal-
lardo, de Vea, Serrano M., 6, Hyades, g, tr., 1886,
vol. xi; Moraleda, 1887-8, vols, xn-xra; Maehado,
Garcia, a, d'Arquistade, tr., Martial, tr., 1889,
voL xiv; Brouwer, tr., 1892, vol. xvi; Gajardo,
1905, vol. xxv; Pacheco, o, 1907, vol. xxvi;
Whiteside, 1912, vol. xxvn; Morales, Pacheco,
6, 1912, vol. xxvra.

A great deal of the above material is not
available elsewhere. The Anuario also contains
passim many valuable maps, and considerable
first-hand information on fauna, flora, climate,
geology, and geography.

Arctowski, Henryk

Voyage d'exploration dans la region
des canaux de la Terre de Feu. (In
Bull. Soc. roy. helge de giogr., Bruxelles,
1901, xxv, 33-62; reprmt, ibid., 1902.)

Dr. Arctowski spent a little more than a
month in Fuegia in 1897-98 as geologist and me-
teorologist of the Belgica expedition, 1897-1899.
His article is chiefly of value for the Ona vocabu-
lary (pp. 61-62) of 139 words, phrases, and sen-
tences, gathered at Dawson Island with the aid
of one of the Salesian missionaries from a young
Ona boy who understood Spanish, and who had
been to Europe.

Axgensola, Bartolom6 Leonardo de

Conqvista de las islas Malvcas, Ma-
drid, 1609; Pr. tr., 3 vols., Amsterdam,
1706; Engl. tr. in Stevens, vol. i; nar-
rative of Sarmiento's voyage quoted in
full in Iriarte*s ed. of orig. jour., pp.
xxxix-lviii, and summarized in de
Brosses, i, 199-219, and in Laet, bk. 12,
Lat. and Fr. tr., bk. 13.

Argensola gives (bk. 3, pp. 109-26) a long
account of Sarmiento's voyage in 1579-80. This
abstract contains approximately the same an-
thropological data as does the original journal,
but toward the end relates a few fabulous details
not found in the latter.

Arquistade, Joapchin d'

Breve et demontr^ relation de la
nouvelle d^couverte d'lm grand en-
foncement ou baye en la coste occi-
dentale de la Terre-de-Feu ... vo-
yage auB ann^es 1714, 15, 16 et 17 . . .
navire le Sainct-Frangois . . . (In
Martial, Mission du cap Horn, i, 266-269 ;
extr. in Hyades, Z, pp. 723-725; Span. tr.
in An, hidr, mar. Chile, Santiago, 1889,
XIV, 534-537.)

Next to L'Hermite's, the earliest account we
possess of the Yahgans. D'Arquistade's brief
description of their customs and material culture
is based on personal observation during one day
spent with the natives at Orange Bay in 1715.

Digitized by

Googl(

68

BXJBEAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Ascasubi, Miguel

Informe cronol6gico de las misiones.
del reinode Chile hasta 1789. (In Gay,
Documentoe, i, 300-400.)

Gontaiiis on pp. 315-316 a few notes cm the
history of the mission Chonos.

Aspinall, Edward C.

Conferencia dada en la Sociedad cien-
tffica alemana de Santiago de Chile
sobre los aborigenes de la Tierra del
Fuego. (Reference from Dabbene,
who adds that it was published in the
society's AnaUs; I can not find it in the
Verlumdlungen.)

This lecture was given July 25, 1888, by the
Rev. Mr. Aspinall after eighteen months' resi-
dence among the Yahgans as successor to the
Rev. Thomas Bridges. A summary of the
lecture by Dy (q. v.), was published in Gto&iw,
vol. LV.

Mr. Aspinall also contributed various letters
of minor anthropological interest to the iSfoutft
American missionary magazine from 1886 on.

[Avebury, Lord] Sir John Lubbock

Prehistoric times, 7th ed., "thor-
oughly revised/* New York-London,
1913.

Contains descriptions of the Fuegians, pp.
631--537, 242-243, and notes passim. Based on the
older sources, as Hawkesworth, Callander's tr.
of de Brosses, Byron's Loss of Wager, Fitz-Roy,
o, Darwin, a, Weddell, Voice of Pity, The
Fuegian sections seem to have passed unscathed
through the "thorough revision."

Bahnson, Eristian

Etnografien fremstillet i dens hoved-
traek, 2 vols., Kjobenhavn, 1900.

Contains (i, 539-648) a rather lengthy account
of the Fuegians; 2 photographs of Fuegian types;
2 woodcuts, illustrating material culture.

BaU, John

Notes of a naturalist in South Amer-
ica, London, 1887.

Dr. Ball states (p. 242) that he saw no Fue-
gians at all on his trip. His book contains only
a paragraph on the natives (pp. 260-261). He
was told (p. 261) by Dr. Fenton, an old resident
of Punta Arenas, that it seems a well attested fact
that the Canoe Indians when in danger from a
rough sea throw an infant overboard. This
statement, however, needs confirmation (cf.
Subject Bibliography, p. 153).

Bancarel, Fr.

Collection abr6g6e des voyages an-
ciens et modemes autour du monde, 12
vols., Paris, 1808-9.

Contains abstracts of the following voyages:
Drake's (World encompassed). Cavendish's
(from Pretty), van Noort's, van Speilbergen's,

Banoarel, Fr. — Continued

L'Hermite's, Clipperton's, vol. n; Wallis% vol.
IV. The Fuegian anthropological data are given
verbatim in the following voyages: Byron's, vol.
vi; Bougainville's, vol. vn; Cook's first, vol. vm;
Cook's second, vol. ix.

Banks, Joseph

Journal of the Eight Honourable Sir
Joseph Banks during Captain Cook's
first voyage in H. M. S. Endeavor in
1768-71, ed. by Sir Joseph D. Hooker,
London, 1896. Cf. Hawkesworth.

Ckmtahis (pp. 49-50, 55-56, 58-61) the best
description that has come down to us of the Onas,
very jM-obably M&nekenkn. met by Capt. Cook's
first expedition in Jan., 1769, at Good Success
Bay. On p. 60 two words halUc&j " beads," and
oottdA, "water." The latter seems to be M&ne-
kenkn rather than Shilk'nam.

Barclay, William S.

(a) The land of Magellanes, with
some account of the Ona and other
Indians. (In Geogr. jour., London,
Jan., 1904, xxiii, no. 1, pp. 62-79.)

Contains a quite long and detailed account of
nearly all phases of Ona culture (pp. 68-79), to-
gether with a few brief notes on the Yahgans and
Alacaluf (pp. 63-66).

(6) Life in Tierra del Fuego. (In
Nineteenth century and after, London,
Jan.-June, 1904, lv, 97-106.)

Covers nearly the same ground as the preced-
ing article but somewhat less fully.

(c) At the world's end, being an
account of the now almost extinct
Canoe-dwellers and other tribes of
Tierra del Fuego. (In Supplement to
Illustrated London news, Jan. 30, 1904,
cxxiv, pp. i-iv.)

Covers the same ground as the preceding arti-
cles, lacking, however, some details; contains an
Ona legend and a few notes on the Yahgans, not
found in (a) and (6); also several excellent photo-
graphs and sketches.

The foregoing articles are important contribu-
tions to our knowledge of the Onas. They are
based on somewhat limited personal observation
during a visit to eastern Fuegia from Jan. 25 to
the end of Feb., 1902, but chiefly (according to
Dr. Dabbene, a, p. 78, who traveled with Mr.
Barclay) on information furnished by Mr. Lucas
Bridges (q. v.).
Bargas, Ignacio. 1779-80

See Francisco Menendez.
Barmon, de

Esquisse d'un voyage au dfeoit de
Magellan. (In Soc, imper. acad. de
Cherbourg, stance 4 juil., 1862.) (Ref-
^reiice from Anrique, p. 393.)

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TEIBES OF TIEERA DEL FUEGO

69

Bancs Arana, Diego

(o) Los Fueguinos. (In La Lecturay
Santiago de Chile, 1884, i, 3-5.) (Ref-
erence from Porter, p. 409.)

(6) Hifltoria jeneral de Chile, 16 vols.,
Santiago, 1884^1902.

Cantains (i, 3d-48) an accoimt of the Fuegian
aborigines based on written sources and dealing
almost exclusively with the Yahgans and Alaca-
luf. The description of the other Chilean abo-
rigines ' (i, 49-114) gives passim some notes on
Chonoan culture.

Bartels, Max .

See Floss, 6.
Bastian, Philipp Wilhelm Adolf

Die Culturlander des alten America,
3 vols., Berlin, 1878-1889.

The account in vol. i (pp. 17-18) of the Onas
seemingly is based not on personal observation
by Prof. Bastian, but on information given him
by colonists who came aboard the vessel at
. Punta Arenas. The data on Fuegian religion
(p. 18) have to be used with caution. The author
passed through the Strait in 1875.

. Beauchesne-Gouin. 1699

See Marcel, a, c, de Villefort.
Beauregard, Ollivier

Sur les tribus qui habitent la Terre
de Feu. (In Bull. Soc. d'anthr. de
Park, 1882, 3d ser. v, 672-674.)

Ah unimportant quotation from an article by
Capt. Bove in La JVixcidn, of Buenos Aires, Sept.
22, 1882. Very brief data on the Yahgans, Ala-
caluf, and Onas.

Beauvolr, jros€ Maria

(a) Pequeno diccionario del idioma
fueguino-ona con su correspondiente
castellano, Buenos Aires (1901).

Contains 1,876 common Ona words, 76 sen-
tences and phrases, and a few additional words,
132 proper names, and the Lord's Prayer in Ona.
The vociabulary is preceded by a few remarks on
Ona religion and mythology (p. 6) and by a com-
parative Yahgan-Alacaluf-Ona vocabulary of 41
words (pp. 7-8). Inserts after pp. 4 and 36
give accoimts of the grqjips of natives exhibited
at Paris in 1889 and at Genoa in 1892. In the
comparative vocabulary the Yahgan and most
of the Alacaluf words seem to have been taken
from Hyades, g, and Fitz-Roy, 6, the remaining
Alacalufan words presumably from the Dawson
Island natives. Father Beauvofr's earlier Ona
dictionary has been superseded by his later one,
described below.

(b) Los Shelknam: Indfgenas de la
Tierra del Fuego, Buenos Aires, 1915.

The most important published work on the*
Ona language, TU9 WWt Valuable parts of the

Beauvoir, Jos€ Maria—Continued
book are the extensive vocabulary of more than
4,000 words (Ona^panlsh, pp. 19-76; Spanish-
Ona, pp. 109-161) and the large coUectlon of 1,400
Ona sentences with their Spanish translation
(pp. 79-104). In addition the following linguis-
tic material is given: Ona pronunciation and
accent (pp. 1-4); a few notes on Ona grammar
(pp. 4-9 and passim in "frasario," pp. 79-104);
the Lord's Prayer and Angelical Salutation in
Ona (p. 77); more than 400 Ona proper names and
the meaning of 85 proper names (pp. 163-170); an
extensive list of Ona local names (pp. 220-225);
211 Haus words (pp. 171-173); an Ona-Tehuelche
comparative vocabulary of 110 words (pp. 17^
181); Ona-Tehuelche numerals and cardinal
pomts (pp. 195-196); an extensive list of about
1,000 Tehuelche words, and 45 phrases and sen-
tences (pp. 183-193, 197-198); a comparative Ona-
Yahgan-Alacaluf vocabulary of 103 words (pp.
15-17).

The Haus or M&nekenkn vocabulary, to judge
by Mr. Lucas Bridges' list, would seem to be pure
or nearly pure Shelknam. See comment under
Ck>jazzi. The Yahgan and Alacaluf words in the
comparative vocabulary on pp. 15-17 are ap-
parently taken ftom Hyades, q.

Father Beauvoir also gives a brief summary of
Ona culture (pp. 201-212, 217-220). Many photo-
graphs illustrating environment, physical type,
and culture.

Father Beauvoir began his studies among the
Onas in 1892, and as a missionary among them
from 1893 until recently had amp^e opportunity
to gather much information regarding their lan-
guage. He had as principal interpreters two
Onas, Jos6 Luis Miguel Kalapacte, who spoke
Spanish well, and Jos6 Tom^ Ven Paschol.
With the former he was intimately and daily
associated for fourteen years. Father Beauvoir
also acknowledges his indebtedness to his con-
freres of the Salesian missions, particularly to
Father Juan Zenone, who has been with the
mission Onas, especially the children, since 1894,
and who has a fair speaking knowledge of the
language. What Father Beauvoir wrote of the
Pequefio diccionario would no doubt apply to
his larger work as well: "Estas palabras por
haberlas oldo muchas veces en sus conversaciones
famihares, y entendido bien por habermelas
hecho explicar por Indios que allegados & noso-
tros, comprendlan suficientemente nuestro idio-
ma, hasta lo hablaban y escrihfan, tengo una
seguridad moral de que los vocables contenidos
en este Diccionario tienen realmente el signifl-
cado que se les da en la lengua Gastellana"
(o,p.3).

Beazley, Charles Baymond, ed.

(a) Voyages and travels, 2 vols.,
Westminster, 1903.

Contains (i, 281-291) Pretty's account of the
voyage of Cavendish in 1587.

(6) Voyages of the Elizabethan sea-
men, Oxford, 1907.
Contains Drake's Famous voyage.

Digitized by

Googl(

70

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Beoexra, W.

En la Tierra del Fu^o: Esploracidn
al pais de los Onas: La bahia Intitil.
(In Revista de marinay Valparaiso, 1898,
XXV, 170^1724, 1728 ff.)

The first section contains nothlAg of value to
the anthropologist; but the second, to which I
had not access, gives an account of the natives
and "un estenso vocabulario" (Anrique, p. 449).

Benignus, SlegMed

In Chile, Patagonien und auf Feuer-
land, Berlin, 1912.

Contains a fairly good account (pp. 229-236) of
Ona culture, and a shorter one (pp. 236-244) of
Yahgan and Alacalufim. Five Yahgan words on
p. 243, from Capt. Bove's vocabulary. The
author seemingly had not much personal con-
tact with the Fuegian natives. Nine photo-
graphs, chiefly of Ona types.

Beranger, Cftrlos de

Relacion jeogrdfica de la provincia de
Chilo^, San Cdrloe, 1773. Ed. with
introd. and notes by Nicholas Anrique
R., Santiago de Chile, 1893.

Contains (^p. 13-14, 16) interesting notes on
the territory and culture of the Chonos, with
further data from the early sources added by the
editor. Beranger had not visited the Cronos in
their native islands, but as governor of Chi]o4
had some knowledge of them.

Bermondy, Th€oph.

Les Patagons, les Fu^ans et les
Araucans. (In Arch. Soc, amhicaine de
France, Paris, 1875, n. s. i, 355-366.)

Contains a fair description of the Fuegians
based on the then extant sources, and an unim-
portant discussion of the interrelations of the
tribes of extreme southern South America.

Betagh, William

A voyage round the world: Being an
account of a remarkable enterprise, be-
gun in the year 1719, chiefly to cruise
on the Spaniards in the great South
Ocean, London, 1728; abstr. in Henry,
vol. II, • in Kerr, vol. x; in Bancarel,
vol. II.

Contafais (pp. 79-81, 85) brief though sympa-
thetic accounts, quoted verbatim from the jour-
nal of Capt. Clipperton's chief mate, George
Taylor, of the natives, probably Alacaluf, met
casually in June-July, 1719> at points in the
€trait between Elizabeth Island and Cape
Quod. Betagh was captain of marines on Clip-
perton's vessel, the Succms.

Bischoff, Theodor von

(a) Die Feuerlander in Europa,
Bonn, 1882.

Bischoff, Theodor von— Continued

This small brochure contains unimportant
notes on the mentality, morality, and religion of
the Alacaluf, based on observation of the Hagen-
beck group exhibited in Europe. Stature meas-
urements on p. 3.

(&) Bemerkung Ciber die Geschlechts-
verhaltnisse der Feuerlander. (In Sitz-
ungsher. d. Math.-phys. Classe d. hgl.
bayer. Ahad. d. Wissensch.y Milnchen,
1882, xn, 24a-246.)

A study of Alacalufan sexual anatomy and
physiology, based on observation of the same
group.

(c) Weitere Bemerkungen tiber die
Feuerlander. (Ibid., pp. 356-368.)

Anatomical data obtained from the post-
mortem examination of the sexual and some
other organs of two women of the same group;
also (p. 368) stature measurements and brain
weight of same two women and of one man.
1 plate. Cf . Seitz, a and b.

Bizemont, H. de

Moeurs et coutumes des habitants de
la Terre de Feu. (In Exploration,'
Paris, 1883, vol. xv.) (Reference from
Dabbene.)

BOhr

Besuch von Feuerlandem am bord
S. M. S. Hansa. (In Verh. Berlin. Ges.
/. Anthr. u. 8, w., 1881, pp. [30]-31.)

A short description of some Alacaluf met In
their canoe on July ?9, 1879, about 30 miles west of
Cape Froward. Dr. Bdhr, a naval surgeon,
measured the heads (breadth, length, circum-
ference) of three and the stature of four of the
Alacaluf men who came aboard.

Bollettino salesiano. Periodico della Pia
unione dei cooperatori di Dom Bosco.
Published monthly, Turin, Italy,
1877-, and printed in 8 languages.

The official organ of the Salesian fathers, an
increasingly important source of first-hand in-
formation on the Onas and Alacaluf; compars^
tively little about the Yahgans. The Salesians
have been established in Alacalufan territory
shice 1889 and in Onan since 1892. With the
exception of the Bridges and Lawrence brothers,
few if any white men have had better opjwrtuni-
ties for studying the Onas and Alacaluf at first
hand. Frequent contributions of anthropo-
logical value have been published in the BoUet-
Htw since 1887 by Mgr. Fagnano, Fathers Beau-
voir, Borgatello, Rossi, Renzi, Zenone, and
others. Most of the recent numbers contain
photographs. Dr. Cojazzi (q. v.) has gleaned all
the above scattered anthropological material and
published it in his recent valuable work.

Digitized by

Googl(

coopeeI

BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

71

Bollinger

Ueber die FeuerlUnder. (In Cof-
resp.'Blatt DevUch, Qes. /. ArUhr.
u. 8, w.y Miinchen, Apr. 1884, xv, 26-27.)

A r^somd of Dr. Seitz's article in Virobow's
ArchiVfYoLxci.

Boigatello, Maggiorino

Vocabulario comparativo Alacaluf,
Ona, Tehuelce. MS.

An extensive and imi>ortant vocabulary, the
Alacaluf section of which is published in Dr. Co-
jazzi's work (pp. 126-140). (Cf. also ibid., pp. 16-
17.) Father Borgatello has spent many years
among the eastern Fuegians. Dr. Cojaczi writes
me under date of March 25, 1915, as follows:
" Father Borgatello gathered the Alacaluf vocab-
ulary by questioning patiently the children and
adults of the mission of S. Raffaele on Dawson
Island, where there were numerous Alacaluf.
... He does not speak their language fluently,
but knows it fairly well, as does also a lay brother
*named Juan Xikora. The latter can speak Ala-
caluf, although with a little difficulty." Dr.
Ck)jazzi adds that the natives speak Spanish, and
that Broths Xikora assisted Father Borgatello
in gathering the vocabulary. The list given in
Dr. Cojazzi's book is the most extensive of the
Alacaluf tongue thus far published; it comprises
455 words and 137 sentences, phrases, and pro-
nouns.

Bossi, Bartolom€

(a) Viaje descriptivo de Montevideo
a Valparaiso, Santiago de Chile, 1874,
54 pp. (Reference from Anrique, pp.
57&-577.)

(6) El vapor Charrtia en el Pacffico y
regiones magalUnicae, Buenos Aires,
1880, 74 pp. (Reference from Anrique,
p. 577.)

(c) Esploracion de la Tierra del
Fuego con el vapor oriental Charrda,
Montevideo, 1882, 59 pp. (Reference
from Pet. Mitt., 1882, xxvra, 393.)

The brochure mentioned in Boll. 8oc. geogr.
ital., 1883, p. 941, is seemingly an Italian translsk
tion of the preceding.

The last work, chiefl,y of hydrographical and
geological interest, is an account of a two months'
trip in Mar.-Apr., 1882 (Pet. Mitt., toe. cit.).
Capt. Bossi's contributions to Fuegian anthro-
pology are not, it seems, important.

Bougainville, Louis Antoine de

Voyage autour du monde, par la
frigate du roi la Boudeuse, et la fliite
I'fitoile; en 1766, 1767, 1768 & 1769,
2d enlaiged ed., 2 vols., Paris, 1772 j
Mont^mont, vol. iv; Bancarel, vol. vn;

64028°— Bull. 63—17 6

Bougainville, Louis Antoine de— Contd.
Provost, vol. xx; Engl. tr. by J. R.
Forster, London, 1772; Dutch tr.,
Dordrecht, 1772 (Tiele, b, p. 45, no.
177); abstr., Henry, vol. iv; descrip-
tiQn of Pecherais in Hatin.

Contains (i, 289-303) the well-known account
of the Pecherais (Alacaluf) met at Port Gallant
in 1768. The description of the native medicine-
man and his methods on pp. 297-302 is especially
valuable. A few unimx>ortant notes i>assim,
I, 78-80, 276.

Bourne, Benjamin Franklin

The captive in Patagonia; or Life
among the giants, Boston, 1853; Lon-
don, 1853.

Unimportant for Fuegian anthropology.
Contains nothing except (pp. 204-205 of Boston
ed.) a mere mention of some Canoe Indians seen
at a distance, and (p. 148 of Boston ed.; p. 107 of
London ed.) a statement that the author was told
by a person met at the Chilean penal settlement
that the Fuegians used poisoned arrows. This
error has recently been revived by Mr. H. Hes-
keth Priohard (q. v.).

Bove, Giacomo

(a) Viaggio alia Patagonia ed alia
Terra del Fuoco. (In Nuova antologia
di sdenzej lettere ed arti, Roma, 15 die,
1882, Lxvi, 2d ser. xxxvi, 73^-801.)

(6) La spedizione antartica. (In
Boll. Soc. geogr, ital.y Roma, 1883, xx,
2d ser. vra, 5-60, 96-113, and especially
132-147; Engl. tr. in S. Amer. miss,
mag.y London, 188^-84.)

(c) Expedicion austral argentina: In-
formes preliminares presentados d S. S.
E. E. los ministros del Interior y de
Guerra y Marina de la Repiiblica Ar-
gentina, Buenos Aires, 1883.

(d) PatAgonia, Terra del Fuoco, Mari
Australi, Geneva, 1883, 150 pp. (Ref-
erence from Arch, per Vantrop. e VetnoLy
Firenze, 1882, xn, 287-299, which re-
prints in full the somatological and cul-
tural sections.)

The four preceding papers contain a very im-
portant contribution to our knowledge of Yahgan
culture and give a few good notes passim on Ala-
calufan and Onan culture. The cultural sec-
tions in a, b, and d are identical word for word;
that in c is slightly abbreviated and summarized .
Stature measurements of 33 Yahgans are given
in b (p. 144), in c (p. 16Q), apd in d, Arch, reprint
(p. 280). A vocabulary of 171 words in Yahgan
is given in 6 (pp. 145-147), and the same vocabu-
lary, with 16 additional words, in c (pp. 161-165).
Ethnological map In b, e, and probably in d.

Digitized by

Googl(

72

BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Bove, Giaoomo — Continued

(e) Giacomo Bove iiber die Feuer-
lander. (In OlohtUj Braunschweig,
Jan.-June, 1883, xun, 156-159.)

A summary of the Fofiglan cultoral data gath-
ered from CaptBoTe'spublicatians. The stature
measurements and vocabulary are omitted.

(/) Viaggio alia Terra del Fuoco,
Roma, 1884, 102 pp. (Reference from
Anrique, p. 418.)

See also Cora, Keane, a, and von Feilitsen,
articles from Capt. Bove's publications.

Capt. Bove's studies are among our most im-
portant sources for Yahgan culture and to a
lasser extent for Yahgan linguistics and soma-
tology. His observations were confined almost
exclusively to the Yahgans during the two
months he spent In eastern Fuegia from May 1
to the end of June, 1882. During this time he
had almost continuous contact with the Yahgans,
but very slight acquaintance with the Ona and
Alacaluf. He was an exact and careful ob-
server. Although not previously familiar with
the Yahgan language, he had the advantage of
native interpreters and the still greater advan-
tage of drawing on the intimate knowledge of the
elder Bridges and the other missionaries of
Ushuaia, to whom, as he states, he was indebted
for a '< great part" of his material, both cultural
and linguistic.

Capt. Bove made a second visit to Fuegia in
Feb.-Apr., 1884, but the papers listed above, with
the exception perhaps of/, are based on studies
made during the first trip. The human skulls
and skeletons brought badk by Capt. Bove were
carefully studied by Drs. Mantegaua and Re-
galia and by Prof. Sergi; the artifacts by Drs.
Colini and Lovlsato (qq. v.). It may be added
that Capt. Bove's vocabulary was apparently
intended as a corrective of Admiral Fiti-Roy's
Tekeenica list, as the former gives equivalents
only of English words found in the latter.

Brassey, Annie AUnutt

Around the world in the yacht * Sun-
beam,' New York, 1879, 1880; published
in Boston, 1892, under title "A voyage
in the * Sunbeam* "; Fr. tr. (according
to Dabbene), Tours, 1885.

Contains a few unimportant notes (pp. 119-129
passim, 137-138, of 1879 ed.) by a good observer,
of three women (Alacaluf?) seen at Punta Arenas
and of Alacaluf met in canoes in English Reach
and near Eden Harbor in 1876.

The Voyages and Travels of Lord Brassey
fh)m 1862 to 1894, 2 vols., London-New YoA,
1895, contains only one sentence about the same
English Reach group.

Bridges, Despard

See Bridges, Thomas, U

Bridges, Lucas

(a) Vocabulario y fiasee de la lengua
delosOnaa. MS. 32 pp. (Keference
from Mitre, i, 164.)

The most important as well as the most ex-
tensive or next most extensive Ona (Shflk'nam)
dictionary extant. It contains, according to the
Rev. Thomas Bridges' letter to General Mitre,
"algunos miles'' words; it is in the Museo Mitre,
Buenos Aires.

(b) Vocabulario Ona (Mdnekenkn).
MS. fReference from Lehmann-Nit-
Bche, (f, p. 241.)

This important vocabulary is our chief source
for the language of the nearly extinct Onas of the
extreme southeastern peninsula of Tierra del
Fuego Island. 97 words from the manuscript
in the x>osse5sion of Dr. Samuel A. Lafone Que-
vedo have been published by Dr. Lehmann-
Nitsche, d, pp. 242-276 passim.

Mr. Lucas Bridges, a son of the Rev. Thomas
Bridges, was bom in Tierra del Fuego, and with
his brother William has spent his whole life in
Intimate and friendly familiarity with the Onas
and to a lesser extent with the Yahgans. He
speaks the Ona (Shflk'nam) tongue fluently,
and according to Dr. Lehmann-Nitsche (d, p.
233, note 1) also some Yahgan. He is a blood
member of the Shflk'nam tribe and has the
privilege of sitting in the council house (Fur-
long, *).

The Bridges brothers are the best living first-
hand authorities on Ona culture. They have, so
far as I can discover, published no comprehensive
detailed accounts of Ona culture, but their inti-
mate knowledge has been drawn uixm exten-
sively by Barclay, Gojazzi, Fr. Ckwk, Furlong,
Gallardo, Holmberg, O. Nordenskjdld, Tonelli.
With the exception of the Salesians, they are
almost our sole original living sources for the
. study of Ona social, moral, and religious culture.
Cf. also letter by Mr. Lucas Bridges quoted by
Mr. Young.

Bridges, Thomas

(o) Manners and customs of the Fire-
landers. (In -4 voice for South Amer-
ica, London, 1866, xm, 181ff; Fr. tr. by
Hyades in Bull. Soc. (Tanthr. de Paris,
1884, 3d ser. vn, 169-183.)

An important account of Yahgan social,
moral, and religious culture. Some Yahgan
words passim. This article was written before
Mr. Bridges took up his residence at Ushuaia.
It is based on data gathered fh>m the Yahgans
who had been living at Keppel Island Mission in
the FaOdands. In 1866 Mr. Bridges had had
eight years of contact with mission Yahgans in
addition to at least one short visit to Fuegia and
had been assiduously studying their language for
at least four years.

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER 1

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

73

Bridges, Thomas — Continued

(6) Extracts from Journal, and Let-
ters. (In The voice of pity for Sovih
America [continued saA voice for SoiUh
America and The South American mis-
sionary magazine] intermittently from
about 1862 to 1898, almost monthly
from at least 1871 to 1886.)

These extracts and letters are largely profes-
sional missionary reports, but many oonts^ im-
I)ortant data on Yahgan material culture, and are
invaluable for the study of Yahgan mentality,
character, and morality. Nearly all the anthro-
pological material contained in them is more
easily accessible in the author's other papers.
Some Yahgan words passim.

(c) The natives of Tierra del Fu^go.
(In Mission life, London, 1877, n. s.
vm, pt. 1, 10^115; published origi-
nally in 8. Amer. miss, mag.y Dec. 1,
1875, pp. 214-221.)

CWefly of value for the study of Yahgan char-
acter and morality.

(d) The Yahgans of Tierra del Fu^o.
(In Jour. Anthr. inst.y London, 1885,
XIV, 288-289.)

An extract from a letter to Prof. Flower dated .
Ooshooia Aug. 24, 1884, giving descriptive soma-
tological notes on the Yahgans and the results of
a very careful census of the Yahgans made by
Mr. Bridges in June, 1884.

(e) Das Feuerland und seine Bewoh-
ner. (In Globus, Braunschweig, 1885,
XLvn, no. 21, 331-333.)

Chiefly on Yahgan social, moral, and religious
culture, with very brief notes on the general cul-
ture and language of all three Fueglan tribes.

(J) La Tierra del FuQgo 1 sua habi-
tantes. (In El Ferrocaril, Santiago de
Giile, 1886.) (Reference from Anri-
que, p. 420.)

Includes, according to Drs. Anrique (p. 420)
and Porter (p. 412), copious data on the life and
customs of the natives, together with vocabu-
laries.

(g) Account of the Fuegians and their
country. (In Flares parish magazine,
Buenos Aires, Sept., 1886, pp. 183-185.)
(Reference from Hyades.)

{h) ElconfinsurdelaRepiiblica: La
Tierra del Fuego y sus habitantes. ( lu
BoL Inst, geogr. argent., Buenos Aires,
1886, vn, cuad. 9, pp. 200-212.)

A succinct and excellent account of Yahgan
culture In nearly all its phases, together with
some notes on Yahgan grammar. Some Yahgan
words passim. The article also oont&ins a few

Bridges, Thomas — Continued

remarks on the Onas and an account of Fueglan
fl<Mn, f^una, etc.

(i) M^moire in^dit, 1886. MS.

Apparently Mr. Bridges' most comprehensive
paper on the culture of the Yahgans, Alacaluf,
and Onas. It is used and quoted extensively
by Dr. Hyades, q.

(j) Dates sobre Tierra del Fuego.
(In Rev. Museo de La Plata, La Plata,

1892, HI, 19-32, 313-320.)

These letters firom Mr. Bridges, published in
English, contain some important data bearing
on the material culture of the Yahgans and
Alacaluf.

(Jb) La Tierra del Fuego y sus habi-
tantes. (In Bol. Inst, geogr. argent.^

1893, XIV, cuad. 5-8, pp. 221-241.)

A condensed, comprehensive account of many
phases of Yahgan psychical culture— one of the
author's most important papers. It includes
some very short notes on Yahgan gnunmar and
passim many Yahgan words. On pp. 221-232 is
a description of Fueglan flora, fauna,climate,etc

(l) Dictionary of the Yahgan lan-
guage, 2 vols., completed July 5, 1879.
MSS.

By far the most important extant Yahgan
vocabulary, containing, according to a letter fi-om
the compiler quoted in the 5. Amer. miss, mag.,
1912, XLVI, 77, 1,081 pages and about 32,430 words.
The MSS., brought back by the Bdgica expedi-
tion, are now being prepared for publication by
Father Hestermann, S. V.. D. For details, see
Denuc^, Hestermann, c, and Furlong, p. "I was
informed," Prof. Furlong says (k), "by Mr. Wil-
liam Bridges, a rancher of Tlerra^lel-Fu^o, that
his father, the Rev. Thomas Bridges, Incorpo-
rated between 500 and 600 words of Haush in his
'Anglo- Yahgan Dictionary and Grammar' under
the heading of * Eastern Ona.' "

(m) Gospl Looc Ecamanwaci: The
gospel of St. Luke translated into the
Yahgan language, London, 1881.

This is the first text of any length ever pub-
lished in the Yahgan tongue.

(n) Aposrndian Wushtwagu: The
Acts of the Apostles translated into the
Yahgan language, London, 1883.

(o) Gospel Jon Ecamanwaci: The
gospel of St. John translated into the
Yahgan language, London, 1886.

All three of the foregoing publications were
published anonymously. They were printed for
the British and Foreign Bible Society. Strangely
enough, the last two translations have been en-
tirely overlooked by almost all students of Fue-
glan linguistics. The Bureau of American Eth-
nology library at Washington -possoaseB copies
of all three texts.

Digitized by

Googl(

74

BUBEAU OF AMEKICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Bridges, Thomas — Continued

(p) A few notes on the structure of
Yahgan. (In Jour. Anthr. inst., Lon-
don, Aug., 1893, xxm, bZSO.)

Under this modest title the Rev. Mr. Bridges
gives a comprehensive outline of Yahgan gram-
mar, probably the most important extant treatise
on the subject. The paper includes passim a
great nlimber of Yahgan words.

(q) [Ten letters giving a short ac-
count of Yahgan grammar.] MSS.

These letters were utilized by Dr. Garbe and
are perhaps the manuscript notes of which Dr.
Ellis speaks and which he used.

(r) Letter to Gen. Mitre, dated April
28, 1898. (Quoted in extenso in Mitre,
vol. I, pp. 161-162.)

Contains Mr. Bridges* last written remarks on
the Fuegian languages in general and on Yahgan
grammar in particular.

(«) Vocabulary of the Ona language.
MS. (Reference from S. Amer. miss,
mag., Oct. 1, 1884, p. 223; cf. also
Hyades, I p. 717; Th. Bridges, j,
p. 316.)

At that time it contained about 1,200 words.
It has been superseded by and perhaps incor-
porated in Mr. Lucas Bridges' vocabularies
(q.v.).

(t) Vocabulary of the Alaculoof lan-
guage. MS. (Reference from S, Amer.
miss, mag.y Oct. 1, 1884, p. 223; cf. also
Th. Bridges, 6, p. 331.)

A vocabulary of about the same length as the
preceding. It was compiled in collaboration with
Mr. Bridges' son Despard. The Rev. Mr.
Bridges had begun researches in Alacalufon as
early as 1874 (6, Feb. 2, 1874, p. 27), but nine
years later had not progressed far (Hyades, g,
p. 13). I can find no further trace of this very
important manuscript.

The Rev. Thomas Bridges was easily the most
important first-hand authority on the Yahgans*
language and culture, especially their social,
moral, and religious culture. His contributions
to our knowledge of the Alacaluf and Onas are of
considerably less importance. He was , however^
the first to make clear the tribal relationships in
the Fuegian archipelago.

Mr. Bridges first came into contact with the
Yahgans in 1858 at the Keppel Island Mission in
the Falkland Islands, whither he had come in
1856 as the adopted son of the Rev. Mr. Despard.
On the latter' s departure for England in 1862,
Mr. Bridges was left in charge of the mission
Yahgans, of whose language he then began, or
perhaps had already begim, a thorough study.
After occasional visits to Fuegia from 1863 on,
he took up permanent residence at Ushuaia in
the heart of the Yahgan territory and at a time

Bridges, Thomas — Continued

when the natives were comparatively un-
touched by the white man's culture. He re-
mained continuously at Ushuaia from the time
of his arrival there late in 1869 or early in 1870
until 1886, when he resigned from the South
American Missionary Society and removed to
Harberton[ Downcast] about 30-35 miles east of
Ushuaia on Beagle Channel. He lived here untU
his death in 1898. During these forty years he
was in almost daily contact with the Yahgans,
whose friendship, respect, and confidence he
retained throughout and over whom he exercised
a considerable authority.

He had very much less contact with the Onas,
and still less with the Alacaluf. Some few of
the latter were usually to be found living among
the Yahgans, and from time to time some of them
visited Ushuaia. He also made a short trip into
their territory in 1886. He met the Onas for the
first time in 1875 at Good Success Bay. In the
eighties he came into closer touch with them,
probably both ShIIk'nam and M&nekenkn,
especially after his removal to Harberton.

He spoke the Yahgan tongue fluently, but did
not acquire a speaking knowledge of either Ona
or Alacaluf. He had had professional training
neither in philology nor cultural anthropology, —
perhaps not a disadvantage under the circum-
stances, for he approached his subject with an
open mind that was at the same time interested,
alert, and cautious, as well as keen and exac);.

The fund of information stored up by him and
by his confreres was largely drawn upon by Bove,
Lovisato, Spegazzini, Martial, Hyades, and other
later writers on Fuegian anthropology.

Brine, Lindesay

Travels amongst American Indians,
their ancient earthworks and temples,
London, 1894.

Contains (p. 148) meager notes on some Ala-
caluf met casually in Jan., 1877, at Churruca Bay
in the western Strait. Measurements of men:
Stature, average tmder 5 ft., minimum 4 ft*. 9 in.,
maximum 5 ft. 2 in.; chest, 34 to 35 in.

Brinton, Daniel Garrison

(a) Races and peoples, New York,
1890.

Contains an unimportant descriptive para-
graph on the Fuegians (p. 271).

(6) Essays of an Americanist, Phila-
delphia, 1890.

Contains (pp. 39-40) a short note from Darwin
on physical resemblance of Fuegians to Botocu-
dos, and (p. 338) a refutation of Prof. Max Mdl-
ler's assertion that the Yahgans' 30,000-word
vocabulary betokens a former higher culture.

(c) The American race, New York,

1891.

The sections dealing with the Chonos (pp.
325-327), based largely on Del Techo, and with
the other Fuegians (pp. 329-332) need consider-
able revision in the light of more recent studies^

Digitized by

Googl(

coopEB) BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TEIBES OF TIEBBA DEL FUEGO

76

Brinton, Daniel Garrison— Continued
on the following points in particular: Chonoan
and other Fuegian tribal names and divisions,
classification of Chonos with Araucanians, dates
of first mission among Chonos and of removal of
Chonos to Chaulaiiec, remarks about family af-
fection, the bolas and woven baskets that hold
water, etc. On p. 364 a comparative vocabulary
of 21 words, the Alacalufan section from Fitz-Roy ,
the Yahgan apparently from Bridges and Fitz-
Roy. Dr. Brinton (p. 332) found no verbal re-
semblance between the Fuegian and Tapuyan
languages.

(d) Studies in South American na-
tive languages. (In Proc. Amer,
philos, 80C., Philadelphia, 1892, xxx,
45-105; repr., ibid., 1892.)

Reproduces the Alacalufan and Yahgan vo-
cabularies from the preceding work.

{e) Further notes on Fuegian lan-
guages. (Ibid., pp. 249-254.)

A notice of La Guilbaudiere*s vocabulary of
which 22 words are given on p. 250, and a com-
parison of Yahgan words with Dr. Segers' Ona
vocabulary, which is given nearly in full on pp.
252-253. Dr. Brin ton's conclusion that the Onas
are linguistically nearer to the Yahgans than to
the Tehuelches is explained by the fact that Dr.
Segers' list contains many errors and many
Yahgan words (Lehmann-Nitsche, d, p. 237).

Brosses, Charles de

Histoire des navigations aux terres
australes, 2 vols., Paris, 1756; Engl, tr.,
by John Callander, 3 vols., Edinburgh,
1766-1768; Germ, tr., by Johann Chris-
toph Adelung, Halle, 1767.

From the anthropologist's standpoint perhaps
the most satisfactory extant history of the first
two centuries and a quarter of Magellanic ex-
ploration. De Brosses paraphrases or quotes
verbatim practically all the Fuegian anthropo-
logical material found in the original documents
to which he had access. In the following sum-
mary of contents the pages of the French edition
on which references to the Fuegians occur are
given.

Vol. i: Magellan, 138; Loaysa, 152; Alcazaba,
. 164-165; Drake, 186, 188-189; Sarmlento, 200-216
passim; Cavendish, 224, 229, 231, 233; Chidley,
234; Hawkins, 245; de Cordes and de Weert,
278-280, 283-287; van Noort, 296-299, 301; van
Speilbergen, 344; the Nodals, 423-424; L'Her-
mite, 439, 440-446. Vol. n: Narbrough, 30-36, 41;
Sharp, 44-45; de Gennes, 107, 109, 111; Beau-
chesne-Oouin, 115-118, 120; Frezler, 208-209,
211-212; Labarbhiais, 220-221; Anson, 284-290;
Labbe, 434-435; Nyel, 438-439. For the voyages
of Ladrillero, Cort^ Hojea, and Sarmlento, de
Brosses had not access to the important original
documents.

Brouwer, Hendrlck

Joumael ende historis verhael van de
reyse gedaen by oosten de straet le
Maire, naer de custen van Chili, onder
het beleyt van den Heer Generael Hen-
drick Brouwer inden jare 1643 voor-
gevallen, Amsterdam, 1646; Germ. tr.
(mentioned in Introd. to Span, tr., 1. c.
infra, p. 4), 1649; Engl. tr. in Churchill,
vol. i; Span, tr., in An. hidr. mar. Chile,
Santiago, 1892, xvi, 1-88.

Brouwer saw some abandoned huts at Valen-
tine Bay, but no natives. Here and there in his
account of the Chilotes are a few cultural data
common to the Chonos as well; not important.

Brown, Robert

The races of mankind, 4 vols., Lon-
don-Paris-New York, 1873-1876.

Ck)ntains (i, 310-313) an unimportant but fairly
accurate, popular account of the Fuegians, based
chiefly on Darwin, a, and Fitz-Roy, a.

Brownell, Charles de Wolf

The Indian races of North and South
America, Cincinnati, 1853.

Contains (pp. 630-636) a good but now out-of-
date account of the Fuegian Canoe Indians, based
chiefly on Prichard, Fitz-Roy, o, and Wilkes.

Bmch, Carlos

See Outes, d and e.

Bry, Theodor, and others, ed.

CoUeotio peregrinationum in Indiam
occidentalem, partes xm (xiv), Franro-
furti ad Moenum, 1590-1634.

Contains Latin and German translations of
the following voyages: Cavendish's (by Pretty),
pt. vin, 1599; de Weert 's and van Noort's, pt. ix,
1601-2; van Speilbergen's, pt. xi, 1620; L'Her-
mite's, Lat., pt. xm, 1634, Germ., pt. xnr. 1630.

Bulkeley, Jolin, and Cummins, John
A voyage to the South-Seas, by His
Majesty's ship Wager, publ. anon.,
London, 1743; with authors' names,
ibid., 1743; repr. London-Philadel-
phia, 1757; Kerr, vol. xvii; abstr. in
Provost, XV, 363-384.

Contains (anon, ed., pp. 17-18, 27-31, 58, 63-64,
97-98, 107; other 1743 ed. and repr. of 1757, pp.
22-24, 36-41, 77-78, 84-85, 130-131, 14»-144) nu-
merous data on the natives, very probably
Chonos and Alacaluf, enooifntered in 1741 from
Wager Island in the Guaianeoo Archipelago to
Cape Quod in the Strait. For further com-
ments, see Bjrron, n.

Digitized by

byGOOgl(

76

BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Blimey, James

A chronological history of the voy-
ages and discoveries in the South Sea
or Pacific Ocean, 5 vols., London,
180^1817.

Bumey omits much of the Fuegian anthro-
pological material, and often leaves it out alto-
gether, but his work is Invaluable as a means of
general orientation for the study of the Magel-
lanic explorers.

in Fitz-Roy, a,

Bynoe, Benjamin

Journal. (Quoted
pp. 197-199.)

Contains a good deser^tion of a group of na-
tives met in the Gulf of Trinidad on the second
Beagle expedition. Of special interest is the de-
tailed description of the unusually large plank
boat they were using. It was nearly 30 feet long
and 7 feet wide, with proportionate depth.

Byron, John

(a) The narrative of the Honourable
John Byron (commodore in a late expe-
dition round the world) containing an
account of the great distresses suffered
by himself and his companions on the
coast of Patagonia, from the year 1740
till their arrival in England, 1746 (Loss
of the Wager man of war), 2d ed., Lon-
don, 1768; Dublin, 1822; Kerr, xvn;
Sutcliffe; Germ., tr., Niimberg, 1769
(Sabin, no. 9731); Span, tr., Santiago
de Chile, 1901 (Anrique); anthropo-
logical data extracted by Fitz-Roy, b,
pp. 124-134.

One of Anson's fleet, the Wager , in command
of Capt. Cheap, was wrecked in May, 1741, on the
Quaianeoo Islands. Some of the crew returned
by way of the Strait (see Bulkeley and Cum-
mins, and An affecting narrative); the rest re-
mained on Wager Island until December, when
they departed in two boats, one, containing Lt.
Hamilton, Ui, Alexander Campbell (q. v.) and
six men, the other containing Capt. Cheap, Dr.
Elliot, Byron, and nine men; but the survivors
were obliged to return to Wager Island after two
months. Hither a ''Chono cacique" came and
guided the party up to Chilo4 by way of the
Isthmus of Ofqul.

The extensive, and in some respects impor-
tant, cultural data scattered through the narra-
tive (pp. 18, 32-35, 90-92, 103-107, 123-169 passim)
are frequently quoted in later works as being
certainly and indiscriminately Chonoan. Judg-
ing from the circumstances as described and from
the data given, it seems probable enough that the
natives who visited the shipwrecked crew up to
December, 1741, were from the vicinity of the

Byron, John — Continued

Gulf of Pefias and consequently, as Father
Qarcfa's Diario shows, Chonos. But what the
later group were who guided Byron up to Chilo6
is more problematical; it looks as if these latter
were either Chonos who had settled on southern
Chilo^, or were of mixed Chonoan and Chllotan
blood, or else were a party of mixed Chonos and
Chilotans.

Byron (p. 103) and Alex. Campbell (p. 60) both
call the "cacique'' a Chono, but he appears to
have been a native of Chilo^ (A. Campbell, p. 52)
and, besides speaking Spani^, held office under
the colonial government (Byron, pp. 103-104; A.
Campbell, p. 62); Byron, moreover, says that the
"Chonos" live *'in the neighborhood of Chilo^"
(p. 103). This "cacique" had no authority over
some at least of natives firequenting Wager
Island district (Bjrron, pp. 106-107) but had
authority among some of the village Indians in
the southern part of Chilo^ (Bjrron, pp. 171-172).
He moreover "seemed to understand but little"
of the language of some Indians met in canoe,
probably near Aisen Inlet; "their language"
. . . Byron adds, "sounded to us very different
from what we had heard before" (pp. 166-167).
On the other hand, most of the cultural data de-
rived from observation of this group seem to be
Chonoan, and Alex. Campbell makes the rather
significant remark that the guttural language
spoken by the Chono cacique and '*Cx)ucou"
Indians who guided the shipwrecked party con-
trasted noticeably with the euphonic Chllotan
tongue (pp. 62, 74).

Taking into account the foregoing ];>oints,
there seems to be sufficient ground for quoting
the anthropological data in Byron's and Alex.
Campbell's narratives, even the data based on
the cacique's group of natives, as Chonoan— this
the present writer has done in the Introduction
and Subject Bibliography— but with some re-
serve and caution against possible Chik>tan in-
fluence. As for the anthropological material
given by Bulkeley and Cummins and the author
of the Affecting narrative, some, based on obser-
vation of the natives met near the western end
of the Strait of Magellan and near Cape Quod, is
pretty surely Alacalufan; the rest is very probably
Chonoan.

(6) An account of a voyage round the
world in the years MDCCLXIV,
MDGCLXV, and MDCCLXVI by the
Honourable Commodore Byron in His
Majesty's ship the Dolphin, (In
Hawkesworth, i, q. v.)

Contains (i, pp. 66-67, 72, 79-81) a few descrip-
tive notes on Alacaluf met casually in Mar.-
Apr., 1765, in the western part, of the Strait be-
tween Jerome Channel and Cape Upright.
Byron was the first explorer to report the plank
boat within the Strait proper (pp. 79-81). Cf.
also Voyage round the world ... by an officer
. . ., London, 1767.

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPBE] BIBLIOGBAPHY OP TEIBE8 OF TIEBBA DEL FUEGO

77

Campbell, Alexander

The sequel to Bulkeley and Cum-
mins*s voyage to the South-Seas; or, the
Adventures of Capt. Cheap, the Hon.
Mr. Byron, Lieut. Hamilton, Alexander
Campbell, and others, late of H. M. S.
the Wager, which was wrecked on a
desolate island in Lat. 47. S. Long. 81.
40. W. in the South-Seas, anno 1741,
London, 1747;.ab8tr. in Prevost, xv,
384-394.

There are few copies extant, the work having
been suppressed soon after publication; Sabin,
no. 10205, gives a slightly different title.

Campbell's account of the natives encountered
between the Guaianeoos Islands and Chilo^ con-
tains practically the same data as that ol Bjrron
(a), whose fortunes and misfortunes he shared from
the time of the wreck of the Wager until their
arrival in Chilo^. The chief data of interest to
the anthr<^>ok>gi8t are on pp. 19-20, 31-32, 52-54,
57-66, 74. Cf. discussion under Byron, a.

[Campbell, George Douglas], Duke of Ar-
gyll

Primeval man: An examination of
some recent speculations, London,
1869.

On pp. 167-173 the author defraids the Fue-
gians* mental capacity and explains their present
low culture as due to degeneration, quoting
Darwin, a, for his fiacts.

Cafias Pinochet, Alejandro

La geograffa de la Tierra del Fuego y
noticias de la antropologia y etnografia
de sus habitantes. (In Trahajos del
IV° Congreso dentifico [1° Pan-ameri-
cano] 1908-1909, tomo xi, Cienciaa
natur.f antrop, y etnol., i, Santiago de
Chile, 1911, pp. 331-404.)

In some respects an important work. The
description of Yahgan, Alacalulan, and Onan
culture is extensive and good, while that of
psydiical culture is very sympathetic, in fact
almost an apologia. The cultural sections of the
paper are based on personal observation, on in-
formation derived from white residents in Fue-
gia, and on written sources. Pages 384-393 treat
of languages, the section on Yahgan being based
on Adam and Garbe, though some of the words
given on p. 387 were collected by the author him-
self, and the section on Ona being derived from
Beauvofr, a.

Several long digressions are interpolated and
exact references are unfortunately wanting.
The copious quotations from Befioret (the
Jfmorta?), from Navarro A. (the articles in El
MagaUanes^), and from Beauvofr, a, make^>artly

Caftas Pi&oclMt, Alejandro — Continued
accessible some valuable material otherwise
difficult to procure. The paper includes 11
plates, 10 being photos of Fuegian types.

Carbajal, Lino DelTtUe

La Patagonia, 4 vols., S. Benigno
Cfifliavese, Italy, 1899-1900.

Ck>ntalns on p. 206 of vol. i a paragraph on
Fuegian origins.

Carfort, Ben€ Charles le Nepvou de

[Four Yahgan melodies.] (In Mar-
tial, p. 210, q. V.)

Carpenter, Frank George

South America, social, industrial,
and political, Akron, Ohio, 1900.

Contains on pp. 266-270 a description of Ala-
cahif mef casually in SmyUi Channel, and on
pp. 281-284 a paragn^h cm the Yahgans from
Thomas Bridges and a good longer account of the
Onas. Mr. Carpenter's narrative is refireshingly
free firom the flippant stupidities by which the
pages on Fuegian anthropology in 80 many recent
popular and semlpopular travel books on 8outh
Amo'ica are marred.

Caxmccio, Antonio

See Marchiafova.

Carta sobre la muerte de ValdiTia, 1554.

(In Gay, Documentos, i, no. 16, pp.
176-178.)

Contains on p. 177 very summary notes on
the Patagonian Channel Indians, apparently
those met by the UUoa expedition in 1563-54.

Cavendish [or Candish], Thomas. 1687,
1592.

See Pretty for first voyage, Knivet and Jane
for second.

Censo de Chile de 1895. (Reference
from Dabbene.)

Contains, according to Dabbene, "algunos
datos num^rioos y descriptivos de la poUackin
indlgena de la Tiorra del Fuego."

Cevallos, CirUco de. (Quoted in Vargas
Ponce, h.)

Chaigneau, J. Federico

(a) arvd J. M. Simpson. See J. M.
Simpson, a.

(6) atid J. M. Simpson. See J. M.
Simpson, b.

(c) Jeograffa ndutica de la Repdblica
Arjentina, Santiago de Chile, 1896.

Contains on pp. 12-18 some unimportant brief
notes on the three Fuegian tribes, especially the
Onas and Alacaluf.

Digitized by

Googl(

78

BUEEAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Chamberlain, Alexander Francis

(a) The present state ol our knowl-
edge concerning the three linguistic
stocks of the region of Tierra del Fuego,
South America. (In Amer, anthr.,
1911, n. s. xm, 89-98.)

This important pai)er, largely based on Mitre,
ocmtains a critical discussion of most of the
sources for the study of the Fuegian languages.

(6) On the Puelchean and Tsonekan
(Tehuelchean), the Atacamefian (Ata-
caman), and Chonoan, and the Char-
ruan linguistic stocks of South America.
(Ibid., pp. 458-471.)

The section on Chonoan (pp. 467-469), likewise
based on Mitre, gives some of the sources for this
little known tongue or dialect.

Dr. Lehmann-Nitsche's recent stddy makes it
feirly clear that the two Ona dialects should be
classified as Tsonekan. On the evidence at hand
the classification of the Chonoan as a distinct
linguistic stock is hazardous. It was certainly
distinct lix>m the Araucanian, but may have been
akin to or identical with the Alacalufem. (Cf.
review of evidence in Introduction to present
bibliography.)

Chastrey, Henry

L'hygi^ne et la m^ecine chez les
Fu^giens. (In Jour, d^hygikne^ Paris,
1899, XXIV, 253-256.)

The most commendable feature of this highly
imaginative article is its brevity. Some of the
data may have been derived firom Byron, a, or
from Alex. Campbell.

Chidley, John. 1590

8u Magoths.
Child, Theodore

The Spanish-American republics,
New York, 1891; Fr. tr., Paris, 1891.

Contains (orig. pp. 2i5-249; Fr. tr., pp. 280-
265) a short description of some Alacaluf met
casually in Smyth ChanneL

Churchill, Awnsham omd John, ed.

A collection of voyages and travels
. . . , 2d ed., 6 vols., London, 1732.

Contains translations of Brouwer's narrative
(I, 45a-471) and ol Father Del Techo's history
(IV, 636-749).

Cienfaegos, Mftximo

A prop6sito de una comunicaci6n del
sefior L. Navarro A. sobre los indios
fueguinos. (In ActesSoc. seient.du Chili,
Santiago, 1894, iv, p. xcii.)

A Fuegian man, woman, and child told Dr.
Cienfuegos that the Fuegians practiced head de-
formation. No traces, however, it may be noted,
of this custom have been discovered by students
of Fuegian anthropology.

Clark, Hyde

The Yahgan Indians of Tierra del
Fuego. (In Rep, Brit, assoc. adv. 9ci.,
1883, p. 572; somewhat more detailed •
in Jour. Anthr. inst., London, 1885,
XV, 15^160.)

The author believed he could trace a kinship
between the Yahgan and one of the African
languages.

Clipperton, John. 1719

See William Betagh.
Cojazzi, Antonio

Gli Indii dell* arcipelago fueghino:
Contributi al folk-lore e all' etnografia
dovuti alle mission! salesiane, Torino,
1911; Span, tr., lacking Borgatello vo-
cabulary, in Rev . chilena de hist, y geogr. ,
Santiago, 1914, ix, 288-352, x, 5-51.

One of the most important recent cantribn-
tions to Fuegian anthropology, particularly in
the fields of Ona social and religious culture and
of Alacaluf and Ona linguistics. Of special in-
terest for Ona culture are the detailed accounts
of initiations (pp. 31-38), and of medicine-men,
death and burial, and religion (pp. 67-76), and
the most extensive published collection of about
18 myths and legends (pp. 76-92). On pp. 100-
104 are s(Hne valuable notes on the culture of the
little known Haush tribe; the Haush vocabulary
of 90 words and phrases is, however, judging by
Dr. Lehmann-Nitsche's comi>arative glossary,
pure, or almost pure, Shllk'nam, rather than
Mtfnekenkn. The Haush woman from whom
the words yrete gathered by Prof. Tonelli had
been living among the Shflk'nam for a long time,
so the Rev. Dr. Cojaszi writes me.

Of special value for Fuegian linguistics are:
Father Borgatello's (q. v.) extensive Alacaluf vo-
cabulary (pp. 125-140) of 502 words, phrases, and
sentences; the important grammatical notes on
*Ona conjugation (pp. 93-94); Prof. Tonelli's Ona
glossary of 39 words, mostfy denoting relatioD-
ship (p. 95); some Yahgan words furnished by
the Bridges brothers (pp. 113-114); a comparative
Ona, Yahgan, and Alacaluf vocabulary of 40
words, frcnn Beauvoir, a, with slight corrections
(pp. 16-17); some Ona and Yahgan words passim.

Dr. Cojasd thoroughly culled and coordinated
all the anthropological material on the Fuegians
scattered through the Bollettino salesiano. His
work is based, in addition, on data furnished
by the Salesians, who have been on the ground
since 1889 (1886), on personal study of their ex-
tensive ethnological collection, including about
1,00Q stone artifacts from Fuegia and Patagonia,
at Valsalice, Turin, and on manuscript notes of
Prof. Tonelli and Dr. Carbfi^Jal, Prof. Tonelli's
notes being, hi turn, based on personal research
in Fuegia and on much information given him by
Messrs. Lucas and WUliam Bridges and by the
missionaries of the Salesian stati<His.

Many good photographs of Fuegian t3rpes and
artif^ts.

Digitized by

Googl(

coopee]

BIBLIOGKAPHY OP TRIBES OP TIERBA DEL PUEGO

79

Coleccion de Mstoriadores de Chile y
documentos relativos a la historia na-
cional, Santiago, 1861-1910, vols.

I-XXXIX.

The following works in the collection contain
material bearing on Fuegian and Chonoan an-
thropology: Gdngora Marmolejo, 1862, vol. n;
Olivares, 1874, vol. vn, 1901, vol. xxvi; Molina,
a and 6, 1878, vol. xi; Ovalle, 1888, vols, xn-xm;
P6rez Garcia, 1900, xxn-xxra; Oviedo, 1901, vol.
xxvn; Molina, c, 1901, vol. xxvi.

Colini, Giuseppe Angelo

Cronaca del museo preistorico-etno-
grafico. (In Boll. Soc. geogr. ital.,
Roma, 1884, xxi, 2d ser. ix, fasc. 2,
pp. 157-162, fasc. 3, pp. 237-240.)

Extensive and valuable comments by a pro-
fessional ethnologist on the artifacts, the majority
Yahgan but many Alacaluf an and Onan, brought
back by the Bove expedition. Some Yahgan
words passim.

Collection of voyages undertaken by the
Dutch East-India Company, London,
1703.

A translation from de Renneville of the first
four voyages, including de Weert's, in Conmielin,
1645, vol. I.

CoUignon, Ben€

[Review of Mission du cap Horn, vol.
vn.] (In Anthropologies Paris, 1891,
II, 702-706.)

An excellent synopsis of the results of Dr,
Hyades' somatological researches among the
Yahgans.

Colvocoresses, George Musalas

Four years in a government explor-
ing expedition, New York, 1852.

Contains (pp. 34-46, 3&-42) good accounts of
the Onas and especially of the Yahgans met at
Good Success and Orange Bays, respectively, in
Jan.-Feb., 1839. Lieut. Colvocoresses was a
member of the Wilkes expedition. Cf. Wilkes,
Pickering.

Commeltn, IzaHk, ed.

Begin ende voortgangh van de Vere-
enighde Nederlantsche geoctroyeerde
Oost-Indische compagnie, 2 vols.,
Amsterdam, 1645; Fr. tr. by de Renne-
ville, 5 vols., ibid., 1702-1706; Engl,
tr. (of first four of the voyages, includ-
ing de Weert's), London, 1703.

Contains the following voyages: de Weert's,
van Noort's, vol. i; Speilbergen's, L'Hermite's,
vol. n.

Conway, WUliam Martin

Aconcagua and Tierra del Fuego,
London, etc., 1902.

Contains (pp. 194-195) meager notes on some
Alacaluf met in Magdalen Channel, and on pp.
14^149, 191-193, further unimportant details on
Onas and Alacaluf, not based on personal ob-
servation.

Cook, Frederick Albert

(a) Through the first antarctic night
1898-99: A narrative of the voyage of
the Belgica, New York, 1900.

Chapter vin (pp. 98-118) contains a lengthy
and excellent account, though popular and some-
what lacking in detail, of the culture of the Onas,
with splendid photographs of Ona types.

(6) The giant Indians of Tierra del
Fuego. (In Century magazine, New
York, Mar., 1900, lix, n. s. xxxvii,
no. 5, pp. 720-729.)

Covers about the same ground as the pre-
ceding.

(c) Vers le p61e sud: L'expedition
de la Belgica, 1897-1899, adaptation
fran^aise par A. Pfinder. (Reference
from Dabbene.)

Whatever may be thought of Dr. Cook's arctic
exploits, it must be admitted that his careful and
sober account of the culture of the Onas, based
on several weeks' i)ersonal observation during
the Bdgica expedition and^n information given
by Mr. Bridges (Lucas?) and probably by the
Salesians, is a reliable and valuable contribution
to Onan anthropology.

Cook, James

(a) Capt. Cook's journal during his
first voyage round the world made in
H. M. bark Endeavor, 1768-1771, a
literal transcription of the original
MSS., ed. with notes and introduction
by Capt. W. J. L. Wharton, London,
1893. (Cf. Hawkesworth.)

Contains (pp. 37-38) a good description of the
Onas met at Good Success Bay in Jan., 1769.
See also conmient under Banks.

Hawkesworth's narrative incorporates many
data from the Banks and Solander journals into
Capt. Cook's. The many accounts of Capt.
Cook's first voyage which appeared prior to
1893-1896 are based on Hawkesworth's compila-
tion. See also Journal of a voyage etc., Dublin,
1772.

(6) A voyage towards the south pole
and round the world in H. M. S. the
Resolution and Adventure in the years
1772, '3, '4, and '5, including Capt.
Fumeaux's narrative, 2 vols., London,

Digitized by

Googl(

80

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull, 63

Cook, James — Continued
1777; 4th ed., ibid., 1784; Kerr, vols,
xiv-xv; Fr. tr. by J. B. A. Suard, 6
vols., Paris, 1778; Mont6mont, vols,
vn-ix; Dutch, tr. by J. D. Pasteur,
Leyden, etc., 1797-1809, vols, iv-vn;
abstr. in Bancarel, vol. ix.

Contains good but somewhat brief notes on the
natives met at Christmas Sound (n, 183-184) and
at Good Success Bay (n, 192) in Dec., 1774. The
former had angular spear shafts (G. Forster, n,
501), as have the modem Yahgans; they used a
characteristic Alacalufim expression, pechera^ but
had probably, like the above Good Success Bay
natives who also used it, borrowed it from the
Alacaluf.

Cooper, John Montgomery

Fuegian and Chonoan tribal rela-
tions. (In Proc. 19tJi Intenuit. congr.
of Americanists, Washington, 1915, pp.
445-453, 1917.)

A general discussion of tribal relations in the
Magellanic and Chonoan archipelagos.

Copplnger, Bichard William

Cruise of the Alert, 1878-1882,
London, 1883.

One of our most important sources, chiefly tor
the culture, but also for the language and soma-
tology, of the Alacaluf of the Patagonian chan-
nels and the western Strait. Dr. Copplnger
cruised around this territory from January to
May, 1879, and later from October, 1879, to April,
1880, during which time he had excellent oppor-
tunities for observation. His accounts are full,
detailed, and precise. Of special value are the
following: Lengthy descriptions of the West
Patagonian Channel Alacaluf (pp. 48-56) and of
the Tilly Bay Alacaluf (pp. llg-122); stature
measurements of 8 men and descriptive somatol-
ogy (pp. 49-^); Alacaluf vocabulary (see below);
discovery of skeletal remains at Rosario Bay (pp.
54, 69-70), of stone axhead in old kitchen-midden
(pp. 52-53), and of stone weirs (pp. 125-126) at
Swallow Bay; descriptions of plank boat (pp.
43-44) and of spearhead making (pp. 119-121).
Other data of less importance (pp. 40-44, 57-59,
63-65, 67, 74, 103, 112-113, 123). Several woodcuts,
especially the one opposite p. 34.

The Alacaluf vocabulary (p. 122), containing
50 words and 5 children's names, was taken by
signs from an old native at Tilly Bay. Subse-
quently Dr. Copplnger checked the list by re-
peating the words and having the native point
out the objects. Some of the words were further
tested on natives later met at Port Gallant and
were found to be correct.

Cora, Gnldo

La spedizione italo-platense in Pata-
gonia. (In Cora's Cosmos, Torino,
1882-83, VII, 181-192, 231-239, 272-277.)

Cora, Quido — Continued

A good synopsis of Capt. Bove's report. Con-
tains the cultural data somewhat abbreviated,
the stature measurements, and l^ words from
the Yahgan vocabulary. The statement (p. 234)
"un uomo ha generalmente quattro mogli" dif-
fers sll^tly from the original ''raramente perd
si vedono uomlnl con pifl di quattro mogli''
(Bove, a, p. 793; b, p. 136; c, p. 128; d, Arch.,
p. 292), and differs still more from the statements
in Bridges, Hyades, and others.

Cordemoy, Camille de
Au Chili, Paris, 1899.

Contains (pp. 6-7) meager, unimportant notes
on some Canoe Indians casually met. One Ona
photograph.

Cordes, Simon de. 159^1600

See Jansz Potgieter, Barent.

C6rdoba, Antonio de. 1786, 1788-89

See Vargas Ponce.

Coreal, Francois

Voyages de . . . anx Indes Occiden-
tales, 3 vols., Amsterdam, 1722; 2 vols.,
Paris, 1722; 2 vols., Bruxelles, 1736.

Contains ( Amstwdam ed., m; Paris and Brux-
elles ed., n) a French translation of Narbrough's
voyage.

Coriat, Isador H.

Psychoneuroses among primitive
tribes. (In Joum. of abnormal psy-
chology, Boston, Aug.-Sept., 1915, x,
no. 3, pp. 201-208.)

An attempt to explain occasional nervous at-
tacks among the Yahgans and Onas, during
which they run amuck, on the basis of Dr.
Freud's theory of sexual repression- Informa-
tion regarding these nervous outbreaks (pp. 202-
206) as well as some good data on Yahgan and
Ona music and medicine (pp. 205-206) and on
Yahgan mourning, dreams, taboos, and myths
(pp. 205-207) were furnished to Dr. Coriat by
Prof. Furlong.

Corra, E.

Les sauvages de la Terre de Feu, leur
origine, leurs moeurs et leur acclima-
tation, Paris, 1881. (Reference from
Dabbene.)

Seemingly an unimportant work.

Correa Lnna, Carlos

Tierra del Fuego: Expedici6n Nor-
denskjdld. (In BoL Inst, geogr. ar-
gent., Buenos Aires, 1897, xvin, 158-
163.)

A summary of Dr. Nordenskjdld's itinerary;
not of importance.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPBB] BIBLIOGBAPHY OP TRIBES OP TIEBHA DEL PtTEGO

81

Cortes Hojea (variously spelled OJea,
Ogea, Hogea, Ogeda, OJeda, Ozeda),
Francisco de. 1557-58

See G oicueta, Miguel de.

Cox, Guillermo Eloi

Viaje en las rejiones septentrionales
de la Patagonia 1862-63, Santiago de
Chile, 1863.

Contains (p. 165) mention of a people called
the Huaicurties said to live on the north shore of
the Strait and to he descended from Tehuelches
and Fuegians; their language "se pareoe algo al
de los Tehuelches." On p. 162} the author
speaks of a young Huaiciirt!i slave whom he saw
(cf. Lista, d and e).

Crawshay, Bichard

The birds of Tierra del Fuego, Lon-
don, 1907.

Contains (pp. xxiii-xxv) a few notes on the
material culture of the Onas and a short defence
of their character, based partly at least on per-
sonal observation; not important.

Crouch, Archer P.

Smyth's Channel and the Magellan
Straits. (In United service magazine^
London, Sept., 1892, cxi, n. s. v, 568-

581.)

Contains (p. 569) a few notes on the Fuegians
from Darwin, o, and (pp. 579-580) a brief de-
scription 01 a canoe load of Alacaluf met casually
at Isthmus Bay.
Cununins, John

See Bulkeley.
Cunningham, Robert Oliver

Notes on the natural history of the
Strait of Magellan and west coast of
Patagonia made during the voyage of
H. M. S. Nassau in the years 1866,
67, 68, and 69, Edinburgh, 1871.

Dr. Cunningham cruised with Capt. Mayne
around Fuegian waters intermittently from 1866
to 1869, during which time he had frequent con-
tact with the Channel and Strait Alacaluf and
to a lesser extent with the Onas. His narrative,
however, can hardly be called important for the
anthropologist, as his descriptions of the natives
encountered contain few details of value. See
especially the following: On Alacaluf, at Sholl
Bay (pp. 312-313, stature measurements of 2 men
and 2 women, p. 320), at Eden Harbor (pp. 351-
352), and at Fortune Bay (pp. 445-447); on Ala-
cahif probably in English Reach (pp. 178-179);
on Onas (pp. 120-122, 306-307); on the finding of
a skull at Philip Bay (pp. 19ft-200), of a Chono
skull and 8 stone axheads in the Guaitecas
Islands (p. 335), and of 4 skulls and other bones
at Port Melinka in the Guaitecas Islands (p.
436). The Philip Bay skull was described by
Prof. Huxley;, the 4 Chono skulls by Dr.
Flower (qq. v.). '

Curtis, William Eleroy

The capitals of Spanish America,
New York, 1888.

(Contains (pp. 518-528) a popular account of
the Fuegians, chiefly Alacaluf, based partly on
personal observation and hearsay; to be used
withcauti(Hi.

Dabbene, Boberto

(a) Viaje d la Tierra del Fuego y d la
isla de los Estados. (In Bol. Inst, geogr.
argent. t Buenos Aires, xxi, 3-78.)

An important contribution to Fuegian anthro-
pology, especially in the field of Onan culture.
After a sununary description of the natives in
general and of the Alacaluf (pp. 54-56), Dr. Dab-
bene gives extensive accounts of the Yahgans
and Onas (pp. 66-67, 67-78). The Onan section,
the most important of the paper, is based on
careful personal observation during a visit from
Jan. 25 to the end of Feb., 1902, and on data fur-
nished largely through Mr. Barclay (q. v.) by
ICr. Lucas Bridges.

(6) Los indigenas de la Tierra del
Fuego. (Ibid., 1911, xxv, nos. 6-6,
pp. 163-226, noB. 7-8, pp. 247-300.)

This very important monograph can be rec-
ommended as th«> best extant introduction to
the study of Fuegian anthropology. It is a com-
prehensive study, detailing at considerable
length practically all that is at present known
of the culture of the Yahgans, Alacaluf, and Onas,
and summarizing their somat<dogy. It is based
on his earlier paper and on the best sources. The
treatment is thoroughly scientific .

Contents: Environment and division of tribes,
pp. 16»-168; Yahgans, pp. 168-207; Alacaluf, pp.
207-217; Onas, pp. 217-226, 247-274; measure-
ments by Dr. Hrdlifika, of 1 cf Yahgan skull and of
1 cf and 1 $ Ona skulls, with photographs, pp.
28a-287; origin of Fuegians, pp. 275-282; extensive
bibliography, pp. 288-300. 9 plates and 8 figures '
in text, in addition to 4 plates mentioned above.

Dally, Eugene

AmMque, (anthropologie) . (In Diet,
encycl. des sciences medicales, Paris, 1869,
in, 615-628.)

On pp. 622-623 a short account of Fuegian
somatology, based on Bougainville, Fits-Roy,
d'Orbigny, Prlchard, de Rochas; not important.

Dampier, William

A collection of voyages, 4 vols., Lon-
don, 1729; Germ, tr., 4 vols., Franck-
furth-Leipzig, 1702-1714; Fr. tr., 5
vols., Rou^n, 1723.

Hacke'8 Collection, containing the voyages of
Sharp and Wood, is here published (iv; Germ,
tr., iv; Fr. tr., v) at the end of the Dampier
voyages.

Digitized by

Googl(

82

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 63

Darapsky, Luis L.

(a) La lengua araucana, Santiago de
Chile, 1888. (Reprint from Revista de
cartes y letraa.)

C(mtains (pp. 29-35 passim) a few notes on cer-
tain morphological resemblances of the Yahgan
to the '' Meso-Andine " tongues of Sooth America.

(6) Estudios lingtifsticos americanoe:
Fueguinoe. (In Bol. Inst, geogr. ar-
gent. ^ BuenoB Aires, 1889, x, 276-289.)

Dr. Darapsky calls attention to some gram-
matical resemblances of the Yahgan tongue to
the Araucanian, Ouarani, Aymara, Quechua,
and others. He concludes (p. 287) that the com-
parison does not justify the supposition of close
kinship of the Yahgan with the Arauoanian, but
does suggest a remote common source for the
Yahgan and " Meso-Andine " tongues. His Yah-
gan data are apparently derived from Bridges,
Garbe, and Adam.

Darwin, Charles Robert

(a) Journal and remarks 1832-1836,
London, 1839. (Vol. m of Narrative of
the surveying voyages of H. M. S.
Adventure and Beagle; various later
editions; the accoimt of the Fu^ans
in the Journal of researches, etc., New
York, 1871, is rather fuller than in the
original edition.)

Contains (pp. 227-244 of orig. ed.; pp. 204-230
of 1871 ed.) an extensive and important descrip-
tion chiefly of culture, the Alacalufto in par-
ticular; the Onan and Yahgan are treated much
more summarily.

(6) The descent of man and selection
in relation to sex, 2 vols., London, 1871;
many later editions.

Contains many references passim to the Fue-
gians, chiefly Alacaluf.

(c) The expression of the emotions
in man and animals, London, 1872.

Contains passim some interesting data on the
expression of the emotions among the Fuegians.
These data are from Mr. Darwin's own observa-
tion and from answers by Mr. Thomas Bridges
to a questionnaire.

Mr. Darwin's numerous observations on the
Fuegians usually refer to the Alacaluf. He was
in Fuegian waters from Dec. 17, 1832, to Jan.,

1833, and from the end of May, 1834, to June 10,

1834, on Admiral Fitz-Roy's second expedition.
During these two visits he had a f^ir amount of
contact with the natives, and in addition had the
advantage of close study of the three Fuegians
aboard on the voyage from England to Fuegia.
His data on moral and religious culture were de-
rived chiefly from other members of the expedi-
tion.

Mr. Darwin's letters to Admiral Sir B. J.
Sulivan, commending the work of the English

Darwin, Charles Robert — Continued
missionaries, were published in the S. Amcr.
miss, mag., 1882, pp. 138, 260, and 1888, pp. 64r-55.
They are of interest chiefly from the religious
standpoint.

Delorme Salto, Bafael

Los aborigenes de America, Madrid-
Habana, 1894.

Contains short accounts of the Fuegians (pp.
151-152) and Chonos (pp. 127-129), and some notes
passim (pp. 11-58). Unimportant; the author
flails to utilize the Fuegian literature of the last
two generations.

Deniker, Joseph

(a) and Hyades, P. D. J.

Mission scientifique du cap Horn,
vn. 8ee Hyades, q.

(6) Anthropologie fu^gienne. (In C.
R. C<mgrh intemat. des AmhicanisteSy
8th sess., Paris, 1890, ibid., 1892, pp.
352-356.)

The conclusions of Drs. Hyades and Deniker,
as expressed in Mission sc. du cap Horn, vn, 166,
regarding the probable relationship of the Fue-
gians (Yahgans and Alacaluf) to other South
American aborigines, especially the Lagoa-
Santa "race."

(c) Les races et les peuples de la terre,
Paris, 1900; Engl, tr., London, 1900.

Contains (passim, and pp. 656-658 of orig., pp.
575-576 of tr.) unimportnat brief notes on the
Fuegians and Chonos.

Denuc€, Jean

Note sur un vocabufeire complet de
la langue yahgane. (In Verh. d. X VI.
Intern. Amerikanisten-Kongr., Vienna,
1908, ibid., 1910, pp. 651-654.)

An announcement of the proximate publica-
tion of the Rev. Thomas Bridges' larger Yahgan
dictionary brought back by the Bdgica expedi-
tion in 1899. See al^ Hestermann. Prof. Franz
Boas (ibid., pp. Ixviii-lxix) expressed the hope
that it would be published as an etymological
dictionary.

DesiMurd, Qeozge Pakenham

(a) Yahgan dictionary. MS. (Ref-
erence from Marsh-Stirling, a, p. 100.)

According to a letter written by the Rev. Mr.
Despard under date of Jan. 23, 1859, he had got-
ten together nearly 1,000 words in the Yahgan
tongue, but no grammar. These had been gath-
ered firom natives met in Fuegia, and from the
Jenmiy Button family who had removed the
preceding year to the Keppel Island Mission in
the Falklands. I have come across no other
mention of this dictionary. As the author con-
tinued his linguistic studies under exceptionally
favorable conditions for three years after 1859,
his dictionary must have grown much beyond

Digitized by

Googl(

coopbbI

BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

83

Despard, George Pakenbam — Continued
the thousand words it contained at the begin-
ning of that year. Passages in the following
article show that the Rev. Mr. Despard made
strenuous efforts to master the Yahgan tongue—
efforts which met with much success.

(6) Fireland: or, Tierra del Fuego.
(In Sunday at home, London, 1863, x,
676-680, 696-698, 716-718, 731-734,
744-748.)

One of our most important sources for Yahgan
culture— see especially pp. 679-680, 696, 698, 716-
717. Passim about a score of Yahgan words, and
on p. 608 a few good data on Yahgan granmiar—
the first published data on the subject, as far as I
am aware.

The Rev. Mr. Despard first made the acquain-
tance of the Yahgans in the spring of 1857, and
from then until his departure for England in
1862, had excellent opportunities for studying
them and their language, both in their native
habitat, to which he made several visit9) and at
the Falkland Mission, whither successive groups
of Yahgans were brought for extensive stays. He
began the serious study of their language on his
first meeting with them at Cinco-Mai Harbor,
Navarin Island. His lexical and grammatical
researches, built upon and greatly amplified later
by the Rev. Thomas Bridges, are of special inter-
est, inasmuch as they are the historical starting
point, if we except Admiral Fit»-Roy's inaccu-
rate vocabulary, in the modem study of Yahgan
linguistics. His treatment of Yahgan culture
gives evidence that he was a* keen observer and a
cautious and accurate investigator and chronicler. .

Diaz, Julino V.

Tierra del Fuege. (In Revista Soc.
geogr. argent., vn, 268-292.) (Refer-
ence from Phillips, p. 67.)

Dieck, Alfred

Die Waff en der Naturvolker Siid-
Amerikas, Stalluponen, 1912.

Contains references passim to Fuegian weap-
ons, based on Bastian, Waltz, Th. Bridges, and
Hyades.

Dixon, Boland Bnrrage

The independence of the culture of
the American Indian. (In Science, New
York, 1912, n. s. xxxv, no. 889, pp.
46-55.)

A criticism, unfavorable but reserved, of Dr.
Oraebner's (q. v.) application of the Kulturkreis
theory to America, especially to Fuegia. Prof.
Dixon, however, leaves open to a certain extent
the question of the possible Oceanic origin of the
Fuegian plank boat (pp. 53-64).

Dominguez, Luis L.

Los fueguinos del cabo de Homos y
los ndufragos de la fragata Oracle,

Domlnguez, Luis L. — Continued
(In Bol. Inst, geogr, argent., 1883, iv,
141-143.)

Contains a few unimportant brief notes on the
Yahgans of Wollaston Island.

Drake, Edward Cavendish

A new universal collection of authen-
tic and entertaining voyages and trav-
els, London, 1768; same, 1770.

Ckmtains abstracts, including the Fuegian an-
thropological data, of the voyages of Drake (Fa-
mous voyage). Cavendish (Pretty's), van Noort,
and Anson.

Drake, Francis. 1678

See Francis Pretty, a, and Francis Fletcher.

Duckworth, Wynfried Lawrence Henry
Morphology and anthropology, Cam-
bridge, 1904.

Contains (p. 440) some notes on the Fuegian
brain from Manouvrier, c, and Seitz, b.

Dudos-Guyot, Alexandre

(a) [Letter to Dom Pernety.] (In
Pemety, Antoine J., Journal historique
d'un voyage fait aux iles Malouines en
1763 et 1764 . . . et de deux voyages
au d^troit de Magellan, 2 vols., Berlin,
1769, II, pp. 636-646; Engl, tr., 2d ed.,
London, 1773, pp. 261-266; abstr. on
natives in 2d ed., Paris, 1770, n, pp.
95-97.)

Contains (pp. 64^-644; tr., pp. 264-265) short
notes on the Alacaluf met at Port Famine, appar-
ently in 1765.

(6) Journal. (Extracts, ibid., pp.
653-684; tr., pp. 270-285; abstr. of ac-
count of natives in 2d ed., Paris, 1770,
n, pp. 110-121.)

Contains (pp. 670-683; tr., 278-285) quite an
extensive description of the Alacaluf encountered
almost daily from May 30 to June 20, 1766, during
the expedition's stay at Port Famine. On pp.
672, 674, 681 are given 5-6 native words, most of
them of very doubtful value.

Dnmont d'Urville, Jules Sebastien C€sar

Voyage au pole sud et dans TOc^nie

sur les corvettes V Astrolabe et la Zilee

... pendant les ann^ 1837-1838-

1839-1840, 23 vols., Paris, 1842-1854.

Contains in Histoire du voyage, i, pp. 156, 265-
268, 289, a few unimportant notes on the Ala^
caluf and in Zoologie, n, pp. 208-217, by Honors
Jacquinot, a longer but not important account
of the Alacaluf, based on written sources and on
very limited personal observation by members
of the expedition.

Digitized by

Googl(

84

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Dn Plessis

Journal. (Extracts in Marcel, a and
c.) For comments see Marcel.

Duse, Samuel August

Unter Pinguinen und Seehunden:
Erinnerungen von der schwedischen
Sudpolexpedition, 1901-1903, tr. by
Emil Engel, Berlin, 1905.

Contains (pp. 82-83, 86-87, 97) a few notes on
the Yahgans, and (pp. 90-96) a somewhat fuller
though not very important accoimt of the Onas.
Capt. Duse was the cartographer of the Swedish
Antarctic Expedition and had a limited amount
of contact with the Onas and Yahgans of Beagle
Channel in 1902.

Du Valdallly, E.

Note sur les ^u^giens de la baie de
risthme. (In Bull. Soc. d^anthr. de
Paris, 1876, 2d ser. xi, 293-295.)

A good but quite brief description of Channel
Alacaluf with whom the writer si>ent ''quelques
heures'' at Isthmus Bay.

Dyl.

Die Mission auf Feuerland. (In
Globus, Braunschweig, 1889, lv, no. 17,
pp. 270-271.)

A summary of a conference given by the Rev.
Mr. Aspinwall (q. v.); of importance for the
study of Yahgan mentality and morality. The
account of the latter is rather more favorable than
that given by most other first-hand authorities.

Ehrenreich, Paul

(a) Die Ethnographie Siidamerikas
im Beginn des XX. Jahrhunderts
unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der
Naturvolker. (In Arch. f. Anthr.,
Braunschweig, 1904, xxxi, n. s. iii,
39-75.)

Contains (pp. 6^-62 and passim) some notes
on the extant literature dealing with Fuegia,
and on the culture and relationships of the
Fuegians.

(6) Die Mythen und Legenden der
stidamerikanischen Urvolker und ihre
Beziehungen zu denen Nordamerikas
und der alten Welt. (Supplement zu
ZeUschr. f. Ethnol., Berlin, 1905, vol.
xxxvn.)

Contains (p. 36) an Ona sun-and-moon myth;
nothing else of note on Fuegia. The paper, how-
ever, would be an excellent starting point for
comparative study in the light of our now much
fuller knowledge of Fuegian mythology.

Eizagnixre, Jo86 Manuel

Tierra del Fuego: Recuerdos 6 im-
presiones de un viaje al extreme austral
de la Reptiblica, C6rdoh^, 1897; pub-
lished originally in the daily Sud
America of 1891.

Contains two Yahgan vocabularies, one of 32
words and expressions on pp. 157-158, the other
of 62 words and expressions on pp. 166-167. The
author gathered these vocabularies during a
visit to Fuegia from Sept. 22 to Oct. 14, 1891, but
he does not state the circumstances under which
they were taken. The many notes passim (pp.
70, 104-106, 108-113, 159-165, 210-211, 244-246) on
the culture of the Yahgans, Alacaluf, and Onas
£tfe based partly on personal observation, but
are loosely written and not important

Elliot, George Francis Scott

Chile, New York, 1907.

Contains (pp. 14-19) unimportant notes on the
Fuegians and Chonos, based partly on Barclay,
Lovisato, Coppinger, Steffen, Byron, a. The
statement on p. 15 that the Fuegians are accus-
tomed selfishly to throw their wives and children
overboard when overtaken by dangerous storms
is not derived from any trustwwthy source, but
this has not prevented it from being repeated in
other recent popular works.

Two other more recent works by the same
author. The romance of savage life, Phila-
delphia, 1908, and Prehistoric man and his story,
Phila.-London, 1915, contain imimportant refer-
ences passim to the Fuegians.

Ellis, Alexander John

Report on the.Yaagan language of
Tierra del Fuego. (In Trans. Philol,
soc, London, 1882-1884, pp. 32-44.)

An important and extensile study of Yahgan
grammar, giving incidentally many Yahgan
words. The paper is based on manuscript notes
by the Rev. Mr. Bridges and (m the latter's
Yahgan translation of St. Luke's gospel. The
report also contains Mr. Bridges' original draft
in Yahgan of ch. I, w. 1-13, of St. Luke's gospel,
and a Yahgan letter dated Aug. 5, 1880, written to
Mr. Bridges by Stirling Maiakaul, a native.

Enrich, Francisco

Historia de la Compafiia de Jesus en
Chile, 2(?) vols., Barcelona, 1891.
(Reference from Fonck, i, p. 5.)

Contains, according to Dr. Fonck, an account
of the missions to the Chonos.

Entertaining account of all the countries
of the known world, 3d ed., London,
1752.

Contains an abstract of Anson's voyage from
Walter's narrative, with some details apparently
from Bulkeley and Cummins.

Digitized by

Googl(

coopbb] BIBLIOGKAPHY OP TRIBES OF TIEBRA DEL FUEGO

86

Ercilla y ZtUUga, Alonso de

La Araucana, 1569-1578-1589; many
later editions.

Ercilla crossed over to Chilo6 in 1558. He de-
scribes in canto XXXVI a couple of points of Chilo-
tan culture, which were common also to the Cho>
noan.

Essendorfer

Begegnung mit Feuerlandem in der
Magellanstraese. (In Verh, Berlin,
Ges.f. Anthr. u, 8. w., 1880, pp. [60]-63.)

An imimportant brief description of a canoe-
load of Alacaluf met casually in 1878 near Cape
Froward.

Estevan, Matheo

"Doctrina Christiana . . . Arte, y
Vocabulario, y algunas Platicas de los
principales Mysterios" in the Chouoan
language. MSS. 1612-13. (Men-
tioned by Lozanp, vol. n, bk. 7, ch. 16,
no. 6, p. 560; cf. ibid., ch. 3, no. 35,
p. 456.)

The recovery of these valuable manuscripts
would throw a flood of light on the whole vexed
question of Chonoan relationships and language.
"El Padre Techo escrive [Hist. prov. Par., bk. 6,
ch. 9, p. 160], que fti4 el Padre Juan Bautista
Ferruflfio, quien hizo esta version del Catecismo
en la lengua de los Chonos; pero ciertamente
padecid engaiio: porque aver sido Autorel Padre
Matheo Estevan, como queda dicho, consta de
Carta original del Padre Melchor de V^nega^,"
who went in 1612 with Father Estevan to the
Quaitecas Islands, ''escrita desde los Chonos, al
Padre Provincial Diego de Torres en 27. de
Noviembre de 1612. ' El Padre Matheo Estevan
(dice) es el que ha tornado el trabajo de i>oner
la Doctrina en lengua de los Chonos, y traducilla
con un Interprete Chono, que sabe la lengua de
Chllo6"' (Loeano, n, p. 456).

Recently Dr. Lehmann-Nitsche has suggested
(d, p. 220) that the "Chonos" to whom Father
Estevan preached were in reality "Patagones,"
but he advances no other evidence for this hy-
I>othesis than the resemblance between the
names "Chonos" and cMn with its Tehuelche
and Ona variaticms. The derivation is doubtful,
to say the least, in spite of the resemblance— cf.
for instance the entirely unrelated names, Falk-
ner's Yacana and Bridges' Yahgan. But even
granting for the nonce that "Chono". may be
"ch6n hispanizada," the rest of Dr. Lehmann^
Nitsohe's hypothesis seems to be untenable, both
on somatological and cultural grounds.

(1) Somatological. All the available osteolog-
Ical remains from the Ouaitecas Islands show
cranial kinship more to the Alacaluf and Yah-
gans than to the mainland tribes. The silence
of most of our authorities regarding the stature
of the Ouaitecas Islanders would suggest that
these natives were in all probabiUty of medium

Estevan, Matheo — Continued

height, not tall Uke the Tehuelches. See dis-
cussion in Introduction, pp. 41-42.

(2) Cultural. The Ouaitecas Islanders to
whom Father Estevan preached had a culture
very Uke the Fuegian, and very unlike the Pata-
gonian. The accounts by Fathers Del Techo
and Lozano, based mainly at least on i^iission-
aries' letters, show this clearly. To instance one
point in particular : Dr. L^mann-Nitsche him-
self states (loc. cit.): "est& fuera de duda que los
Patagones nunca tuvieron canoas"; this may be
putting it a little stronger than the available evi-
dence warrants, but what is certain is that within
historic times the Patagonians have been em-
phatically non-canoe-using as a people. But
Father Estevan's Chonos were a seafaring people.
Not only did the archipelagic conditions demand
some form of water craft, but we have clear evi-
dence that the natives actually had such. Father
Del Techo, speaking of the Ouaitecas "cacique"
Delco's earlier interview in 1609 with Fathers
Venegasand Ferrufino, says (p. 159): "Trahebat
secum in quinque navigiolis, praeter familiam,
numerosum comitatum," and Delco in his own
testimony unmistakably implies that his people
were a seafaring one (ibid.). Father Lozano
states that Delco used to come to Chilo4 once a
year (n, 454), but to get from Guatana in the
Ouaitecas Islands to Chilo6 some kind of water
craft was of course required. Ooicueta earlier as
all writers later who treat of the natives between
Chilod and Taitao Peninsula describe them as
using the plank boat.

The sources for Father Estevan's voyage with
Father Venegas are: Del Techo, bk. 6, ch. 10,
pp. 160-161; OHvares, ch. 10, no. 2, pp. 369, 372-
373; and especially Lozano, vol. n, bk. 7, ch. 3
and 16, pp. 445, 453-456, 658-561. Father Del
Techo gives 1619 as the date, but Father Lozano's,
1612-13, seems much better substantiated.

Szploiatlon Ik la Terre de Fen. (In Rev.
Soc. geogr. argent., 1885.) (Reference
from Dabbene.)

Apparently an unimportant artkle.

Xzqnemelin, Alexandre Olivier

Bucaniers of America, 2d ed. of
Engl, tr., 2 vols., London, 1684-85;
repr. ibid., 1893.

This 2d edition of the English translation of
De Americaensche zee-roovers (Amsterdam,
1678) contains in vol. n Ringrose's narrative of
the voyage of Sharp.

Fagalde, Alberto

Magallanes: El pais del porvenir,
Valparaiso, 1901.

Contafais (I, 39-263) a history of MageUanio
exploration, with, however, practksally all the
anthropcdo^oal material omitted.

Digitized by

Googl(

86

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Falkner, Thomas

A description of Patagonia and the
adjoining parts of South America,
Hereford-London, 1774; Germ, tr.,
Gotha, 1775; Fr. tr., Lausanne, 1787;
Span. tr. in de Angelis, i; a more accu-
rate Span. tr. by Samuel A. Lafone
Quevedo, Buenos Aires, 1911.

Father Falkner gives two much quoted and
very perplexing accounts of the "Vuta-Huilli-
ches" (pp. 88-99) and of the " Yacana^cunnees"
(pp. 92-93, 111). Neither is based on personal
experience. The source for the former is appar-
ently "the relations of the missionaries" (p. 90);
the description of the Yacana^cunnees was de-
rived from " Tamu, the Yacanarcunnee Cacique,"
whom Father Falkner knew i)ersonally.

The "Vuta-Huilliches," a branch of the
Moluches or Araucanians, were divided, accord-
ing to the author, into three sections, the Chonos,
the Poy-yus or Peyes, and the Key-yus or Keyes;
they lived along the coast, and (p. 96), It would
seem, on both sides of the Cordillera, from on and
near the islands of Chilo^ to the Strait. Whom
precisely Father Falkner meant by the Toy-yus
and Key-yus may never be conclusively settled,
although of the Poyas (—Poy-yus?) much is
written, especially in the older missionary
records.

As for Father Falkner's Chonos, it is very
doubtful indeed if they were true Chonos at all.
They were supposed to have lived "on and near
the islands of Chiloe" (p. 98), and reference is also
made (p. 82) to the "country of Chonos, on the
continent over against Chiloe. " But our original
sources show the Chonos to have lived in the main
on the islands south of Chilo^. The Chonos, with
the other "Vuta-Huilliches," are said (p. 99) to
have been bigger-bodied than their neighbors to
the north and to have spoken a "mixture of the
Moluche and Tehuel langtiages." This, too, is
contrary to what we know of the true Chonos
from original sources. Cf. Introduction, pp.
34-36, 41-42. The name Chono was sometimes
used in a very loose' sense, and perhaps Father
Falkner's authority had reference to natives of
the Chilotan archipelago or of the adjoining main-
land. One thing, however, is clear— that is, the
account of the Chonos is as confused as it is con-
fusing.

The identity of the "Yacana-cunnees" is al-
most equally problematical. From the state-
ments that they inhabited the eastern Fuegian
Islands (p. 91), lived chiefly on fish (p. Ill), and
had "light floats, like those of Chiloe" (p. Ill;
cf. also pp. 92-93), one might suppose they were
Canoe Indians; that they were sometimes carried
away as slaves by the Huilliches and Tehuelhets
(p. Ill) would suggest the same conclusion.
But "yacana-cunnee" apparently means "foot
people" (Lehmann-Nitsche, d, pp. 229-230),
and besides they were a tall people (Falkner,
p. Ill); while other details of the description

Falkner, Thomas — Continued
imply that they were a land people, for they lived
on both sides of the Strait (p. Ill), and those on
the south side had to cross the Strait to have com-
munication with the Yacana cacique, Tamu's
people (pp. 92-93). Hence, they must have been
either Tehuelches or Onas or both. Finally, they
used to have frequent communication with the
Si)aniards and French who came from the Falk-
lands to get wood (p. 91), and used to "catch
ostriches with their bowls" (p. Ill); but the
French from the Falklands had contact with the
Alacaluf and Tehuelches (cf. Bougainville,
Duclos-Guyot), not, as for as the records go, with
the Onas; the rhea is confined to the mainland,
and the bolas had not been introduced among the
extreme southern Patagonians themselves until
about the middle of the eighteenth century
(Outes, c, pp. 427, 254).

It looks, therefore, as if Father Falkner's
Yacana-cunnees were the extreme southern Pata-
gonians. They seern^ however, to have been con-
fused to some extent with the Alacaluf in his
description. As far, then, as Onan anthropology
is concerned the most that can be inferred from
his account of the Yacana is that i)erhaps at that
date the Onas were in communication with their
mainland cousins and may possibly have used
at times some kind of water craft to cross the
Strait.

From the foregoing we are Justified in con-
cluding that in the present state of the evidence
it would not be safe to use Father Falkner's ac-
counts of either the Chonos or the Yacana^nm-
nees as giving dependable data for Chonoan or
Onan anthropology.

Featherman, Americus

Social history of the races of mankind ,
7 vols., London, 1881-1891.

Contains (3d div., Chiapo- and Guarano-
Maranonians, pp. 601-608) a lengthy description
of the Fuegians, based on about a dozen of the
better authorities from Capt. Cook to Capt. Bove;
frequent inaccuracies.

Feilitzen, von

Om den italienska expeditionen till
Patagonien och Eldslandet under led-
ning af lojtnant G. Bove. (In Ymer,
Stockholm, 1883, ra, 77-93.)

Account taken from Capt. Bove's report pub-
lished at Genoa.

FemAndez y Qonzftlez, Francisco

Los lenguajes hablados por los indf-
genas de la America Meridioi^, Madrid,
1893.

Contains (pp. 72-74) a paragraph on the Cho-
noan language based on Brinton, and a few notes
on Yahgan grammar from Adam.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooper]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

87

Ferrafino [or Ferrufiiio], Juan Bautlsta

'^Decern Dei mandata & solemnes
Christianorum pieces, ac fonniila(m)
detestandi peccata" in the Chonoan
language. MSS. 1609. (Mentioned
by Del Techo, bk. 6, ch. 9, p. 160.)

According to Father LoEano (n, 456), it was
Father Estevan, not Father Ferrufino, who made
the translations into Chono. There seem, how-
ever, to be good reasons for concluding that the
latter, too, made translations. Father Del Techo's
account of the Chonos and Chono missions is
based largely, at least, on original sources, prob-
ably on missionaries' letters (pp. 161, 181).
Father Ferrufino, mweover, is rei)orted (Del
Techo, loc. cit.) to have made his translations in
two days with the aid of a Chono interpreter,
while Father Estevan, although he, too, used an
interpreter, actually learned the Chono language.
Finally, the texts translated by the former are
entirely different, according to our sources, from
those translated by the latter.

Unfortunately, the Ferrufino manuscript, like
the Estevan translations, has been lost, perhaps
beyond recovery.

The original sources for Father Ferruflno's
voyage and writings are: Del Techo, bk. 6, ch.
8-9, pp. 159-160; Lozano, vol. n, bk. 5, pp. 34-44;
Olivares, ch. 10, no. 1, pp. 367-368.

Feuilleret, Henri

Le d^troit de Magellan, Tours, 1880.

Contains (pp. 130-139) an unimportant ac-
coimt of the Alacaluf , based chiefly on Bougain-
ville, and (pp. 238-239) a "Note sur les Fu^giens"
from Wyse.

Flguier, Louis

The human race, London, 1872.

Contains (pp. 416-419) an unimp<»tant and in
• some points inaccurate account of Fuegian cul-
ture and languages.

Fitz-Boy, Robert

(a) Proceedings of the secdnd expedi-
tion 1831-1836, London, 1839. (Vol. n
of Narrative of the surveying voyages of
H. M. S. Adventure and Beagle.)

One of our most important sources for the cul-
ture of the Alacaluf of the Strait and Patagonian
Channels (the latter natives called by Admiral
Fitz-Roy Chonos), less important for Yahgan (Te-
keenika,Yapoo) culture, still less for Onan (Oens-
men). The most valuable sections are: General
division of tribes, pp. 129-133; ''Tekeenika," pp.
137-140; AlikhooUp, pp. 140-141; 5'Huemuls,"
141-142; "Chonos," p. 142; Alikhoolip and "Te-
keenikas," pp. 175-189; "Chonos," pp. 189-200.
In addition there are numerous more or less im-
portant details passim on the natives; see espe-
cially: on the Yahgans, pp. 203, 208-211, 214-215,
220-222,323; on the Onas, pp. 121-122,205-206, 325-
326; on the Chonos proper, pp. 359-395 passim.
64028°— Bull. 63—17 7

Fitz-Boy, Robert — Continued
(6) Appendix to same vol. n.

Contains an important English-Yahgan- Ala-
caluf vocabulary of 208 words on pp. 135-140, and
a vocabulary of 3 "Chonodn" (?) wwds on p. 142.
The Appendix, also includes some somatological
data (measurements of 2 men, etc.) by Dr. Wil-
son on pp. 142-147, and long extracts from By-
ron's Loss of the Wager on pp. 124-134.

It should be noted that the first volume of the
Narrative of the Adventure and Beagle contains
extensive and anthropologically important ex-
tracts ftom Admiral Fitz-Koy's journal of the
first expedition.

Few Magellanic explorers have had the ample
opportunities for first-hand investigation of the
natives that Admiral Fits-Roy had. He took
part in the first expedition f^om Dec., 1828, to the
end as captain of the Beagle, and commanded the
second expedition. Altc^ther, he si)ent consid-
erably over a year in the Fuegian archipelago,
during which time he had very frequent contact
with the native tribes, particularly the Alacaluf.
Moreover, he derived a great portion of his data
"from the natives who went to England in the
Beagle, and from Mr. Low, who has seen more of
them [Fuegiansl in their own country than any
other living i)erson " (a, p. 129) . In some respects,
however, these native informants were not, it
would seem, unimpeachable witnesses. Mr. Low
was the captain of the Adeona; his intercourse
was chiefiy with the Channel Alacaluf (a, p. 182),
whose language, however, he did not speak (a,
p. 193).

The Alacaluf-Yahgan vocabulary was gath-
ered from the four natives brought to England,
three Alacaluf and one Yahgan. "I found great
difficulty in obtaining words, excepting names
i(x things whidi could be shown to them and
which they had in thefr own country" (o,p. 188).
This vocabulary is discussed at length in the In^
troduction to the present bibliography. Admi-
ral Fitz-Roy did not learn either the Yahgan or
the Alacaluf language.

Admiral Fitz-Roy's division of the Fuegian
tribes has been abandoned, and some few of his
cultural data would need revising, but even after
the lapse of these eighty years he still remains our
most important authority for Alacalufan culture,
and little indeed has been added to our knowl-
edge of Alacaluf^ culture since his time.

Fletcher, Francis

The world encompassed by Sir Fran-
cis Drake, collected out of the notes of
Master Francis Fletcher preacher . . .
and others, London, 1635, 1652-1653 (1st
ed., 1628); Osborne, vol. n; Purves;
Hakl. soc., vol. xvi, ed. by W. S. W.
Vaux, London, 1854; extr. in Hyades,
q, pp. 2-4; abstr. in Bancarel, vol. ii,
and in Henry, vol. i.

Contains a good though not extensive descrip-
tion of Alacaluf met near Elizabeth Island in
1578. Fletcher's account of the natives is much
fuller than Pretty's. r^ t

Digitized by LjOOQIC

88

BUREAU OF AMEBIOAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 63

Flower, William Henry

Catalogue of the specin^ens illustrat-
ing the osteology and dentition of verte-
brated animal^ recent and extinct,
contained in the museum of the Royal
college of surgeons of England, part i,
Man, London, 1879; 2d ed., ibid., 1907.

Contaiiis measurements of most of tbe follow-
ing skeletal remains: (1) Chonoan (Ist ed., p. 178;
2d ed., pp. 309-310): nos. 1016-1018, 1020, 4 crania
(of which 1 9 1 1 <f mutilated, 1 9 mutilated, and
1 9 7); no. 1019, lower jaw, 2 ossa innominata, and
a scapula; (2) Alacalufan (1st ed., p. 179; 2d ed.
p. 312): no. 1025, S cranium and parts of skeleton,
previously described by Huxley (q. v.); (3) Yah-
gan (1st ed., p. 180; 2d ed., p. 314): nos. 1026-1027,

1 9 and 1 S cranium; (2d ed., pp. 312-313); nos.
1026M025«, 10271; (4) Fuegian (2d ed.,p.312),no.
10251, 1 9 skeleton. The Chonoan remains col-
lected by Dr. Cunningham are classified in the
Catalogue as Patagonlan, but it is fairly dear
that they are (Chonoan, for no. 1020 is from the
C310006 Islands, and nos. 1016-1019 are apparently
the ones found in a small cave at Port Melinka, in
the Ouaitecas Islands (Cunningham, pp. 335,
436).

Most of the above Alacalufan and Yahgan ma-
terial was more lUlly studied and described by
Dr. Garson (q. v.).

Fonck, Francisoo Adolfo

Viajes de Fray Francisco Menendez,

2 vols., Valparaiso, 1896-1900.

Dr. Fonck in this scholarly study gives inci-
dentally a summary of and the references to
most of the sources for the history of the mission
Chonos. See especially the following pages:
1, 5; n, 28-29, 33, 43, 87, 102, 151, 172, 192-193.

Forster, Oeoif e

A voyage round the world in His
Britannic Majesty's sloop, Resolution,
commanded by Capt. James Cook,
during the years 1772, 3, 4, and 5, 2
vols., London, 1777.

Contains (n, 498-506, 510) short descriptions of
the natives met at Christmas Sound and Good
Success Bay in Dec., 1774, by Capt. Cook's second
expedition; based on the journal of Johann Rein-
hold Forster. See comments under J. Cook, 6.

Forster, Johann Belnhold

Observations made during a voyage
round the world, London, 1778; Germ,
tr. with additions by George Forster,

3 vols., Berlin, 1784.

Arranged in topical rather than chronological
order. Contains numerous though not impor-
tant data on the Fuegians (ch. 6, pp. 212-609,
passim). The writer, with his son George, ac-
companied the second Cook expedition.

Foster, Henry. 1829

See W. H. B. Webster.

Foy, WiUy

Filhrer durch das Rautenstrauch-
Joest-Museum der Stadt C5ln, 3d ed..
Coin, 1910.

Somipopular in tone. Dr. Foy agrees with
Dr. Graebner (q. v.) on the question of the
Oceanic origin of American aboriginal culture in
general and of the Fuegian in particular. See
especially pp. 26, 154.

Fr6vllle, Anne J'ranQois Joachim de

Histoire des nouvelles d^couvertes
faites dans la Mer du Sud en 1767, 1768,
1769, & 1770, 2 vols., Paris, 1774.

Contains (i, 18-24) an account of the natives
of Good Success Bay, based on Capt. Cook's first
voyage.

Frezier, Am6d6e FranQois

Jlelation du voyage de la mer du Sud
aux cdtes du Chili, du P6rou et du
Br^sil, fait pendant les ann^es 1712,
1713, & 1714, 2 vols., Amsterdam,
1717 (orig. Fr. ed., Paris, 1716); Engl,
tr., London, 1717; Dutch tr., Amster-
dam, 1718, 1727; Germ, tr., Hamburg,
1745; Span. tr. of parts relating to Chile,
Santiago de Chile, 1902; see also de
Brosses, n, 204-219; abstr. in Provost,
vol. XV.

Frezier's expedition met no natives, but he
gives (1717 Fr. ed., i, 68-59; de Brosses, n, 208-
209) a few details on natives met probably at
Good Success Bay by one of Brunet's officers in
1712 and by ViUemorin in 1713, and some data
on the Chonos obtained in {wrson from Dom
Pedro Molina and others (ibid., pp. 147-148, and
211-212, respectively). Not important.

Friederici, Oeorg

(a) Die Schiffahrt der Indianer,
Stuttgart, 1907.

Contains (pp. 41-45) excellent descriptions of
the Fuegian bark canoe and plank boat, based
on museum material and the best written sources.

(6) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
Trutzwaffen der Indonesier, SMsee-
vSlker und Indianer. (In Baessler-
ArchiVy BeUrage zwr Volkerkundej heraus-
gegeben aus Mitteln dea Baessler-Insti-
tuts, Beiheft vii, Leipzig-Berlin, 1915.)

Contains some few data passim on Fuegian
offensive weapons. Cf. pp. 34, 43, and especially
pp. 13 and 66-67 on the supposed Fuegian " Wurf-
keule." See discussion of the throwing chib in
Subject Bibliography, p. 215.

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER 1

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

89

Froger, FiaiiQois

Relation d'un voyage fait en 1695. 1696.
& 1697. auk Cdtes d'Afrique, Detroit
de Magellan, Brezil, Cayenne <& Isles
Antilles, par une Escadre des Yaiaseaux
du Roy, command6e par M. de Gennes,
Paris, 1698; Amsterdam, 1699, 1715;
Engl, tr., London, 1698; extr. in de
Brosses, n, 104-112; abstr. in Provost,

XV.

Ck>ntaiii8 (1698 ed., pp . 97-96; tr., pp. 74-76;
de Brosses, n, 109; cf. also pp. 107, 111) a good
though short account of Alacaluf met at Fort
Famine in 1096. '<Ils se servoient aussi de gros
caillous taillez pour oouper le hois'' (p. 97; de
IS, n, 109).

Furlong, Charles Wellington

(a) Amid the islands of the Land of
Fire. (In Harper* 8 monthly mag.j New
York, Feb., 1909, cxvra, 335-347.)

Contains a few somatologlcal notes on the
natives and a short account of their relations with
the white people. Two photographs of tyi)es; one
Yahgan word, p. 344.

(6) The southernmost people of the
world. (Ibid., June, 1909, cxix, 126-
137.)

An extensive and excellent description of the
present-day Yahgans, especially their social and
moral culture. The article includes also the fol-
lowing: On p. 127 maximum, minimum, and
average stature measurements of 14 Yahgan men;
on p. 129 a map of former and present Yahgan
territory; passim, ahout 10 Yahgan words.

(c) Into the unknown land of the
Onas. (Ibid., Aug., 1909, CXIX, 443-455.)

A narrative of the author's journey orer the
mountain range north of Harberton to the At-
lantic coast with Ona guides.

(d) The vanishing people of the Land
of Fire. (Ibid., Jan., 1910, cxx, 217-
229.)

An extensive and important account of Onan
culture, especially social and moral culture. The
article includes also mftxlmiim and average stat-
ure measurements of 11 Ona men cp. 220), about
15 Ona words (p. 225 and passim), map of pres-
ent and former Ona distribution (p. 225).

(e) Cruising with the Yahgans. (In
Outing mag.f New York, Apr., 1911,
Lvm, 3-17.)

Contains cultural data passim, also a map and
H photographs.

(/) The toll of the Straits. (Ibid.,
Oct., 1911, Lix, 3-22.)

Parts of the article throw a little light on
Fuegian character. One Ona photograph.

Furlong, Chaxies Wellington — Contmued
(g) Hunting the guanaco. (Ibid.,
Oct., 1912, LXi, 3-20.)

Contains the most complete extant account of
the Onas* methods of hunting the guanaoo and
good notes on the uses to which they put its skin.
On p. 7 an. Ona guanaoo legend, and i>assim
1 Yahgan and il Ona words.

(h) The lure of the Antarctic. (In
Harper*8 weekly^ New York, May 11,
1912, LVi, 16-17.)

Contains one paragraph on the Yahgans and
one Yahgan photograph.

Dr. Dabbene has the following title in his
bibliography: Recorriendo las islas de Tierra del
Fuego, articulos publicados en El Diario de
Buenos Aires, 1910, nos. 6405-6506. Prof. Fur-
long tells me that these must be articles written
up from interviews with him.

(i) Stone age men of the Land of Fire.
(In Travely New York, Oct., 1915, xxv,
no. 6, pp. 9-13.)

A good popular summary of Ona culture, with
a few notes on that of the Yahgan^. Some excel-
lent photographs, illustrating Ona culture and
physical type.

(/) The Alaculoofe and Yahgans, the
world's southernmost inhabitants. (In
Proc. 19th Intemat. congr. of American-
ists, Washington, 1915, pp. 420-431,
1917.)

An important contribution to our knowledge of
Yahgan culture. Five Yahgan words expressing
numbers. Stature measurements, maximum,
minimum, and average, of 14 Yahgan men.

(ib) The Haush and Ona, primitive
tribes of Tierra del Fuego. (Ibid., pp.
432-444.)

A valuable paper containing some excellent
new material on Ona culture, especially psychi-
. cal culture. Stature measurements, maximum
and average, of 11 Ona men. The linguistic ma-
terial consists of a short Haush vocabulary of 6
words^ a longw Ona or Shilk'nam one of 94 words
and expressions, and several Ona and Yahgan
words passim, all being material gathered directly
from the natives. Of special interest, too, is the
author's discussion of the little known Haush
subtribe, whom, however, he classes as a distinct
linguistic stock.

In both the preceding papers Prof. Furlong
emphasizes the r6Ie which environment has
played in the development of Fuegian culture.

Prof. Furlong, by letter of May 7, 1915, has kindly
furnished me with the following list and descrip- .
tion of studies he is preparing for publication:

(Z) [Explorations in the Fuegian
archipelago] [Book]:

"The bulk of this material vill naturally re-
late to my experience and observations o f the
Yahgan and Ona tribes and the lands they in-
habit."

Digitized by

Googl(

90

BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Fadong, Charles WeUington — Continued
(m) [The Ona bow and arrow]
[Article]:

''This will deal with the material of which
these bows are made, methods of making, their
purpose and the way- they are used, including as
far as possible the Indian names lor the material
and parts and any interesting facts relating to
the subject."

(n) [Patagonian and Fuegian foot
prints and hand prints] [Article]:

''This article will contain comments on a col-
lection of some fifty hand prints and foot prints
I took from the Tehuelches, Yahgans, and Onas.
The majority o! these prints are from the Ona
people of both sexes, from babies to adults. I
^lall also make use of a few circumference line
tracings of hands, in connection with this article."

(o) [Yahgan and Ona songs and
speech] [Article]:

"This will be based on about a dozen phono-
graphic records I secured from the Ona and
Yahgan Amerinds. A duplicate set of these was
sent to Prof. Stumpf and Dr. von Hombostel of
Berlin University for their phonographic ar-
chives." Prof. Furlong will be very largely
under obligation to Dr. Erich von Hombostel for
this article. Cf. note by Dr. von Hombostel in
ZeitKhr, f. Ethn., Berlin, 1912, xliv, 831; also
Coriat, pp. 205-206.

(p) [Comments on the Ona and
Yahgan languages] [Article]:

"This will contain a list of words secured by
me and donunents on the character of speech and
its usage; also a brief history of the lamousr
Bridges dictionary."

The two following articles appeared after my
manuscript had gone to the printer.

(q) Some effects of environment on
the Fuegian tribes. (In Geographical re-
vietv, New York, Jan., 1917, in, 1-15.)

The best extant treatment of the subject. Yah-
gan and Ona stature measurements as in b and
d. 3 Yahgan words and one Onan. 2 maps.

(r) Tribal distribution and settle-
ments of the Fuegians. (Ibid., Mar.,
1917, m, 169-187.)

An important article dealing with the territo-
ries, nomenclature, decrease and causes thereof,
and settlements of the Fuegian tribes. 3 maps,
especially one showing the hunting grounds of
the various Ona clans.

In addition to the above studies, published
and in preparation. Prof. Furlong has in manu-
script extensive field notes on the Fuegian
tribes, including the above-mentioned Yahgan,
Shilk'nam, and M4nekenkn vocabularies. Cf.
also Coriat.

The author's published articles are important
contributions to Yahgan and Onan cultural

Furlong, Charles Welliiigton--€ontinued
anthropology, and his contemplated publica-
tions will throw much light not only on some
little-known phases of Fuegian culture but on
the languages and some departments of soma-
tology as well. Of the published articles listed
above, b, d,i, and fc, q and r are by far the most
important.

His contrilftitions to Fuegian anthropology
are based on careful observation and inquiry
made during an expedition to Fuegia in 1907-^.
He spent about three months among the Yahgans
and Onas. For the greater part of this time he
traveled with Yahgans by boat and canoe
through Beagle Channel south to Pcmsonby
Sound, and with Onas afoot and in the saddle
from Harberton through the heart of Tierra del
Fuego Island. Many of his cultural data are,
moreover, derived verbally from the very best
first-hand authorities, the Lawrence and Bridges
brothers.

The six Haush words were gathered from
Pelota, an old Haush man living at Harberton,
with the assistance of a Yahgan who spoke a few
words of Haush and but very little English.
Nearly all the Ona nouns were obtained by
sketching the object and having the natives give
the equivalent in their own tongue, a game which
seemed to interest them very much, for they
would repeat the term as often and distinctly as
desired.

Two extensive collections made by Prof. Fur-
long are now in the American Museum of Natural
History, New York, and in the Peabody Museum
at Harvard. The former is especially rich in
Onan artifacts. Two smaller collections made
by him are in the Peabody Museum at Salem,
Mass., and in the Museum of the American In*
dian, Heye Foundation, New York.

Oajardo, Ismael

Viaje de la escampavfa "Huemul,"
Marzo, 1902. (In An. hidr. mar. ChiUy
Valparaiso, 1905, xxV, 25-45.)

Contains a few unimportant notes (pp. 32-34)
on the modem Yahgans.

Galippe, V.

See Hyades, e.

Gallardo i Andrade, Bartolom6 Diez

Relacion del sargento mayor don
Bartolom6 Gallardo hecha en Lima de
6rden de VE. sobre el viaje que hizo
al reconocimiento de las poblaciones de
los ingleses con todo lo sucedido en el
y paraje donde lleg6, Lima, -Apr. 21,
1675. (In An. hidr. mcar. Chile. 1886,
XI, 525-537.)

The Gallardo expedition of 1674-75 got as far
as the Gulf of Pefias, having crossed the Isthmus
of Ofqui. Some of the data in the Relacion on
pp. 527, 530-533 have a slight bearing on the
vexed question of Chonoan linguistic relations.

Digitized by

Googl(

nOOPBB]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TBIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

91

Oallardo, Carlos B.

Los Onas, Buenos Aires, 1910.

An important and indispensable monograph,
treating in the minutest detail every department
(except mythology) of Ona (Shilk'nam) culture,
and including valuable material on Ona linguis-
tics. Somatology is treated very*briefly.

Contents: Environment, pp. 1-93; divisions,
names, and origin of Onas, pp. 96-106; descrip-
tive somatology, pp. 10»-117; distribution, pp.
118-120; culture, pp. 121-358; language, pp. 359-
395. The section on language includes some
valuable though meager data on grammar and
many Ona words passim; there are also many
Ona words scattered through the whole book.
Copious illustrations, although many of the
« photographs have been considerably retouched.
Dr. Qallardo's work is based primarily on
personal observation during two (or more7)
visits to Tierra del Fuego, on the study of
museum material— cmd perhaps to some extent
on written sources, although none are cited in
the work. In addition he has received much
information from Mr. Lucas Bridges, "con cuya
ajruda'S as he writes, p. 364, "he podido reaUsar
esta obra. Un carifioso recuerdo tambi^n para
el indio Pedro, muerto fuera de sus montafias y
sus bosques; mucho fu6 lo que 61 me ensefid."

Qarbe, B.

Gloesar der feuerlandischen Sprache
von Julius Platzmann, Leipzig, 1882.
(In Gottingsche gelehrte Ameigeuy Qot-
tingen, 1883, i, 336-376.)

A rather sharp criticism of Dr. Platzmann's
Yahgan vocabulary, followed by a lengthy and
important treatise on Yahgan grammar, based
(p. 341) on ten letters written by the Rev. Mr.
Bridges to Prof. Max Miiller. Many Yahgan
words passim

Ghircfa [Martf or Al8u6], Jos^

(a) Diario del viaje i navegacion
hechos por el padre Jos^ Garcia de la
Gompafiia de Jesus desde su mision de
Oailin, en Ohiloe, hacia el sur en los
anos 1766 i 1767. (Published first in
von Murr's Nachrichten, vol. n; then
in Anales Universidad de CMUy 1871,
vol. XXX vm; finally with extensive
notes by Diego Barros Arana in An.
hidr. mar. Chile^ Santiago, 1889, xiv,
3-47.)

One of the most imx)ortant early sources on the
culture of the Chonos (and Alacaluf ?). The cul-
tural data are scattered through the narrative;
see especially pp. 6, 14-15, 20-21, 23-25, 28-32. 37-
38, 42 (of the edition by Dr. Barros Arana). The
tribal divisions (pp. 31-33) are given with more
detail in the next reference. Map .

(6) [Letter of Oct. 31, 1783, on the
tribal and linguistic divisions of the na-
tives between Chilo6 and the Strait. 1
(In Herv^ y Panduro, a and 6.)

Garcia [Marti or Al8u6], Jose— Oontd.

For oonmient see Herv&s.

Father Garcia left the Cailin Mission on Oct.
23, 1766, with 5 Spaniards and 34 Chonos. They
crossed the Isthmus of Ofqui and got as far as the
Guaianeoo Islands, where they remained a little
while, returning to Cailin Jan. 30, 1767. Father
GaFda probably used an interpreter in giving his
missionary message to the,Guaianeco Islanders
(pp. 30-31), as the whole tenor of his letter to
Father Herv&s seems to imply that he did not
speak the language(s) of the natives. His
cultural data, based on personal observation
chiefly, are therefore more dependable than his
linguistic data.

Oarson, John Oeorge

On the inhabitants of Tierra del
Fuego. (In Jour. Anthr. insL, Lon-
don, 1885, XV, 141-157.)

An important study of the following osteolog-
ical material in the Museum of the Royal College
of Surgeons of England: no. 1025, cf Alacalufbn
skull (the same one that Owen, Huxley, and
Flower had described) and parts of skeleton; nos.
1025^-', 1026-1027, 6 (f and 2 ? Yahgan skulls,
and 3-4 incomplete skeletons, obtained directly
or indirectly through the South American Mis-
sionary Society. Dr. Garson's paper also con-
tains a review passim of the aomatological evi-
dence to 1885, and a good summary of Fuegian
culture, based on Fitz-Roy, Bridges, and Bove.

Oasperi, O. B. de

La diminuzione della popolazione in-
digena della Terra del Fuoco. (In
Arch, per V anthr. e Vetnol., Firenze,
1913, XLin, 163-166; summary in Riv.
geogr. ital, Firenze, 1913, xx, 627-628.)

statistics of and a statement of eight causes for
he rapid diminution of the native Fuegian popu-
lation from 1880 to 1913. A good treatment of the
subject.

Gkty, Claudio, ed.

Historia fisica y politica de Chile:

Docujnentos, 2 vols., Paris, 1846-1852.

(Contains the following documents bearing on

* the Chonos and Channel Alacaluf: voL i: no. 16,
Carta sobre la muerte de Valdivia, pp. 176-178;
no. 30, Informe cronoldgico by Ascasubi, pp. 300-
400; no. 36, Pietas' Noticia, pp. 486-512; vol. n:
Olaverria's Informe, pp. 13-54; Goicueta's narra-
tive of Ck>rt6s Hojea's voyage, pp. 55-08.

Oennes, de. 1696

See Froger.

Geoffrey Saint-Hilaire, fitienne

Portrait d'un Fu%ien. (In Bull.
Soc. d'anthr. de Paris, 1861, n, 535-536.)
An unimportant ten-line description of a por-
trait (not reproduced in Bulletin) executed by
M. le commandant Cabaret de Saint-Cemin and
presented by M. GwBtoj Saint-HHidre^ t

Digitized by LjOOQIC

92

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 68

Oerlaohe, Adiien de

(a) Relation sommaire du voyage de
la Belgica 1897-1899. (In Bull. Soc.
ray, beige de giogr., Bruxellee, 1900,
XXIV, no. 5, pp. 417-^531.)

Contains meager, unimportant notes on the
Fuegians.

(6) Quinze mbis dans TAntarctique,
2d ed., Paris-Bruxelles, 1902.

Contains (pp. 86-94) a fetir description of the
Alacaluf, Yahgans, and especially Onas.

The author had some contact with the natives
in 1897 and 1899, but the above descriptions give
very little information about them. See Dr.
Cook's fuller account.

GicUoU, Enrico Hillyer

(a) Viaggio intomo al globe della
reale pirocorvetta italiana Magenta
negli anni 1865-66-67-68 sotto il
comando del capitanodi fr^;ata V. F.
Arminjon, Milano, 1875.

Contains (pp. 947-951) an unimportant ac-
count of the Fuegians, based chiefly on informa-
tion given by residents of Punta Arenas, and
on the then extant literature, especially Fits-
Roy and Cunningham. Dr. Qiglioli himself ap-
parently saw no natives except at Punta Arenas;
a subofficer encountered casually a group of
Alacaluf.

(6) Material! per lo studio della ''et^
della pietra" dai tempi preistorici all*
epoca attuale. (In Arch, per Vantrop.
e Vetnol, Firenze, 1901, xxxi, 19-264;
reprint, Firenze, 1901.)

Contains {Arch., pp. 258-262; repr., pp. 242-
246) descriptions ol Fuegian artifacts, and (pp.
262 and 246, respectively) particularly of 6 bdlas
bails and a ''mortaio di lava'' found near Cape
Pefias on Tierra del Fuego Island and now in
Dr. Giglioli's collection.

Oilliss, James Melville

The United States naval astronomical
expedition to the southern hemisphere
during the years 184a-'50-'51-'52, vol.*
I, Chile, Washington, 1855.

Contains (pp. 38, 73) unimportant notes on the
Chonos and modern Chilean plank boats.

Oirard de Bialle, Jollen

(a) Les peuples de VAfrique et de
TAm^rique: Notions d*ethnologie,
Paris, [1880].

Contains (pp. 132-135) a short, semipopular
account of the Fuegians, based on d'Orbigny,
de Rochas. Not important.

(6) Les habitants de la Terre-de-Feu
au Jardin d'acclimatation. (In Revue

Girard de Bialle, Julien— Continued
scientifique, Paris, 1881, xxvni, 3d ser.
II, 47ft-479.)

An unimportant account of the Fuegians,
based on the older written sources and on per-
sonal observation of the Hagenbeck group of
Alacaluf in the Jardin d'Acclimatation.

Oiujfftida-Buggeri, Vincenzo

Un cranio Guayachl, un cranio (in-
complete) Ciamacoco e un cranio fue-
gino. (In Atti Soc. romana di antrop.y
Roma, 1906, xn, 235-258.)

Contains (pp. 247-254) a description and meas-
urements of an adult d Fuegian skull, the gift
of a Saleslan missionary Bouvaire,(Beauvoir7].*
''n cranio e interessante per il suo tipo sferoidale-
ipsicefalo" (p. 250). Dr. Sera (q. v., p. 194)
thinks this skull is i>robably of Patagonlan origin.
Illustrations.

Oodoy, Pedro

Tierra del Fu^o: Informe de su go-
bemador. (In Bol. Inst, geogr. argent.,
Buenos Aires, 1893, xiv, cuad. 5-8, pp.
386-397.)

Contains (p. 397) a census of the natives of
Argentine Fuegia; unimportant.

Ooicueta [or Ooizueta], Miguel de

Viaje de Juan Ladrillero 1557-58.
(In Gay, Documentos, n, 55-98; ed.
with notes by Vidal Gormaz in An,
hidr. mar. Chile, Santiago, 1879, v,
482-520.)

One of the most important early sources on
the anthropology of the canoe-using Indians
between Coronados Gulf and the Strait. See
especially the descriptions of the natives en-
countered at the north end of Fallos Channel
(^'bahia de Nuestra Sefiora del Valle") on pp.
484-485, at the south end of Bicton Channel (or
vicinity) on pp. 505, i509, at Coronados Gulf and
Aneud Bay on pp. 514-^16. Of equal importance
are the accounts of the natives between Corco-
vado Gulf C^golfo de San Martin") and Cape
Tres Montes ("cabo Ochabario") on pp. 518-519,
and of those between Cape Tres Montes and the
"Strait of UUoa" (?) on pp. 519-520. On one of
the islands between Adventure Bay and the
Guaiteeas Archipelago were found (p. 513) some
abandoned huts and potato patches.

The Ladrillero expedition sailed from Val-
divla <m Nov. 17, 1567, with two (or three?) ves-
sels, the S. Luis and the S. Sebaatiariy commanded,
respectively, by Ladrillero and Cortes Hojea.
They flist touched land at the north end of Fal-
los Channel. The ships became separated, and
(ybrt^ Hojea sought shelter somewhere near the
southern end of Picton Channel, where he re-
mained from February to July of 1558 rebuilding
the S. Sebastian. On the return trip some days
were spent in and around Ancud Bay. The
account of the natives between O^covado Ckilf

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPIR]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TBIBES OF TIERBA DEL PUEGO

93

Goioueta [or Goizueta], Miguel de— Con.
and C. Tres Montes is apparently based on ob-
servations by Cort^ Hojea made during the
Ulloa expedition in 1553-64, of which he was a
member (p. 489; Rosales, a, vol. i, 216), as no
natives are mentioned as having been seen in
this territory on the 1557-58 expedition.

GMngora Marmolejo, Alonso de

Historia de Chile desde su descubri-
miento hasta el afio de 1575, 1575.
(Ed. in Col. hist. Chile, Santiago, 1862,
vol. n.)

Contains (ch. 58, p. 153) a detailed description
of the plank boat.

Qonz&lez de AgUeros

Descripcion historial de la provincia
y archipi^lago de Chil6e en el Reyno
de Chile, y obispado de la Concepcion,
Madrid, 1791.

Father AgCtoros spent six yearsin the province
and archipelago of Chilo^. He made liberal iise
of the works of Fathers Ovalle and Lozano and
others in compiling his Descrix)Cion. It contains
interesting data on the Chonos. See especially
the following: plank boats, pp. 66-67; Chilotan
weirs, pp. 70-71; seal hunting, p. 73; territory,

• description (from Lozano) and division (from
JoeA Oarda) of Chonos, pp. 185-186, 188. The
narratives on pp. 217-248 of the two missionary
expeditions of Fathers Marin and Real in 1778-79
and of Fathers Menendez and Bargas in 1779-80
into the Chonos' territory contain some notes of
value for the study of the history and linguistic
relationships of the Chonos

Oraebner, Fritz

(a) Die melanesische Bogenkultur
und ihre Verwandten. (In Anthropos,
St. Gabriel-Madling bei Wien, 1909,
IV, 726-780, 998-1032.)

^Dr. Oraebner maintains that the same strati'
flcation of cultures is found in America as in
Indo-Ooeanica, the successive waves having
passed from the latter over to the former. The
Fuegians would represent the earliest of these
waves, and culturally occupy the same low plane
relatively to the other American peoples (^'als
Randbewohner der 5kumene"), as the Tas-
manians did and the southeastern Australians
do to the other Indo-Oceanic peoples. The skin
mantle, the beehive hut, and especially the half*
hitch coiled basketry, found in both archaic
areas, would thus be inheritances from a common
cultural ancestry, not the result of convergence
(p. 1014). See also p. 1018 on Fuegian bark
canoe, plank boat, and bow.

(6) Methode der Ethnologie, Heidel-
berg, 1911.

An exposition and elaboration of the whole
"Kulturkreis" theory. Contains (p. 149) a few
remarks on the application of the theory to
Fuegia.

Graebner, Frits — Continued

(c) Gewirkte Taschen und Spiral-
wul8tk5rbe in der SMsee. (In Eth-
nologica im Auftrage des Yereins zur
F^enmg des fst&dtischen Rauten-
strauch-Joest-Museums f Or Vdlkerkunde
in Coin, herausgegeben von Dr. W. Foy,
Leipzig, 1913, n, Heft 1, pp. 25-42.)

Contains a short notice of the Fuegian half-
hitch coiled basketry (p. 39); of interest for com-
parative study of this kind of basketry.

(d) Amerika und die Sildseekul-
turen. (Ibid., pp. 43-66.)

An answer to Krause (q. v.). Contains on
pp. 47-48 further comments on the resemblance
of Fuegian to archaic Indo-Oceanio culture.

Oriewe, Wilhelm Frederick

Primitives SUdamerika, Cincinnati,
1893.

Contains (p. 284) a very short unimportant
account of the Alacaluf. The same account is
found in the author's History of South America,
Cleveland, 1913, pp. 152-154.

Ombb, W. Barbrooke

An luiknown people in an unknown
land (Paraguayan Chaco), London,
1911.

The author spent four years among the Yah-
gans at the Falkland Islands Mission (p. 26), but
gives no informationabout them, except that they
believed the moon to have turned a blood-red
color after the massacre by them of the English
missionaries, Capt. Fell and his party (p. 139).

Guerrero BasculUln, Mariano

Memoria que el delegado del supremo
gobiemo en el Territorio de Magallanes
. . . preeenta al seflor Ministro de Colo-
nizacion, 2 vols., Santiago de Chile,
1897. (Reference from review in .4n-
nale$ de gSogr.y Paris, 1898, vol. vii,
Bibliographic de 1897, p. 270.)

Toward the end of the first volume, according
to the reviewer, L. Gallois, there is an account of
the aborigines. ''Obra rara por haberse que-
mado casi toda la edicidn del i!iIiimo tomo'!
(Anrique).

Ouerrero Vergara, Bamon, ed.

Los descubridores del estrecho de
Magallanes i sus primeros esploradores.
(In An. hidr. mar. Ckile, Santiago, 1880-
81, vols, vi-vn; sep. repr., ibid. 1880.)
Contains the original narratives of Ladrillero,
Joan de Mori and Sarmiento, an account of
Drake's voyage based chiefly on Pretty's naiv
rative, and (vi, 435-452) an excellent "reconstruc-
tion" of the voyage of Ulloa in 1553-M, gathered

Digitized by

Googl(

94

BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

r BULL. 63

Guerrero Vergara, Bamon, ed. — Continued

from the early Chilean sources. VUoa departed
fit)m Valdivia toward the end of October, 1553,
and, following the coast line and channels, en-
tered apparently the Strait. The expedition
made many landings and had some contact with
the natives, but the fragmentary details that
have come down to us contain only meager
anthropological material. These few data, how-
ever, are of interest, inasmuch as they are the
earliest extant accounts of the Chonos and Pata-
gonian Channel natives.

Onilbaudiere, lonhan de la

Description des principaux endroits
de la Mer du sud, depuis les 52. degrei
30. minutes sud, oil est le d'Estroit du
Magelland jusqu'au 41. d^;rez N(Hrd,
qui est rjsle de Callifome faite sur les
lieux par le s? louhan de la Guilbau-
diere: Dress^ et dessin^, les plans qui
Paccompagnent, sur ses M^moires par
le sieur Hanicle Ingenieur ordinaire du
Roy. MS. in Library of Congress,
Washington, D. C. [1696].

Contains a good though short account of the
culture of the Alacaluf of the Strait (pp. 3-7) and
some local and tribal names (pp. 18-19), but is
chiefly important for the vocabulary of 225 words
and phrases gathered by La Onilbaudiere from
the natives (pp. 8-13). Sometime between 1688
and the date of de Oennes' voyage, 1696 (Marcel,
a), La Onilbaudiere was shipwrecked in the
Canal de Joucy-oucq or Yeoucyoucq, which, to
Judge from Jouan's description and from Hani-
de's map, was just off the Strait of Magellan
south of the Port Oallant district— perhaps Bar-
bara (Channel. The crew spent 11 months on
the mainland near Port Oallant making a smaller
boat from the wreckage of their 200-ton vessel
(pp. 2, 23). It was during this time, as La Onil-
baudiere states (p. 3), that he was enabled to
learn something of the native culture and to
gather his vocabulary. He had considerable con-
tact with the Indians and (p. 24) took at least
one long voyage of five weeks with them by canoe.

The vocabulary is unquestionably Alacalufto.
(General Mitre's criticism (i, 159), '^este documento
es una mera curiosidad lingflistlca," is certainly
far too severe. A comparison with other Ala-
calufan vooabularies shows Jouan's to be as cor-
rect as most and more correct than many of the
lists gathered by more trained men; but like most
of the other extant lists his has a corroborative
rather than an independent value.

Much of La Ouilbaudiere's cultural material
was published by Dr. Marcel (a and c), as was
also the vocabulary (6). Some of the words in
Marcel, b, differ sli^tly liom Jouan's manuscript
list; Jotlan, too, wrote many of his c'« and e'«, Va
and t'8, and u'a and n'a so much alike that it
is not alwasrs possible to determine which he
meant. Cf. Roussel, a, b.

Qonn, John

Recent exploration in Tierra de]
Fuego. (In Scottish geogr. mag.^ Edin-
burgh, 1888, IV, 31^326.)

Contains (pp. 325-326) a succinct account of
Ona culture, chiefly material. The anthropolog-
ical and other data are derived from Popper, a.

Haberlandt, Michael

Ydlkerkupde (Sammlung GAschen),

Leipzig, 1898; Engl, tr., London, 1900.

Contains (orig., pp. 125-128; tr., p. 101) a very

short, unimportant paragraph on the Fuegians.

Haoke, William, ed.

A collection of original voyages, Lon-
don, 1699; for reprint and Fr. and Germ,
translations, see Dampier.
Contains the voyages of Sharp and Wood.
Haddon, Alfred Cort

(a) The study of man, New York-Lon-
don, 1898.

Contains (pp. 55, 78) brief data on Fuegian cra-
nial and nasal indices.

(6) The races of man and their distri-
bution, London (1909).

Contains (pp. 100-102) brief notes on the three
Fuegian tribes.

(c) The wanderings of peoples, Cam-
bridge-New York, 1912.

Contains (pp. 77, 112-113) suggestions regard-
ing the probable relationship and original habitat
of the three Fuegian tribes.

Hahn, Philippe

(a) La m^re et Tenfant chez les Fu6-
giens du sud (Yaghan). (In Bull,
Soc. Jtanthr. de Paris, 1883, 3d ser. vi,
804-807.)

An important article from the physiologioal
as well as from the social and moral standpoints.
Several Yahgan words given, one (p. 804) show-
ing a slight difference as used in Ushuaia and the
southern islands respectively.

(6) Mission du cap Horn: Rapport
sommaire. (In C. R, hehdom. Acad, des
sciences y Paris, stance of Dec. 31, 1883,
xcvn, 1533-1537.)

Omtains toward end a brief account of Yahgan
culture.

(c) Les Fu6giens de TArchipel. (In
Science et nature, Paris, 1*' sem., 1884,
I, 337-341.)

Quite like the preceding article. Brief men-
tion of three Yah^^ legends.

Dr. Hahn had splendid opportunities for first-
hand study of the Yahgans during his year's

Digitized by

Googl(

cooper]

BIBLIOGRAPHY QP TBIBES OF TIEBRA DEL FUEGO

95

Hahn, Phillippe — Continued

service <m the French Cape Horn Expedition as
surgeon of the Romanche. He spent this time
cmising around with Capt. Martial. By assidu- '
ous study he learned to understand the Yahgan
tODgob fairly well. In his professicmal capacity,
mareover, he was in a position to gather some in-
valuable infonnation, eq>ecially in the field cov-
ered by the first of the above three articles. The
greater part of the material he gathered has been
incorporated in volumes i and vn of the Mission
du cap Horn.

Hakluyt, Bicliard, ed.

The principal navigations, voyages,
traffiques and discoveries of the Eng-
lish nation, 2d enlarged ed., 3 vols,
London, 1598-1600; ed. by Edmund
Goldsmid, 16 vols., Edinburgh, 1884-
1890; ed. Hakluyt society, 12 vols.,
Glasgow, 1903-1905.

Contains (2d ed., m. 730-742, 803-825, 839-840,
842-852; Goldsmid ed., xv-xvi; Hakluyt soc.
ed., u) Drs^'s Famous voyage, Pretty's and
Jane's accounts of Cavendi^'s 1586 and 1591
voyages, and Magoths' narrative of Chidley's
voyage.

Hakluyt society publications, London,
1847-

The society has published reprints or English
translations of the following voyages and other
works: Acosta, 1880, vols, lx-lxi; Fletcher, 1854,
vol. xvi; Hawkins, 1847, vol. i, and 1878, vol.
Lvn; Maximilianus Transylvanus, 1874, vol.
Ln; Nodals, 1911, 2d ser., vol. xxvm; Sarmiento
and Hernandez, 1895, vol. xci; van Speilbergen,
1906, 2d ser., vol. xvin. Cf. also Hakluyt, and
Purchas, 6.

Hale, Horatio

Ethnography of Antarctic America.
(In Science, New York, July 31, 1885,
VI, no. 130, pp. 92-94.)

A summary of the Lucy-Fossarieu mono-
graph (q. v.).

Hamilton, James

A memoir of Richard Williams, sur-
geon: Catechist to the Patagonian
missionary society in Terra del Fuego,
New York, 1854.

Contains (pp. 109-120) a description of the
Fuegians, based chiefly on Byron, de Cdrdoba,
Fitz-Roy and Prichard; but is of greater interest
for the frequent references passim to the char-
acter of the Yahgans from the journal of Dr.
Williams.

Hamy, Jules Theodore Ernest

(a) See de Qnatrefages.
(6) ifitude sui les collections am^ri-
caines r^unies k G6nes k Toccaflion du

Hamy, Jules Theodore Bmest--Oontd.
IVe centenaire de la d^couverte de
TAm^rique. (In Joum, Soc. des
AmMcanistes de Paris, 1895-96, i, 1-31;
separate repr., Paris, 1896; also in
author's Decades americanae: 3e <& 4e
Decades, Paris [1898], pp. 153-178.)

Contains (on last 2 pages of article) a few un-
imiKxlant notes from observation of the three
Alacaluf and one Ona mider Father Beauvoir's
care at the Genoa exposition in 1892.

(c) Les races malaiques et am^ri-
caines. (In AnthrQpologiey Paris, 1896,
vn, 129-146; [Les races am^ricaines] in
author's Decades americanae, 5e & 6e
Decades, Paris [1902], pp. 1-10.)

Dr. Hamy asserts his belief (pp. 142 and 5-6,
respectively) in the racial kinship between the
modem Fuegians and the ancient Lagoa Santa
race.

Hanaford, Mrs. Phebe Anne

The captive boy in Tierra del Fuego
[Thomas Edward Coflfin], New York,
1867.

Contains passim some fairly good material on
Fuegian culture. See especially pp. 210-211
describing what may have been religious cere-
monies. The boy was shipwrecked with his
father among the natives, apparently Alacaluf,
and after his father's murder by them spent
about three months, Feb.-May, 1855, in their
midst. The boy seems to have been a good
observer. Mrs. Hanaford took special pains to
gather from him on his return all cultural data
and weave them into her narrative.

Harlot, P.

Un mission scientifique dans les
r^ons magellaniques, 1886. (Refer-
ence from Anrique, p. 397.)
Harris, John

Navigantium atque itinerantium bib-
liotheca: or, a compleat collection of
voyages and travels, 2 vols., London,
1705; rev. ed., ibid., 1744-1748; same,
1764.

Contains the following voyages: 1705 ed. , vol. i,
book i: ch. 4, Drake's Famous voyage; ch. 5,
Pretty's account of Cavendish's 1586 voyage;
ch. 6, van Noort's and de Weert's; ch. 7, van Speil-
bergen's; book 5: ch. 4, Knivet's account of
Cavendish's 1591 voyage; ch. 10, Hawkins'; the
Itreoeding are abstracts, which, however, give the
Fuegian anthropological data quite or nearly in
full; vol. n, book 4: ch. 1, Narbrough's; ch. 6,
Sharp's; these two in full.

Hartgers, Joost, ed.

Oost-Indische voyagien, door dien
begin en voprtgangh van de Vereen-

Digitized by

Googl(

96

BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Hartgers, Joost, «f.— Continued
ighde Nederlandtsche geoctroyeerde
Ooet-Indische compagnie, Amsterdam,
1648.

Contafas the voyages of de Weert, Tan Noort,
van Speilbergen, and L'Hermite, reprinted from
Commelin.

Hatcher, John Bell

(a) Patagonia. (In Nat. geogr, mag,
Washington, Nov!, 1897, vni, no. 11,
pp. 305-319.)

On pp. 305-307 a short, unimportant aocoont
of the culture of the Canoe Indians.

(6) The Indian tribes of soutnem
Patagonia, Tierra del Fuego, and the
adjoining islands. (Ibid., Jan., 1901,
xn, no. 1, pp. 12-22.)J

Unimportant for Fueglan culture.

Hatin, Louis Eugene

Histoire pittoresque des voyages au-
tour du monde, 2 vols., Paris-Limoges,
i847.

Contains (i, 97-101) the description of the
Pecherais (Alacahif) from Bougainville.

Hawkesworfh, John, ed.

An account of the voyages . . . per-
formed by Commodore Byron, Captain
Carteret, Captain Wallis and Captain
Cook . . . drawn up from the journals
which were kept by the several com-
manders and from the papers of Joseph
Banks, Esq., 3 vols., London, 1773; 2d
ed., 1773; Kerr, vols, xn-xra; repr. of
vols, n-in, 2 vols., New York, 1774; Fr.
tr., 4 vols., Paris, 1774; Mont^mont,
vols, n-m, v-vn; Dutch tr. of Cook's
voyage, by J. D. Pasteur, Leyden, etc.,
1797-1809, vols, i-ra; abridgment of
B5nron's and Cook's voyages, in Ban-
carel, vols, vi, vra; abstr. in Henry,
vol. in; abstracts of Wallis' in Bancarel,
vol. IV, of Cook's in I\nkerton, vol. xi,
and in Fr^ville, vol. i.

For comments see Byron, b, Wallis, Cook, a.
Banks.

Hawkins, Bichard

The observations of . . . inhisvoiage
into the South Sea, A. D. 1593, London,
1622; ed. by C. R. D. Bethune in Hak-
luyt soc. publications, vol. i, London,
1847; ed. by Clements R. Markham,
ibid., vol. Lvn, 1878; abridged in Pur-
chas' Pilgrimes, rv, bk. 7, ch. 5; abstr.

Hawkins, Bichard — Continued
in de Brosses, i, 235-249, Harris, i, and
Laet, bk. xn (xra of Fr. and Lat. tr.).

Contains very meager and unimportant notes
on natives, seemingly Alacaluf, met at Blanche's
and English Bays in 1594.

Hellwald, Friedrich Anton Heller von
Naturgeschichte des Menschen, 2
vols., Stuttgart, 1882-1885.

Contains (i, 463-474) a lengthy description of
the Fuegians. The account would need consid-
erable revision in the lig^t of more recent re-

Hennig, C.

Das Rassenbecken. (In Arch, /.
Anthr.f Braunschweig, 1886, xvi, 161-
228.)

Contains passim (see pp. 213-214 and 168, no.
73) some notes on the Fueglan i>elvis.

Henry, David, ed.

An historical account of all the voy-
ages roimd the world performed by
English navigators, 4 vols., London,
1773-74.

Contains accounts of the following voyages:
Drake's (World encompassed). Cavendish's (by
Pretty and Jane), vol. i; Cllpperton's, Anson's
(chiefly from Thomas), vol. n; Byron's, Wallis's,
Cook's first (all three from Hawkesworth), vol.
ra; Bougainville's, vol. iv. The Cavendish voy-
ages are given in full; the others are abstracts,
which, however, include most of the Fueglan an-
throx)ologIcal data.

In 1775 Henry published a fifth volume, con-
taining Cook's second voyage. '

Herberteon, Andrew John, and Mrs.

Fanny Louisa Dorothea

Man and his work: An introduction
to human geography, 2d ed., London,
1904.

Contains references passim to Fueglan culture.
The attribution of the raft (p. 56) to the Fuegians
is an inaccuracy.

Hercnlais, J. Httnckel d'

Les chiens des Fu^ens. (In Sci-
ence et natmey Paris, 1^' sem., 1884,
I, 137-140.)

A study of two Yahgan dogs brought back by
Dr. Hyades. Includes extensive quotations
from Drs. Hyades and Hahn on the appearance
and habits of the Yahgans' dogs.

Hernandez, Tom!

Declaracion que de 6rden del Virr^i
del Perti D. Francisco de Borja, Prin-
cipe de Esquilache, hizo, ante escri- .
bano, Tom6 Hernandez, de lo sucedido
en las dos poblaciones fundadas en el

Digitized by

Googl(

cooper]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

97

Hernandez, Tom6 — Continued
estrecho de Magallines per Pedro Sar-
miento de Gamb6a. (In Iriarte's ed.
of Sarmiento's Viage, Madrid, 1768;
Engl, tr., Markham, Hakl. see., 1895,
xci, 352-375.)

Contains passim a few unimportant notes on
the Alacaluf and Onas(?) (pp. xxv, xxix-xxx).

Herrera y TordesiUas, Antonio de

Historia general de los hechos de los
castellanos en las islas i tierra firme del
mar oceano, 2d (or, according to some,
3d) ed., 5 vols., Madrid, 1726-27 (Ist
ed., 1601-1615); Engl. tr. of first three
decades, London, 1725-26; Fr. tr. ditto,
3 vols., Paris, 1660-1671.

Contains meager data on the graves found by
Magellan's expedition, and on the natives met by
the Loaysa expedition (dec. 2, bk. 9, ch. 14, and
dec. 3, bk. 9, eh. 4, respectively).

Herrera, Pedro Nolasoo

La raza Ona i su civilizaci6n: Con-
ferencia dada en la Sociedad Empleados
de Comercio el dia 28 de marzo de 1897,
Santiago de Chile, 1897, 42 pp. (Ref-
erence from Anrique, p. 422.)

Hervfts y Pandoro, Lorenzo

(a) Oatalogo delle lingue conosciute e
notizia della loro affinity e diversitit,
Cesena, 1784.

Quotes in extenso (p. 16) an important letter'
dated Oct. 31, 1783, in which Father Jos6 Garcia
Marti (q. v.) sketches the tribal and linguistic di-
visions of the canoe-using Indians from Chilo4 to
the Straitof Magellan. This letter has frequently
been used by later writers as a basis for the classi-
fication of these natives.

(6) Oatalogo de las lengiias de las na-
ciones conocidas, 6 vols., Madrid, 1800-
1805.

Contains the same letter in Spanish (i, 125-126)
and a few unimportant data on Fuegian lin-
guistics.

Herv6, Henri Oeorges

See Hovelacque.

Hestermann, Ferdinand

(a) Zur Transkriptionfrage des Ya-
gan. (In Jovm. Soc. des Amirican'
istes de PariSy 1913, n. s. x, fasc. 1,
pp. 27-41.)

An announcement by Father Hestermann
that he is preparing for proximate publication

Hestermann, Ferdinand — Continued
the larger Yahgan dictionary compiled by the
Rev. Thomas Bridges. In transcribing it he
will use the sjrstem advocated by his confrere,
Father Wilhehn Schmidt, in Antkropos, 1907,
n, 282-329, 608-587, 822-897, 1058-1106.

(6) See W. Schmidt, 6.

Hobhouse, Leonard Trelawney

Morals in evolution, 2 vols., 2d rev.
ed., London, 1908.

Contains (i, 4&-47) a brief account of Yahgan
moral culture, based on Hyades.

Holdich, Thomas Hnngerford

The countries of the king's award,
London, 1904.

Contains (pp. 144-145, 152-153, 159-160) a few
unimportant notes on the modem Fuegians,
based partly on personal observation.

Hollard, Henry

De rhomme et des races humaines,
Paris, 1853.

Contains (pp. 202-203) a short, unimportant
account of the Alacaluf.

Holliday, Frederick William Mackey
Letters of travel 1882-[1893], 7 (8)
vols., Baltimore, 1897.

Contains (vol. v, West Indies and South
America, pp. 278-280) unimportant notes on a
canoe-load of Alacaluf met casually in 1888.

Holmberg, Eduardo Alejandro, (hijo)
(a) Viaje al interior de Tierra del
Fuego. (Reprint from Anales del Mi-
nisterio de AgricuUway secddn de Inmi-
gracidn, Propaganda y Geografia^ Re-
pilblica Argentina^ vol. i, no. 1, Buenos
Aires, 1906, 95 pp.)

Contains (pp. 61-60) an iatefesting and ex-
tensive aooount of Ona culture. During a four
months' trip in company with Dr. Lehmann-
Nitsche, the writer often saw (p. 68) the Onas,
and was, moreover, in touch with both Mr. Lucas
Bridges and the Salesians. His description, how-
ever, differs in many details from other accounts
based on the same sources. On pp. 51-52 are a
few data on the Haush subtribe. Seven photo
graphs of Ona types. Ethnological maps, and
reprint of Capt. Bove's map.

(&) El dltimo representante de una
raza. (In Apuntes de hist, nat., 1909,
vol. I, no. 5.) (Reference from Dab-
bene.)

• According to Dr. Dabbene (6, p. 260) this
article contains data on the Haush tribe, fur-
nished by Mr. Lucas Bridges.

Digitized by

Googl(

98

BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 63

Hovelaoque, Abel, and HervC, Henri

Oeorges

Pr^is d'anthropologie, Paris, 1887.

Contains (pp. 526-^27) a few unimportant
notes on Fuegian culture and somatology, based
on d'Orbigny, Garson, Manouvrier, and Th.
Bridges.

Hoyos Sflinz, Luis de

(a) Lecciones de antropologla: Vol.
in, Etnografia: Clasificaciones, prehis-
toria y raa» americanas, 2d ed. , Madrid,
1900.

Ckmtains (pp. 278-281, 856) a brief account of
the Fuegians. Not important.

(6) O^es fusions et araucans du
miis^ anthropologique de Madrid. (In
Jawm, Soc. des AmMcanistes de Paris,
1913, n. 8. X, fasc. i, pp. 181-194.)

Contains the description and measurements
ofanadultFaegian(f skull, believed by the
writer to be of an Ona. Three photographs of
sameskulL

HrdliSka, AleS

(a) Measurements of three Fuegian
skulls, a S Yahgan, a ^ Onan, and a
9 Onan. (Published by Dr. Dabbene
[6, p. 283] with three plates of photo-
graphs of same.)

(6) Early man in South America,
Bulletin 52, Bureau Amer. ethn.,
Washington, 1912. *

On p. 179 Dr. Hrdlidka expresses conviction
of the kinship of the modem Fuegians to the
andent Lagoa Santa race.

Hulsius, Levinus, ed,

[Collection of voyages], 24 parts,
Franckfurt am Mayn, etc., 1599-1649.

Contains the voyages of van Speilbergen, pt.
17, 1620, and of L'Hermite, pt. 22, 1630.

Hnltkiantz, J. Villi.

(a) N&gra bidrag till Sydamerikas
fysiska antfopologi. (In Ymerj Stock-
hohn, 1898, xvm, 31-48.)

An important contribution to Fuegian and
ChoDoen somatology. Dr. Hultkrantz gives the
description and measurements of the following
skulls: 3 S Onan, 2 d" Yahgan, 1 9 Alacalufon
(probably), and 1 9 Chonoan (probably). In
the following paper the fhst five skulls are studied
more fully, but the last two are omitted.

(6) Zur Osteologie der Ona- und
Yahgan-IndianerdesFeuerlandes. (In
Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der
schwedischen Expedition nach den
Magellanslandem 1895-1897 imter Lei-
tung von Dr. Otto Nordenskjdld, Bd. i,

Hnlfkiantz, J. Villi. — Continued
Geologie, Geographie u. Anthropologie,
Heft 2, Nr. 5, Stockholm, 1900 ca, pp.
109-173.)

An important contribution to Yahgan and
especially Ona s(»natology. The paper contains
» few notes (pp. 126-127) on the culture of the
Onas from Dr. Nordenskjdld's Fr&n Eldslandat,
but is chiefly of vahie for the description and
measurements of the following material: -B
nearly complete adult ^ skeletons— 3 Onan and^
2 Yahgan— cmd 1 Yahgan child's skull brought
back by the Swedish expedition of 1895-1897; 1-^
Yahgan skull brought back by Dr. Erland li«f-
denskidld's expedition of 1898-99; 2 complete
skeletons (one S , the other 9 ) and 1 S skull, all
Onan, now at Paris. Dr. Hultkrantz found the
cephalic indices of 5 d* Ona skulls to be 72.8, 73.2,
74.3, 76, 76.8, and the 1 9 76.1 (pp. 131, 167)— an
average lower than the Yahgan- Alacalufon. The
paper concludes with an interesting and impor-
tant discussion of the somatological relations of
the Onas to the Yahgans and Alacaluf , pp. 162-
163, and to the Patagonians, pp. 163-165.

The following reviews of the above study con-
tain summaries of the results: Ymer, 1901, xxi,
206-207; L. Laloy, in Anthropologie, 1902, xm,
402-404; F^lix F. Outeg, in Historia, Buenos
Aires, 1903, 1, 492-493.

Hnzley, Thomas Henry

On the form of the cranium among
the Patagonians and Fuegians. (In
Jotar, cfanat, and physioL, Cambridge-
London, 1868, n, 2d ser. i, 253-271.)

(Contains (pp. 266-268) a description of 2 skulls,
one Alacalulan, previously described by Dr.
Owen, the other either Alacalufan or possibly
Onan, from Philip Bay, sent to Prof. Huxley by
Dr. Cunningham. Woodcuts.

A summary of the above article may be found
in Arch. f. Anthr., Braunschweig, 1868-69, ra, 374.

Hyades, Paul Daniel Jules

(a) [A short letter]. (In C. R. Soc,
de giogr., Paris, 1883, pp. 374-377.)

Unimportant short notes on the Yahgans of
Orange Bay, foUowed by an unimportant discus-
sion on Fuegian language taken part in by MM.
Bouquet de la Grye, Delisle, and d'Abbadie.

(6) Mission du cap Horn: Rapport
sommaire. (In C. R. hebdom. Acad.
des sciences f Paris, stance of Dec. 10,
1883, xcvn, 1340-1347.)

A summary of the results of the geological,
floral, and faunal researches of the expedition,
followed by a good but brief account of Yahgan
culture.

(c) Les Fu^ens et la mission fran-
^aise du cap Horn. (In La Nature,
Paris, V^ sem., 1884, xn, 142.)

An abbreviated review of the preceding
artlde.

Digitized by

Googl(

C'OOPBB]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

99

Hyades, Paul Daniel Jules — Continued

(d) Les Fu^iens k la bale Orange.
(In Science et nature j Paris, 1®' sem.,
1884, 1, 305-309.)

A summary of Yabgan culture, quite similar
to the Rapport sommaire above. Woodcuts of
Yahgan canoe and wigwam, and of 5 casts of
natives.

(e) and Oalippe, V.
Observations sur le syst^me dentaire

des Fu^giens. (In C. R. hebdom. dee
sSances et nUmoires Soc. de biol., Paris,
1884, XXXVI, 8tli ser., i, 69-80; Joum.
des connaissances mSdlcalea pral. et de
Pharmacol, y Paris, 1884, ann6e li, 3d
ser., pp. 207-208, 215-216, 222-224.)

Description and measurements of material
brought back by Dr. Hyades.

(J) Notes hygi^niques et m6dicales
sur les Fu^iens de rarchipel du cap
Horn. (In Revtie dKygi^ne et de police
sanitairey Paris, 1884, vi, 550-590.)

This important paper was read before the
Soci6t6 de m^dedne publique et d'hygitee pro-
fessionnelle at the meeting held June 11, 1884,
and is a '<r<^sum^ des principales observations
fedtes au point de vue medical sur les Fu^ens
qui vivent dans les parages imm^diats du cap
Horn," touching, it may be added, on nearly
every phase of Yahgan culture.

(g) Une ann^ au cap Horn. (In
Tour du monde, Paris, V^ sem., 1885,
XLix, 385-416; Germ. tr. in Globus^
Braunschweig, 1886, xlix, 1-7, 17-22,
33-40; Dutch tr. in De aarde en hoar
volken^ Haarlem, 1886, xxii, pp. 89-
104; Span. tr. by R. Serrano M. in
An. hidr. mar. CMUy Santiago, 1886,
XI, 479-521.)

Contains an extensive and important account
of all phases of Yahgan culture, but very little
on somatology or language. 23 woodcuts and
1 map.

{h) La chasse et la p^che chez les Fu4-
giens de I'archipel du cap Horn. (In
Revue dethnographiey Paris, 1885, iv,
514-553.)

A comprehensive treatment of this phase of
Fuegian culture, giving also many data on kin-
dred phases. Many Yahgan words passim.
26 woodcuts.

(i) Observations sur les Fu^iens.
(In Bull. Soc. danthr. de PariSy 1883,
3d ser. vi, 617-621.)

Short extracts from two letters by Dr. Hyades.
Not important.

Hyades, Paul Daniel Jules^^ontinued
(j) Contribution k Tethnographie
fu^ienne. (Ibid., 1884, 3d ser. vn,
147-168.)

Of Imxxxrtance for the extensive notes (pp.
152-165) on Yahgan grammar, especially the con-
jugations. Some Yahgan words passim. A few
notes on tnilture.

This article is followed by Dr. Hyades' trans-
lation of Mr. Thos. Bridges' Manners and cus-
toms of the Firelanders (pp. 168-184) and by an
unimportant discussion taken pant in by MM.
de S^mall^, de Quatrefiages, Foley, and Letour-
neau (pp. 184-185).

(k) Sur les Fu^giens. (Ibid., pp.
616-620.)

(l) Sur les Fu^iens. (Ibid., pp.
716-725.)
These last two articles are of interest chiefly
for the foUowing: an exact census of the Yahgans'
taken by Mr. Thos. Bridges in Jime, 1884, p. 717;
"L«s Ona de I'Oest i)euvent k peine oomprendre
les Ona de PEst," quoted from a letter by Mr.
Bridges, p. 718; d'Arquistade's narrative) pp.
723-725.

(m) Sur P6tat actuel des Fu6giens de
I'archipel du cap Horn. (Ibid., 1885,
3d ser. vm, 200-215.)

Unimx)ortant cultural notes, followed by a
iftiort discussion by MM. Foley, Hovelacque,
Herv4, Topinard, Denikar.

(w) La rougeole chez les Fuegiens.
(Ibid., pp. 462-463.)

Some comments ux)on a commimication from
the Rev. Mr. Bridges.

(o) Les 6pid6mies chez les i a^giens.
(Ibid., 1886, 3d ser. ix, 202-205.)

Extracts from a letter from Mr. Thos. Bridges
on the ravages of an epidemic among the Yah-
gans.

(p) Ethnographie des Fuegiens.
(Ibid., 1887, 3d ser. x, 327-340.)

Multuminparvo. An important summary of
the mental, social, moral and religious culture of
the Yahgans, given in the form of concise answers
to a ''questionnaire de sociologie et d'ethnogra-
phie." A few Yahgan words passim. Discus-
sion by MM. H3rades, Letoumeau, Pi4trement,
Herv6, Ploix (pp. 340-345).

Cf. also notes on Fuegian cannibalism by
Hyades (pp. 502-504), Bordier (pp. 66, 505-506),
and de Nadaillac (pp. 2d-30), ibid., 1888, 3d
ser. XI.

(q) and Deniker, Joseph.

Mission scientifique du cap Horn,
vol. VII. Anthropologic, ethnographie,
Paris, 1891.

The most important extant study of Yahgan
anthropology. Where it is accessible, Dr. Hyades'

Digitized by

Google

100

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Hyades, Paul Daniel Jules— Continued
other writixigs(exoept,for a few miiiorpoints,tbe
preceding article, p), and, for that matter, almost
ever^hing else that had been published previ-
ously by the Rev. Mr. Bridge^, the members of
the Bove expedition, and earlier writers on the
Yahgans, may be safely neglected. Moreover,
since the publication of this classic little of
importance has been added to our knowledge
of Yahgan culture, although there have been ad-
vances in the fields of somatology and particu-
larly of language! It may be added that Dr.
Hyades' writings are sources for the anthro-
pology of the Yahgans almost exclusively. As
he carefully emphasizes, he had no personal exj)©-
rience with the Onas, and very little with the
Alacaluf.

Contents: Introductory remarks, pp. 1-23;
anatomy: osteology, description, and measure-
ments of the following material, all Yahgan,
brought back by the expedition: 4 complete skel-
etons (of 1 man, 1 woman, and 2 infants) ; 3 addi-
tional skulls (2 (^, 1 9 ); 2 incomplete skeletons,
and many isolated bones; restudy of some and re-
view of nearly all the Fuegian osteological mate-
rial then in Europe, pp. 25-60; myology, by Dr.
L. Testut, pp. 60-104; morphology, observations,
and measurements upon 85 living Yahgans (26
men, 23 women, 20 boys, 16 girls), and 2 Alacaluf
women, pp. 105-161 ; general conclusions upon the
physical type and affinities of the Fuegians, pp.
161-166; physiology, pp. 167-221; pathology, pp.
222-236; psychology, pp. 237-259; voice, pronun-
ciation, etc., pp. 214-219; Yahgan words for colors,
p. 208; French-Yahgan-Tekeenika (Fitz-Roy)
vocabulary, pp. 265-270; French-Alacaluf-Ali-
khoolip (Fiti-Roy) vocabulary, pp. 272-277; Ala-
caluf vocabulary of 46 words, furnished by Dr.
Fenton, p. 278; 13 additional Alacaluf words firom
a native boy, Cyrille, p. 279; an extensive and
very important Yahgan vocabulary, pp. 280-321 ;
Yahgan grammar, chiefly declensions and con-
jugations, pp. 321-332; Yahgan phrases and sen-
tences, pp. 332-334; Yahgan culture, pp. 338^91;
a great deal of cultural material scattered through
the Yahgan vocabulary, pp. 280-321; bibliogra-
phy in chronological order, pp. 393-402; ethno-
logical map; 21 heliogravures, chiefly illustrative
of physical types; 9 plates illustrating osteology;
5 double plates illustrating material culture.

During Dr. Hyades' sojourn at Orange Bay,
in the heart of the Yahgan territory, fh>m Sept.,
1882, to Sept., 1883, 120 to 130 Yahgans made
longer or shorter stays there. He lived on firiend-
ly terms with them, and succeeded in gaining and
holding their confidence. While he did not leam
to speak their language, he made a diligent study
of it, and besides had the advantage, part of the
time at least, of native interpreters. His somato*
logical data are almost entirely the result of per-
sonal study, though in collaboration with Drs.
Deniker and Testut especially, but for the cul-
tural and linguistic he drew largely upon the in-
timate knowledge of the Rev. Mr. Bridges and
the other English missionaries, with whom he
was in close touch.

Hyades, Paul Daniel Jules— Continued
Dr. Hyades was admirably fitted both by
temperament and by training for the work he
unde];took, and it is needless to add carried on
his researches in a thoroughly sdentifio manner.
Of his Yahgan linguistic material he writes
(p. 263): ''Nous avons multipli^ les interroga-
tions auprte des indig^es de divers groupes,
dans les circonstances les plus vari^, de mani^re
k bien ^tablir le sens exact des mots En outre
nous avons pris, sur tons ces termes, I'avis de
M. Bridges ..." He also received much assist-
ance from Dr. Hahn, the surgeon of the Romanche,
who made considerable progress in acquiring a
speaking knowledge of Yahgan. Dr. Hyades'
Alacalufan vocabularies fall far short of his
Yahgan one in value, as he himself recognized
and expressly stated. Not only was less time
and care given to them, but also he received no
aid at all from the English missionaries (p. 13).
I have discussed the Alacalufan vocabularies
imblished by Dr. Hyades at length in the Intro-
duction to the present bil^liography. Cf. supra,
pp. 11, 23-24, 25.

The other six volumes of the Mission du cap
Horn give many data bearing on Yahgan en-
vironment. These volumes are as follows:
I, History of voyage, L. F. Martial (q. v.); n.
Meteorology, J. Lephay; m. Terrestrial mag-
netism, F. O. Le Cannelher: Chemical consti-
tution of atmosphere, Mfintz and Aubin; iv,
Geology, P. Hyades; v. Botany, Harlot and oth-
ers; VI, Zoology, Milne-Edwards and others.

Ibar Sierra, Enrique

Relacion de los* estudios hechoe en
el Estrecho de Magallanes i la Pata-
gonia austral durante los tiltimos meses
de 1877. (Reprint from An. hidr.
mar. Chile, Santiago, 1879, vjl. v,
appendix, pp. 7-60.)

Ckmtains many notes on the geology, flora,
fauna, etc., of the Strait of Magellan, but only
meager unimportant remarks passim on the
Fuegians.

Iriarte

[Alacaluf vocabulary]. (In White-
side, q. V.)

Jacquinot, Honor6

See Dumont d'Urville.

Jakob, Anton

Der Mensch, die Krone der irdischen
SchSpfung, Freiburg im Breisgau and
St. Louis, 1890.

Contains (pp. 49-54) a review of the evidence
in defence of Fuegian intelligence and ethical
standards, from Darwin, Ratzel, Bridges, B6hr,
Peschel; some minor inaccuracies.

Jakob, Christfried

Contribution ^ I'^tude de la morpho-
logic des cerveaux des Indiens. (In

Digitized by

Googl(

coopbb]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

101

Jakob, Christtried — Continued
Rev, Mmeo de La Plata, La Plata, 1905,
xn, 59-72.)

Cantains (pp. 66-71) a study of the brUns of
the same Yahgan man and Alacalufan woman
whose cadavOTs and osteologlcal remains were
studied by Dr. ten Kate (q. v.). Plates i-n, vn.

Jane, John

The last voyage of the worshipfuU M.
Thomas Candish esquire, intended for
the South sea, the Philippinas, and
the coast of China. (In Hakluyt, 2d
ed., in, 842-852; Henry, vol. i.)

Contains only an unimportant sentence or
two on some natives, probaldy Alacaluf, met in
the Strait in 1592 by the Caveiidish expedition of
which Jane was a member.

Jansz Potgieter, Barent

Wijdtloopigh verhael van *tgene de
vijf sche^en (die int jaer 1598. tot Rot-
terdam toegherust werden / om door de
Straet Magellana haren handel te dry-
ven) wedervaren is /tot den 7. Sep-
tember 1599. toe /op welcken dagh
Capiteijn Sebald de Weert, met twee
schepen/door onweder vande vlote
versteken werdt, Amsterdam, 1600;
abridged in Commelin, vol. i, and Hart-
gers; Fr. tr., de Renneville; Engl, tr.,
London, 1703; Lat. and Germ, tr., de
Bry, pt. IX ; de Brosses, vol. i, pp. 274-
294; abstr. in Kerr, vol. x, in Harris,
vol. I, bk. 1, ch. 6, in Provost, vol. xv,
in Laet, bk. 12, Lat. and Fr. ed., bk. 13.

Contains numerous notes on the natives, jirob-
ably Alacaluf , met casually in different parts of
the Strait of Magellan in 1599-1600. Barent
Jansz, who was surgeon of the fleet, spent nine
months in the Strait and had frequent contact
with the natives. Two very interesting cuts
illustrating physical tjrpe and material culture.

Jenkins, John Stilwell

Recent exploring expeditions to the
Pacific, and the South Seas, under the
American, English, and French gov-
ernments, London, 1853.

Contains (pp. 49-^) a description of the na-
tives of Good Success Bay, Orange Harbw, and
Nassau Bay met by Admiral Wilkes' party, with
the addition of some further details from Drake
and Darwin.

The same passage is foimd in the author's
Voyage of the United States exploring squadron
commanded by Capt Charles Wilkes . . . De-
troit, 1853, pp. 70-76.

Journal of a vosrage round the world in
Hia Majesty's ship Endeavour, in the
years 1768, 1769, 1770 and 1771, Dub-
lin, 1772.

Contains (pp. 42-45) an account of the natives
met at Good Success Bay by Capt. Cook's first
expedition. Authorship of Journal uncertain.

Journal of the Besolution's voyage, in
1772, 1773, 1774 and 1775 . . . Lon-
don, 1775.

An apocryphal account of Capt. Cook's second
voyage.

Joyce, Thomas Athol

South American archseology, Lon-
don, 1912.

The author touches only lightly (passim, espe-
cially pp. 4, 218, 239, 241-242) on the probable
relationship of the Alacaluf and Onas to other
South American peoples.

Julllerat, Paul

Les Fu^iens du Jardin d'Acclima-
tation. (In La Nature, Paris, 2® sem.,
1881, IX, 295-298.)

An unimportant account of the Fuegians, writ-
ten apropos of the exhibition of the Hagenbeck
group of Alacaluf at Paris, and based chiefly on
Flt&'Boy, Darwin, d'Orbigny. One woodcut.

JuUet, Cflrlos

Informe del ayudante de la comisi6n
exploradora de Chilo^ i Llanquihue.
(In An. hidr. mar, CkUe, Santiago, 1875,
I, 26a-338.)

Contains a lengthy description (pp. 316ff.) of
the aborigines of the islands from Chilod to the
Strait, based more on good written sources than
on personal observation. The writer describes
passim some points of Chonoan culture, but does
not always distinguish clearly enough between
the Chilotans and the nomadic Chonos.

Xarsch-Haaok, F.

Das gleichgeschlectliche Leben der
NaturvSlker, Mtinchen, 1911.

The author bases his statement (p. 446) on a
passage in Amdt's Biologische Studien (n, p.
247), but adds that the latter gives no authority
for the charge. The only first-hand reference to
the subject I have met in Fuegian literature is
Dr. Hyades': "Les Fu^giens parlent en plal-
santant de la p^^rastie: tQotamana, mais ne la
pratiquent jamais" (8, p. 294; ct also p, p. 334;
Mondl^, 114).

Kate, Herman ten

Mat6riaux pour servir k Tanthro-
pologie des Indiens de FArgentine.
(In Rev, Museo de La Plata, 1905, zu,
31-67.)

Digitized by

Googl(

102

BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

fUDLL.68

Kate, Herman ten~Oontinued

Contains some remarks on the mentality and
character of a Yahgan man 22 to 23 years old and
an Alacaluf woman of very advanced age (pp.
38-42) and observations, descriptive notes and
measurements upon the cadavers and osteologl
cal remains of the same two natives (pp. 49-52)
2 plates. Cf . Chr. Jakob.

Keane, Augnstus Henry

(a) Fuegian ethnology. (In Nature^
London-New York, Aug. 9, 1883,
xxvm, 344-345.)

A summary of Capt. Bove's cultural and soma-
tological data, taken from Dr. Cora's articles In
Oo8mo8, Turin, 1882^, vol. vn. Some inaccu-
racies. '

(6) Man, paat and present, repr. of
Ist ed., Cambridge, 1900.

Contains some remarks (pp. 430-431) on the
ethnic relationship of the three Fuegian tribes,
and (pp. 431-432) on Yahgan family ethics. Dr.
Keane calls attention to the disparate estimates
given by Capt. Bove and Dr. Hyades of Yahgan
morality, particularly domestic morality, and"
suggests that the seeming differences are partly
due to the missionaries, beyond whose sphere of
influence *'the darker pictures presented by the
early observers and later by Bove, Lovisato, and
others, stlU hold good.'' But in point of fact,
Capt. Bove and his party made a great part of
their observations at Ushuafa, the mission sta-
tion itself. It looks very much as if Capt. Bove
mistook the Yahgan's studied concealment of
the affective emotions before strangers for utter
selfishness. Again, while both Capt. Bove's and
Dr. Hyades' ''good faith is above suspicion,"
the latter was an appreciably better equipped
and more cautious observer, and had many times
greater opportunities for observation. Finally,
Dr. Hyades' account agrees much more closely
with that of the other few Important first-hand
authorities on the subject (cf. Subject Bibli-
ography, under Domestic Culture). As for the
earlier observers, the best of them, Capt. Fits-Roy,
had very limited experience with the Yahgans
and expressly disclaims (a, p. 182) the right to
speak with certainty on less obvious phases of
culture like that of family ethics.

(c) Central and South America, rev.
ed., 2 vols., London, 1901. (Stan-
ford's Compendium.)

Contains (i, 307-310, and passim) a brief ac-
coimt of the three Fuegian tribes. Good maps.

(d) The world's peoples. New York,
1908.

Contains (pp. 801-306) practically same ac-
count, chiefly of Yahgans, as in Man, past and
present; well written but some inaccuracies, viz.,
"four wives common" (p. 303), average Yahgan
stature 4 feet 6 Inches (p. 804). Four photo-
graphs of Yahgan and Ona types.

Kerr, Bobert, ed.

A general history and collection of
voyages and travels, 18 vols., Edin-
burgh, 1811-1816; ibid., 1824.

Contains the following vojrages: Bjrron's,
Wallls', vol. xn; Cook's first, vol. xn-xin (all
three from Hawkesworth); Anson's (by Walter),
vol. xi; Cook's second, vols, xrv-xv; Byron's
Loss of Wager, Bulkoley and Cummins', vol.
xvn. In vol. x are given abstracts of the Voy-
ages of Drake (from Pretty), Cavendish (from
Pretty), Cllpperton, de Weert, van Noort, van
SpeUbergen,and L'Hermite.

King, PhiUip Parker

Proceedings of the first expedition,
1826-1830, London, 1839. (Vol. i of
the Narrative of the surveying voyages
of H. M. S. Adventure and Beagle.)

A very Important source on the culture, chiefly
of the Alacaluf, to a minor extent of the Yahgans
and Onas. The anthropological material is scat-
tered through the whole work. The greater part
of this material Is accessible in more systematic
form in Capt. Fltz-Roy's Proceedings of the sec-
ond expedition, but many valuable data art not
to be found in the latter narrative. See espe-
cially in vol. I, pp. 23-24, 54-66, 74-77, 147-148, 166,
314-319, 415, 439-442. Four Alacalufan words
and 1 Yahgan, pp. 63, 77, 320, 343, 444.

The present volume was edited by Admiral
Fitz-Roy from Capt. King's journal, but includes
also extensive extracts from the journals of Capt.
Stokes, Lieut. Skyring, Admiral Fitz-Roy, and
Mr. Murray. The first expedition spent alto-
gether about two years in the Fuegian archi-
pelago. Intermittently from Jan., 1827, to June,
1830. During this time the members had very
numerous though casual meetings with the na-
tives, mostly Alacaluf.

Enivet, Anthony

The admirable adventures and
strange fortunes of Master Anthonie
Knivet, whiqji went .with Master
Thomas Gandish in his secdnd voyage
to the South Sea, 1591. (In Piux;has,
Pilgrimes, iv, bk. 6, ch. 7, pp. 1201-
1242; Dutch tr. of parts, van der Aa,
XX, 2d ed., vol. v; de Brosses, i, 228-
233; abstr., Harris, vol. i, bk. 6, ch. 4.)
Contains a few unimportant notes on natives,
probably Alacaluf, met at Port Famine in 1692
by the Cavendish expedition.

Knoi, John

A complete collection of the most re-
markable voyages, 8 vols., Baltimore,
1797.

Vol. VII gives the same abstract of Anson's
voyage as is found in The World displayed, vol.
vn.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPBBl BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

103

Koch, Theodor

(a) Die Anthropophagie der eud-
amerikonischen Indianer. (In Intern.
Arch./. Ethnogr., Leiden, 1899, xn, 78-
110.)

The section on Fuegia, pp. 95-96, is not impor-
tant; Dr. Koch merely quotes, without oonunent
or discussion, Mr. Darwin's affirmation and Dr.
Hyades' denial of cannilDalism among the Fue-

(6) Zum Animismns der elidameri-
kanischen Indianer. (Ibid., 1900, Sup-
plement zu Bd. xra, 1-146.)

Contains (pp. 20, 31, 48, 86, 100, 128) notes on
Fuegian culture, based on Ratzel, Peschel,Waitz,
Th. Bridges, c, and Hyades, g. The statement
on p. 48 from Peschel (Darwin) about killing the
old in preference to the dogs in time of famine
needs to be qualified, if not denied, in the light
of more recent investigation.

Kohl, Johann Oeorg

Geschichte der Entdeckungsreisen
und Schiffahrten zur Magellan's-Strasse
und zu den ihr benachbarten Landem
und Meeren. (In Zeitschr. Ges. f. Erd-
hunde, Berlin, 1876, xi, 315-495; sep.
repr., ibid., 1877.)

An excellent historical account, which, how-
ever, puts little stress on the anthropological data
in the older voyages.

Kollman, Julius

Die Autocthonen Amerika's. (In
Zeitschr. f. Ethn.y Berlin, 1883, xv,
1-47.)

Contains passim some unimportant data on
Fuegian somatology from Bdhr, Huxley.

Koppel, B.

See Stabel.
Erause, Fritz

Amerika und die Bogenkultur. (In
Mitt. Anthr. Ges., Wien, 1912, xm, 3d
ser. xn, Sitzungsber., Aug. 9, 1911, pp.
[111]-115.)

A deta.led and unfavorable criticism of Dr.
Graebner's application of the Kulturkreis theory
to America. Discussion of Fuegian culture on

p.rniB.
Exickeberg, Walter

Amerika. (In Georg Buscban's II-
lustrierte VSlkerkunde, Stuttgart, 1910,
pp. 29-164.)

Contains (pp. 95-100 passim, 140-143) a very
good though brief summary of FuegiaA anthro-
pology. That, however, the Chonos "sprachlich
zu den Araukanem gehSren" (p. 140) rests on
too frail evidence.

XrUger, Paul

Die patagonischen Anden zwischen
dem 42. und 44. Grade siidlicher
Breite. (In Peterm. Mitt., Gotha, 1909,
Erganzungaheft Nr. 164, pp. 1-242.)

Contains (pp. 27-28) some brief notes on the
Chonos; several inaccuracies; unimportant.

Labarbinais Le Gentil

Nouveau voyage au tour du monde, 3
vols., Amsterdam, 1728; 3 vok., Paris,
1827; de Brosses, n, pp. 219-225.)

Contains (i, letter I) a paragraph on the Fue-
gians, not, however, based on personal observa-
tion.

Labat, de

See Marcel, a and e.

Labbe, Ph-e

Lettre du Pere Labbe, Missionnaire
de la Compagnie de Jesus, au Pere
Labbe de la mesme Compagnie. (In
Lettres Mif. et cur., recueil xv, 332-
360; 1838-1843 ed., vol. n, 91-95; de
Brosses, n, 434r-435.)

Contains (pp . 356-358) a short but good account
of a party of 30 Onas encountered at Good Success
Bay, where Father Labbe remained from Nov. 1
to Nov. 5, 1711.

Lacroix, Fr€d€ric

Patagonie, Terre-du-Feu et lies Ma-
louines. (In L' Univers: Histoire et de-
scription de tons les peuples, vol. xxv,
Paris, 1840; ibid., 1876; Anrique men-
tions Span, tr., Barcelona, 1841.)

Contains (orig., pp. 56-62) a brief description
of the Fuegians, based almost exclusively on
King and Fitz-Roy. Reprints Admiral Fitir
Roy's Alacaluf-Yahgan vocabulary.

Ladrillero, Joan Fernandez [de]

Eelaci6n.del viaje al estrecho de Ma-
gallanes. (Ed. with extensive notes by
Ramon Guerrero Vergara in An. hidr,
mar. Chile, Santiago, 1880, vi, 453-525.
Map.)

One of the most important early sources on the
culture of the Alacaluf (and Chonos?) met be-
tween the Guaianeco Islands and the western end
of the Strait in 1557-58. Ladrillero gives excel-
lent though short descriptions of the physical ai>-
pearance and material culture of the natives en-
countered at the north end of Fallos Channel
("bahla de N. Seflora del Valle") on pp. 464-465,
at CJonception Strait ("bahia S. Francisco") on
p. 473, in the I^ltima Speranza district on pp.
484-485, and near Desolation Island and the west-
em end of the Strait on p. 490. The tall natives

64028°— Bull. 63—17-

-8

Digitized by

Googl(

104

BUREAXJ OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Ladrillero, Juan Fernandez [de}~Oontd.
met at the eastern end of tbe Straft (pp. 49S-499)
werepiobably Tehuelohes^JudgiiigXrom their use
of skin mantles with "la laoa para adentro hacia
elcuerpo/'

After separating ftom Cort^ Hojea (q. v.), La-
drillero explored a great deal of the territory
around the western end of the Strait, followed
the Strait to the Atlantic, and then returned by
the same route.

Laet, Joannes de

Nieuwe wereldt, ofte Beschrijvinghe
van Weet-Indien, 2d enl. ed., Leyden,
1630; Lat. tr., lai^ly altered, ibid.,
1633; Ft. tr., ditto, ibid., 1640.

Contains (bk. 12; Lat. and Fr. tr., bk. 13)
abstracts of the vojrages of Sarmiento (from Ar-
gensola), Magellan (from Herrera), Drake, Haw-
kins, Cavendish, de Cordes, de Weert, van
Noort, the Nodals and L'Hermite. The anthro-
pological data are given quite or almost in full,
especially L'Hermite's.

Lafone Cluevedo, Samuel Alexander

(a) * ^ La raza americana ** de Brinton:
Estudio crftico. (In Bol. Inst, geogr.
argent, y Buenos Aires, 1893, xrv, cuad.
9-12, pp. 600-528.)

Contains (pp. 52&-526) a few suggestions re-
garding the probable linguistic relationship of
the Fuegians.

(6) Etnologfa aigentina, 1908. (In
La Univereidad nac. de La Plata en el
IV° Congreso cient. [I** Panameri-
cano], Buenos Aires, 1909, pp. 176-215;
also in Trabajos IV** Congr. cient. [1°
Pan-amer.] celebrado en Santiago de
Chile, 25 die. 1908-5 enero, 1909, vol.
XIV, Ciencias nat., antrop. y etnol.,
tomo n, Santiago, 1911, pp. 187-215.)

Contains (pp. 209, 215; Trabajos, xiv, 188, 212)
unimportant notes cm Fuegian r^ationship.

La Orasserie, Baonl de

De la langue Tehuelche. (In Verh.
d. XIV. Intern. Amenhanisten-Kongr.,
Stuttgart, 1904, ibid., 1906, n, 611-
647.)

On pp. 643-647 the author reviews the state-
ments of Beauvoir, Brinton, Hyades, Martial,
and Lista asserting the linguistic affinity of the
Tehuelches to the Onas, and shows by a short
comparative vocabulary more or less clear simi-
larities in the words for 6 numbers, for 18 parts of
the body, and for 26 common objects.

La Haipe, Jean Fcangois de> ed.

Abr6g^ de PHistoire g^n^rale des
voyages, 21 vols., Paris, 1780; 24 vols.,
ibid., 1820.

An abridgment of the Abb^ Provost's Histoire
g^n^rale (q. v.).

Lahille, Fernando

(a) Fines de verano en la Tierra del
Pu^o. (Reprint from Rev. Museo de
La Plata, 1898, vm, 3-24.)

Contains (pp. 4-^) a few words on the distri-
bution of the three Fuegian tribes.

(6) Los Onas: Tema presentado al
Congreso cientlfico intemac. argent, (sec-
ci6n antrop.) en ocasf6n del 1®* centena-
rio de la independencia, Buenos Aires,
1910. (Reference from Dabbene.)

Lajarte, Louis Henri Dnfanre de ,

[Notes on voice, intonation, and
chants of Yahgans.] (Quoted in Hya-
des, q, pp. 214-215.)
Laloy, L.

(a) Review of Dr. R. Martin's ar-
ticle, Zur physischen Anthropologic
der Feuerlander, Archivf. Anthr., xxn,
155-217. (In Anthropologies Paris,
1893, IV, 756-757.)

A summary and favorable criticism of Dr.
Martin's article.

(6) Review of Dr. Hultkrantz' paper,
Zur Osteologie der Ona- und Yahgan-
Indianer des Feuerlandes. (Ibid.,
1902, xm, 402-404.)

A summary of Dr. Hultkrantz's results with
a few additional remarks by Dr. Laloy himself.

Lambert, Charles J., and Mrs. S.

The voyage of the Wanderer, edited
by Gerald Young, London, 1883.

Contains (p. 108) a few words on some na-
tives— Alacaluf probably— met casually near
Mount Tarn.

Lang, Andrew

The making of religion, 2d ed.,
London-Bombay-New York, 1900.

Contains (pp. 174-175 and passim) Mr. Lang's
well-known deductipns regarding the Fu^ian
''supreme Deity," based on Fitz-Roy (a, p. 180),
and the latter in turn on statements made by
York Minster, an Alacaluf, one of the iMuty of
four natives taken to England by Admiral Fita-
Roy. For fuller discussion of this point see Sub-
ject Bibliography, under Religion.

Latcham, Bicardo E.

Anthropologf a chilena. (In Rev. Mu-
seo de La Plata, 1909, xvi, 241-318; also
in Trabajos IV° Congreso cient. [1°
Pan-amer.] celebrado en Santiago de
Chile, 25 die. 1908-6 enero 1909, vol.
XIV, Ciencias nat. antrop. y etnol., tomo
n, Santiago, 1911, pp. 24-84.)

Contains important contributions to Fu^ian
and Chonoan somatology. SMr>the following

igitized by V^jOC

COOPBBl

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

105

Latchain, Ricardo E. — Continued

espedally: Probable earliest Chilean races, pp.
247-248; Chonos, pp. 255, 257, 281-282, including
the measurements of 8 crania, 3 from the Chonos
Archipelago, 3 from the Ouaitecas Archipelago,
and 2 from Wellington Island (these last two are
more likely Alaoalufan); AlacaKif , pp. 279-280,
including the measunmients of 6 crania, 3 belong-
ing to the Museum and 3 in the authmr's private
collection; Yahgans, pp. 257, 277-278; Onas, pp.
258, 276-277; Huemules, pp. 282-284. Dr. Latch-
am's tribal divisions are based exclusively on
cranial measurements, and his theories of rela-
tionship are broached with reserve. The ex-
tensive data, however, especially the original
Chonoan and Alacalufan material, are very valu-
able, whether the theories be accepted or not.
Outlines of a Yahgan, an Alacalufan, and a Cho-
noan cranium, all three in the author's private
collection, in Trabajos, xiv, opposite pp. 50, 52,
and 54, respectively.

Dr. Dabbene includes in his bibliography
(5, p. 294) "Los Changes de la oosta de Chile,
Santiago de Chile, 1910," by the same author.
This work may treat of the relations of the
Changes to the Fuegians.

Latham, Robert Oordon

The natural history of the varieties of
man, London, 1850.

Contains (pp. 414-419 passim) a few unimpor-
tant notes on the relationship of Fuegians.

Latzina, Francisco

Diccionario geogrdfico argentino,
Buenos Aires, 1891; 3d ed., ibid., 1899.

The article "Tierra del Fuego" contains a few
unimportant data on the Fuegians

[Lausbert, G. F.]

Eecueil d'observations curieuses sur
lee moeurs . . . de diff^renta peuples
de I'Asie, de TAfrique & de j'Am^r-
ique, 4 vols., Paris, 1749. (Reference
from Mitre, i, pp. 93-94.)

Contains, according to Gen. Mitre (loc. cit.), in
vol. in, ch. 5, data on Tierra del Fuego, consisting
of extracts from the Lettres ^diflantes (q. v.).

Lautaro Navarro, Avaria

(a) La Isla Dawson: La mision sale-
siana de San Rafael: Los indios fue-
guinos. (In El Magallanes [now a
daily paper, but was in 1894-95 a
weekly], Funta Arenas, Mar.-Apr.,
1894, Nos. 12-15.) (Reference from
Anrique, p. 422.)

(6) Censo jeneral ... del Terri-
torio de Magallanes, 2 vols., Funta
Arenas, 1907.

Ckmtains a few statistics of the native popula-
tion; not important.

Lawrence, John

[Occasional letters.] (In S. Amer.
miss, mag.)

Lawrenoe, John — Continued

These letters do not oontain much anthro-
pological material, although Mr. Lawrence should
be in a positioii to speak with authority on the
subject, having been on the Beagle Channel since
1869, when he took up missionary work with Mr.
Bridges. Prof. Furlong c<msiders (j) Mr. Law-
rence's sons, Fred and Mwtfai, the best living
authorities on the Yahgans.

Le Bon, Oustave

Lea Fu^giens. (In Bull. Soc. de
gSogr., Paris, 1883, 7th ser. iv, 266-
278.)

A lengthy but not important description of
the Fue^ans, based chiefly on Darwin, Bougain-
ville.

Lecointe, Georges

Im Reiche der Pinguine: Schilde-
nmgen von der Fahrt der "Belgica,'*
Germ. tr. by Wilhelm Weismann,
Halle a. S., 1904.

Contains (ch. xn, pp. 60-64) a very good ac-
count of the culture of the Onas, following the
same lines as Qerlache and Fr. Cook.

Lehmann-Nitsche, Boberto

(a) Tschon. (In Rudolf Martin's
Wandtafeln fur den Unterricht in An-
thropologic, Ethnologie und Geogra-
phic, Zurich, [1902?], in, no. 24.)

Contains a splendid large colored plate of an
Ona, after a photograph by Dr. Lehmann-Nitsche,
The accompanying text gives a summary of
Fuegian anthropology, including some original
stature measurements of Onas by the writer.

(6) El grupo Tshon de los pafses
magalldnicos. (In Adas del XVII'*
Congr, intemac. de Am^ericanistas, s^ion
de Buenos Aires, 1910, ibid., 1912, pp.
226-227.)

A very brief abstr^U^. See below, d.

(c) El problema indfgena: Necesidad
de destinar territorios reservados para
loe indlgenas de Patagonia, Tierra del
Fuego y Chaco, segtin el proceder de los
Estados Unidos de Norte America.
(Paper read before the Congr. cient.
intemac. de Buenos Aires, published
in Anales Soc. dent, argent. ^ Buenos
Aires, 1915, lxxx, 385-389.)

Deals with the proposal announced in the title
rather than with the anthropology of the natives.

(d) El grupo lingttlstico Tshon de
loB territorios magalldnicos. (In Rev,
Museo de La Plata, Buenos Aires, 1913,
XXII, 2d ser. ix, 217-276.)

A very imi>ortant paper, indispensable for the
study of Ona linguistics. The most valuable

106

BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 68

Lehmann-Nitsclie, Boberto — Continued
part of the paper is the comparative Tehuelche-
Ona glossary of 209 words (pp. 242-276). Both the
Shflk'nam and Mibiekenkn are represented in the
Ona section. Ninety-seven MAnetenlm words
from Mr. Lucas Bridges' manuscript vocabulary
are given, while Shilk'nam equivalents for 152
of the 209 words are included. The Shflk'nam
words are taken from Lista, 6, Segers, O. Nord-
enskjdld, €, Beauvoir, a, OaUardo, and the au-
thor's own manuscript vocabulary. Dr. Leh-
mann-Nitsche's compilation, which gathers to-
gether lexical material scattered through some 25
publications and renders accessible invaluable
manuscript data, makes relatively easy the task
of verifying his c(mclusi(m that the verbal resem-
blances between the two chief Tehuelche dialects
on the one hand and the two chi^ Ona dialects
on the other are sufficiently clear to justify the
classification of all four under the one Tshon
group.

Among many other points of interest in the
paper may be mentioned especially: The study
of the names and division of the Onas (pp. 231-
233), quotations from eleven authorities on the
linguistic kinship of the Onas with the Tehuel-
ches (pp. 23i-237), discussicm of Dr. Brintcm's
and Prof. Chamberlain's theories oa the same
subject (pp. 23&-237).

(«) Vocabulario Ona (Shflk^nam).
MS. (Reference from preceding ar-
ticle, p. 241.)

<'Apuntado de la boca de los indios Choskiai
y Kiotem^, en noviembre de 1898 en la ciudad
de Buenos Aires durante la Exposicidn nacional
donde estaban exhlbidos" (ibid.); 63 of the
words from this list are published in the pre-
ceding paper.

Dr. Lehmann-Nitsche spent four months in
Tierra del Fuego in 1902 and since then has made
at least one other visit. His interest in Fuegian
linguistics dates from many years back. His
work is characterized by thoroughness and
attention to detail.

Leland, Lilian

Traveling alone: A woman's journey
around the world, New York, 1890.

Ck>ntains (pp. 7-8) brief notes on a canoe load
of Alacaluf met casually at Borgia Bay, in the
Strait.

Lemay, Oaston

A bord de la Junoriy Paris, 1879.
(Reference from Anrique, p. 395.)

Not important, if we may judge from the arti-
cle by Dr. Schlesinger (q. v.).

Lenz, Budolf

(a) Die indianischen Elemente im
chilenischen Spanisch, Halle a. 8.,
1902.

Containson p. 33 the statement: "Heutesind
sowohl die Changos als die Chonos ausgestor-
ben."

Lenz, Budolf— Continued

(b) Diccionario etimol6gico de las
voces chilenas derivadas de lenguas in-
dfjenas americanas, Santiago de Chile,
1904-1910.

The author states his opinion (p. 312) that the
word Chono is indigenous, and that the Chonos
were probably related closely to the Tehuelches
and Onas. No proof adduced.

Lettres ^difiantes et curieuses, ^crites des
missions ^trang^res par quelques mis-
sionnaires de la Compagnie de J^sus, 26
vols., Paris, 1702 (7)-43 (34 vols., 1702-
1776); 4 vols., ibid., 1838-1843; Span,
tr., 16 vols., Madrid, 1753-1757; Engl,
tr., 2 vols., 2d ed. cor., London, 1762.

Contains letters by Fathers Nyel (vol. vn;
1838-1843 ed., vol.n; Span, tr., vol. ra; Engl, tr.,
vol. n) and Labbe (vol.xv; 1838-1843 ed., vol. n).

L'Hermite, Jaqnes. 1624

See Johannes van Walbeeck.
Lista, Bamon

(a) La Tierra del Fuego y sus habi-
tantes.' (In Bol. Inst, geogr. argent.,
Buenos Aires, 1881, n, cuad. 6, pp.
109-114; republ. in following work, pp.
9-17.)

Concise notes on the Fuegians, based chiefly
on the then accessible written sources, and to a
minor extent on observations made at Pnnta
Arenas; not important.

(6) Viaje al pais de los Onas: Tierra
del Fuego, Buenos Aires, 1887; accord-
ing to Lehmann-Nitsche, rf, p. 240, also
in Revista Soc. geogr. srgent., 1887,
vol. V.

An important early contribution to the an-
thropology of the Onas, both the Shllk'nam and
in aU probability the M&nekenkn. The perti-
nent data are scattered through the book as fol-
lows: On the somatological, cultural, and lin-
guistic resemblance of the Onas to the Tehuel-
ches, a resemblance which the author rather over-
emphasized, pp. 53-56, 33, 79, 82, 89; stature meas-
urements of three men of Policarp Cove, or Thetis
Bay, of three girls and one boy of San Sebastian
Bay, pp. 56, 81, and 126; culture, especially pp.
8&-90, 95, 117-118, and above all 126-130 (on the
Thetis Bay natives) ; language, 27 words of north-
ern Ona, p. 82, 86 of southern Ona, pp. 144-145,
1 on p. 34, and 3 on p. 56 not found in above vo-
cabularies.

The northern Ona words were gathered ft:om
four captives, three girls and one boy, who were
taken alittle south of San Sebastian Bay, and who
accompanied the party for over a month. The
southern Ona vocabulary was gathered from the
natives at or near Thetis Bay, where the expedi-
tion halted for about three weeks. A comparison

Digitized by

Googl(

cooper]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OP TIERRA DEL PUEGO

107

Lista, Bamon — Continued
of this list with Dr. Lehmann-Nitsche's glossary
shows it to be, to an appreciable extent at least,
Mdnekenkn rather than Shilk'nam, and in this
case SefiorLista's cultural and somatological data
on the Thetis Bay natives assume greater impor-
tance than has been given them, as the published
material on l£&nekenkn culture and somatology
is extremely meager.

(c) Letter to Gen. Mitre. (InPeterm.
Mitt,, Gotha, 1887, xxxra, 156-157.)

Written from Thetis Bay, Jan. 1, 1887. Con-
tains a few onimportant notes on the Onas.

(rf) Lamentaciones del tiltimo Guai-
caro. (In La NadSn, Buenoe Aires,
Apr. 9, 1895.) (Reference from Lista,
6, p. 41.)

Contains, according to the author (ibid.), his
Qualcaro vocabulary. Cf. infra, e.

(e) Lenguas argentinas: Los Tehuel-
ches de la Patagonia. (In Anales Soc,
dent, argent., Buenos Aires, 1896, xlh,
35-43.)

''All the Tehuelches . . . speak Tz(meka, asdo
also the Onas . . . who have an ancient dialect
with accretions from the Yahgan, Alacaluf , and
Gut^caro . . . this last being the language of the
former inhabitants of Brunswick Peninsula and
Kmg William's Land*' (p. 37). On p. 41 the
author publishes his ''GuaScaro" vocabulary of
19 words, gathered from a Gualcaro medicine-
man living at the time amcmg Tehuelches. The
vocabulary is clearly Alacalufan. On pp. 39-42
a discussion of Father Herv&s', Father Molina's,
and Perez Garda's statements about the Chonos,
Caucaus, and Poyas.

Besides his travels among the Tehuelches,
Sefior Lista spent nearly three mcmths from
Nov., 1886, to Jan., 1887 in Ona territory, follow-
ing the eastern coast of Tierra del Fiiego from
San Sebastian Bay south to Thetis and Good
Success Bays. During this time he had consid-
erable personal contact with the natives, espe-
cially with those of Thetis Bay, where he re-
• mained for about three weeks. He was one of
the earliest explorers of the Ona country and was
the first to publish an Ona vocabulary. His cu 1-
tural data, except the assertion of Ona cremation
(6, p. 55) and a minor point here and there, have
bem verified by later authorities.

Loaysa, Frey Garcia Jofre de. 1526

(In Oviedo, Hist. gen. de las Indias,
n, bk. 20, ch. 10; Herrera, Hist. gen.
de los hechos de los castellanos, dec. 3,
bk. 9, ch. 4; de Brosses, i, 150-158.)

The expedition met in 1526 some canoe-using
natives in the Strait not far from " P. St. George"
(apparently off Clarence Island). Oviedo may
have gotten his information verbally from some
one or other of the members of the expedition.
While he gives only most meager details, his ac-

Loaysa, Frey Oarcfa Jofre de — Continued
count is of interest as being the first record of an
actual meeting of white men with the Fuegians.
Magellan saw only the fires of the natives.

LOhr, Johann Andreas Christian

Die Lander und Vdlker der £rde, 4
vols., Leipzig, 1818-19.

Contains (rv, 401-403) a short, unimportant
description of the Fuegians, based on the then
extant Written sources.

Lord's Prayer printed In the Yahgan
language, London, 1889. (Reference
furnished by Mr. Wilberforce Eames.)

Perhaps reprinted from Th. Bridges, m.
Lovisato, Domenico

(a) Di alcune armi e utensiU dei
Fueghini, e degli antichi Patagoni.
(In Atti Reale ojccad. dei lAncei, anno
CCLXXX, 1882-83, Memor. Classe di
scienze mor., stor. e philol., 3d ser. xi,
Roma, 1883, pp. 194-202.)

A valuable detailed description of the material
culture of the Yahgans and to a lesser extent of
the Alacaluf and Onas. Passim some 20 Yah-
gan words, and 1 Onan, all bearing on material
culture. One plate, with 16 figures, illustrating
artifacts.

(6) Appunti etnografici con accenni
geologici suUa Terra del Fuoco. (In
Cora's Cosmos, Torino, 1884-85, vni,
Ki6kkenm6dding, fasc. 4> pp. 97-108,
Cenni etnografici, fasc. 5, pp. 129-151.)

The author's most important paper. The
first part contains the only published detailed
account of systematic excavations of the kitchen
middens of Fuegia proper. Dr. Lovisato's in-
vestigation of the great Elizabeth Island shell
heaps throws considerable light on the earlier
cultural conditions prevailing in the Fuegian
archipelago, though some of the conclusions he
draws are perhaps a little hazardous. The
second part of the paper, intended to supplement
Capt. Bove's account, largely follows the latter
as regards higher culture, but adds some im-
portant new data on material culture, chiefly
Yahgan, with, however, many incidental refer-
ences to the Onan and Alacalufan. Some 35
Yahgan words passim for artif^ts and natural
objects.

(c) Sulla coUezione etnografica della
Terra del Fuoco illustrata dair dott.
Colini. (In Boll. Soc. geogr. ital.,
Roma, 1884, xxi, 2d ser. ix, fasc. 9,
pp. 719-724.)

The writer takes exception to some points in
Dr. Colini's article (q. v.). The latter, however,
was almost certainly right in calling a star-shaped
dubhead what Dr. Lovisato called an arrow-
shaft polisher. Several Yahgan words passim.

Digitized by

Googl(

108

BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Lovisato, Domenioo— Continued

Dr. Lovisato aooompanied the Bove expedi-
tion as geologist. He was in Fuegian territory
from May 1 to June 17, 18S2, and during this time
had the same opportunities and advantages as
Gapt. Boye (q. v.). He was a careful and exact
observer. His chief original contribution, dis-
tinct from Capt. Bove's, is his splendid study of
the Elisabeth Island kitchen middens. Tbo
native words he gives passim were gathered
directly from five Yahgans who spoke some
English, and one of whom spoke Ona. The
Yahgan words were then submitted for correo-
tion, first to Mr. Th. Bridges and afterwards to
Messrs. Whaits and Lawrence (6, p. 132; c, p.
722).

Lozano, Pedro

Historia de la Compafiia de Jeeus de
la provincia del Paraguay, 2 vols.,
Madrid, 1754-55.

Father Lozano gives (vol. n, bk. 5, cfa. 4, and
bk. 7, ch. 3 and 16) an important account of the
first missions to the Chilotans and Chonos in
1609-1614. This account contains (passim, see
especially pp. 31, 33-^, 454, 558-561) some valu-
able data on the culture of the Chonos, and (pp.
456, 560) some interesting information regarding
Father Matheo Estevan's (q. v.) studies and
compositions in the Ghonoan language. While
Father Lozano does not write of the Chonos from
personal experience with them, he had access to
an e^ttensive collection of published narratives
and manuscript missionary rex>orts and letters.
The description of the Chonos and Huilles on
pp. 33-34 is apparently taken from Del Tecdio,
pp. 150-160.

Lubbock, Sir John
i9ee Avebury.

Luoy-FoMaxieu, Pierre Henry Biohard de

Ethnographie de TAm^rique ant-
arctique, Patagons, Araucaniens, Fu6-
giens. {MSmoires Soc. cTethnogr.y no.
4, Paris, 1884, pp. 103-179.)

An extensive monograph, the Fuegian sec-
tion (pp. 155-178) of which is based on a compre-
hensive study of the then extant written sources
and on personal observation of the group of 11
Alaoaluf in the Tardin d'Acclimatation at Paris.
The i>aper is well written, but in the light of
newer material published since the dghties
would need very considerable revision. The
author's account of the mourning rite (?) wit-
'nessed at Paris (pp. 173-174), and the short
vocabulary (p. 175), are of special interest.
These 12 words, most of which by comparison
with the other accessible Alacalufto vocabularies
appear to make some approach to correctness,
were gathered under very unfavorable conditions
by the author from the group mentioned above.

A summary of the monograph was published
by Hale (q. v.).

Lusohan, Felix von

tJber Boote aus Baumrinde. (In
. AiLB der Natwr, Leipzig, 1907-8, ni,
I. Halbband, pp. 15-22, 49-53.)

Contains on p. 22 an account and illustration of
the Fuegian bark canoe, ascribed, by oversight
no doubt, to the Onas. The paper is interesting
for cmnparison with bark canoes from other parts
of the world. Excellent illustrations.

Macoarthy, Jacquet, ed.

Choix de voyages dans les quatre x)ar-
tiefl du monde, 10 vols., Paris, 1821-22.

Contains (x, 242-265) a French translation of
de Cordoba's lengthy description of the Alacaluf
met at Port Famine and Port Gallant on the first
expedition.

Macdouall, John

Narrative of a voyage to Patagonia
and Tierra del Fu^ through the Straits
of Magellan in H. M. S. Adventure and
Beagle in 1826 and 1827, London, 1833.

Contains (especially pp. 104-120, 125-135, ITS-
ISO) rather copious cultural data. The writer ac-
companied the first expedition, as the above
dates show. He had good opportunities for first-
hand study. He seems to have been an exact
observer, but his account is sketchy, popular,
anecdotal, and lacking in detail. One Alacaluf
word, p. 110.

Haohado, Francitco

Viajes del piloto Don Francisco Ma-
chado a los archipi^lagos occidentales
de Patagonia [1768-69]. (Ed. by Fran-
cisco Vidal Gormaz, in An, hidr, mar,
Chile, Santiago, 1889, xiv, 57-149.)

The diaries and Beranger's instructions con-
tain a few data which have a slight bearing on the
problem of Ch(moan linguistic relationships. See
pp. 72, 78, 84-80, 89, 95, 105, 121.

Magalhftes, FemAo de. 1520

Magellan saw no natives viiien he passed
through the Strait in 1520, but «one night a*
great number of fires were seen, mostly on their
left hand" (Maximilianus Transylvanus, De
Molucds insulis, Cologne, 1523; Oviedo, Hist,
gen. de las Indias, n, bk. 20, ch. i). The hut
and over 200 graves found apparently at Posses-
sion Bay (Herrera, Hist. gen. de los hechos de
los castellanos, dec. 2, bk. 9, ch. 14), were in all
probability Tehuelchean. Cf. for bibliography,
Oscar KoelUker, Die erste Umseglung der Erdo
durch Fernando de Magallanes imd Juan Sebas-
tian del Cano, Mtinchen-Leipzig, 1906.

Magoths, W.

A briefe relation of a voyage of The
Delight a ship of Bristoll one of the
consorts of M. John Ghidley esquire and

Digitized by

Googl(

coopeb]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL PUEGO

109

Ma^oilis, W.— Continued
M. Paul Wheele, made into the Straight
of Magellan . . . Begun in the yeere
1589. (In Hakluyt, 1600, m, 839-840;
ed. by Goldsmid, vol. xvi; ed. by
Hakl. Boc, vol. XI ; de Broeses, i, 234-
235.)

Contains a very brief note of an encounter in
1590 with natives near Port Famine; not impor-
tant.

Manouyrier, L€once

(a) Sur les Fu^giens du Jardin d'ac-
climatation. (In Bull. Soc. d'anthr, de
Paris, 1881, 3d ser. iv, 760-774.)

Ol)servations upon and measurements of the 4
men, 4 women, and 3 children of the Hagenbeck
group of Alacaluf exhibited at Paris. A few
notes on mentality and on domestic culture.

This paper is followed by a long discussion,
taken part in by MM. Topinard (q. v.), de Mor-
tillet, Nicole, Hovelacque, Deniker, Bordler, Le
Bon, Oignouz (pp. 774-790), by MM. Hove-
lacque, Nicole, Nicolas, Leguay (pp. 841-868), and
by MM. Demker, Girard de Rialle, Bordier,
Hamy, Vinson, N|colas, Leguay (Ibid., 3d ser. v,
1 2-22) . The discussion was largely based on per-
sonal observation of the same group; see especially
the remarks by Topinard.

(6) Aptitude d distinguer les cdu-
leure. (Ibid., 1886, 3d ser., ix, 706-
707.)

Conclusions from experiments carried out on
the same group of Alacaluf, particularly on Lise,
one of the women.

(c) Le cerveau d'un Fu^en. (Ibid.,
1894. 4th ser. v, 595-614; abstr. tr. in
Rep, Brit, asaoc, adv. ad., London, 1894,
pp. 787-788.)

Results of a post-mortem examination of the
brain of a 3-year-old boy of the same group.

MantegazEa, Paolo, and Begalia, Ettore

Studio sopra, una serie di crani di
Fu^ni. (In Arch, per Vantrop. e
Vetnol.j Firenze, 1886, xvi, fasc. 3, pp.
463-515.)

^ An important paper on Yahgan somatology.
The authors give the description and measure-
ments of 18 skulls (12 d* and 6 9 ) of adult Fue-
gians, all Yahgan except 1 <f . This material was
brought back by the first Bove expedition of 1882.
Plates xix-xx.

Marcel, Gabriel

(a) Lee Fu^ens It la fin du XVIIe
si^le d'apr^ des documents fran^ais
in^dits. (In C. R. Congrh internal, des
AmSricanistes, 8th sess., Paris, 1890,
ibid., 1892, pp. 485-496.)

Maroel, Gabriel— Continued

A valuable article on Alacalufan culture, giv-
ing interesting extracts from five impublished
narratives, one by La Ouilbaudiere (q. v.), and
the other four, based on observations made dur-
ing the 1690 expedition, by Beauchesne-Oouin,
de Labaty Du Plessis, and an anonymous officer,
all members of the expedition. La Guilbaudiere
accompanied Beauchesne-Gouin, but his ac-
count is based on his earlier voyage between 1688
and 1606. The 1600 expedition under Beau-
cfaesne-Oouin, remained many months in the
Strait of Magellan, chiefly in the eastern half, and
had considerable contact with the Indians. The
combined narratives form one of oar most impor-
tant early sources for Alacalufan culture.

(6) Vocabulaire des Fu^ens ^ la fin
du XVIIe si^le. (Ibid., pp. 643-646.)

For comment see La Guilbaudiere.

(c) Les Fu^ens au XVIIe Bikcle
d'apr^ des documents fran^ais in^dits.
(In Remie de gioffr., Paris, 1891, xxvm,

104r-lll.)

This article covers approximately the same
groimd as the author's first one, but is somewhat
differently worded and is a Uttle shorter.

Marchiafava, Ettore, and Carrucoio, An-
tonio

Antropologia della Terra del Fuoco.
(In Bull. Reale accad. medica di Roma,
1886-87, xm, 111-112.)

A short summary of the conclusions reached
by Dr. Sergi (q. V. ) in his article in the il m' of the
same academy for 1886-87.

Morgnin, G.

La Terre de Feu. (In Bull. Soc. de
giogr., Paris, Nov., 1875, 6th ser. x,
485-504.)

Contains (pp. 407-502) a fair description of the
northern Onas, interesting inasmuch as it was
written by a pioneer, but hardly important.
The author accompanied the Pertuiset expedi-
tion, proceeding in part inland but chiefly along
the coast from Gente Grande Bay to Useless Bay.
During this time (about a month, Deo., 1873-
Jan., 1874) he saw the Onas only twice.

Marin, Aylic

Au loin: Souvenirs de TAm^rique
du Sud et des ties Marquises, Paris-
Lyon, 1891.

Contains (pp. 0*-08, 113-117) accounts of the
Alacaluf, partly from written sources and partly
from personal obaervatioa of natives met casu-
ally at St. Nicholas Bay and Port Grappler.
Not important.

Marin, Benito, and Beal, Julian

Expedicion que los Padres Fr. Benito
Marin, y Fr. Julian Real, misioneros

Digitized by

Googl(

110

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 63

Marin, Benito, and Beal, Julian— Contd.
del colegio de Oc6pa, y destinadoe & las
misiones del archipi^lago de Cliil6e,
hici^ron & tiltimos del afio de 1778, y
principios del de 1779, & los archi-
pi61agos de Guait^cas, y Guaianeco . . .
(Abstr. in Gonz&lez de Agtieros, pp.
217-242.)

Contaiiis (pp. 217-218, 235-236) a few stray
notes bearing on the culture, language, and his-
tory of the Chonos. The two missionaries left
Castro on Oct. 21, 1778, got as far as the Ouaianeco
Islands, and brought back 11 of the natives to
Castro, which they readied early in Mardi, 1779.

MarifLo de Lovera, Pedro

Cr6nica del reino de Chile. (In Col.
hist Chile, Santiago, 1865, vol. vi.)

Contains (p. 372) a brief unimportant mention
of the (Chilotan) plank boat.

Marsh, John William

(a) and Stirling, Bishop Waite
Hockin.

The story of CJommander Allen
Gardiner, R. N., 3d ed., London, 1874.

Contains many extracts from the journals of
Bishop Stirling and Capt. Gardiner and from
letters by the Rev. O. Pakenham Despard. All
three had had much contact with the Yahgans.
These extracts tlirow considerable light on
Yahgan mentality and morality, and contain
some good data on material culture. See espe-
CiaUy pp. 53, 56-57, 108-110, 119-120, 131.

(6) Rays of sunlight in darkest South
America, 3d ed., London, 1890; Ist ed.
published 1873 under title "First
&uits of the South American mission;"
2d ed. enlarged, published 1883 under
title "Narrative of the origin and
progress of the South American mis-
sion, or First fruits enlarged."

Of less value than the preceding work for
Yahgan anthropology; stUl there is found passim
a fair amount of material bearing on mental and
moral culture.

Martial, Lonis Ferdinand

Mission scientifique du cap Horn
1882-83, vol. I, Histoire du voyage,
Paris, 1888; Span. tr. in An. hidr. mar.
Chile, 1889, xiv, 255-547.

A very important source on Yahgan culture
in all its phases. Contents of anthropolc^ical
interest: Division of Fuegian tribes, short notes
on Onas and Alacaluf, pp. 184-186; descriptive
somatology of Yahgans with stature measure-
ments of 121 adults, pp. 186-187; Yahgan culture,
pp. 187-215; history of the English mission, pp.
216-231; d'Arquistade's (q. v.) Relation, pp. 266-

Hartlal, Lonis Ferdinand — Continued.
260; brief notes passim pp. 30-31, 45, 118-119, 128-
130, 180-181. Capt. Martial's account of Yahgan
culture is briefer than Dr. Hyades', from which
it does not differ materially, except perhaps for
a slightly less favorable verdict on Yahgan
morality. Capt. Martial's work contains the
following data not found in Dr. Hyades': 3 myths,
pp. 213-214; 4 chants taken and arranged by de
Carfort, pp. 209-211; oaths (T), pp. 207-208; reli-
gion, pp. 211-212. Plates vi-vn.

Capt. Martial spent most of the year fh>m
Sept., 1882, to Sept., 1883, cruising around, al-
most exclusively in Yahgan territory. He did
not leam the Yahgan language, but otherwise
had about the same opportunities for first-hand
study as Dr. Hahn had. The data gathered by
him from personal observation were largely sup-
plemented through information given by Dr.
Hahn, and by Mr. Thomas Bridges with whom
he had ft^uent meetings (p. 183).

Martin, Carl

(a) Ueber die Eingeborenen von
Chiloe. (In Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.^ Ber-
lin, 1877, IX, 161-181, 317-330.)

Contains an excellent description of the plank
boat on pp. 326-327, and U few other notes on
Chonoan culture on pp. 317-318.

(6) Der Chonoe-Archipel nach den
Aufnahmen des chilenischen Marine-
Kapit&ns E. Simpson. (In Peterm.
Mitt., Gotha, 1878, xxiv, 461-466.)

Article based on E. Sinqsson (q. v.).

(c) Der Archipel von Chiloe^ nach
dem Anuano de la marina de Chile, Bd.
vm, und andem Quellen. (Ibid . , 1883,
XXIX, 401-404.)

Contams (pp. 402, 404) a few notes (m the early
settlement of Chonos in mission stations.

(d) Landeskimde von Chile, Ham-
burg, 1909.

Contains a fair summary of Fuegian and Cho-
noan anthropology on pp. 360, 364-368, 383-390.

Dr. Martin practised medicine for 30 years at
Puerto Montt. It does not api)ear, however, that
he had very extensive personal experience with
the natives of the Chilean Archipelagoes or of
Fuegia. %

Martin, Budolf

(a) Ein Beitrag zur Osteologie der
Alakaluf. (In Vjs. Naturforsch. Ges.,
Zurich, 1892, xxxvn, 302-313.)

Descr^tion and measurements of the complete
skeletons of 2 Alacaluf men and 3 Alacaluf
women, tour of whom died at Zurich and one on
the way thither. These data are incorporated in
the following paper.

(6) Zur phyeischen Anthropologie
der Feuerlander. (In Arch. f. Anthr.,

Digitized by

Googl(

cooper]

BTBLIOGBAPHY OP TRIBES OF TIEBRA DEL PUEGO

111

Martin, Budolf — Continued
Braunschweig, 1893-94, xxn, 155-
218.)

A very important monograph coordinating all
the then extant soorces on Yahgan and Alacalu-
feui anatomy. Of the 21 skeletons and 58 skulls
included, the great majority were Yahgan, the
rest Alacalufan. Dr. Martin's conclusion was
that the Alacaluf differ from the Yahgans by a
slightly taller stature and by a slightly greater
tendency to dolichocephalism (pp. 159, 210-211).
Bibliography, pp. 21ft-217. 2 plates.

Summary of this article by Laloy, a (q. v.);
summaries of the two preceding articles in Revue
mefmtelle de Viicole d'anihrop. de Paris, 1893, in,
34-35, 265-^266.

(c) Wandtafeln tf3a den Unterricht in
Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Geo-
graphic, 3 vols., Zurich, [1902?].

For comment, see Lehmann-Nitsche, a.

Mason, Otis Tnfton

(a) Influence of environment upon
human industries or arts. (In Smith-
son, report for 1895, Washington, 1896,
pp. 639-665.)

Ckmtains (pp. 655, 660-661) a summary of Fue-
gian culture.

(6) Primitive travel and transporta-
tion. (In Rep. U. 8. nat. mus. for
1894, ibid., 1896, pp. 237-593.)

Contains references to Fuegian basketry on
pp. 482, 485; figure 181.

(c) Aboriginal American harpoons.
(Ibid, for 1900, ibid., 1902, pp. 189-
304.)

Ck)ntains (pp. 213-214) a description of the Fue.
gian harpoon, based on museum material. Plate
2 and figure 12.

(d) Aboriginal American basketry.
(Ibid, for 1902, ibid., 1904, pp. 171-
548.)

C!ontains references to Fuegian basketry on
pp. 245, 247-248, 379-380, 497, 526, 532, 538.

The last three papers are valuable for compari-
son of Fuegian with other American harpoons
and half-hitch basketry and netting. Besides
the simple weave described by the author, there
are two other weaves in Fuegia, the one appar-
ently a half-hitch and wrapped or knotted coiled
(iUustration in Hyades, h, p. 517, and q, plate
xxxn, figure 8), the other a crude woven variety
(illustration in Outes, d, p. 138; cf. also Hyades, q,
p. 303, under tQOouanouch).

Mazimilianns Transylvanus

De Moluccis insulis . . . Cologne,
1523; Ital. tr., in Ramusio, vol. i, 374-
379; Engl, tr., Hakl. 80c.,voL lii, Lon-

MaTimllfanm Transylvanus — Continued
don, 1874; Span, tr., Medina, Col. doc.
in6d.,vol. I, 256-297.
For comment, see Magalh&es.

Mayne, Bichard Charles

On the Straits of Magellan and the
passages leading northward to the Gulf
of Pefias. (In Rep. Brit, assoc. adv.
«ci., London, 1869, Notices and ab-
stracts, pp. 164-165; Athenaeurrij Lon-
don, Sept. 11, 1869, p. 343; Peterm.
Mitt., Gotha, Oct. 28, 1869, xv, 385-
387.)

Contains unimportant notes on Alacaluf en-
• countered in 1866-1869. Somewhat fuller details
In Cunningham (q. v.).

M'Gormick, Bobert

Voyages of discovery in the Arctic
and Antarctic seas and round the
world, 2 vok., London, 1884.

Ckmtains (i, 300-306, 311, 318-322) a good deal
of first-hand Information on the culture of the
Yahgans of Hennite Island, with whom the
author had considerable contact in S^t.-Oct.,
1842, while with the Ross expedition.

Medina, Jos€ Toribio

(a) Los aborfjenes de Chile, Santiago,

1882.

This classic, though treating chiefly Arau-
canian anthropology, sums up or quotes literally
almost all the Chonoan material contained in the
earlier sources, especially Ercilla, Ooicueta,
Pietas, Lozano, Byron, a, Oonz&les de Agfieros,
Olivares, Resales, a, h, Qarda, a, and P^rez
Oarda. Discussion of data and criticism of
sources are usually lacking. On p. 106 are given
the measurements of three incomplete skulls —
one Fuegian and two Chonoan (one from the
Chonos Archipelago and one from Puerto
Americano); illustrati<His nos. 228-230.

(6) Coleccion de documentos in^di-
tos para la historia de Chile ... 29
vols., Santiago, 1888-1901.

Vol. I contains a Spanish translation of the
Epistle of Maxinfilianus Transylvanus.

(c) Biblioteca hispano-chilena (1523-
1817), 3 vols., ibid., 1897-1899.

(d) Biblioteca hispano - americana

(1493-1810), 7 vols., ibid., 1898-1907.

The last two works contain valuable biblio-
graphical data on the earlier sources, especially
the Spanish, for Fuegian and Chonoan anthro-
I)ology. Vol. I of the Bibl. hisp.-chil. contains
Father Ponce de Leon's Descrlpcion in full.

Mehnert, Ernst

Catalog der anthropologischen Samm-
lung des anatomischen Instituts der
Universitat Strassburg i. E. (In Die

Digitized by

Googl(

112

BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Mehnert, Emat— Continued
anthrop, SammlungenDeutachlandSj vol.
XV, Braunschweig, 1893.)

Ckmtaixis (pp. 70-71) the dMcription and
measurements of an Alacalufon skull taken from
a cave near Cape Tfkm in Magdalen Sound. Cf.
also p. 75.

Menendez, Francisco

Segunda expedicion hecha & los
referidos archipi^lagos de Guait^cas, y
Guaianeco, por los religiosos ndsioneros
P. Fr. Francisco Menendez, y P. Fr.
Ignacio Bargas ... & fines del afio de
1779, y principioe del de 1780, segun
consta de la carta eecrita al P. Fr.
Julian Real por el citado P. Fr. Fran-
cisco Menendez, que es como se sigue.
(In Gonzalez de A^tieros, pp. 243-248.)

Contains on pp. 245-248 a few notes that have
a slight bearing on the question of the linguistic
relationship of the Chonos to the Chilotans.
Fathers Menendez and Bargas returned to Castro
do Jan. 11, 1780, having gotten as tat south as
the Quaianeco Archipelago during their three
months' expedition. They brought back 32 (30)
natives with them. '

Meriais, Phre

Traverse du d^troit de Magellan, et
observations sur les Patagons et les
Feugiens. (In Nouvelles annates des
voyages et des sciences gSogr., Paris, 1847,
cxm, 5th ser. ix, 377-392.)

Cootains a fairly good account of Alacaluf
encountered at Port Oallant, where the writer
made a stay of eight days. Two native words, •
ehiroUf "canoe," and /aid, "it is cold."

Middleton, B. Morton

SeeUyns.
Mills, Philo Laos

Prehistoric religion. (In prepara-
tion, to be published Washington,
probably 1917.)

Contains passim the ess^tlal data on Fue-
gian religious and quasi-rellglous culture. This
scholarly work should be an excellent starting
point for comparative study, as the author in his
treatment of uncivilized peoples has collected and
coordinated practically all that is known of the
religious and quasi-religious culture of those on
the same low plane of general cultural develop-
ment as the Fuegians.

Mission de la Terre de Feu. (In La

Nature, Paris, 1*' sem., 1884, xn, 273-

275, 310-314, 362-364.)

Unsigned articles written by members of the

French Cape Horn Expedition 1882-83. The

first and second articles contain a good but short

Mission de la Tecre de Fen-^ontinued
summary of Yahgan culture. Some 10 Yahgan
words passim in second. Map and 4 woodcuts.

Mitre, Bartoloni6

Museo Mitre: Oatdlogarazonadodela
Becci6n lenguas americanas, con una
introducci6n de Luis Mar& Torres, S
vols., Buenos Aires, 1909-1911.

Contains important material on the Fuegian
and Chonoon languages (i, 153-180). Of special
interest is the full text (pp. 179-189) of Dr. Spe-
gasdni's Element! di grammatica laghan, sis-
tema Ollendorf . The critical bibliography (pp.
153-179) of 20 works and articles on the Fuegian
languages contains some minor inaccuracies but
is nevertheless a valuable study; see especially the
following: The accounts of Mr. Lucas Bridges'
MS. Ona vocabulary, p. 164, and of Dr.
Spegazdni's MS. Ona-Yahgan-Alacaluf vocabu-
lary, pp. 170-177; the Rev. Thomas Bridges'
letter, pp. 161-162; the abstracts of Dr. Adam's
Orammaire de la langue J&gane, pp. 168-172, and
of Dr. Spegazzini's Apuntes filol<^cos, pp. 175-
176.

Oen. Mitre's critical bibliography was largely
drawn upon and made accessible to English-
speaking readers by Prof. Chamberlain (a and 6).

Molina, Joan Ignacio

(a) Oompendio della storia geogra-
fica, naturale e civile del regno del
Chile, Bologna, 1776; Germ, tr., Ham-
burg, 1782; Span. tr. in CoL hist, Chile,
vol. XI, 1878.

Contains (pt. 2, pp. 209-210) meager unimpor-
tant notes on the Chonos.

(6) Saggio sulla storia naturale del
Chili, Bologna, 1782; Germ, tr., Leip-
zig, 1786; Span, tr., Madrid, 1788, and
repr. in Col. hist. Chile, vol. xi, 1878;
Fr. tr., Paris, 1789; Engl, tr., Middle-
town, Conn., 1808, and repr. London,
1809.

Contains (p. 340) a paragraph on the Poyas
and Caucaus, the latter probably Chonos. "I
Cauoau sono di mediocre statura, hanno pari-
mente una lingua assai diversa [dal Chilese]
..." See also p. 336, and map opp. p. 33.

(c) Compendio de la historia civil
del reyno de Chile, Madrid, 1795 (tr.
of Saggio sulla storia civile, Bologna,
1787); in Col. hist. Chile, xxvi, 1901;
Engl, tr., Middletown, 1808, and Lon-
don, 1809.

Bk. 4, ch. 2, contains a description of the
(Chilotan) plank boat .

Mondiftre, A. T.

Note sur quelques moulages d*organes
g^taux des deux sexes pris par le

Digitized by

Googl(

coopm]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TRIBES OP TIEBRA DEL PUEGO

113

MoBdidre, A. T.--C(mtmaed
Dr. Hj^es but des Fu^giens. (In
r Homme, Paris, 1885, n, 111-114.)

Measarements and description of 9 oasts;
quoted in extenso in Hyades, q, pp. 153-154.

Montanus, Amoldus

De nieuwe en onbekende weereld,
Amsterdam, 1671; Germ. tr. by Olfert
Dapper, ibid., 1673; Engl, tr., altered,
by John Ogilby, London, 1671.

Contains (pp. 572-676; Germ, tr., pp. 644-640;
Engl, tr., pp. 640-653) the Fuegian anthropolog-
ical data, much abbreviated, from some of the
older accounts.

Montemayor, Jerdnimo de. 1941

See Resales, a.
Mont^mont, Albert fitienne de, ed.

Hifltoire universelle des voyages ef-
fectu^ par mer et par terre dans les
cinq parties du monde, 46 vols., Paris
[1833-1837].

Contains the following voyages: Byron's, vols,
n-ra; Wallis', vol. ra; Cook's first, vols, v-vn
(these three from Hawkesworth); Bcmgainville's,
vol. rv; Cook's second, vols, vn-ix; Weddell's,

vol. XXI.

Moraleda 1 Montero, Jos6 Maniiel de

Esploraciones jeogrdficas e Hdrogrdfi-
cas practicadas por don Jos^ de Mora-
leda i Montero, alf^rez de fragata i pri-
mer piloto de la armada, 1786-1788,
1792-1796, introd. por D. Barros A.,
repr. Santiago de Chile, 1888, from An.
Mdr, mar. Chile, 1887-88, vols, xn-xra.

Contains a few interesting data on the culture
(pp. 324, 329, 350-351, 35»-350, 372) and history
(pp. 79, 124, 306-307, 332, 435, 474) of the Chonos.

Morales, Bnben

Instrucciones nduticas para la nave-
gacion de la costa comprendida desde el
estrecho de Magallanes al golfo de Trini-
dad i canales intermedios: Campafia
hidrogrdfica del crucero Errdzuriz, en
1910. (In An. hidr. mar. Chile, Valpa-
raiso, 1912, xxvm, 59-77.)

Contains a note (p. 62) on the apparently lim-
ited nomadism of the natives from Trinidad
Channel to the Queen Adelaide Archipelago.

Moreno, Trancisco P.

(a) Viaje d la Patagonia austral . . .
1876-77, vol. I, Buenos Aires, 1879; 2d
ed., ibid., 1879.

(6) Apuntes sobre las tierras X)atag6-
nicas. (In Angles Soc. dent, argent.,
ibid., 1878, v, entrega 4, pp. 189-206.)

Moreno, Francisco P. — Continued

(c) Patagonia: Resto de im antiguo
continente hoy sumerjido. (Ibid., 1882,
XIV, entr^a 3, pp. 97-131.)

The only item of interest on the Fueglans in
the three foregoing papers is the author's consist-
ent use (a, 1st ed., p. 450, 2d ed., p. 461; 6, p. 201;
c, p. 109) of the spelling O'onas instead of Onas.
His reason for so spiling it is not stated, nor is
any given for the nse (a and 6, same pp.) of the
tribal name "EOsalk'as" (-Elisabeth Island-
ers?).

(d) Notes, on the anthropogec^raphy
of Argentina. (In Geogr. jovr., Lon-
doh, Dec., 1901, xvm, no. 6, pp. 674-
589.)

Contains (pp. 577-579) some suggestions on the
probable origin and relationship of the Yahgans,
Alacaluf , and Onas, and a few notes on their men-
tal capacity.

Mori, Juan de

Carta de Juan de Mori a un amigo
Buyo de Sevilla que fu6 con Magallanes.
(Ed. by Ramon Guerrero Vergara, in
An. hidr. mar. Chile, Santiago, 1881,
vn, 559-676; cf. de Brosses, i, 164-167.)

Tlie writer, who accompanied Simon de Alca-
saba's expedition in 1535, states (p. 562) that the
Indians of St. Martha and St. Magdalen Islands
near the eastern end of the Strait, had nets made
of sinew for catching birds.

MortiUet, Adrien de

Exposition des collections de Pexpe-
dition du cap Horn. (In UHomme,
Paris, 1884, i, 210-213.)

Contains an excellent description of the Yah-
gan artifacts brought back by the expedition.
1 plate of woodcuts.

Morton, Samuel George

Crania americana, Philadelphia-Lon-
don, 1839.

Contains (pp. 64-65 and passim) a few unim-
I>ortant notes on the Fueglans; some inaccu-
racies.

Mossman, Bobert Gockbuxn

The voyage of the Uruguay. ■ (In
Voyage of the Scotia, by Robert Neal
Rudmose Brown, Robert Cockbum
Mossman, and James Himter Harvey
Pirie, Edinburgh-London, 1906, ch. 17,
pp.'354-366.)

Ccmtains (pp. 365-366) very brief notes on some
natives, probably Alacaluf, met casually in Jan.,
1905, in the vicinity of Magdalen Channel.

Monlinier, L^on

See Pertuiset.

Digitized by

Googl(

114

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

MttUer, FriedrlclL

(a) Allgemeine Ethnographie, 2d ed.,
Wien, 1879.

Ckmtains (pp. 24, 276, 296-297) voimportant
referances to the Fueglans from the older sources.

(5) Die Sprache der FeuerlSnder
(JSgan). (In Gnmdriss der Sprach-
wissenschaft, Bd. iv, Abt. 1, Nachtrage
zum Gnmdriss ans den Jahren 1877-
1887, Wien, 1888, pp. 207-221.)

An extensive exposition of Yahgan grammar;
sources not stated.

Mnxr, Ghxistopli Gottlieb von, ed.

Nachrichten von verschiedenen L8n-
dem des spanischen Amenka, 2 vols.,
HaUe, 1809-1811.

Vol. n contains Father Jos^ Garcia 's Diaria

Mnnay, M.

[Extract from report.] (In King,
q. V.)

Mr. Hurray was master of the Beagle from 1828
to 1830. The extract gives {King, p. 448) a few
notes on some Onas met at Valentyn Bay.

Myers, Sarah Ann

Self-sacrifice, or the pioneers of Fue-
gia, Philadelphia, 1861.

An account of the first efforts of the English

missionaries to settle in Fuegia. Contains (pp.

225-231) a general description of the Fuegians.

* Parts of the narrative on pp. 214-300 throw some

Uc^t on Yahgan character.

Myres, Jolin Linton

Implements and ornaments of the
Yah^ns of Fuegia: with notes by
R. Morton Middleton. (In Man, Lon-
don, 1902, n, no. 73, p. 97.)

A few descriptive notes on some Yahgan arti-
facts in the collection of the South American
Missionary Society at London; 1 excellent plate.

Narbrough, Sir John

A journal kept by Capt. John Nar-
brough. (In An account of several late
voyages and discoveries to the South
and North . . . by Sir John Narbrough
Capt. Jasmen Tasman, Capt. John
Wood and Fred. Marten of Hamburgh,
London, 1694; Harris, vol. n, bk. 4,
ch. 1; Fr. tr. in Coreal, Amsterdam ed.,
vol. m, Paris and Brussels ed., vol. n;
de Brosses, n, 1-43; abstr. in Provost,

vol. XV.

Contains (pp. 63-66, 69-70) good accounts of
thA natives, probably Alacaluf , met at Elisabeth
lOsaad and Port Famine in 1670.

Nodal, Bartolom^ Oarda, and Gonzalo de
Relacion del viaje qve por orden de
Sv Mag4 y acverdo del Real consejo de
Indias hizieron loe capitanes Bartolome
Garcia de Nodal, y Gron^alo de Nodal
hermanos, Madrid, 1621; Engl. tr. by
Sir Clements Markham, Hakl^soc., 2d
ser., vol. xxvm, London, 1911; de
Brosses, i, 421-425; abstr. in Nyel, and
in Laet, bk. 12, Lat. and Fr. tij^, bk. 13.

Contains the earliest account of the Onas of
Good Success Bay. The Nodals give a short but
good description of the natives encountered there
in Jan., 1619.

Nogaera, Juan M.

Conf erencia dada por el repreeientante
del Instituto. (In Bol, Ingt, geogr.
argent,, Buenos Aires, 1884, v, 147-165.)
Contains (pp. 163-165) a Yahgan vocabulary of
254 words. The writer does not state how he
gathered this list. He accompanied Capt. Bove
on the latter's second expedition in 1884, making
in addition a reconnaissance in an <q>en boat into
the territory of the southern Yahgans. The
Noguera vocabulary is quite distinct from the
shorter vocabulary published two years pre-
viously by Capt. Bove.

Noort, Olivier van

(a) Extract oft Kort verhael wt het
groote Joumael vande wonderlijcke
ende groote reyse / ghedaen door de
strate Magellana efi andere vremde
konincrijcken efi landen / byden E.
Olivier van Noort, admirael efi generael
vande vier schepen / toegerust tot Rot-
terdam / A**. 1598., Rotterdam, 1601.

"Waarschijnlijk y66t het volgende joumaal
in 't licht gegeven. Het eenige mij bekende ex.
is in de Biblioth. te N. York. Vgl. Sabta N«.
55432'' (Tiele, &, p. 180).

Contains passim a few only of the cultural
details from the following complete Joomal.

(6) Beschryvinghe vande voyagie om
den geheelen werelt cloot / ghedaen
door Olivier van Noort van Utrecht . .
om te gaen door de strate Magellanes,
etc., Rotterdam, [published in 1601 ac
cording to Muller, quoted by Sabin]
2d [?] ed., ibid., 1602; abridged in Com
meHn, vol. i, and Hartgers; Fr. tr.
Amsterdam, 1602, 2d ed., 1610; de Ren-
neyille, vol. n, Rouen ed., vol. m;
Germ, tr., Amsterdam, 1602 (Tiele, a
p. 30; 6, p. 181); Lat. and Germ. tr.
deBry, pt. ix; Engl, tr., Purcha8,Pil
giimes, vol. i, bk. 2, ch. 5; de Brosses,

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPBB] BIBLIOGBAPHY OF TBIBES OF TIEBRA DEL FUEGO

115

Noort, Wilder yan— Oontmued
I, 29*r305; abetr. in E. C. Drake; in
Harrin, vol. i, bk. 1, ch. 6; in Kerr, vol.
x; in^ancarel, vol. n; in Provost, xiv;
inLa«(, bk. 12, Lat.andFr.ed., bk. 13.
Ck>ntQins numerous details on the natives,
probably Alacaluf, encountered in 1509-1600 on
the "Penguin Islands'' (Martha and Magdalen
Islands) just south of the second narrows toward
the eastern end of the Strait of Magellan, and at
"Maurice" and ''Memnistes'' Ba3^ on the
southern shore of the western Strait. The natives
found on the Penguin Islands, van Noort was
told by a captured Indian boy (1st ed., p. 21;
Commelin, i, 10; de Brosses. i, 298-299), called
themselves Enoo, their land Cossi, the small
island they were on Talcke, the larger island
Castemme; the boy also spoke of the Kemenetes
<tf Karay, the Kemiekas of Karamay and the
Karaike of Morine, all medium-sized peoples, and
of the Tirimenen giants of the land of Ck>in. Van
Noort also gives four native words: (oZcfce,
"ostrich," eassotU, "guanaoo*' (T), cripoggre, "a
kind of bird,'' and eompogre, "penguin."
Neither the tribal names or other words have
been confirmed by later investigators; they are
all probably erroneous, with the i)osslble excep-
tion of Coin (- CkOnf). Cf. however, Furlong,
r, p. 185: the western Onas are called Kenenka
(Tkon,

Nordenskitfld, Nils Erland Herbert

Une contribution k la connaissance
de ranthropog6ographie de I'Am^rique.
(In Jour, Soc. des AmSricanistea de
Paris f 1912, n. s. ix, fasc. 1, pp. 19-25;
in Swedish, in YmeTf Stockholm, 1912,
xxxu, 181-187.)

The author calls attenticm to the interesting
resemblances under 13 chief headings between
the aboriginal cultures of extreme North America
and extreme South America. The f^ts, he
holds, point to the wedging in of a later culture,
which has b«en influenced from Asiatic and
Melanesian sources. He agrees to a slight extent
with Dr. Oraebner's theory.

Nordenskjtfld, Nils Otto Gustaf

(a) Eldslandet. (In Ymer, Stock-
holm, 1894, XIV, 203-210.)

Contains (PP* 206-209) a few unimportant and
very brief notes on the three Fuegian tribes.

(6) Den eldsl^ndska dgruppen.
(Ibid., 1896, XVI, 247-258.)

Contains (p. 255) half a paragraph on the
Yahgans and Alacaluf; not important.

(c) Das Feuerland und seine Be-
wohner. (In Geoqr. Zeitschr.j Leipzig,
1896, II, 662-674.)

Contains (pp. 671-672) brief notes chiefly on
the mental capacity and kinship of the Onas.

N(«dentk]md, NUs Otto Gustaf—Contd.

(d) Reisen irii Feuerland. (In Verh,
Deutsch. wiss, Vereins zu Santiago de
Chile, Valparaiso, 1897, m, 433-434.)

Contains (p. 434) one sentence on the linguistic
kinship of the Onas with the Tehuelches.

(e) Algunos dates sobre la parte
austral del continente sud-americano
segun estudios hechos por la comision
cientffica sueca. (In Actes Soc. sdenL
du Cmi, Santiago, 1897, vn, 157-168.)

Contains (pp. 163-164, 167-168) remarks on the
relationship of the Onas with the Tehuelches,
and a sjrmpathetic account of Ona mentality.
The article is, however, chiefly of importance for
the Ona vocabulary of 140 words and phrases on
pp. 166-167. This valuable vocabulary was
gathered chiefly from Father Beauvoir of the
Salesian mission at Rio Grande and from Sefior
Ramdn Cortes, chief of police in Tierra del
Fuego Island.

(f) tJber die Natur der Magellans-
iSnder. (In Peterm. Mitt., Grotha,
1897, XLm, 212-216.)

Contains a few words on the Onas; not impor-
tant.

(g) Expedition su^oise k la Terre
de Feu 1895-1897. (In Annales de
gSogr., Paris, 1897, vi, 347-356.)

Contains (pp. 353-356) somewhat fuller notes
on Ona culture and relationship.

(h) Fr&n Eldslandet: Skildringar
fr&n den svenska expeditionen till
Magellanslandema 1896-1897, Stock-
holm, 1898; r^um^ et tr. par Charles
Rabot, in Tour du monde, Paris, 1902,
n. 8. vm, 13-60.

Contains Dr. NordenskjOld's fullest account
of the Onas (ch. 6, pp. 104-128; tr., pp. 32-38) and
Yahgans (ch. 7, pp. 12^150; tr., pp. 38-39). The
data given are good but rather brief. Some good
photographs.

{%) Svenska expeditionen till Ma-
gellanslandema: Wise ens chaftliche
Ergebnisse der schwedischen Expedi-
tion nach den Magellanslandem 1895-
1897 unter Leitung von Dr. Otto Nor-
denskjald, Bd. 1, Geologie, Geographie
und Anthropologie, Heft 1, no. 1,
Preliminary report, pp. 1-12, no. 2,
Ueber die posttertiftren Ablagerungen
der Magellanslander, pp. 13-80, No. 3,
Geological map of the Magellan terri-
tories, with explanatory notes, pp. 81-
85.

Digitized by

Googl(

116

BUBEAU OF AMEBIC AN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. -63

N(»den8kJ(ad, Nils Otto Gii8tftf--Contd.

Dr. Nordenskjdld's conclusion that since the
recession of the glaciers in the Fuegian archi-
pelago the land has risen some 60 meters has a
bearing on the question of the length of oocu-
•pttDcy of the archipelago by man. Cf. Dr.
Lovisato'a study of the Elizabeth Island shells
heaps.

(j) Die Polarwelt und ihre Nach-
barlander, Leipzig-Berlin, 1909.

Contains (pp. 120-129 passim) a few unim^
portent notes chiefly on the Onas and Yahgans.

Dr. Nordenskjdld's anthropological studies
were made chiefly upon the Onas, whom he had
fairly good opportunities for observing during
his trip down the eastern fringe of Tierra del
Fuego Island in 1895-96. He was also in com-
munication with the Salesians at Rio Grande,
with the Bridges family, and with the civil
authorities, especially Sefior Ramdn Cortes,
chief of police for the island. His most impor- .
tant contribution is the Ona vocabulary.

Nycl,J. A.X.

Lettre du Pere Nyel, Misedonnaire de
la Compagnie de Jesus, au R.,P. de la
Chaize de la m^me Compagnie, Confes-
Beur du Roy. (In Lettree 6dif . et cur.,
receuil vn, pp. 29-60; 1838-1843 ed.,
vol. n, pp. 79-83; Span, tr., vol. in;
Engl, tr., vol. n; de Broeses, vol. n,
436-441.)

Contains (pp. 86, 42-44) a short account of the
Fuegians^ chiefly from the Nodals.

Oohsc^iins, Carl Christian

Chile: Land und Leute, Leipzig-
Prag, 1884.

Contains (pp. 111-112, 139-145) imimportant
notes on the Fuegians.

O'Halloran, T. P.

A bibliography of South America,
London-Buenos Ayres, 1912.

Confined to books and articles in the English
language; popular, not scientific; bibliographical
data insufficient and in places inaccurate; of some
value, however, inasmuch as it is a f^ly exten-
sive list.

Olaverria, Migael de

Informe de Don Miguel de Olaverria
Bobre el reyno de Chile, bus Indies y sus
guerras, 1594 [or 1597-98]. (In Gay,
Documentos, n, 13-54.)

Contains (p. 18) very brief notes on the Oumos.
Olivares, Mifuel de

Breve noticia de la provincia de la
Compafda de Jesus de Chile, desde que
los relijiosos de ella entraron en este
reino, que fu^ el ano 1593, hasta los
anos presentes, [1736]. (Ed. with in-

Olivares, Miguel de — Continued
trod, by Diego Barros Arana, in Col.
hist. CMUy Santiago, 1874, vol. vn,
1901, vol. XXVI.)

Chapter 10 contains a good deal of valuable in-
formation on the relations of the missionaries, the
colonists, and the Chilotan Indians with the
Chonos, together with some notes on Chonoan
culture. See especially vn, 370-373 on first mis-
sions and culture, and vn, 394-395 on the settle-
ment of the Chonos on Huar. Father Olivares
gathered his historical data in the course of his
missionary labors in the Chilotan district, and
had had some personal contact with the Chonos
(vn, 372).

Omallus d'Halloy, Jean Baptiste Julien d'
Des races humaines, ou 61^ments
d'ethnographie, Paris, 1845.

On pp. 162-163 the author classes the Fuegians
(Pecherais) in the Araucanian family.

Orbigny, Alcide Dessalines d'

(a) Voyage pittoresque dans les deux
Am^riques, Paris, 1836; ditto, 1841;
Ital. tr., 2 vols., Venice, 1852-1854.

Contains (orig., pp. 283-284; tr. , l, 657-558)
short, imimportant account of the Fuegians,
based chiefly on Bougainville, Jas. Cook, Banks.

(6) L'hoinmeam6ricain(derAm6rique
Meridional), consider^ sous ses rap-
ports physiologiques et moraux, vol.
IV, part 1, of the Voyage dans TAm^-
rique M^ridionale etc., Paris, 1839; 2
vols., ibid., 1839.

Contafais (see especially pp. 175-177, 1*5-187)
accounts of the Chonos and Fuegians, based on
Bougainville, Weddell, the older writers in de
Brosses, etc The accounts would need consider-
able revision to be of value to-day. The linguis-
tic classification (p. 187) of the Fuegians with the
Araucanians is based merely on the occurrence of
the syllable che in Beauchesne-Gouin's division
(gotten, apparently, from La Ouilbaudiere or his
Description) of the Fuegians into the ''Lague-
diche*' and "Haveguedfche** (de Brosses, i, 120).
Even granting the very doubtful point that the
che was meant to be pronounced as a separate
syllable, Villefort's journal of Beauchesne-
Gouln's voyage being written in French, the
classification would rest on a quite insufficient
basis; yet it was followed by many later writers
on Fuegian anthropology (e. g., Figuier, Peschel,
Prichard). Average stature of Fuegians (p. 186)
based on estimates by Wallis, O. Forster, and
Weddell.

Osbom, Chase Salmon

The Andean land (South America),
2 vols., Chicago, 1909.

Contains (i, 68, 159-161) some notes on the
Fuegians, based imrtly on personal observation;
not important.

Digitized by

Googl(

coopeb]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIEBRA DEL FUEGO

117

Osborne, Thomas, ed.

A collection. of voyages and travels,
2 vols., London, 1745.

Cantains (n, 43^-4*78) Fletcher's World en-
compassed.

O'Sollivan, D. B.

Tierra del Fuego. (In Fortnightly
review J London, Jan., 1893, lix, n. s.
Lm, 36-53.)

Contains (pp. 45-53) quite an extensive account
of ti^e Fuegian Indians. This account is based
on personal observation during a two numths'
enforced sojourn in the Strait opposite Port
Famine and a subsequent cruise through south-
em and western Fuegia, on iniiormation ob-
tained from a German sea captain who had spent
20 years in the archipelago and on Admiral Fits-
Roy's narrative. The description is good, but
needs to be used with caution, as the writer does
not distinguish sufficiently between the various
tribes, and repeats some of Admiral Fits-Roy's
less dependable statements.

Outes, F^liz F.

(a) La edad de la piedra en Pata-
gonia: Estudio de arqueologfa compa-
rada. (In Anales Museo nac., Buenos
Aires, 1905, 3d ser. v, 203-675.)

A comprehensive description, classiflcatiouy
(tnd discussion of Patagonian stone artifacts, an-
cient and recent, preceded by a quite full account
of earlier Patagonian culture in all its other
phases. While this splendid monograph touches
only incidentally on the Fuegians (cf. pp. 268-
270, 397-398, 412, 427), it is invaluable forthe study
of the cultural relations of the Fuegians, in par-
ticular of the Onas, to the earlier Patagonians.

(6) Instrumentos modemos de los
Onas. (Ibid., 1906, 3d ser. vi, 287-
296.)

An excellent description of some modem Ona
implements and arms, showing the substitution
of iron and glass for shell and stone. 8 illustra-
tions. 5 Ona words from Mr. Lucas Bridges.

(c) Comnnicaci6n preliminar sobre
los resultados antropoldgicos de mi pri-
mer viaje d Chile. (In La Universidad
nac. de La Plata en el IV° Congr. cient.
[1° Pan-amer.], Buenos Aires, 1909, pp.
216-221; repr. ibid., 1909.)

An important contribution to Chonoan and
Fuegian somatology. Contains (p. 219) the
measurements of 2 Chono calvaria, 1 ^ and 1 9,
from Puerto Lobos, in the Quaitecas Islands.
Dr. Outes also examined 9 Alacaluf (2 men and
7 women) and 14 Onas (3 men and 11 women) at
Dawson Island Mission, obtaining stature and
cranial measurements and color of skin and iris
(pp. 220-221 ). Dr. Outes promised a fuller study
of the 2 Chono calvaria.

(d) and Brach, Carlos

Outes, T€liL F. — Continued

Los aborigenes de la RepdbUca Ar-
gentina, Buenos Aires, 1910.

Contains (pp. 130-141) one of the best, if not
the best, extant summarized account of Yahgan
and Onan cultural anthropology. 16 excellent
photos, illustrating environment, physical types,
and artifacts.

(e) atuf Bnich, Carlos

Cuadros murales '^Las viejas razas
argentinas,'* ^dth Texto explicativo,
Buenos Aires, 1910.

The charts are intended for school use, the text
lor the guidance of teachers. The charts and
text contain, respectively, nearly the same illus-
trations enlarged and the same text as "Los
aborigenes."

Dr. Outes, in addition to his visit to Fuegia in
1908, has had the opportunity for closely study-
ing an abundance of museum material. It need
hardly be added that his works, even those in-
tended for general and school use, are written in
aooordanoe with the best anthropological tra-
ditions.

Ovalle, Alonso de

Historica relacion del reyno de Chile,
y delas misiones y ministerios que
exercita en el la Compafiia de Jesus,
Roma, 1646; repr. in Col. hist, ChiU^
1888, vols, xii-xin; Ital. tr., Roma,
1646; Engl. tr. of first five books in
Churchill, ni, 1-138, and Pinkerton,
XIV, 30-210.

Contains anthropological data from the earlier
explorers (bk. 3, eh. 6, pp. 99-101) and a short
account of Chonoan culture (bk. 8, ch. 21, pp.
394-395); not important. Map .with figure of a
Fuegian and the inscription: ''Caudati homines
hic"I

Oviedo 7 Vald^s, Gonzalo Femfindes de
Historia general y natural de las
Indias, islas y tierra^firme del mar
oc^ano, 4 vols., Madrid, 1851-1855 (1st
ed. of bks. 1-19, Seville, 1535, of bk.
20, Valladolid, 1557); extr. in Col. '
hist. Chile, 1901, xxvn, 1-254.

Contains (vol. n, bk. 20, ch. 1 and 10) references
to the fires seen by Magellan's expedition and to
the natives met by Loaysa's; not important.

Owen, Bichard

Descriptive catalogue of the osteo-
logical series contained in the museum
of the Royal College of Surgeons of
England, vol. n. Mammalia placen-
talia, London, 1853.

Contains (pp. 846-848) a short description with-
out measurements of an Alacalufan skull and
parts of skeleton which had been presented by
Admiral Fitz-Roy.

Digitized by

Googl(

118

BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Pacheco C, Baldomero

(a) Derrotero del Estrecho de Magal-
lanes . . . (In An, hidr. mar. Chiles
Valparaiso, 1907, xxvi, 1-327.)

Contains (pp. 52-55) a few notes on the Channel
Alacaluf. Of special Interest is the statement
on pp. 53-^, "individuos a quienes se ha visto
en el puerto Gallant, se les encuentra en seguida
en la bahfa Fortuna o en el canal Messier.'' They
appear to pass from the Strait to the Patagonian
channels, not by doubling C. Tomar, but by a
portage route via Jerdnimo Canal, Xaultegua
Gulf, Perez de Arce Inlet, Oajardo Canal, and
Skyring.

(&) Apuntes para la jeografia ndutica
del archipi^lago de Reina Adelaida,
esplorado por la comision hidrogrdfica
de la canonera Magallanes en 1904.
(Ibid., 1912, xxvm, 14-57.)

Contains (pp. 26-27) Wief notes on the Alaca-
luf; not important.

(c) Derrotero de loe arcMpi^lagoe de
Patagonia desde el golfo de Penas al
de lo8 Coronados (Chonos i Chilo6), vol.
IV, Valparaiso, 1913.

C<Hitains (iv, 30) the statement that there are
no more natives in the Chonos Archipelago.

Pardo C, Caupolican

Armas i utensilios de loe indios Pata-
gones i Fueguinoe. (In Actes Soc.
sdent. du Chilij Santiago, 1898, vni,
121-127.)

Contains some descriptive notes on Fuegian
artifacts collected by the author on journeys to
the southern part of Chile; not Imjwrtant.

Parkinson, Sydney

A journal of a voyage to the South
Seas in H. M. S., the Endeavor ^ faith-
fully transcribed from the papers of
the late Sydney Parkinson, draughts-
man to Joseph Banks, Esq. on his late
expedition with Dr. Solander roimd
the world, London, 1773; with addi-
tions, ibid., 1784.

Contains (pp. 7-^) a brief description of the
Onas met casually in Jan., 1769, at Good Success
Bay. The author accompanied Capt. Cook's
first expedition.

Parsons, Mrs. Elsie Clews

The family. New York-London, 1906.

Contains passim full data on Yahgan family
life, based on Th. Bridges, a, and Ilyades, p
and?.

Patagonian Channels . ( In Shipping illus-
trated, New York, Jan. 10, 1914.) (Ref-

Patagonian Channels — Continued
erence from Bull. Pan.-Amer, union,
Washington, Mot., 1914,' p. 417.)

Contains, according to the reviewer, an ac-
count of the life of the natives.

Payr6, Boberto J.

La Australia argent ina: Excur8i6n pe-
riodistica & las costas patag6nica8,
Tierra del Fuego 6 isla de loe Estados,
Buenos Aires, 1898.

A series of articles written by a newspaper man
for La Nacibn, of Buenos Aires. Contains (pp.
17^245) quite an extensive account of the Fue-
gian natives, based on limited personal observa-
tion, on data furnished by resident colonists but
not submitted to criticism, and on written
sources. The description is generally exact , but,
as the author remarks, his visit was "una excur-
sion," not "una expedlci<5n nl unaexploracidn"
(p. 178). The section on Yahgan religion (pp.
184-186) should be used with caution.

Paz, F^lix M.

Territorios australes: Expedicion d la
bahfa de San Sebastian. (In Bol. Inst,
geogr. argent., Buenos Aires, Oct., 1886,
VII, cuad. 10, pp. 217-219.)

Contains meager notes on the physical ap-
pearance and cultufe of a party of 29 Onas met on
the shore of San Sebastian Bay during a very
• brief visit, Aug. 20-23, 1886, to Tierra del Fuego
Island; not importaqt.

Pector, D6sir€

(a) EthnograpMe de Tarchipel Ma-
gellanique. (In Intern. Arch. f. Eth-
nogr., Leiden, 1892, v, 215-221.)

An excellent summary of the Yahgan cultural
data contained in Hyades, q.

(h) Notes sur rAm6ricanisme: Quel-
ques-unes de ses lacunes en 1900,
Paris, 1900.

C<mtains a few remarks (pp. 167, 178-179) on
the linguistic afBnities and culture of the Fue-
gians; not important.

Penna, Jos6

Araucanos, Pampas, Patagones y
Fu^uinos: Sus costumbres funerarias.
(In Revista de derecho, hist, y Utras,
Buenos Aires, 1909, xxxiv, 171-206.)

Contains an account of Fuegian burial customs
and ideas regarding the future life, based chiefly
on Fitz-Roy, Darwin, Spegazzini, Bove, Lista.
The statements on cannibalism from Fitz-Roy
and on Ona cremation from Lista need revision,
or at least confirmation.

P6rez Garcia, Jos6

Historia natural, militar, civil y sa-
grada del reino de Chile, [1810]. (Ed-

Digitized by

Googl(

cooper]

BIBLIOGBAPHY OF TBIBES OF TIEBBA DEL FUEGO

119

Pfirez Garcia, Jos€ — Continued
ited by Job6 Toribio Medina in Col.
hist. Chikf Santiago, 1900, xxn-xxra.)
Ck)ntaiiis (xxn, 31-32, 84-35, 10»-110) a sum-
mary of Father Falkner's division of the natives
between Chilo^ and the Strait; not important.

Pemety, Antoine J.

See Duclos-Guyot.

Pertuiset, Eugene

Le tr^sor des Incas k la Terre de Feu,
Paris, 1877.

Contains (pp. 172-176, 192-194, 202-205) a few
notes on the Onas encountered casually three
times by the exi)edition on a month's trip in
Dec., 1873-Jan., 1874, from Gente Grande Bay to
Useless Bay. Cf . Marguin. The description of
Alacalufan (and Onan?) hunting and fishing cus-
toms contained in the account of the Dawson
Island natives (pp. 216-222) is more detailed and
is based on information given to M. Pertuiset by
his agent, M. L4on Moulinier, who spent some
months on the island in 1874.

Pesohel, Oskar Ferdinand

Volkerkunde, 7th ed., Leipzig, 1897;
[1st ed., 1874]; Engl, tr., London, New
York, 1876.

Contains (pp. 151-152; tr., pp. 200-202) a few
unimportant notes on the Fuegians, based on
Snow, Darwin, Fitz-Roy, d'Orbigny.

PMllips, G. W.

The missionary martyr of Tierra del
Fuego: being the memoir of J(ame8)
G(arland) PfalllipB [with his journal and
letters], London, 1861 (reference from
British Museum Catalogue) ;. review and
summary in Ausland^ Augsburg, 1861,
XLHi, 1009-1012.

The Ausland article contains many details on
Yahgan character, customs, and physical type,
but is hardly important.

Phillips, James Garland

Journal and letters. See Phillips,
G.W.
PhiUips, Philip Lee

A list of books, magazine articles and
maps relating to Chile, Washington,
1903.

An extensive bibliography, which does not,
however, emphasize the anthropological litera-
ture; not annotated.

Pi y Maigall, Francisco

Historia de la America antecolombi-
ana, vol. i, 1st part, Barcelona, 1892.

Contains (p. 485) a note on the Chonos, and on
pp. 502-509, an extensive account of the Fuegians.

64028°— Bull. 63—17 ^9

Pi y Maigall, Francisco — Continued
The fact that the author bases his description
almost exclusively on the older sources— Oviedo,
Barmiento, Argensola, Alcedo, d'Orbigny, the
narratives in Purohas, and de Rennevflle— and
ignores the important recent literature detracts
seriously from the value of an otherwise carefully
written study*

Pickering, Charles

United States exploring expedition
during the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841,
1842 under the command of Charles
Wilkes, U. S. N., vol. ix: The races of
man and their geographical distribu-
tion, Boston-London, 1848; new ed.,
London, 1851.

CJontahis (pp. 17-20; new ed., pp. 8-11) a good
though short description of the Yahgans and
Onas observed in 1839 at Orange Harbor and
Good Success Bay, respectively. CJf. Wilkes,
Colvocoresses.

Pietas, Ger6nimo

Noticia sobre las costumbres de los
Araucanos, 1729. (In Gay, Documen-
tos, I, no. 36, pp. 486-512.)

Contains (pp. 503-^504) some interesting data
on the culture and language of the "Chonos" and
" Caucahues." Father Pietas lived four years in
Chiio^ (p. 502); he did not travel into Chonoan
territory, but had seen one ''Caucahue'' and
many "Chonos," the latter retained by soldiers
and other people of Chilo6 (pp. 503, 505).

Pigorini, L.

II museo nazionale preistorico ed etno-
grafico di Koma, 2a relazione al Ministro
della PubbUca Istruzione, Roma, 1884,
pp. 14-15. (Reference from Hyades.)

A description, according to Dr. Hyades, of the
Fuegian collection in the museum.

Pinkerton, John

A general collection of the best and
most interesting voyages and travels in
all parts of the world, 17 vols., London,
1808-1814.

Contains (vol. xi) an abstract of Capt. Cook's
first voyage.

Platz, Bonifacins

Der Mensch, sein Ursprung, seine
Rassen und sein Alter, 3d ed., Wttrz-
burg-Leipzig, 1898.

Contabis many references passim (pp. 55, 68,
79, 96, 100, 137, 199, 323, 338) to the Fue^ans; not
important.

Platzmann, Karl Julius

Glossar der feuerlandischen Sprache,
Leipzig, 1882.

Digitized by

Googl(

120

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNt)LOGY

[bull. 63

Platzmann, Karl Julius — Continued

Contains a fairly extensive vocabulary, Yah-
gan-Oennan, pp. 1-08, German-Yahgan, pp. 00-
226, extracted exclusively from the Rev. Mr.
Bridges' Yahgan translation of St. Luke's gospel.
The vocabulary is by no means exhaustive. See
also Dr. Garbe's criticism. An introduction by
Dr. Karl Whistling gives an account of Fuegian
anthropology, based on Snow, Darwin, Wflkes,
Brassey , Peschel, Virchow; not important. The
appendix (pp. 227-266) contains the Bridges
Ys^gan alphabet, proper names, and English
loan-words from St. Luke's gospel; and the para-
hie of the sower and the Our Father in Yahgan.
Map, and 3 woodcuts of Fuegian types.

Ploss, Hermann Heinrioh

(a) Das Kind in Brauch und Sitte
der Vdlker, 3. Aufl., ed. by B. Renz,
2 vols., Leipzig, 1911-12.

Ckmtains references passim to Fuegians; based
chiefly on Hyades, g, Bridges, e, Fred. Cook, a.

(6) and Bartels, Max

Das Weib in der Natur- und Vdlker-
kunde, 10. Aufl., ed. by Paul Bartels,
2 vols., Leipzig, 1913.

Ckmtains references i>assim to Fuegians; based
on standard sources.

Poeppig, Eduard Friedricli

B-eise in Chile, Peru, und auf dem
Amazonenstrome wahrend der Jahre
1827-1832, 2 vols., Leipzig, 1835-36.

The passage (i, 464) on the Chonos is based on
Falkner, not on personal observatian or original
study.

Ponce de Leon, Francisco

Descripcion del reyno de Chile,
Madrid, 1644; repr. in full in Medina, c,
vol. I, 42(M34.

Contains (p. 5; Medina, pp. 423-424) a very
short account, one of the earliest extant, of the
culture of the Chonos.

Popper, Julio

(a) Exploraci6n de la Tierra del
Fuego. (In Bol. Inst geogr, argent. ,
Buenos Aires, 1887, vni, cuad. 4, pp.
74-93, cuad. 5, pp. 97-115.)

Contains (pp. 103-109 and passim) interesting
data, chiefly on material culture, gathered from
observation of the Onas met casually during a
two months' sojourn in Tierra del Fuego Island
in 1886.

(6) Tierra del Fuego: La vida en el
extremo austral del mundo habitado,
Buenos Aires, 1890, 119 pp. (Refer-
ence from Anrique, pp. 653-654.)

(c) Tierra del Fuego: Corresponden-
cia del senor Julio Popper. (In Bol.

VoiiSfVttf Julio — Continued
Inst, geogr. argent. y Buenos Aires, 1891,
xn, cuad. 1-4, pp. 1-2.)

Contains one paragraph on the Onas; unim-
portant.

{d) Apuntee geogrdficos, etnol6gicos,
estadlsticos ^ industriales sobre la
Tierra del Fuego. (Ibid., cuad. 7-8,
pp. 130-170.)

An account of the author's second expedition
to Tierra del Fuego Island, during which, he
states (p. 162), he established friendly relations
with 600 Onas. The paper is of interest to the
anthropologist for the sympathetic description of
moral culture given incidentally (pp. 136-142) in
the author's brief account of the Onas and his de-
fence of their relations with the white settlers.

Seftor Popper did not learn the Ona language,
but used an interpreter. His cultund data,
though not very important, have been confirmed
by later explorers. See summary of first expedi-
tion by Gunn.

Porter, Cflrlos Emilio

(a) Sobre la antropologfa, fauna y
flora chilenas: Brevisimas considera-
ciones. (In Poirier^s Chile eh 1910,
Santiago, 1910, pp. 523-537.)

Contains (p. 525) a few notes on the Fuegians
and Chonos; not important.

(6) BibUograffa chilena de antropo-
lojfa i etnolojfa. (In Bol. Museo nac.
de Chile, Santiago, 1911, in, no. 2, pp.
401-441; reprint; also in Trabajoe IV°
Congr. cient. [I® Pan-amer.] celebrado
en Santiago de Chile, 25 die. 1908-5
enero, 1909, vol. xiv, Ciencias nat., an-
trop. y etnol., tomo n, Santiago, 1911,
pp. 109-136; an earlier, less extensive
list appeared in the Revista chilena de
histaria natural, 1906, x, 101-127.)

An important and extensive bibliography, in
part analytical and critical; limited to books and
articles published in Chile.

Pretty, Francis

(a) The famous voyage of Sir Francis
Drake into the South sea, and there-
hence about the globe of the whole
earth, begunne Anno 1577. (In Hak-
luyt, 2d ed., m, 730-742; Purchas, Pil-
grimes, vol. i, bk. 2, ch. 3; Beazley, b;
Fr. tr. by Fran9ois de Louvencourt,
Paris, 1627 (1st ed., 1613); Dutch tr., van
der Aa, vol. xvin, 2d ed., v; Span. tr.
of parts, in An. hidr. mar. Chile, San-
tiago, 1880, vol. VI ; de Brosses, i, 178-
199; abstr. in E. C. Drake, in Kerr, vol

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPEUl

BIBLIOGR!A.PHY OF TEIBES OF TIEBRA DEL FUEGO

121

Pretty, Francis — Continued
X, in Harris, vol. i, bk. 1, ch. 4,. in
Laet, bk. 12, Lat. and Fr. tr., bk. 13.)

Contains only a few words on the Fuegians.
For fuller details, see Fletcher's World enoom-

(6) The admirable and prosperous
voyage of the worsMpfuU Master Thom-
as Candish . . . into the South sea, and
from thence round about the circum-
ference of the whole earth, begun in the
yeere of our Lord 1586, and finished
.1588. (In Hakluyt, 2d ed., m, 803-825;
Purchas, Pilgrimes, vol. i, bk. 2, ch. 4;
Henry, vol. i; Beazley, a; Dutch tr.,
Amsterdam, 1598; Lat. and Germ, tr.,
de Bry, part 8; de Brosses, i, 220-228;
abstr. in E. C. Drake, in Harris, vol. i,
in van der Aa, vol. xx, 2d ed., vol. v,
in Bancarel, vol. n, in Pr6vost, vol.
XV, in Laet, bk. 12, Lat. and Fr. tr.,
bk. 13.)

Contains a few very brief and unimportant
notes on the natives, probably Alacaluf , met near
Elizabeth Bay in 1587.

Pr6vost, Antoine Frangois (Provost

d 'Exiles), and others.

Histoire g^n6rale des voyages, 25
vols., nouv. ed., La Haye- Amsterdam,
1747-1780(79]; 80 vols., Paris, 1748-
1770+ .

Ck)ntains abstracts of the following voyages:
van Noort's, vol. xiv; Cavendish's (from Pretty),
de Weert's, van Speilbergen's L'Hermite's, Nar-
brough's. Wood's, de Gennes' (from Froger),
Frezier's, Anson's (from Walter), Bulkeley and
Cummins', Alex. Campbell's, vol. xv. Bou-
gainville's description of the Pecherais is given in
full, vol. XX, pp^26-330.

Prichard, Hesketh Vernon Hesketh

Through the heart of Patagonia, Lon-
don, 1902.

Contains (pp. 107-109) a few unimportant
notes on the Onas, apparently not based on per-
sonal observation. The author states (p. 7) that
the Onas intentionally leave arrow points in a
putrid carcass in order to render them poisonous.
This statement needs confirmation. All the
first-hand authorities who mention the subject
deny that the Onas use poison. (Cf. Subject
Bibliography, under Weapons, p. 211.)

Prichard, James Cowles

(a) Researches into the physical his-
tory of mankind, 3d ed., 5 vols., Lon-
don, 1836-1847.

Contains (v, 494-496) a brief, unimportant ac-
count of the Fuegians, based chiefly on Fitz-Roy
and Wilkes.

Prichard, James Cowles — Continued
(6) The natural history of man, 3d
ed., London, 1848; Fr. tr., 2 vols.,
Paris, 1843.

Contams (pp. 445-450; tr., n, 197-203) an ac-
count of the Alacaluf (Pesherais); not important.

Prince, Carlos

Idiomas y dialectos indfgenas del
continente hispano sud-americano,
Lima, 1905.

The sections <m the Chonos and Fuegians (pp.
83-86, 125-126) are unreliable.

Purchas, Samuel

(a) Pvrchas his Pilgrimage, London,
1613 (the fourth ed. usually published
as vol. I or V of Hakluytus Posthumus).

Contains (bk. 9, ch. 6-7, pp. 711-717) an inter-
esting though not important description of the
southern end of South America, based on the
earliest voyages.

(6) Hakluytus Posthumus or Pvrchas
his Pilgrimes, 5 vols. (vol. v being the
Pilgrimage), London, 1625; repr. Hakl.
soc, 20 vols., Glasgow, 1905-1907.

Contains the following voyages: Brake's and
Cavendish's (by Pretty, repr. from Hakluyt),
van Noort's, van Speilbergen's, vol. i; Hawkins',
Cavendish's (by Knivet), vol. rv.

Purves, David Laing, ed.

The English circumnavigators, Lon-
don, 1874.

Contains (pp. 33-98) Fletcher's World encom-
passed, and (pp. 319-474) Walter's narrative of
Anson's voyage.

Qnatrefages de Br6au, Jean Louis Ar-

mandde

(a) aru^ Hamy, Jules Theodore Ernest.

Crania ethnica: Les cranes des races
humainee, vol. i, text, vol. ii, plates,
Pans, 1882.

Contains the description and measurements
(1, 478-479) of 2 cf Alacaluf skulls, one from Mercy
Harbor, Desolation Island, collected by M. de
Rochas, the other from Punta Arenas, previ-
ously described by Dr. Rey. The Mercy Harbor
skull is reproduced in n, plate lxxv, figures 3-4;
figures 43^-437 in text are taken from Huxley.

(6) Histoire g6n6rale des races hu-
maines, Paris, 1889.

Contains (pp. 545, 599) notes on the resemblance
of the Fuegian to the Lagoa Santa cranial type.

Baggi, G. A.

Attraverso I'America meridionale,
Milano, [1897].

Contains (pp. 38-65 passim) considerable w
terial on Yahgan and Onan cultufe» based j

Digitized by LjOOQIC

122

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

(bull. 63

Baggi, G. A. — Continued

personal observation, on hearsay, and on informa-
tion given by Sefior Ram<5n Cortes, chief of police
in Tierra del Fuego; not important.

Bamnsio, Giovanni Battista, ed.

Navigationi et viaggi ... 3 vols.
Venetia, 1550-.

Contains (i, 374-379) the Epistle of MazJ-
milianus Transylvanus.

Banke, Joliannes

Der Mensch, 2d ed., 2 vols., Leipzig-
Wien, 1894-1900; 3d ed., 2 vols., ibid.,
1911-12.

Contains (2d ed., n, 345-354) a lengthy account
of Fu^ian somatol(^y and culture, based on
Virchow and R. Martin. In the third edition
(n, 292-300) a few notes from O. Nordensk-
jdld bring the account a little more up to date,
but even so it leaves much to be desired.

Batzel, Friedrich

(a) Anthropo-geographie, Stuttgart,
1882; 2d ed., 2 vols., ibid., 1899-.

Contains passim some references, more numer-
ous in the second edition, to the influence of en-
vironment on Fuegian culture.

(6) V5lkerkunde, 2d ed., 2 vols.,
Leipzig-Wien, 1894-95; Engl. tr. of 2d
ed. by A. J. Butler, 3 vols., London-
New York, 1896-1898.

Contains (i, 518-^25; tr., n, 84-91) an extensive
and good account mainly of Yahgan and Ala-
calufan culture, based chiefly on Fitz-Roy, Dar-
win, Coppinger, Lovisato, Bove, Hyades. The
author gives only a few stray points on the Onas.
He follows Admiral Fitz-Roy in calling the na-
tives of the Patagonian channels Chonos. 6
woodcuts; see especially illustration of ax (i,
p. 522; tr., n, p. 88).

Beal, Julian

See Benito Marin.
Beclns, Jean Jacques £lis6e

Nouvelle g^ographie universelle: La
terre et les hommes, 19 vols., Paris,
1876-1894; Engl, tr., 19 vols., London,
1876-1894, and New York, 1886(?)-1898.

Contains (xvm, 762-767; tr. pp. 445-447) a very
brief account of the Fuegians; accurate, except
for stature measurements, given as average 4 feet
6 inches. A few words on Chcmos (tr., p. 444).

Begalia, Ettore

See Mantegazza.
Beiss, Joliann WiUielm

See Stftbel.
Bejistro de la marina de la Reptiblica de

Chile, 1848, p. 44. (Reference from

Medina's Aborljenes, p. 111.)

Quoted (ibid.) to the effect that the Fuegians
extend 9& far north as the Chonos Archipelago.

Benneville, Ben6 Augnstin Constantin de

Recueil des voyages qui ont servi a
r^tablissement et aux progr6s de la
Compagnie des Indes Orientales, form6e
dans les Provinces Unies des Psos-Bas,
5 vols., Amsterdam, 1702-1706; 2d ed.
rev. and enl., 7 vols., ibid., 1725; 10
vols., Rouen, 1725.

Contains French translations from Commelin
of the voyages of de Weert and de Cordes, van
Noort, van Speilbergen, L'Hermite (vols, i, n,
rv, V, respectively; 2d ed., Amsterdam, vols, i,
n, IV, v; Rouen ed., vols, n, in, vra, ix).

Bey, Philippe Marins

fitude anthropologique sur les Boto-
cudos: Th^e pour le doctorat en m^de-
cine, faculty de m6decine de Paris,
Paris, 1880.

Contains (pp. 48^2) the description and meas-
urements of a skull collected at Punta Arenas.
It was presented by M. Lejanne as Patagonian,
but according to Dr. Francisco Moreno Jt is
Fuegian. Figures 8-10. Cf. de Quatrefages, a.

Beynaud, P. H.

(a) Rapport medical sur la campagne
de Taviso le L'Hermitte. (In Arch,
de mededne navale, Paris, 1876, xxvi,
81-104, 161-190, 241-251.)

Contains (pp. 91-94) a very good description of
Channel Alacaluf met casually at Isthmus Bay
in Oct., 1873.

(6) Notes sur les Fu^hiens. (In
Revile d^anthrop.y Paris, 1878, vol. vn,
2d ser. i, 323-324.)

Contains practically the same cultural data
as the preceding article.

Bhoades, Henry Eckford

Aroimd the world with the blue
jackets, Boston, 1890.

Contains (pp. 232-236) a description of some
Alacaluf met near Punta Arenas.

Bingrose, Basil

The dangerous voyage and bold
attempts of Captain Bartholomew
Sharp, and others; performed upon
the coasts of the South Seas, for the
space of two years, <&c. (In Exqueme-
lin, Bucaniers of America, 2d Engl,
ed., 2 vols., London, 1684-85, vol. n;
for repr. and Fr. and Germ, tr., see
Hacke, Dampier; Harris, vol. ii, bk.
4, ch. 6; extr. in de Brosses, ii, 43-48,
and in Fitz-Roy, 6, pp. 172-175.)

Contains (ch. 23) very meager notes on a
family of Channel Alacaluf met in Oct., 1681,

Digitized by LjOOQIC

cooper]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

123

Bingrose, Basil — Continued

near Duke of York Island between 50"* and 51"
south lat. (Madre de Dios Island, according to
Admiral Fitz-Roy, b, p. 174).

Bivet, Paul

La race de Lagoa-Santa chez les
populations pr^colombiennes de V^-
quateur. (In Bull, et mim. Soc.
d^anthr. de Paris ^ 1908, 5th ser., vol.
IX, fasc. 2, pp. 209-271; also separate
reprint.)

Contains some important material on the
somatological relations of the Fuegians. See
especiaUy pp. 241, 253-258, 264-268. Dr. Rivet's
conclusions are: The Yahgans and Alacaluf are
fundamentally identical with the Lagoa Santa
race, although there has been an infusion of some
other element; the Onas are apparently of mixed
Tehuelche and Yahgan-Alacaluf blood. Dr.
Rivet restudied the three Ona skulls at Paris
which Dr. Hultkrantz described (6).

Bividre, E.

L* expedition scientifique du cap
Horn et son exposition. (In Revue
sdentifique^ Paris, 1884, xxxiii, 3d ser.
vn, 385-400.)

Contains (pp. 397-400) a brief account of the
Yahgans, based on information given by Drs.
Hahn and Hjrades.

Bobiano, Engine de

Le CMli, I'Araucanie, le d^troit de
Magellan et retour par le S^n^gal,
Paris, 1882.

Contains (pp. 241-243) an unimportant ac-
count of the Fuegians, based on written sources.

Bochas, V. de

Journal d'un voyage au d^troit de
Magellan et dans les canaux lat^raux
de la cote occidentale de la Patagonie
1856-1859. (In Tcmr du Tnxmde, Paris,
1«' sem., 1861, m, 209-236; r6sum6 by
Simonot.)

Contains (pp. 216-218, 223-224, 226, 235-236)
unimportant descriptions of Alacaluf met
casually at St. Nicholas and Level Bays in July-
Aug., 1856 [and Dec., 1859].

Bogers, Woodes

A cruising voyage round the world
. . . b^un in 1708 and finish'd in
1711, London, 1712; 2d ed.,ibid., 1726.

Contains (pp. 109-121 passim in both editions)
a few unimportant notes on the Fuegians, based
entirely, it seems, on earlier written sources.

Resales, Diego de

(a) Historia general de el reyno
de Chile, 1674-, ed. by Benjamin Vi-

Bosales, Diego de — Continued
cuna Mackenna, 3 vols., Valparaiso,

1877-78.

Contains passim a good deal of valuable mate-
rial on Chonoan culture. See i, 33, 105, 151, 157,
173-176, 293, 305, and n, 144. The section on
navigation (pp. 173-176) is especially good. Cf.
also the accoimts of the Ulloa expedition in 1553
(I, 33-34, 474) and of the 1641 expedition, which
Father Jerdnimo de Montemayor accompanied
(1, 105-106).

The latter expedition went by sea toward the
province of Allana and encountered some In-
dians. The exact place is hard to identify.
Father Resales mentions in connection with the
meeting the "P. de los Pabellones" and the
province of "Pucaqui." I have been unable to
locate any of the above geographical names on
any of the accessible early maps of the southern
archipelagos and could obtain only fragmentary
data from written sources. Ascasubi says (pp.
315-316) that the mission of the Chonos foimded
by Father Venegas is composed of *'varias par-
cialidades de indios que se descubrieron en Guai-
tecas, Chauranmapti y Alana, islas que demoran
al sur de Chiloe, en la altura de 45g'.'' Moraleda
identifies Chayamapu with Aisen Inlet and says
that it is the name the natives call the islands and
mainland east of Moraleda Channel to distin-
guish this district from the Guaitecas Archipelago
to the west (pp. 323, 332). If, therefore, Chaya-
mapu was a district and not an island and ex-
tended much beyond the Guaitecas Islands,
Ascasubi must have been writing inaccurately
or else had in mind the whole southern archi-
pelagos; and Alana, too, may have been an island
or district much farther south than the Guaitecas
Islands. Moreover, as he includes Cailin and
Chaulinec in the Chonos mission it is possible
that Alana meant the Gulf of Pefias region, from
which many of the natives at Cailin and Chau-
linec in the second half of the eighteenth century
had been brought.

It is just in this region that de Yea appears
to put the "tierra de allana." Coming down
from the Isthmus of Ofqui he came upon an
island, now S. Xavier Island, in the eastern part
of the Gulf of Pefias near the mainland, ''que le
puse por nombre San £st6ban, que oorre N.-S.,
con la tierra de allana y la tierra firme de barlo-
vento" (p. 573).

Finally, Cktllardo i Andrade seems to call the
island of S. Xavier by the name of Pucaqui
(p. 532; cf. alsoMachado, p. (>5. A "River of the
Giants" is marked on some of the maps posterior
to 1641 as situated well south of Taitao Penin-
sula).

The above evidence is not very convincing
proof of anything, but what there is seems to be
convergent enou^ to establish a good presump-
tion that the 1641 expedition encountered the
Indians mentioned above in the Gulf of Pefias
region. These natives were reported to be of
gigantic stature and to have fought with clubs
and stones. They were nicknamed " (Jabiotas,"
that is, "gulls," by the members of the exp<»''*
tion, on account of a fueled resemblance of

Digitized by

Googl(

124

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 63

Bosales, Diego de — Continued

strange speech to the call of this bird. As the
Araucanian name for gull is "caucau" (Rosales,
I, 310), it is very likely that the name "Cau-
caus," "Caucahues," etc., which occurs so fre-
quently in works later than 1641 but not earlier
to denote the Chonos had its origin in this way.

(b) Conquista espiritual del reino de
Chile. MS. (Fragments only are ex-
tant. Cf. preceding work, vol. i, In-
trod., pp. xxxiv-xxxv.)

Valuable data from this manuscript, bearing
on Chonoan culture, are given in Dr. Medina's
Aborljenes on pp. 94-95, 103, 162, 178, 186.

Father Rosales was in Chilo^ hi 1662 and
probably derived his information on Chonoan
culture from direct observation or from good
first-hand sources.

In the Introduction and Subject Bibliography
the present writer has referred to the data con-
cerning Father Rosales' * 'Gab iotas" as Chonoan.
This has been done with considerable reserve,
for although from the circumstances of the case
it seems more probable that the Gabiotas were
Chonos, it is by no means certain.

Boss, James Clark

A voyage of discovery and research
in the southern and antarctic regions
during the years 1839-1843, 2 vols.,
London, 1847.

Contafais (n, 284-285, 303-307) an exceUent ac.
count of the culture of the Yahgans who made
"frequent visits" to Capt. Ross and his party
during the expedition's sojourn at Martin's Cove
in Sept.-Oct., 1842. Cf. also M'Cormick.

Both, Henry Ling

Tatu in Tierra del Fuego. (In Man,
London, 1905, v, no. 90, pp. 161-163.)

A discussion of a passage in Parkinson's
Journal, p. 8, perhaps showing the existence of
tattooing among the Onas, probably MAnekenkn,
met hi Jan., 1769, at Good Success Bay on Capt.
Cook's first expedition. The passage and illus-
trations are far from decisive proofs of the point.
The illustration may well represent mere stip-
pling, a common style of face painting among the
modern Fuegians. Agam no mention is made of
tattoomg by either Capt. Cook or Dr. Banks, who
describe, the latter m considerable detail, the
same natives whom Dr. Parkinson saw. It may
be added that the modem Onas tattoo the arm,
not the face. See also the uncertainties in the
evidence, which Dr. Roth himself suggests.
Figures 1-3 in text.

Boussel, A.

(a) LesFu^giens, leursmoeursetleur
langage au XVIIme si^cle. (In Revue
de Fnbourg, Dec, 1909, 14 pp.) (Ref-
erence from Geogr. jour., London, 1914,
XLiii, no. 5, p. 595.)

Boussel, A. — Continued

(6) Le la«gage des Fu^ens. (In
MtisioUy Lou vain, 1910, n. s. xi, 135-
140.)

Contains an Alacalufan \rocabulary, that is
pretty surely a copy of La Guilbaudiere's, from
the MS. journal of an officer of Beauehesne-
Gouin's fleet. Less accurate than the original.

Bousson

(a) anc? Willems

Mission scientifique de Mm. Rousson
et Willems ^ la Terre de Feu. (In C. R.
Soc. de geogr., Paris, 1891, nos. 7-8, pp.
17&-183; Span. tr. in Bol. Inst, geogr.
argent. J Buenos Aires, 1891, xii, 2-9.)

Contains (pp. 180-181; tr., pp. 6-9 a succinct
account of the culture of the northern Onas.

(6) aru/ Willems

La Terre de Feu et ses habitants.
(In C. R. Assoc, fran^ise pour Vavance-
ment des sciences, 21st sess., held at
Pau, 1892, Paris, 1893, 2d part, pp. 961-
965.)

Contains (pp. 963-965) the same cultural data
as the preceding article.

MM. Rousson and Willems traveled for over
two months in 1890 through the northern part of
Tierra del Fuego Island, and for four months in
1891 through the southern part, during which
time they had a fair amount of contact with the
Onas. They were charged by Seflor Adolfo
Polerd Escamilla with plagiarizing from Sefior
Popper's 1887 article; the Instituto Qeogr^co
Argentine after investigation sustained the
charge (Bo?. Inst, geogr. argent., 1891, xn, 118-119).
Regardless, however, of the source whence drawn,
their cultural data are in the main accurate, even
though not so important. See also Willems.

Sabin, Joseph

A dictionary of books relating to
America from its discovery to the
present time, vols, i-xx, New York,
1868-1892.

Contains important bibliographical data con-
cerning many of the sources for Fuegian anthro-
pology.

Salesian bulletin

See Bollettino saleaiano, Cojazzi.

Sarmiento de Qamb6a, Pedro

Viage al estrecho de Magallanes por
el Capitan Pedro Sarmiento de Gamb6a
en los anos de 1579. y 1580. y noticia
de la expedicion que despues hizo para
poblarle, ed. by Bernardo [de] Iriarte,
Madrid, 1768; repr. in An. hidr, mar.
Chile, Santiago, 1881, vn, 413-542;
Engl. tr. by Sir Clements Markham,

Digitized by

Googl(

coopbb]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

125

Sarmiento de GktmMa, Pedro — Contd.
Hakl. soc., vol. xci, London, 1895. Cf.
Hernandez.

Contains numerous notes passim (pp. 81, 91,
109-111, 120, 12^123, 191-193, 196-198, 209-212,
228-229; An. hidr., pp. 422, 428, 439, 445-447, 487-
488, 497-498, 511) on the culture of the natives,
all probably Alacaluf , of different points between
Coneepcion Strait and the modem Punta Arenas
region, and a few details (pp. 244-246; An. hidr.,
pp. 519-520) on the Onas of Gente Grande Bay.
Ten native localnames (pp. 203-210 i)assim; An.
hidr., pp. 493-497) gathered from some Indians
taken aboard seemingly at Tuesday Bay, Desola-
tion Island. Sarmiento had considerable contact
with the natives in 1579-1580, but his reports of
their culture are rather meager. His most inter-
esting data are: Cave burial (p. 120; An. hidr.,
445); the local names, vaguely suggestive at
least of the Alacaluf language; and the descrli>-
tion of the Onas, the earliest extant account of
this tribe.

The fabulous details found in Argensola's
account (q. v.) of Sarmiento's voyage are absent
from the original narrative.

Schlesinger, Georg

[Account of Fuegians encountered
while aboard the Junon Oct., 1878,
between English Reach and Isthmus
Bay.] (In Verh. Berlin. Ges. f. Anthr.
u. 8. w., Nov. 14, 1881, pp. [393H94.)

Contains some brief notes on the Alacaluf met
casually three times; not important.

Schmidt, Emil

Catalog der im anatomischen Institut
der Universitat Leipzig au^estellten
craniologischen Sammlung. (In Die
anthr op. Sammlungen Deutachlands: Pri-
vatrScmvmVvmgen^ i, 1886.)

Contains (pp. 168-169) the description and
measurements of the skulls of a Payo man and a
half-breed Payo* woman. The Payos of south-
em Chilo4 are suspected of having Chonoan blood
in them.

Schmidt, Wilhelm

(a) L*origine de Tid^e de Dieu, vol.
I, Paris, 1910, repr. from Anthropos,
1908-1910, vols, m-v; Germ. tr. rev.
and enl., vol. i, Mtinster i. W., 1912.

Contains (p. 103; tr., p. 145) a paragraph on
the Fuegian "supreme Deity," based on Lang.

(6) and Hestermann, Ferdinand
V6lker imd Kulturen. (In Mensch

aller Zeiten, 3 vols., Berlin-Mttnchen-

Wien, 1911-, vol. in, 1914-.)

Contains (pp. 112-127) a review of the evidence

for the application of the Kulturkreis theory to

America, especially South America. See in par-

Schmidt, Wilhelm— Continued
ticular the secUon on pp. 115-117 dealing with
the Fuegians. Father Schmidt agrees in the
main with Dr. Graebner.

Schuller, Bodolfo B.

Bibliography of Spanish America.
MSS.

Consists of about 7,000 titles covering history,
geography, languages, etc.; not, however, as im-
portant for Fuegia as for the rest of the continent.
It was acquired by the Library of Congress,
Washington, D. C, June 17, 1913.

Extensive additicms to the above bibliography
were later acquired by the Library of Congress
and are listed under the entry ''Collectanea
blbliographica americana, 1915."

Second voyage round the world in the
years 1772, 3, 4, 5,. by James Cook,
Esq. . . . drawn up from authentic
papers, London, 1776.

An apocryphal account of Capt. Cook's second
voyage.

Seelstrang, Arturo

Apuntes hist6ricos sobre la Pata-
gonia y la Tierra del Fuego. (In Bol.
Inst, geogr. argent., Buenos Aires, 1879-
1882, 1884-85, vols, i-m, v-vi.)

An excellent history of the first century and
a half of Magellanic exploration. The writer
keeps dose to the original documents, from which
he paraphrases or quotes verbatim a great part
of the anthropological material.

Segers, Polidoro A.

Hdbitos y costumbres de los indios
Aonas. (In Bol. Inst, geogr, argent, y
Buenos Aires, 1891, xii, cuad. 5-6, pp.
56-82.)

An important paper on Ona culture and to a
lesser extent on Ona language. Its publication
may be said to have marked an epoch in the
study of the Onas, and though more ample
material has since appeared. Dr. Segers' article
still remains a valuable original source, especially
on Onan culture. The author accompanied the
Lista expedition in 1886 and later spent three
years in Tierra del Fuego as a naval surgeon.
His cultural data have been verified by later
explorers, except his division (p. 81) of the Onas
into six tribes, the names he gives being, accord-
ing to Mr. Lucas Bridges (Lehmann-Nitsche, d,
p. 233), merely local names. A larger Ona dic-
tionary compiled by Dr. Segers was unfortu-
nately lost in a shipwreck. The present article
contains a few notes on word composition, a
vocabulary of 91 words on pp. 80-81 and several
additfonal words on pp. 69, 70, 77-79. The vo-
cabulary is, according to Mr. Lucas Bridges
(Lehmann-Nitsche, d, p. 237), "lleno de errores
y con muchas voces yag&n." Ten at least of
the words seem to be M&nekenkn rather than
Shflk'nam.

Digitized by

Googl(

126

BtJllEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Sesgel

Ueber die Augen der Feuerlander
iind das Sehen der Naturvolker im
Verhaltniss zu dem der Kulturvolker.
(In Arch. f. Anthr., Braunschweig,
1882-83, XIV, 349-356.)

Contains a study of the eyes and eyesight of
Orethe or Anne, one of the Hagenbeck group of
Alacaluf exhibited in Europe.

Seitz, Johannes

(d) Ueber die Feuerlander. (InVir-
chow*s Arch, /. path. Anat. u. Physiol.
tt. /. hlin. MedidUy Berlin, 1883, xci,
9th ser. i, 154-189, 346-349.)

Ckmtains the following: Important account of
the last illness, death and post-mortem examina-
tion of two men and three women of the Hagen-
beck group of Alacaluf exhibited in Europe;
further data, chiefly pathological; some remarks
ef little value on culture; an Alacaluf vocabulary
(p. 184) of 18 words gathered by signs with much
difficulty. A fair percentage of these words seem
to be more or less approximately correct.

(6) Zwei Feuerlander-Gehime. (In
ZeUschr.f. Ethnol., Berlin, 1886, xvm,
237-284.)

A valuable paper on the subject. Plates
vn-vni. .

Semple, Ellen Churchill

Influences of geographic environ-
ment, on the basis of RatzePs system of
anthropo-geography. New York, 1911. '

Contains passim some interesting inferences
on the Fuegians. On p. 465 Admiral Fits-Roy's
views on Fuegian cannibalism are quoted with-
out comment.

Seftoret, Manuel

Memoria del Gobemador de Magal-
lanes: La Tierra del Fuego i sus natu-
rales, Santiago de Chile, 1896, 44 pp.;
also in Diario o^cial de abril de 1896,
ndm. 5395. (Reference from Anrique,
p. 466.)

This -paspet is sometimes quoted and drawn
upon, especially by Sefior Caflas P. (q. v.)
and Dr. Cojaszi It is probably important, but
I was unable either to consult or to purchase a
copy.

Sera, O. Leo

L'altezza del cranio in America.
(In Arch, per Vantrop. e Vetnol.,
Firenze,.1912, xlh, 64-124, 161-251,
297-329; 1913, XLm, 13-88.)

A comprehensive monograph on the subject.
Pp. 182-192 passim and especially pp. 185-186
give the Chonoan data, pp. 192-205 the Fuegian.
Bibliographies.

Sergi, Giuseppe

(a) Antropologia fisica della Fuegia.
(In Atd Reale accad. medica di Roma,
1886-87, xra, 2d ser. m, 33-70.)

An important study in two parts: the first a
r^sum^ of the previously published sources on
Fuegian somatology, the second the author's
own description and measurements of the osteo-
logical remains brought back by Capt. Bove from
the 1884 exi)edition and consisting of 13 complete
adult skeletons and the skull of an infant. Of
the skeletons 5 were ^ and 8 9 , and, accord-
ing to Capt. Bove, 11 were Yahgan. See sum-
mary of paper by Marchiafova and Carruccio. 3
plates.

(6) Antropologia fisica della Fuegia
(Nuove oeservazioni). (In Bull. Reale
accad. medica di Roma, 1887-88, xiv,
52-62; also in Arch, per Vantrop. e
Vetnol., Firenze, 1888, xvra, fasc. 1,
pp. 25-32.)

A complement to the preceding imper, givbig
the description and measurements of a complete
Fuegian skeleton, presented by Prof. L. Pigorinl,
who bad received it from Dr. Dall' Orto, a
resident of Colonia del Sacramento, in Uru-
guay. This skeleton is Yahgan, according to Dr.
Sergi.

(c) Crani africani e crani americani.
(In Arch, per Vantrop. e Vetnol., Firenze,
1891, XXI, fasc. 2, pp. 215-268.)

This article includes passim some of the meas-
urements from the two preceding papers.

Senano Montaner, Bam6n

(a) Diario de la excursi6n d la isla
grande de la Tierra del Fuego durante
los meses de enero i febrero de 1879.
(In An. kidr. mar. Chile, Santiago, 1880,
VI, 151-204.)

Contains passim, especially on pp. 157-158,
162-169, some short notes on the Onas met casu-
ally. These notes, while not important, are in-
teresting, inasmuch as the writer was one of the
pioneer explorers of Ona territ<Hry .

(6) Reconocimiento del rio Buta-
Palena i del canal Fallos. (Ibid., 1886,
. XI, 73-176.)

Contains (pp. 151, 153-154) very brief notes on
two canoe loads of natives met casually in Cortfe
Ojea and Messier Channels.

Shazp, Bartholomew. 1681

See Eingrose.

Shufeldt, Bobert Wilson

Studien tlber die Feuerlander. (Tr.
by L. J. Brtihl in Mutter Erde, Berlin-

Digitized by

Googk

coopeb]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

127

Shnfeldt, Bobert Wilson — Continued
Stuttgaxt, 1900, n, no. 23, pp. 441-444,
464-467.)

A summary, chiefly of Yahgan culture, based
on Darwin, Bove, Hyades.

Siemiradzki, Josef von

(a) Beitrage zur Ethnographie der
Biidamerikanischen Indianer. (In Mitt.
Anthr. Ges., Wien, 1898, xxvra, n. s.
xvra, 127-170.)

Contains (pp. 12&-129, 134) suggestions regard-
ing the kinship and cultural relations of the
Fuegians to other South American aborigines.

(6) MieszkaAcy Ziemi Ogniowej.

[Die Volkeretamme dee Feuerlandes.]

(In WszechStuiatf Warschau, xra, 81-83.)

(Reference from P. L. Phillips, p. 72.)

Sievcrs, Wilbelm

Stid- und Mittelamerika, 2d ed.,
Leipzig-Wien, 1903.

Contains a few data on the Fuegian tribes
See pp. 87, 327-329, 366. Not important; some
inaccuracies, especially in the account of the
Onas.

Silva A., L. Ignacio

See Anrique.
Simonot

Sur la relation d'lrn voyage de M. de
Rochas aux terres magellaniques et k
rile Roesel. (In Bull. Soc. d'anihr. de
Paris, 1862, in, 118-133.)

A r^sum4 of M. de Rochas' account, followed
by a discussion (pp. 133-138) by MM. Broca, de
Quatrefage^, Gosse, d'Avexac, Simonot, Pruneis
Bey; no important conclusions reached.

Simpson, Enrique M.

Exploraciones hechas por la corbeta
Chacabtux) en los archipi^lagos de
Guaitecas, Chonos i Taitao. (In An.
hidr. mar. Chile, Santiago, 1875, i,
3-166.)

Contains (pp. 18, 43, 114) a few notes on the
Chonos. The writer found no Chonos in the
three archipelagos, except one family in the
Guaitecas Islands. The "vocabulario Payo i
antiguo Chono" given on p. 104 is Araucanian.

Simpson, Juan M., and Ghaigneau, J.
Fedeiico

(a) Estudio de la parte oriental de
las aguas de Skyring por los tenientes
... en octubre i noviembre de 1877.
(In An. hidr. mar. Chile, Santiago, 1879,
V, 47-56.)

Contains (p. 51) a statement that they saw a
baric canoe at Lorca Cove in Skyring Water, but
no natives.

Simpson, Juan if., and Gliaigneau, J.
Federico — Continued

(6) Diario llevado por loe tenientes
Simpson i Chaigneau. (Ibid., 1880,
VI, 73-96.)

G(nitains (pp. 86-88) a few notes on the mate-
rial culture of some natives met near Mt. Dyne-
vor in Skyring Water on Feb. 8, 1879. Of special
interest is the short vocabulary (p. 88) of 18
words and the first 8 numerals taken by signs
from one of the natives who seemed to be more
intelligent than the rest. About one-half of the
18 words can be identified as clearly Alacalufan.

Skottsbefg, Carl Johan Fredrik

(a) The Swedish Magellanian expe-
dition, 1907-1909: Preliminary reports.
(In Geogr.jovT., London, 1908, xxxi,
640-645, xxxn, 485-488, 591-594, 1909,
xxxm, 289-294, xxxiv, 409-421.)

The anthropological results (xxxn, 591-594)
are given much more fully in the three following
studies.

(6) Einige Beobachtungen uber die
Eingeborenen Westpatagoniens nach
Studien wahrend der schwedischen
Expedition 1907-1909. (In Ymer,
Stockholm, 1910, xxx, 240-274.)

. An important article on the somatology and
culture of the West Patagonlan Channel Alaca-
luf. Dr. Skottsberg gives, in addition to ex-
tensive cultural data gathered at first-hand, the
measurements of 6 men and 5 women (pp. 250-
256). The account on pp. 270-273 of the Gulf of
Pefias natives is based on information given by
a certain Capt. Steele, a sailing boat master, met
in the vicinity of the Gulf. Dr. Skottsberg's
criticism thereupon seems in the main to be well
sustained, but further investigation of these
natives themselves would be most desirable.
The Skottsberg expedition encountered none
north of Port Grappler. Eighteen good photo-
graphs and cuts in text.

(c) The wilds of Patagonia: A narra-
tive of the Swedish expedition to Pata-
gonia, Tierra del Fuego and the Falkland
Islands in 1907-1909, London, 1911.

Contains (pp. 91-103) {^proximately the same
cultural material as the Yiner article, but lacks
the Steele narrative and the anthropometrical
data, and is written with less detail, as the book
is intended for the general reader. There are
also some slight references (especially pp. 35,
306-^08) to the other Fuegian tribes. Many good
photographs and cuts.

(d) Observations on the natives of
the Patagonian Channel region. (In
Avfier. anthr. y 1913, n. s. xv, no. 4,
pp. 578-616.)

An important contribution to Fuegian lin-
guistics. This article contains the same cuV

Digitized by LjOOQIC

128

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Skottsbeig, GarlJohan Predrik— -Contd.
material as the Ytmt paper does, with the omis-
sion, however, of the Steele account and the
anthropometrical data; but Dr. Skottsberg pub-
lishes here for the first time an extensive vocabu-
lary of about 285 words with 16 sentences (pp.
606-611) taken fh>m the language of the Channel
natives. There follows (pp. 611-614) an inter-
esting discussion of the relations of this vocabu-
lary to the Alacaluf lists given by Admiral Fitz-
Roy and Dr. Hyades. On p. 615 there are a few
notes on the Haush. Ethnological map and 18
good photographs and cuts.

(e) Some additional notes on the
language of the natives in the Fata-
gonian channels. (Ibid., 1915, n. s.
xvn, no. 2, pp. 411-413.)

A comparison of his own with Dr. Coppinger's
vocabulary, an added note on the Fitz-Roy list
and some corrections of misprints in the pre-
ceding article.

Dr. Skottsberg's papers, which constitute the
most important recent study of the little-known
canoe-uslng natives of the Patagonian channels,
are based on very careful and exact though some-
what limited iwrsonal observation. The expe-
dition spent about a month in May-June, 1908,
between Port Gallant and the Gulf of Peflas, en-
countering natives several times, none, however,
north of Port Grappler.

The linguistic material was gathered chiefly
from a native woman, Emilia, living at Port
Gallant, who spoke a little Spanish and who ac-
companied the expedition for a month as inter-
preter. Some aid was also given by the natives
at Port Gallant and Port Bueno and to a
minimal extent by those of Port Grappler. The
author's vocabulary agrees very closely with
Father Borgatello's. Dr. Skottsberg in his com-
parative study unfortunately neglects a greater
part of the important Alacalufan linguistic ma-
terial . While his conclusion that his vocabulary
represents a fourth Fuegian language can hardly
be accepted, yet he has done Fuegian anthro-
pology a great service in showing that the Ala-
calufan language is spoken as far north at least
as Port Grappler, and probably as the Gulf of
Peflas. This in turn, with the other evidence
from older sources, makes it not at all improbable
that the Chonos themselves may have spoken an
Alacalufan dialect. For fuller discussion of this
whole subject, see Introduction to present bibli-
ography.

It may be added that Dr. Skottsberg had had
a certain amount of contact with the Onas and
Yahgans of Beagle Channel in 1902 as a member
of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition of 1901-1903.

Skyring, W, G.

Extracts from journal. (In King
passim.)

Contain (pp. 267, 342-345) a few notes on na-
tives met in Neesham Bay and Sarmiento and
Messier Channels. Lieut. Skyring was assistant
surveyor and, from Aug. to Dec, 1828, com-
mander of the Beagle during the first expedition .

Slocum, Joshna

(a) Sailing alone around the world.
(In Century mag., New York, 1899,
Lvra, n. s. XXXVI, 938-953, 1900, ux,
n. 8. xxxvn, 134-148.)

Contains passim unimportant accounts of un-
friendly encounters with the Alacaluf in the
western part of the Strait.

(6) Around the world in the sloop
Spray, New York, 1903.

Contams same data passim in ch. 7-9.

Smith, W. G. Bae

A visit to Patagoiua. (In Scottish
geogr. mag., Edinbuigh, 1912, xxvra,
no. 9, pp. 456-475.)

Contains (p. 461) three short paragraphs on
the Fuegians; not important. The author did
not get farther south than Punta Arenas.

Snow, William Parker

(a) A two years' cruise off Tierra del
Fuego, the Falkland Islands, Pata-
gonia and in the River Plate, 2 vols.,
London, 1857.

Contains rather important data on the culture
of the natives met at Picton Island, Lennox Cove,
Beagle Channel, and Woolya, all apparently
Yahgans. See especially the long account of the
Picton Island natives (i, 324-352), including 6
words of uncertain signification (pp. 326-327, 340)
and stature measurements of 2 men (p. 346).
Other data passim in vol. i, ch. 22-25, and vol.
n, ch. 26-29.

(6) A few remarks on thet wild tribes
of Tierra del Fu^o from personal ob-
servation. (In Trans. Ethnol. soc.,
London, 1861, n. s. i, 261-267.)

A more orderly summary of the cultural data
scattered through the preceding work.

(c) A cruise among the Fu^ans.
(In Harper^s new monthly mag., New
York, Jan., 1864, xxviii, 160-167.)

Contains approximately the same cultural
data as the preceding. This article was pub-
lished anonymously, but was evidently written
by Capt. Snow.

Capt. Snow had a good deal of contact with
the Yahgans during his stay in their territory in
1855. His accoimt is sympathetic and seems to
be careful and exact as far as it goes.

Sobron, F^lix C. T.

Los idiomas de la America latina,
Madrid, [1875].

The section on the Fuegians (pp. 82-84) is
based on Fiti-Roy exclusively and is very loosely
written; not important.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPEB] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FXJEGO

129

Sokolowsky, Alexander

Menschenknnde, 3d ed., Stuttgart-
Berlin-Leipzig, [1901].

Ckmtaiiis (pp. 129-133 and passim) a fairly
good account of the Fuegian natives. A clearer
distinction between the three tribes would have
been desirable.

Soml6, Felix

Der Giiterverkehr in der Ui^gesell-
schaft, Bruxelles-Leipzig, 1909.

Contains (pp. 83-90) an excellent and fairly
exhaustive treatment of this phase of Yahgan and
Alacalufan culture, based on Th. Bridges,
Martial, Hyades, and others.

South American missionary rnagazine,
London, 1864- : Vols, i-ix, 1854-1862,
published under title '*The voice of
pity for South America;'' vols, x-
xm, 1863-1866, under title "A voice
for South America;" vols, xiv-xux,
1867-1915, as above.
The official organ of the South American liis'
sionary Society of London. The chief con-
tributors on Fuegia have been Messrs. Th.
Bridges, John Lawrence, E. C. Aspinall, John
Williams, all missionaries with extensive expe*
rience among the Yahgans. Dr. Hyades caUs
(g, p. 6) this periodical "une mine in^pui-
sable de renseignements sur les moeurs et les
usages des Fu^ens." Nearly every number
contains some communication from Fuegia.
The cultural data scattered through the 49 vol-
umes if culled and coordinated would make a
book of first importance. The greater part of
this material is, however, accessible in the Rev.
Mr. Bridges' better known papers and in Dr
Hyades' publications, especially q.

Ck)mplete files of this magazine are rare. * The
. British Museum has the whole series; complete or
nearly complete sets are owned by the La Plata
Museum and by Prof. Furlong, of Boston. Some
of the more recent volumes are available at the
office of the American Board of Commissicmers
for Foreign Missions, Boston, at the Hammond
Library, Chicago Theological Seminary (xxx to
date), at the Northwestern University, Evans-
ton, 111. (XXXV to date), and at the Presb3rterian
Foreign Missions Library, New York City (xlv
to date). The Day Missions Library at Yale
possesses the following volumes: vn-xxn, 1873-
1888, XL-, 1906 to date, and some stray numbers.
The volumes in the Day Library are the only
ones I have had an opportimity to consult.
These I foimd to contain a great deal of material
bearing on Yahgan moral and mental culture
and a good amount of data on material culture.
Recent numbers contain many good photo-
graphs.

Spears, John Bandolph

The gold diggings of Cape Horn: A
study of life in Tierra del Fuego and
Patagonia, New York-London, 1895.

Contains on pp. 47-78 a lengthy account of the
Yahgans, on pp. 127-134 a shorter one of the Onas,
on pp. 134-136 a few data on the Alacaluf, and
on pp. 79-127 passim some stray notes. While
these descriptions give practically no new infor-
mation, they are fairly reliable and accurate.
They are, it seems, based chiefly if not entirely
on good written sources, although the writer, a
newspaper man, made a visit to Fuegia.

Spegazzinl, C&rlos

(a) Costumbres de los habitantes de
la Tierra de Fuego. (Reprint from
AnaksSoc. dent, argent. ^ Buenos Aires,
1882, XIV, 25 pp.)

An important paper on the culture of the Yah-
gans and Onas, including also 6 Ona words, 1 at
least M4nekenkn, pp. 17-18, 20, and 2 Yahgan
and 2 Alacaluf words, pp. 5-7, and Yahgan stat-
ure measurements, p. 4. The Onas described by
Dr. Bpegazsini called themselves M&c-ck (p. 16)
and some of them at least were probably M&ne-
kenkn. The data on the Yahgans do not differ
materially from those given by Capt. Bove and
Dr. Lovisato, except perhaps for a somewhat
more favorable estimate of moral culture.

(6) Costumbres de los Patagones.
(Ibid., 1884, XVII, 221-240.)

Contains passim a few data on Onan culture.
On pp. 226 and 239 the author states his belief
in the kinship of the Onas with the Tehuelches.

(c) Apuntes filoldgicos sobre las len-
guas de la Tierra del Fuego. (Ibid.,
1884, xvni, 131-144.)

An important early contribution on Yahgan
granmiar, especially on the noun and adjective.
The paper includes many Yahgan words passim.
The article contains no Onan or Alacalufan gram-
matical data. The author states, on p. 132, that
the three Fuegian languages differ absolutely in
grammatical construction and that the Yahgan
and Alcalufan show certain points of contact
with the Araucanian. As far as the Alacalufan
is concerned, both of these statements would
seem to need confirmation. Except for a sen-
tence or two in Vargas Ponce (6, p. 27) there is
no published material on Alacalufan grammar.
Dr. Spegazzini spent only a few days with the
Alacaluf, and the English missionaries at the
time did not speak the Alacalufan language
(Hyades, q, p. 13) or at least had made very
little progress in it.

(</) Plantae per Fuegiam a Carolo
Spegazzini anno 1882 collectae. (In

Digitized by

Googl(

130

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

f BULL. 63

Spegazzini, Cftrlos — Ck)ntiiiued
Anales Museo nac., Buenos Aires, 1896-
97, vol. V, 2d ser. n, 39-104.)

Of the 313 species and varieties here described ■
Dr. Spegazzini gives the Yahgan names for 44,
the Alacalufan for 13, the Onan for 9.

Judging from Hyades, q, p. 22, there are some
native words in Dr. Spegazzini*s Fungi fuegiani,
Buenos Aires, 1887.

(e) Vocabularios Ona, Yaghan y Ala-
caluf. MS. (Reference from Mitre,
I, 176-177.)

This valuable manuscript, now in the Museo
Mitre, is described by Gen. Mitre (i, p. 177) as
"muy abundante en el Ona y el Yahn^, con
algunas frases de estos dos idiomas, siendo muy
breve respecto de los Alacaluf."

(J) Elementi di grammatica laghan,
sistema OUendorf. (Published in full
by Mitre, i, 179-189.)

An important summary, including many
Yahgan words.

(g) Parentesco de loe Tehuelches con
otroe indios americanos. (Tema pre-
• sentado al Congreso cient. iritemac.
aigent. en el ler centenario de la revo-
luci6n de mayo, 8ecci6n antropolc^a,
Julio, 1910.) (Reference from Dab-
bene.)

(h) Estudios sobre las lenguas pata-
g6nicas y fu^^nas. (Tema presen-
tado al mismo Congreso.) (Reference
from Dabbene.)

Dr. Spegazzini accompanied the first Bove ex-
pedition as botanist, remaining in Fuegia from
May 1 to July 17, 1882; hence he had good oppor-
tunities for personal observation of the Yahgans
and to a lesser extent of the Onas and Alacaluf.
In his linguistic studies, to which he devoted
himself "con asiduidad," he was assisted by two
very inteUigent natives, who hftd been raised by
the missionaries and who spoke English well,
by another native who spoke Spanish, and by
Messrs. Bridges and Whaits, who elucidated
many difOcult points. Dr. Spegazzini has since
his return continued his researches in the Fue-
gian languages. While his contributions to
Fuegian cultural anthropology are of permanent
value, his more important and original contribu-
tions are in the linguistic field, especially in
Yahgan grammar.

Speilbergen, Joris van

Ooet ende West-Indische Spiegel,
Leyden, 1619; repr. in Commelin, vol.
n and Hartgers; Lat. tr., Leyden, 1619;
Germ, tr., Hulsius, pt. xvii; Lat. and
Germ, tr., de Bry, pt. xi, 1620; Fr. tr.,
Amsterdam, 1621; de Renneville; Engl,
tr., abridged, Purchas, Pilgrimes, vol.

Speilbergen, Joris van — Continued
I, bk. 2, ch. 6; Engl. tr. in full from
orig. Dutch jour, by J. A. J. De Vil-
liers, Hakluyt soc., 2d ser., vol. xvin,
London, 1906 (see discussion of author-
ship, Introd., pp. xii-xxxiii); de Bros-
ses, I, 343-349; abstr. in Kerr, vol. x,
in Harris, vol. i, bk. 1, ch. 7, in Ban-
carel, vol. n, in Provost, vol. xv.

Chiefly of interest for the description (p. 34)
of graves discovered in 1615 on one of the " Pen-
guin Islands'' (apparently Magdalen Island)
just south of the second narrows in the eastern
part of the Strait of Magellan. The two bodies
"op hunne wyse begraven waren / hebbende een
weynich Aerde op't lijf / rontomme besteecken
met Pijlen ende Boghen."

Steffen, Hans

(a) Bericht flber eine Reise in das
chilenische Fjordgebiet nordlich vom
48° s. Br. (In Verh. Deutsch. vnss.
Vereins zu Santiago de CUle, Valparaiso,
1904, V, 37-116.)

The author states (p, 64) that the Guaitecas
Archipelago is now uninhabited. He met (pp.
110-112) no natives in Baker Inlet district, but
came across a i)ortage and some abandoned
canoes.

(6) Viajes de esploracion i estudio en
la Patagonia occidental 1892-1902, 2
vols., Santiago de Chile, 1909-10.

Contains (n, 346-348) a few notes on the natives
of the Patagonian channels; not important.

(c) Neuere Arbeiten der chilenischen
Marine in der Kustenregion West-Pata-
goniens. (In Zeitschr. Qes, f. Erd-
hunde, Berlin, 1913, no. 6, pp. 461-468.)

Contains (pp. 462-463, 466-467) a few notes on
the Channel Alacaluf gleaned from the Chilean
officers' accounts in recent numbers of the
Anvario hidrogr&fico de la marina de Chile.

The writer has spent much time in the vicinity
of the Patagonian channels, but he has appa-
rently had little contact with the natives and
gives very meager data on them.

Steinmetz, Budolf S.

Endokannibalismus. (In Mitt.
Anthr. Ges.^ Wien, 1896, xxvi, n. s.
XVI, 1-60.)

Contains (p. 16) a good discussion of the ques-
tion of cannibalism among the Fuegians.

Stevens, John

A new collection of voyages and
travels, London, 1708-9, vol. i.

Contains an English translation of Argensola's
Conquista de las islas Malucas, including (pp.
74-83) the account of Sarmiento;a^oyage.

Digitized by LjOOQIC

coopee]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

131

Stirling, Waite Hockin

(a) wnd Marsh, J. W. See Marsh, a.

(6) Letters and journal. (Extracts
given in Marsh, 6, and in S(mih Ameri-
can missionary magazine ^ passim.)

Bishop Stirling was in close touch with the
Yahgans at the Falkland Mission and in their
native islands between 1863 and 1869. His pub-
lished writings are chiefly of value for the light
they throw on Yahgan moral culture.

Stokes, Pringle

Extracts from journal. (In King pas-
sim.)

Contain (pp. 74-77, 166) a few notes on natives
met at Mercy Harbor, and on wigwams seen at .
Port Santa Barbara in the Guaianecos Islands.
Capt. Stokes was commander of the Beagle on the
first expedition until his death, in Aug., 1828.

Stratz, Carl Heinrich

NaturgeschichtedesMenschen, Stutt-
gart, 1904.

Contains (pp. 225, 229, 232, 314-320) a lengthy
treatment of the descriptive somatology of the
Fuegians (Yahgans and Alacaluf), based on
Hyades, R. Martin, Virchow. Some excellent
photographs of Fuegian types.

Stuart, Martinus

De mensch, zoo als hij voorkomt op
den bekenden aardbol, 6 vols., Amster-
dam, 1802-1807.

Contains (iv, 251-266) an account of the Fue-
gians, based chiefly on the results of Capt. Cook's
expeditions.

Stttbel, Alfons, Beiss, Johann WilheUn,
Koppel, B., and XThle, Friedrich Max
Kultur und Industrie sUdamerikani-
scher Volker, 2 vols., Berlin, 188^90.

Contains (n, pi. 10, fig. 10; pi. 25, fig. 6) excel-
lent illustrations, with short descriptive text, of a
fish net and a necklace from Desolation Island.

Sutcliffe, Thomas

Crusoniana; or truth versus fiction,
Manchester, 1843.

Contains Byron's Loss of the Wager ^ and the
adventures of the Anna Pink from Walter.

Taylor, George

Journal. (Quoted in Betagh, q. v.)

Techo (Du Toict), Nicolas del

Historia provinciae Paraquaiiae So-
cietatis Jesu, Leodii, 1673; Engl. tr. in
Churchill, iv, 636-749.

Contatas (bk. 6, ch. 8-10, pp. 159-161; tr., pp*
676-677) a short but important description of the
culture of the Chonos, based, in the main at least,
on the reports of the early missionaries to the

Teoho (Du Toict), Nicolas del — Contd.
Guaitecas Islanders. Hany points of resem-
blance between Father Del Techo's and Goi-
cueta's accounts of the Chonos and "Huilles"
suggest that the former may also have made use
of the latter 's narrative, particularly in describ-
ing the "Huillis.'* On p. 160 Father Del Techo
notes Father Ferrufino's (q. v.) translations into
the language of the Chonos.

Terre de Feu. (In Jour, des missions
ivangSliqiteSj Paris, Aug., 1876.) (Ref-
erence from Hyades.)

Probably based on Th. Bridges.

Terrien, Ferdinand

Douze ans dans TAm^rique latine,
Paris, [1903].

Contains (p. 332) meager, unimportant notes
on the Onas. Msgr. Terrien had very limited
personal contact with the natives.

Testut, L.

See Hyades, q,
Thomas, Pascoe

A true and impartial journal of a voy-
age to the South Seas, and round the
globe, in His Majesty's ship the Cen-
turion, imder the command of Commo-
dore George Anson, London, 1745;
abstr. in Henry, vol. n.

Contains (p. 33) a few notes on the family of
Chonos encountered by the Anna Pink near the
Inchin Islands in 1741 . The author accompanied
Anson.

Tiele, Pieter Anton

(a) M6moire bibliograpMque sur les
joumaux des navigateurs n6erlandais,
Amsterdam, 1867.

Contahis important data (pp. 20-38, 63-81) on
the authorship and early Dutch editions of the
narratives of de Weert's,van Noort's,van Speil-
bergen's and L'Hermite's voyages.

(b) Nederlandsche bibliographie van
land- en volkenkunde, ibid., 1884.

Contains passim a great deal of valuable bib-
liographical material bearing in particular on
the Dutch editions and translations of early
sources for Fuegian anthropology.

Tierra del Fuego. (In Encycl. brit. , 11th
ed., Cambridge, 1911, xxvi.)

A well-written article, containing a very short
summary of Fuegian anthropology. Select bib-
liography.

Tierra del Fuego as a mission field. (In

Mission life, London, 1877, n. s. vm,
part 1, pp. 3-6.)

Contains meager unimportant notes on the
Yahgans and Alacaluf.

Digitized by

Googl(

132

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

ToneUi

[Manuscript notes.]

These notes are largely drawn upon by Dr. Co-
jazzi (q. v.). Prof. Tonelli made extensive and
careful researches, especially among the Onas and
Alacaluf, during a recent visit to Fuegia. In
addition he gathered much valuable cultural and
linguistic material from the Salesian mission-
aries and the Bridges brothers.

Topinard, Paul

[Observations on the Hagenbeck
group of Alacaluf.] (In Bull. Soc.
d'anihr. de Paris, 1881, 3d ser. iv, 774-
782.)

Some interesting notes, chiefly on the physical
appearance and material culture of the Alacaluf,
bi^ed on observation of the native group ex-
hibited at Paris. On p. 775 one Alacalufan word.

Townsend, Charles Haskins

A naturalist in the Straits of Magel-
lan. (In Pop. sci. monthly, New York,
July, 1910, Lxxvn, 5-18.)

Contains (pp. 9-12) an unimportant descrip-
tion of Alacaluf met casually. The estimate of
40 to 50 thousand as the population of Fuegia 50
years ago is much too high.

Turner, William

Report on the scientific results of the
voyage of H . M . S . Challenger during the
years 1873-1876, Zoology, vol. x, part
29, Report on the human skeletons, The
crania, London, 1884; vol. xvi, part 47,
The other bones of the skeleton, ibid.,
1886.

Contains a review (x, pt. 29, pp. 21-26) of pre-
viously published studies in Fuegian somatology,
and the writer's own description and measure-
ments (ibid., pp. 17-20; vol. xvi, pt. 47, passim)
of the Fuegian skeletal remains obtained at
Punta Arenas by the Challenger expedition from
Don Diego Dubl6 Almeida, then governor of the
Chilean colony. These remains consisted of 4
crania (2 <^, 19> and 1 probably 9) and some
other bones. Plate i, figures 5-6; plate vi, fig-
ure 2.

mile, Friedrich Max

See Stttbel.

TTlloa, Francisco de. 1553-54

See Ramon Guerrero Vergara, Carta sobre la
muerte de Valdivia, aihd Resales, a (also quoted
in iln. Mdr. mar. Chile, v, 481.)

Vargas [y] Ponce, Jos6 de

(a) Relacion del ijltimo viage al
estrecho de Magallanes de la fragata de
S. M. Santa Maria de la Cabeza en los
afios de 1785 y 1786, Madrid, 1788;

Vargas [y] Ponce, Jos6 de — Continued
abstr. and extr. with description of
natives, Maccarthy, vol. x; Germ,
ditto, Weimar, 1820; Engl, ditto, 1820
(in Sir Rich. Phillips, New voyages,
London, 1819-1823, vol. n, no. 5, ac-
cording to Sabin, nos. 16772, 62509).

One of the most important extant sources for
Alaoalufan culture, particularly material cul-
ture. See especially the very detailed and care-
ful description on pp. 337-355 of the Port Famine
and Port Gallant Alacaluf with whom the de
Cdrdoba expedition had two and a half months
of contact in the early part of 1786. A few other
notes passim, pp. 34-36, 41-42, 47-48.

(6) Ap^ndice a la Relacion del viage
al Magallanes de la fragata de guerra
Santa Maria de la Cabeza, que contiene
el de los paquebotes Santa Casilda y
Santa Eulalia para completar el recono-
cimiento del Estrecho en los anos de
1788 y 1789, Madrid, 1793; Engl, and
Germ, as above (the Germ, summary,
according to the title page a tr. of the
Engl., gives no dates; it is based chiefly
on the first expedition).

' A valuable source for Alacalufan culture, but
not so important as the preceding work . Chiefly
of interest for the description (pp. 58-60) of the
plank-boat-using Indians met west of Cape Up-
right in Jan., 1789. See also the descr^tion (pp.
24-29), quoted from the notes of Lieut. Ciriaco de
Cevallos, chiefly of the natives met in Dec., 1788,
between Capes St. Isidore and Froward. On
pp. 27-28 are 3 native words, oksi, "give,"
pissiH, "son," "child," "boy," and at times
"man," kap, "future," and a grammatical note:
"No varlan las terminaciones de los verbos, ni
distinguen de otro modo los tiempos." This
Alacalufan linguistic material is of very doubtful
value.

Vea, Antonio de

Relacion diaria del viaje que se ha
hecho a las costas del estrecho de
Magallanes con recelo de enemigos de
Europa, 1675-1676. (Ed. by Fran-
cisco Vidal Gormaz in An. hidr. mar.
Chile, Santiago, 1886, xi, 539-^96.)

Contains (pp. 573-^78) data that have a more
or less important bearing on the question of
Chonoan linguistic relationships.

Venegas, Melchor de

[Letter to the Father Provincial
Diego de Torres, dated Nov. 27, 1612.]
(Extract quoted in Lozano, vol. n, bk.
7, ch. 3, no. 35, p. 456.)

This letter, besides giving some interesting
data on Father Matheo Estevan's (q. v.) studies

Digitized by

Googl(

cooper]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO

133

Venegas, Melohor de — Continued
and compositions in the Chonoan language, con-
tains the earliest clear record, as far as I am
aware, of the use of the name "Chonos" to desig-
nate the canoe-using natives of the Guaitecas
Islands.

Vemeau, Ben6

(a) Les races humaines, Paris, 1890-
91.

Contains (pp. 775-781) a good and rather ex-
tensive account of Yahgan culture, based on
Hahn, Hyades. Five woodcuts.

(6) Les anciens Patagons, Monaco,
1903.

Of value for the study of the relations of the
Fuegians to the Patagonians. See especially
pp. 323-325.

Villefort, de

Journal du sieur de Villefort. MS.
(Extract in de Brosses, ii, 113-125.)

Contains (pp. 115-118, 120) brief notes on the
Alacaluf met casually several timeg in June-
Dec., 1699, between C. Gate (Quod?) and the
eastern end of the Strait. ''Deux nations qui
sont toujours en guerre habitent Element Tun
& I'autre c6t6 du d^troit. Tune nomm^ Lague-
diche, depuis I'entr^e du nord jusqu'tk S. Sdbas-
tien, I'autre plus nombreuse nomm^ Havegue-
diche, depuis le canal S. J^rdme aucap Gate d'un
& d'autro c6t6" (p. 120). The author accom-
panied Beauchesne-Gouin.

Vincent, Frank

Around and about South America,
New York, 1890.

Contains (pp. 122-126) an excellent short ac-
count of Alacaluf met casually in Smyth Channel
[and in the Straits]. The notes (pp. 132, 141) on
the other Fuegians are apparently not based on
personal observation.

Vircliow, Budolf Ludwlg Earl

(a) Die Feuerlander. (In Verh. d.
Berlin. Ges.f, Anthr. u. 8. w.y 1881, pp.
[375]-393.)

An important study of Alaoalufan anatomy.
The paper is based partly on the then written
sources, partly on i)ersonal study of 4 men and 2
women of the Hagenbeck group of Alacaluf. Ta-
ble of measurements, pp. 392-393. 1 plate and
figures 1-2 in text.

(6) Crania ethnica americana, Sup-
plement zu ZeUschr.f. Ethnol.j Berlin,
1892, XXIV, 1-33.

Prof. Vhrchow repeats (p. 19) his statement
from the preceding article (a, p. 382) that he found
no trace of head deformation among the Fuegians.

Voice of Pity for South America. A
Voice for South America.
See South Arncr, mi99, mag.

Voyage round the world, in H. M. S. the
Dolphin, commanded by the Hon-
ourable Commodore Byron, by an
officer on board the said ship, Lon-
don, 1767; Fr. tr., Paris, 1767 (Me-
dina, c, vol. in, p. 9, and Sabin, no.
9734); Dutch tr., Haerlem, 1767;
Span, tr., 2ded., Madrid, 1769; Germ,
tr., Frankfurt-Leipzig,* 1769 (Sabin,
no. 9736).

Ck>ntains (pp. 56, 87-97; Span, tr., pp. 55-56,
83-88, 91) good but short accounts of the
natives met in 1764-65 at various points between
Elizabeth Island and the western end of the
Strait of Magellan. The description (p. 56;
Span, tr., pp. 55-56) of the Elizabeth Island na-
tives is lacking in Byron's own narrative as it ap-
pears in Hawkesworth. ,

Voyages, adventures, and discoveries of
the following circumnavigators, etc.,
London, 1758; repr., ibid., 1763.

In the abstracts of the voyages of Cavendish,
van Noort, de Weert, van Speilbergen, and
L'Hermite, the Fuegian anthropological data are
given, but not in full.

Waitz, Franz Theodor

Anthropologie der Naturvolker, 6
vols., Leipzig, 1859-1872.

The third volume, published in 1862, contains
(pp. 484-491 passim, 496-497, 507-508, 526-527)
quite an extensive treatment of the Fuegians and
Chonos, based on King, Fitz-Roy, Darwin,
Wilkes, d'Orbigny, Dumont d'Urville, and some
of the earlier sources. This account is one of the
best of its kind, but needs considerable revision
and amplification in the light of more recent
studies.

Walbeeck, Johannes van

Joumael vande Nassausche vloot / of te
Beechryvingh vande voyagie om den
gantschen aerd-kloot / ghedaen met elf
schepen: onder 't beleydt van den Ad-
mirael Jaques THeremite, ende Vice-
Admirael Gheen Huygen Schapenham,
in de jaren 1623, 1624, 1625, en 1626,
Amsterdam, 1643 (an enlargement, ac-
cording to Tiele, a, 76-77, 81, and 6, 150,
of the orig. ed. of 1626); repr. in Com-
melin, vol. n, and Hartgers; Germ. tr.
of let ed. with additions by Adolf
Decker, Straesbuig, 1629; same, Hul-
sius, pt. xxn; Lat. and Germ. tr. in de
Bry, vol. xm (xiv); Fr. tr., de Renne-
ville, vol. IV, 2d ed., Amsterdam, vol.
V, Rouen ed., vol. ix; de Brosses, i,
437-461; abstr. in Kerr, vol. x, in Ban-

Digitized by

Googl(

134

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 63

Walbeeck, Johannes van— Continued
carel, vol. n; in Provost, vol. xv; in
Laet, bk. 12, Lat. and Fr. tr., bk. 13.

Our earliest and an important source on the
Yahgans, containing (pp. 41-43, of 1643 ed.) a
rather lengthy and detailed description of the
natives met in the Nassau Bay district in Feb-
ruary, 1624. Barring a few points (as cannibal-
ism, stone fishhook, cattle) the cultural data have
been confirmed by later investigators.

According to Dr. Tiele (o, 80-81; 6, 150) the
probable author of the Dutch journal was Johan-
nes van Walbeeck. Both he and Decker were
members of the expedition.

Wallis, Samnel

An account of a voyage round the
world in the years MDCCLXVI,
MDCCLXVII, and MDCCLXVIII, by
Samuel Wallis, Esq., commander of His
Majesty*s ship the Dolphin. (In
Hawkesworth, i, q. v.)

Ck>ntains (i, 390-392, 403-405; 2d ed., 1, 170-172,
183-187) some good though hardly important
descriptive notes on Alacaluf met casually in
Jan., 1767, at Elizabeth Bay and ten leagues east
of Cape Upright.

Walter, Bichard

A voyage round the world in the
years MDCCXL, I, II, III, IV by
George Anson, Esq., London, 1748;
Kerr, vol. xi; Purves; Fr. tr., Amster-
dam, 1749 (Sabin, no. 1637); Germ, tr.,
Leipzig-Gottingen, 1749 (Sabin, no.
1640); Dutch tr., 2d ed., 1749 (Tiele, 6,
no. 42, p. 11), Amsterdam, 1765 (Sabin,
no. 1641); Ital. tr., Livomo, 1756; de
Brosses, ii, 259-304; extr. in Sutcliffe;
abstr. in E. C. Drake; in World dis-
played, 4th ed., vol. vn; in Knox, vol.
vii; in Provost, vol. xv; in Entertain-
ing account, 3d ed.

Contains an interesting but not very imimr-
tant account of a family of Chonos met in 1741
near the Inchin Islands by the An7M Pink (pp.
142-145), and a few notes passim on the natives
encountered by the crew of the Wager.

Weber S., Alfiredo

Chilo^, su estado actual, su coloniza-
cion, su porvenir, Santiago de Chile,
1903.

Contains (p. 8) an unimportant paragraph on
the Chonos, and (pp. 22-36) an siccount of the
discovery and early history of Chilo6.

Webster, Hutton

Primitive secret societies. New York,

1908.

Contains (pp. 56, 176-177) an account of Yah-
gan initiations, based on Hyades,

Webster, William Henry Bayley

Narrative of a voyage to the southern
Atlantic Ocean in the years 1828, 29,
30, performed in H. M. sloop Chanticleer
under the command of the late Captain
Henry Foster, F. R. S., from the pri-
vate journal of W. H. B. Webster, sur-
geon of the sloop, 2 vols., London, 1834.
Contains (i, 175-185) an excellent and exten-
sive description of the Yahgans met casually in
1829 at St. Martin's Cove on Hermit Island. The
account is detailed and sympathetic.

Weddell, James

A voyage towards the south pole,
performed in the years 1822-1824,
London, 1825; see also Mont6mont,

vol. XXI.

Contains excellent accounts of the natives,
seemingly all Yahgans, met in 182^-24 at St.
Martin's Cove, Hermit Island (pp. 148-158), at
Blunder Cove (pp. 161-168), and at Indian Cove,
New Year Sound (pp. 172-186). On pp. 188-192
are a few remarks chiefly on Fuegian mental
capacity, and on p. 173 four native words taken
at Indian Cove. The analogies of these words
with either Yahgan or Alacaluf are too remote
to justify even a probable identification.

Weert, Sebald de. 1599-1600

See Barent Jansz Potgieter.
Westermarck, Edward

The origin and development of the
moral ideas, 2 vols., 2d ed., London,
1912.

Contains references passim to Fuegian mo*
rality, and (n, 681-682) a sharp but not very con-
vincing criticism of Mr. Lang's conclusions re-
garding the Fuegian "supreme Deity." Mr.
Bridges, whom the author quotes against Mr.
Lang, was an authority on the Yahgans, while
the "great black man" was an Alacaluf creation.

Weule, Karl

Leitfaden der Volkerkunde, Leip'zig-
Wein, 1912.

Contains (pp. 51-53) a short account of the
Fueglans and Chonos, and other notes passim;
not important.

Many of Dr. Weule's other works contain
passing references to the Fuegians. Cf. Das
Meer und die Naturvdlker (in Zu Fr. Ratzels
Gedachtnis), Leipzig, 1904; Die Kultur der
Kulturlosen, Stuttgart, [1910]; Die Urgesell-
schaft und ihre Lebensfiirsorge, ibid., 1912.

Whaits, B.

Yahgan dictionary. MS. (Refer-
ence from Spegazzini, c, p. 131.)

Dr. Spegazzini states (ibid.) that Messrs. Th.
Bridges and Whaits "cada uno por su cuenta,
han confeccionado diocionarios muy extensos, y

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERBA DEL FUEGO

135

Whaits, B.— Contiiiued

de un trabajo minucioso y mmendo." I have
seen no other mention of this valuable manu-
script. Mr. Whaits spent many years at the
English mission, learned to speak Yahgan very
well, and gave considerable aid to the members
of the Bove Eicpedition in their linguistic studies.
See Lovisato, Spegazzini.

Wheele, Paul. 1690

See Magoths.

WMstling, Earl

See Platunann.

Whiteside, Artnro

Memoiia sobre los trabajos hidro-
grdficMDs efectuadoe en loe canalea
Mayne i Gray. (In An. hidr. mar.
Chile, Valparaiso, 1912, xxvii, 3-26.)

Contains (pp. 17-18) notes on the Channel
Alacaluf met in 1904, and (pp. 18-20) a short
vocabulary and comparison of same with Father
Beauvoir's Alacaluf list. The vocabulary, con-
sisting of 43 words, was gathered by the purser,
SeAor Iriarte, and one of thepetty officers from two
native boys .taken aboard at X^tima Speranza
Inlet. Allowing for inevitable errors, the vo-
cabulary is clearly Alacalufan, and while by no
means as extensive as Dr. Skottsberg's list and
perhaps not as exact, is of importance inasmuch
as it gives the first published tangible evidence
that the Alacalufan language is spoken by s<mie
at least of the Patagonian channel Indians.

Wi^^haidt, Jerman

El territorio de Magallanes, tomo vi,
Indijenas fuegninos i patagones, pri-
mera parte, Santiago de Chile, 1896,
59 pp. (Reference from Anrique, p.
398.)

This paper, fk^uently quoted, is probably
important, but like Seflor Sefioret's, seems diffi-
cult to procure.

Wllda, Johannes

Amerika-Wanderungen eines
Deutschen, 3 vols., Berlin, 1906-7.

Contains (m, 271-273) an unimportant descrip-
tion of a canoe load of Channel Alacaluf met
casually in Wide Channel.

Wilkes, Charles

(a) Narrative of the United States
exploring expedition during the years
1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842, 5 vols.,
Philadelphia, 1844; ibid., 1845; same,
1850.

Contains good accounts of the Onas, probably
M&nekenkn, observed for a few hours at Good
Success Bay (i, 115-118; 1845 ed., i, 113-115) and
of the Yahgans studied more at leisure at Orange
Harbor and WoUaston Island (i, 125-133, 145-147;

64028**— Bull. 63—17 ^10

Wilkes, Charles — Continued

1845 ed., I, 121-129, 142). The Yahgan cultural
data are especially valuable. Two Ona words of
very doubtful value (i, 118; 1845 ed., i, 115).

(h) Voyage round the world, em-
bracing the principal events of the
Narrative of the United States explor-
ing expedition, in one volume, ibid.,
1849; New York, 1851; 2 vols., London,
1852.

This work, though written in more popular
style, contains (pp. 45-47, 49-53; London ed.,
1, 40-41, 43-46) the same cultural dat£i, with, how-
ever, some slight omissions, as does the complete
Narrative.

The expedition was in Ona and Yahgan terri-
tory in Jan.-Feb., 1839. The members saw very
little of the Onas, but had considerable contact
with the Yahgans, especially at Orange Harbor.
For other accounts of the natives observed, see
Pickering, Colvoooresses.

Willems

(a) and Bousson. See Rousson, a.

(b) ancf Bousson. See Rousson, b.

(c) La Terre-de-Feu et ses habi-
tants. (In Bull. Soc. de geogr. commer-
dale de Bordeaux^ 1892, 2d ser. xv,
231-239.)

Oontains practically the same cultural data as
do the articles written coi^jointly with M.

{d) La Patagonie chilienne et la
Terre de Feu. (In Bull. Union giogr.
du Nord de la FranxXy Douai, 1893, xiv,

244-247.)

Ck>ntahis about the same cultural data on the
Fuegians as does the preceding article. For
oonmients, see Rousson.

Williams, John

(a) Letters. (In S. Amer. miss, mag.y
London, recent numbers.)

Some of these contain interesting data on the
few surviving Yahgans.

(6) -Morning and evening prayer with
selected collects, in Yahgan. (Refer-
ence from S. Am£r. miss. m>ag., 1911,
p. 69.)

The manuscr^t of the above had just been
sent to LoAdon for publication.

The Rev. Mr. Williams is in charge of the
English Mission at Rio Douglas, Navarin Island.
According to a notice in the South American
' missionary magazine (1908, XLn, 153), he has in
his i}ossesslon a manuscript Yahgan dictionary
by the Rev. Thomas Bridges, which he is trans-
cribing with the aid of natives from the Ellis
system into the ordinary English alphabet.

Digitized by

Googl(

136

BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BX7LL.63

Williams, Bichard

Journal. (Extiacts in Hamilton.)
See oomment under Hamflton.

Wilson, John

[Somatological notes on the Fuegi-
ans.] (In Fitz-Roy, 6, pp. 142-149.)

For oomment see Fits-Boy. Dr. Wilson was
surgeon of the Beagle under Admiral Fits-Roy.

Winter, Nevin Otto

Chile and her people of to-day, Bos-
ton, 1912.

Contains (pp. 126-127, 142-147) unimportant
accounts of the Fuegians, and on p. 143 the state-
ment—apparently de rigueur in recent works of
this type— that the Fuegians throw their old
women and children overboard in dangerous
storms.

Wood, John

Captain Wood's voyage through the
Streights of Magellan, &c . (In Hacke's
Collection (q. v.); for repr. and Germ,
and Fr. tr., see Dampier; abstr. in Pro-
vost, vol. XV.)

Contains (pp. 81, 84, 87, 97) some notes on the
Alacaluf met in 1670 at Elizabeth Island and
Port Famine. Wood's descriptions are in agree-
ment with those of Narbrough, whom he accom-
panied, but are very much briefer.

Wood, John George

The natural history of man, 2 vols.,
London, 1868-1870; published as The
uncivilized races of men in all coun-
tries of the world, 2 vols., Hartford,
1870.

C<mtains (n, 513-523; Amer. ed., n, 1161-1171)
an extensive description of the culture of the
Yahgans and Alacaluf, based chiefly on Byron,
W. H. B. Webster, King, Snow. The account
is in general good, but there are some inaccura-
cies, and considerable revision would be needed
to bring it up to date.

World displayed, 4th ed., rev., 20 vols.,
London, 1762-1790.

VoL vn gives an abstract of Anson's voyage
from Walter's narrative. Cf. Knox.

Wyse, Lucien Napol6on Bonaparte

De Montevideo k Valparaiso par le
d^troit de Magellan et les canaux pata-

Wyse, Lucien Napol6on Bonaparte — Con.
goniens. (In Bull. Soc. de giogr. de
Lyon, Jan., 1877, vol. i, no. 6, pp. 524-
553; extract in Feuilleret, pp. 238-239.)
Contains (pp. 531, 533-^38) some brief unim-
portant notes on the Onas and Alacaluf, the
latter seen in the Strait and Patagonian chan-
nels. On p. 534 one word, quichaclie, "clothes,"
from a native met in English or Crooked Beach.

Zikora, Juan

Catechism and prayer book (?) in Ala-
caluf. (In preparation.) (Reference
from Dr. Cojazzi, private communica-
tion.)

Dr. Cojazzi writes me under date ot Mar. 25,
1915, that Brother Xikora is preparing an Ala-
caluf translation to serve perhaps as a catechism
or prayer book. Brother Xikora was attached to
the Candelaria mission on Tierra del Fuego and
can speak Alacaluf, although with a little diffi-
culty. This work should be of much value and
interest, and will be the first text published in
the Alacalufan language.

Tonng, Robert

From Cape Horn to Panama, London,
1900; 2d ed., revised and enlarged,
ibid., 1905.

Contains (pp. 1-79; 2d ed., pp. 1-82) a history
• of the Ushuaia mission, which throws some light
on Yahgan character. The author quotes (p. 61;
2d ed., p. 66) a letter written under date of Feb.
11, 1899, by Mr. Lucas Bridges, which though
short gives some valuable information on Onan
moral culture. Many excellent photos illustrat-
ing t3rpes and occupations in 2d ed.

Zampa, Baffaello

Fueghini ed Araucani. (In Arch, per
Vantrop. e Vetnol., Firenze, 1892, xxii,
361^66.)

Contains a description together with cranial
and other measurements of 3 Alacaluf of about
25, 10-11, and 4-5 years, respectively, and of
1 Ona boy of about 6-9 years. When seen by
Dr. Zampa they were on their way to the Genoa
exposition of 1892 in charge of Father Beauvoir
(q. v., a, insert after p. 4) of the Salesian missions.

Znr Anfhropologie der FeuerlUnder. (In

Globus, Braunschweig, 1892, lxi, 205.)

A brief r^um4 of some of the chief conclusions
given in Hyades, g, on Fuegian somatology.

Digitized by

Googl(

SUBJECT BIBLIOGRAPHY

In the lists of sources a star or double star is aflSxed to those which
appear to the present writer to be of more or of greatest importance.

The sections on Culture, Archeology, and Relations are cast in the
form of outUnes.

Orientation

For the benefit of those who may wish a short list of references
covering the field of Fuegian and Chonoan anthropology pretty fully,
the following is given:

General introduction to whole field of Fuegian anthropology: Dab-
bene, i; else Furlong, j and Jc. Yahgans: Hyades, q, somatology,
culture, language. Alacaluf: Fitz-Roy, a, culture; R.Martin, 6, soma-
tology; Coppinger or Skottsberg, h or d, West Patagonian Alacaluf.
Onas: C. Gallardo and Cojazzi, culture; Hultkrantz, 6, somatology.

Chonos: Del Techo, Garcia, a, and Byron, a, or A. CampbeU.

For language, see special hsts, infra.

Bibliographies

The more important bibliographies on Fuegian anthropology are:
Hyades, q, 393-402, to 1890; R.Martin, &,216-217,to 1893; Dabbene,
&, 288-300, to 1911. On the Fuegian languages in particular the
more important lists are: Mitre, i, 153-179; Chamberlain, a and &,
based chiefly, as concerns the Fuegians and Chonos, on preceding;
Lehmann-Nitsche, d, 240-242. Other Hsts which have been found of
use by the present writer are: Anrique and Silva, Anuario de la
prensa chUena, O'HaUoran, P. L. Phillips, Porter, 6, Sabin, Schuller,
Tiele, a, &, Tierra del Fuego in Encyclopaedia Britannica.

Ethnological Maps

Such are given in: Barclay, a, 152; Bove, b and c (reproduced in
Holmberg, a); Hohnberg, a; Hyades, q; Furlong, b and d, 225,
and especially q and r; Skottsberg, d.

Environment: Climate, Geology, Flora, Fauna, Etc.

Sufficient data for the purpose of the anthropologist are given in:
C. GaUardo, 1-93; Th. Bridges, X:, 221-232; Hyades, ?, 19-23; Mission
du cap Horn, vols, ii, iv, v, vi; Furlong, y, Jcj and especially q.

See also Ball;Th. Bridges, &, Sept. 1, 1880, 197; h, 200-203; 7, 319;
Cunningham; Dabbene, 6, 163-166; Hyades, &, c; Ibar Sierra; Mar-
tial, 205; O. Nordenskjold, i; Popper, d; Townsend.

Digitized by LjOOQIC

138 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

Somatology

The sources which deal with the somatological relations of the
Chpnos and three Fuegian tribes to one another and to other peoples
are given in the Introduction, and under Kelations in the Subject
BibHography.

In the following somatological bibliography certain sections only
of the subject are separately listed; papers bearing on the other sec-
tions are few, and so have been grouped under the comprehensive
heading "Studies, chiefly anatomical, in part physiological and patho-
logical/' Further data on the contents of the sources on somatology
are given in the Author BibHography under the respective names.
Most visitors to Fuegia have had something to say about the physical
appearance of the aborigines, but only a few of the more important
descriptions of this kind are included in the present list.

Our two most important somatological studies of the Fuegians are
(1) that by Drs. Hyades and Deniker (g), treating aU branches of
Yahgan somatology, and (2) that by Dr. R. Martin (6), dealing with
Yahgan and Alacalufan anatomy.

ANATOMY

Original studies, based on direct examination of living subjects or
of skeletal or other remains.

(1) Stature, (a) Alacaluf. Bischoff, a,3; c,368; Bohr; Brine, 148;
Coppinger, 44, 49; Cunningham, 320; Essendorfer, 62, est.;* G.
Forster, n, 499, est.; Hyades, j, 110-114, 120; ten Kate, 45, cadaver;
King, 75; Manouvrier,* a, 772, 774; Outes,* c, 220-221; Skottsberg,*
6, 251-253; c, 93; d, 593; Virchow,* a, 377, 379, 393; Wallis, in
Hawkesworth, i, 391, 2d ed., 171, est.; Wilson, in Fitz-Roy, 6, 142,
Alacaluf or Yahgan; Zampa, 364.

(6) Yahgans. Bove,* 6, 144; c, 126; d. Arch., 289; also reprinted
in Cora, 233-234; Th. Bridges, MS. cited by Hyades, j, 116; &, Jan.,
1882, 12, cited by Garson, 148; d, 289; Despard, 6, 679, est.; Fitz-
Roy, a, 138; Furlong, &, 127; j; q; Hahn,* MS. cited in Hyades, j, 116,
118-119; Hyades,* g, 110-114, 116-119; Lovisato, &, 129; Martial,*
186-187; M'Cormick, i, 322; Snow, a, vol. i, 346; 6, 263; Spegazzini,
a, 4; Weddell, 157; Wilkes, i, 126, 1845 ed., i, 121, est.; Wilson, in
Fitz-Roy, b, 142, Yahgan or Alacaluf.

(c) Onas-Shilk'nam. Barclay, a, 70; Furlong,* d, 220; i, 11; 1c; q;
C. Gallardo, 110; Lehmann-Nitsche, a; Lista, 6, 81; O. Nordenskjold,
h, Tour du monde, 33; /, 127; Outes,* c, 220-221; Zampa, 364.

(d) Onas-Mtoekenkn. Furlong, Jc, est.; Lista,* &, 126, 56; Parkin-
son, 7, est.; Banks, 59, est.; cf. also Darwin, a, 1871 ed., 205, and
Colvocoresses, 35, est.

1 Est.» estimated, not measured.

Digitized by

Googl(

coopiB] BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 139

For calculations of stature based on skeleton, see following sec-
tion.

(2) Osteology, (a) Alacaluf. Flower, no. 1025, 1 cr., no. 1025,* 1
skel.* Alacaluf an or Yahgan; Garson, 1 cr. and parts of skel.; Hult-
krantz, a, 1 cr., probably Alacaluf an; Huxley, 2 cr., one of them pos-
sibly Onan; ten Kate, 47-49, 1 cr. and parts of skel.; Latcham,*
281-282, 2 cr. from Wellington Island, 279-280, 6 cr.; Mantegazza
and Eegalia, 1 cr., probably Alacaluf an; R. Martin,* 5 complete
skel.; by ditto; Medina, a, 108, 1 cr., Alacaluf an or Yahgan; Mehnert,
70-71, 1 cr.; Owen, 846-848, 1 cr. and parts of skel., brief descrip-
tion only; Quatrefages and Hamy, a, 2 cr.; Rey, 48-52, 1 cr., prob-
ably Alacaluf an; Sergi, a, 2 skel., perhaps Alacaluf an; Turner,* 4 cr.
and some other bones.

(6) Chonos. Flower,* 178, 2d ed., 309-310, 4 cr. (two mutilated),
and other bones; Hultkrantz,* a, 1 cr.; Hyades, q, 45; Latcham,*
281-282, 6 cr.; Medina, a, 108, 2 cr.; Outes,* c, 219, 2 cr. Cf. also
E. Schmidt, 168-169, Payo cr.

(c) Yahgans. Flower,* no. 1026,^ 1 skel., Yahgan or Alacalufan,
nos. 1026-1027, 10252-1025«, 1027,^ 10 cr.; Garson,* 8 cr. and parts
of 3-4 skel.; Hrdli6ka, a, in Dabbene, 6, 283, 1 cr.; Hultkrantz, a,

2 cr.; by* 2 complete skel., 1 additional cr., and 1 child's cr.; Hyades
and Deniker,* g, 25-60, 4 complete skel. (of which two are of infants),

3 isolated cr., 2 incomplete skel., many bones; ten Kate, 1 cr, and
parts of skel.; Mantegazza and Regalia,* 17 cr.; Medina, a, 108, 1 cr.,
Yahgan or Alacaluf an; Sergi,* a, 11 (or 13) skel.; 6, 1 additional skel.,
probably Yahgan.

(d) Onas. Giuflfrida-Ruggeri, 1 cr., Onan (?) or perhaps Pata-
gonian; Hoyos Sdinz, &, 1 cr., probably Onan; Hrdlidka,* a, in Dab-
bene, by 283, 2 cr.; Hultkrantz, a, 3 cr.; &,* 3 skel., and 2 additional
skel. and 1 cr.; Huxley, 1 cr., possibly Onan; Rivet, 257, restudy of
3 of Hultkrantz' cr.

(3) Measurements of living subjects, (a) Alacaluf. Bohr, head,
3 men; Brine, 148, chest; Hyades,* j, 105-161 passim and especially
110-114, head and body, 2 women; ten Eitte, 45-46, body, post-
mortem, 1 woman; Manotivrier,* 772-774, head and body, 4 men
and 4 women, body, 3 children; Outes, c, head, 2 men and 7 womto;
Skottsberg,* 6, 250-256, head and body, 6 men and 5 women; Vir-
chow,* a, 377-388, 392-393, head and body, 4 men and 2 women;
Wilson, in Fitz-Roy, 6, 142-147, Alacaluf or Yahgans, some measure-
ments; Zampa, 364, head and body, 1 man and 2 boys.

(6) Yahgans. Hyades,* g, 105-161, head and body, 28 men, 23
women, 20 boys and 16 girls; ten Kate, 43-44, head and body, post-
mortem, 1 man; Wilson, in Fitz-Roy, 6, 142-147, Yahgans or Alacaluf,
some measurements.

» Cr.— cranium, skull, or calvaria; skel.— skeleton.

Digitized by

Googl(

140 BUBEAU OP AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

(c) Qnas. Lista, J, 54, statement that Qnas are subdolichoce-
phalic, but no measurements; Outes,* c, head, 3 men and 11 women;
Zampa, 364, head and body, 1 boy.

ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, PATHOLOGY

Various original studies, chiefly anatomical, in part physiological
and pathological. .

(a) Alacaluf. Bischoff, h, sexual anat. and physioL; c, anat. of
sexual and some other organs, also brain weight; Coppinger, 49-50,
physical appearance; Hyades, g, 105-161 passim, various observa-
tions; Chr. Jakob, 70-71, 1 brain; ten Kate, study of 1 brain, various
anat. notes; Manouvrier, a, 762-766, physical appearance; h, color
distinguishing; c, 1 brain; Outes, c, color of skin and iris; Seggel, eyes
and eyesight; Seitz, a, chiefly pathol.; b, 2 brains; Skottsberg, b, 250-
256, physical appearance; c, 92-93, ditto; d, 592-594, ditto; Topinard,
778-780, ditto; Vu-chow, a, 378, 388-390, ditto, skin, hau-, etc.;
Wilson, in Fitz-Roy, b, 142-147, Alacaluf or Yahgans, various ob-
servations; Zampa, 363-366, pulse, color of skin, hair and eyes,
other observations.

(6) Chonos. Cf. references passim in Introduction, pp. 41-43.

(c) Yahgans. Bove, a, 790-791, physical appearance; ditto in 6,
133-134, c, 125-126, and d. Arch., 288-290; Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 173,
pathol.; d, 288-289, anat.; h, 206, physical appearance; j, 317,
pathol.; Coriat, psychoneuroses; Furlong, n, footprints and hand trac-
ings; Galippe and Hyades, e, dental system; Hahn, a, reproduction;
Hyades,/, hygienic and medical notes; n and o, pathol.; p, 328-
329, 339, physiol. and cerebral pathol. ; g, 105-161, various observa-
tions on living subjects; 167-221, physiology; 222-236, pathology;
Chr. Jakob, 65-67, 1 brain; ten Kate, 1 brain, various anat. notes; Mar-
tial, 186-187, physical appearance; MondiSre, sexual anat. (quoted
also in Hyades, g, 153-154); Testut, myology, in Hyades, g, 60-104;
Wilson, in Fitz-Roy, b, 142-147, Alacaluf or Yahgans, various obser-
vations.

(d) Onas. Coriat, psychoneuroses; Furlong, Ic, physical appear-
ance; n, footpiiats and hand tracings; C. Gallardo, 109-117, physical
appearance; Outes, c, color of skin and iris; Popper, a, 104-105,
physical appearance; Segers, 59-60, ditto; Zampa, 363-366, pulse,
color of skin, hair and eyes, other observations.

EXPRESSION OF THE EMOTIONS

For details see Coppinger, 50, Alacaluf; Hyades, g, 244-248, and
Darwin, c, passim, Yahgans; C. Galjiardo, 139-142, Onas.

Psychology is treated imder Culture.

R6sum6s, general descriptions, various data, etc., based chiefly or
wholly on the preceding original studies.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPEB] BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 141

(a) Alacaluf . Bollinger, r6sxim6 of Seitz, a; Dabbene,* 6, 208-213,
excellent general treatment of subject; Dally, 622-623; Duckworth,
440, on brain, from Manouvrier, c, and Seitz, h; Garson, review passim
of osteological evidence to 1885; Haddon, a, 55, 78, average cranial
and nasal indices; Hennig, pelvis; KoUman, data from Bohr and
Huxley; Laloy, a, r6sum6 of R. Martin, 6; R.Martin,* 6, exhaustive
review and in part restudy of all anatoxnical evidence to 1893; Ranke,
3d ed., u, 292-300, general treatment, based on Virchow and R.
Martin; Reclus, xvin, 763, tr., 446, stature; Rivet, 241, cranial;
Sera, 192-205, skull height; Stratz, general treatment, based on Vir-
chow and R. Martin; Turner, x, pt. 29, 21-26, review of osteol. evi-
dence to 1884; Virchow, a, r6sum6 of some of evidence to 1881;
Waitz, general treatment, based on earlier sources.

(6) Chonos. Rivet, 258, cranial, based on Medina, a, and Flower;
Sera, 185-186, skull height.

(c) Yahgans. CoUignon, r6sum6 of Hyades, j; Dabbene, 6, 170-
176, excellent general treatment of subject; Garson, review passim of
osteological evidence to 1885; Haddon, a, 55, 78, average cranial and
nasal indices; Hennig, pelvis; Hyades, g, review and in part restudy
of osteological evidence to 1891; Keane, a, 345, and d, 304, stature;
Laloy, a, r6sum6 of R. Martin, 6; Latcham, 277-278, cranial; Marchia-
fava and Carruccio (also quoted in Cojazzi, 18), r6sum6 of Sergi, a;
R. Martin,* &, exhaustive review of all anat. evidence to 1893; Ranke,
3d ed., u, 292-300, general treatment, based on R. Martin, h; Reclus,
xvm, 763, tr., 446, stature; Rivet, 241, cranial; Sera, 192-205, skull
height; Sergi, a, review of osteological evidence to 1886-87; c, data
from Sergi, a and l; Stratz, general treatment, based on Hyades, g,
and R. Martin, h; Waitz, general treatment, based on earlier sources;
Zur Anthr. d. Feuerlander, in Ololms, 1892, lxi, 205, r6sum6 of
Hyades, j.

{d) Onas. Dabbene, a, 68-69; &, 220-223, excellent general treat-
ment; Laloy, 6, r6sum6 of Hultkrantz, h; Latcham, 276-277, cranial;
Rivet, 241, cranial, from Hultkrantz, h; Sera, 192-205, skull height.

Languages

For references on the linguistic relations of the Chonos and three
Fuegian tribes to one another and to the Tehuelches and Araucanians
see Litroduction, and imder Relations in Subject Bibliography.

LEXICAL SOITRCES

Words, phrases, and sentences — ^independent and original sources,
(a) Alacaluf. For complete list of available original sources, see
Introduction, pp. 10-11.

(&) Chonos. Estevan. (Cf. also Ferrufino.)

Digitized by

Googl(

142 BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 68

(c) Yahgans. Bove, 6,* 171 words; c,* 187 words (167 words from
Bove reprinted in Cora, 237-239) ; Th. Bridges, a, some words passim;
6, some words passim;/, vocabularies; A., some words passim; Tc,
many words passim; Z,** about 32,430 words — by far the most impor-
tant extant Yahgan dictionary; p* great number of words passim;
q; Caflas P., 387, some of words are original; Cojazzi, passim and
especially 113-114; Despard, a,* over 1,01)0 words; h, about a score of
words passim; Eizaguirre, 157-158, 166-167, respectively, 32 and 62
words and phrases; Fitz-Koy, 6, 135-140, about 200 words (reprinted
in Lacroix and Hyades, q); Furlong, a, 344, 1 word; 6, passim and
especially 132--133, about 10 words; g, 1 word; o, songs and speech;
p, words; Hahn, a, 4-5 words; Hyades, h, many words passim;
j, some words passim; p, a few words passim; g,** 208, words for
colors; 265-270, about 200 words; 280-321, a very extensive vocabu-
lary, the most important one published; 332-334, phrases and sen-
tences; 321-332, passim; King, 444, 1 word; Lovisato, a, 20 words
passim; h, some 35 words passim; c, several words passim; Martial,
several words passim; Mission Terre de Feu, in La Nature, 310-314,
10 words passim; Noguera,* 254 words; Snow, a, vol. i, 326-327, 340,
5 words of doubtful value; Voice of pity for 8. Amer., 1859, vi, 21,
34 words, according to Hyades, j, 272; Spegazzini, a, 5, 7, 2 words; c,
many words passim; d, 44 plant names passim; «,* a great many words
and some phrases; /,* many words; Weddell, 173, 4 words, presum-
ably taken from Yahgans; Whaits,* very extensive vocabulary.

In addition to the above may be mentioned the extensive vocabu-
lary taken from the Rev. Th. Bridges' Yahgan translation of St.
Luke's gospel, by Dr. Platzmann (1-98, 99-226), and a great many
words which were gathered from Th. Bridges, g, or St. Luke's gospel,
or both, by Adam, EUis, Garbe and Miiller (6) and published in their
Yahgan grammatical treatises. See also the abundant Yahgan
lexical material in the Rev. Th. Bridges' translations, m, n, and o,
and in J. Williams, h, and a few further words in EUis (first draft of
Luke, I, 1-13, and Yahgan letter).

(d) Onas-Shllk^nam. Arctowski,* 139 words, phrases and sen-
tences; Beauvoir, a* 7-8, 41 words; 9-35, 39-59, 1,876 words, 76 sen-
tences and phrases, some additional words, 132 proper names; 6,**
15-17, 103 words; 19-76, 109-161, more than 4,000 words; 7&-104,
1,400 sentences; 163-170, more than 400 proper names, with meaning
of 85 of them; 171-173, 211 words, apparently Shilk'nam; 195-196,
numerals and cardinal points; 220-225, many local names; Becerra,
''un estenso vocabulario"; Lucas Bridges, a,** '^algimos miles"; Th.
Bridges, 8, about 1,200 words, some perhaps Mdnekenkn; Cojazzi,
some words passim, and especially 28-31; Furlong, dy about 15 words
passim, and especially 225; g, 11 words passim; Jcj 94 words and
expressions; m, words for '*bow," etc.; o, songs and speech; p, words

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPEE] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 143

passim; C. Gallardo,* a great many words passim, and especially 359-
393; Lehmann-Nitsche, e, vocabulary, of which 63 words are published
in Lehmann-Nitsche, d; Lista,* &, 34, 56, 82, in all 31 words; 144-
145, 86 words largely and perhaps entirely Mtoekenkn; Lovisato, a,
1 word; O. Nordenskjold,* e, 140 words and phrases; Outes, &, 5 words;
Segers, 69, 70, 77-79, several words; 80-81, vocabulary of 91 words,
of which 10 at least are Mtoekenkn, and some Yahgan; Spegazzini,
a, a few words passim, of which one at least appears to be Mtoekenkn;
dj 9 plant names passim; e,* a great many words and some phrases;
Tonelli, in Cojazzi, 95, 39 words, mostly kinship terms; 102-104,
90 words and phrases, apparently Shilk'nam; Wilkes, a, 2 words of
doubtful value, probably not Shllk^nam, but Mdnekenkn^

(e) Onas-Mtoekenkn. Banks, 2 words; Lucas Bridges, 6,** vo-
cabulary, of which 97 words are published in Lehmann-Nitsche, d,
242-276; Th. Bridges, Z,* 500-600 eastern Qna words; s, perhaps
Manekenkn; Furlong, X:,* 6 words; C. Gallardo, 365, 373, 5 (7) eastern
Ona words; Lista,* J, 144-145, vocabulary of 86 words, largely, and
perhaps entirely, Mtoekenkn; Segers,* 70, 77-79, 80-81, 10 at least of
Segers' words are Mtoekenkn; Spegazzini, a, 1 at least of the 6 Ona
words seems to be Mtoekenkn; e, very probably Manekenkn in part
at least; Wilkes, a, vol. i, 118, 1845 ed., i, 115, 2 words of doubtful
value, taken probably from Mtoekenkn.

The Hauss vocabularies in Cojazzi, 102-104 of 90 words, and Beau-
voir, 6, 171-173, of 211 words, are, to judge by Mr. L. Bridges' list,
. Shilk'nam, not Mtoekenkn.

Some of the foregoing original lexical material has been utilized or
reprinted in the following papers:

(a) Alacaluf. Beauvoir, a, 7-8, and &, 15-17, 103 words in latter
and most of 41 in former from Hyades, g, and Fitz-Roy, h; Brinton,
c and dj 21 words from Fitz-Roy, h; e, 22 words from La Guilbau-
diere; Cojazzi, 16-17, 40 words from Beauvoir, a; Dabbene, 6, 215,
stray words; Roussel.

(6) Yahgans. Beauvoir, a, 7-8, and h, 15-17, respectively, 41 and
103 words from Hyades, g, and Fitz-Roy, h; Benignus, 243, 5 words
from Bove; Brinton, c and d, 21 words from Fitz-Roy and Th.
Bridges; Canas P., 387, a few words, some of them borrowed; Cojazzi,
16-17, 40 words from Beauvoir, a; Colini, some words passim; Dab-
bene, &, a few words passim; Outes, d, 137, 3 pronouns.

(c) Onas. Brinton, e, Segers' list reprinted almost in full; Cafias
P., 387-392, words from Beauvoir, a; Cojazzi, 16-17, 40 words from
Beauvoir, a, and Borgatello; Dabbene, &, a few words passim; Grasse-
rie,* many words; Lehmann-Nitsche,** d, 242-276, Ona equivalents
for 152 words, important comparative glossary compiled from Lista,
by Segers, O. Nordenskjold, e, Beauvoir, a, C. Gallardo, and Lehmann-
Nitsche, e; Outes, d, 133, 3 pronouns.

Digitized by

Googl(

144 BUREAU OP AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

GRAMMATICAL SOURCES

(a) Alacaluf. None extant. Cf. Vargas Ponce, 6, 27, and Spe-
gazzini, c, comments under names in Author Bibliography.
(&) Chonos. Estevan.

(c) Yahgans. The most important is Th. Bridges,** p. Other
valuable grammatical studies based chiefly on Th. Bridges, q, are
Adam* (see also rfeum6 of same in Mitre, i, 168-172), Ellis,* Garbe,*
and probably MuUer,* 6. The grammatical material in Hyades, /,
and g,* 321-332 (cf. also g, 214-218, 335-337), and m Spegazzini, c*
(see also r6simi6 in Mitre, i, 175-176) and /* (published in fuU in
Mitre, i, 179-189), are largely based on information given by the Kev.
Mr. Bridges. Some few notes on Yahgan morphology are given in
Th. Bridges, h, 211-212 and X:, 236. The earliest published data on
Yahgan grammar are, as far as I am aware, those in Despard, b, 698.

The grammatical notes in Cafias P., 384-387, Dabbene, J, 200-201,
Darapsky, a, 6, and Femdndez are derived from the foregoing sources.

(d) Onas. A few scattered notes on Ona grammar are available in
Cojazzi,* 93-94 (conjugation of verb '*to love'O, Beauvoir,* &, 4-9
and especially passim in frasario 79-104, and C. Gallardo,* 359-393
passim. See also Segers, 78-79. On Ona pronunciation, cf. Beau-
voir, a, 60, and especially 6, 1-4.

TEXTS

(a) Alacaluf. Xikora,* catechism or prayer book (in preparation).

(&) Chonos. Ferrufino, '*decem Dei mandata & solemnes Chris-
tianorum preces, ac formula(m) detestandi poccata;" Estevan,*
'^Doctrina Christiana . . . y algunas Platicas de los principales
Mysterios.''

(c) Yahgans. The most important are Th. Bridges, m,* St. Luke^s
gospel; n,* Acts of the Apostles; o,* St. John's gospel. Dr. Ellis prints
a Yahgan letter, and ch. i, 1-13 from the first impublished draft by
the Kev. Th. Bridges of St. Luke. Dr. Platzmann reprints the
parable of the sower and the Lord's prayer from Th. Bridges^ m.
See also J. Williams, 6, and Lord's Prayer . . .

(d) Onas. Beauvoir, a, 36, Lord's prayer; &,* 77, Lord's prayer and
Angelical salutation. The version of the Lord's prayer in b diflFors
considerably from that in a.

GENERAL REMARKS ON LANGUAGES

(a) Alacaluf. See references in Introduction, pp. 22-29. Cf.
also Th. Bridges, 6, Apr. 1, 1880, 75 — the Alacalufan reminded him
of Welsh; Topinard, 774-775; Seitz, a, 185.

(&) Chonos. See references in Introduction, pp. 34-41.

(c) Yahgans. See ditto, p. 4. Also: Bove, a, 800; &, 142-143;
d, Arch., 297-298; e, 159; Th. Bridges, e, 331; r; Brinton, e; Cham-

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 145

berlain, a; Clark; Dabbene, a, 66; 6,200-202; Denuc6; Hestennann,
a; Hyades, p, 339-340; Lafone Q., a, 525-526; I; Lovisato, 1, 131-132;
Martial, 129, 208; Outes, d, 137; Spegazzini, h.

(d) Onas. Beauvoir, a, 60; Th. Bridges, h, 1880, 75; 1884, 223;
1886, 33; e, 332; r; Chamberlain, a; Dabbene, a, 68; 6, 267-269; Fitz-
Roy, a, 121-122; Holdich, 160; Holmberg, a, 51; Hyades, Z, 718;
2, 11-12; Lista, h, 120, 126; Lovisato, 6, 131-132; Outes, d, 133;
Segers, 77-79; Spegazzini, a, 17; g; h; Willejns, d, 246-247.

Most of the data of any value from the foregoing general remarks
have been quoted or utilized in the Introduction and section on
Relations in the present work.

Culture
religious culture

The term Religious Cxilture is used in the broadest sense merely for
convenience in classification, and not with the intention of implying
that all the beliefs and practices included under it are of a strictly re-
Ugious nature. The line of demarcation between the religious and
secular in primitive culture is at best a hazy one, and has to be
shifted to suit the varying definitions of religion. The difficulty of
drawing the line in Fuegia is, moreover, greatly augmented by the
meagemess of our knowledge of the natives. Hence it has been
thought best to group imder the same heading many beliefs and prac-
tices which may have only a remote bearing on or affinity with
religion properly so called.

For purposes of classification we shall take up first those beliefs and

practices which imply an attitude of propitiation toward supramun-

dane beings, and secondly, those from which, so far as our present

knowledge goes, this element of propitiation is lacking. The first we

shall call Religious Cultiure Proper; the second, Quasi-ReUgious

Culture.

Religious Culture Proper

Sources

(a) Alacalup.— Bougainville, 2d ed., i, 294; Cojazzi,* 124-125; Fitz-Roy, a* 190-
192, 194; 6, 142; La Guilbaudiere, 3; King, 227; Marcel,* a, 495-496; c, 110-111; Meriais,
391; Skottsberg, 6, 257-258, 271; c, 98-99; </, 595; Vaigas Ponce, 6, 25.

(6) Yahgans.— D'Arquistade, in Martial, 269; Benignus, 243; Bove,* a, 800-801;
6, 142-143; c, 135; d, Arch.y 297-298; e, 159; Th. Bridges, a,*Fr. tr., 176, 181-182; e, 332;
h* 206-207; i* in Hyades, g, 253, 255-256; h* 236-237; Despard,* 6, 698, 717, 746;
Furlong, 6, 137;;; Grubb, 139; Hyades, p, 332-333; q* 253-257, 280-281; Lovisato,*
6, 149-150; Martial,* 207-8, 211-212; Payr6, 184-186; Spegazzini,* a, 12, 15-16. *

(c) Onas. — Barclay, a, 77; b, 104; Bastian, i, 18, probably Onas; Beauvoir, a, 6;
b* 165, 207, 210, 217-220 and passim; Benignus, 233; Cojazzi,* 38, 71-72, 76, 86, 90-91;
Dabbene,* a, 74-76; 6, 269-270; Furlong, d, 228; k; 0. Gallardo,* 299, 319, 321, 324-327,
339-341; Lista,* 6, 130, probably Mdnekenkn; Rousson-Willems, a, 181; Segers, 65-66;
Terrien, 332.

Digitized by

Googl(

146 BUEEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

(d) FuBGiANS.— Ball, 261; Darwin, a, 1871 ed., 214-215; Fitz-Roy, a, 170-181.

Based on the foregoing: Cafias P., 375-376; Dabbene, a, 64; 6,* 202-204; Garson, 145;
Lang, 174-175, 187 and pafisim; Outes, c?, 134, 139; W. Schmidt, a, 103, tr., 145; Wester-
marck, n, 681-^82.

SUPBAMUNDANE BEINGS

A. Alacaluf, — ^Admiral Fitz-Koy (King, 227) put a watch to the
ears of some natives met in Otway Water. ''I pointed to the watch/'
he says, ''and then to the sky; they shook their heads and suddenly
looked so grave, that from their manner in this instance, and from
what I could imderstand by their signs, I felt certain they had an
idea of a Supreme Being." Pointing, signaling or looking toward the
sky in a more or less reverential manner is mentioned by various
other observers (Vargas Ponce, a, 351; b, 25; Dudos-Guyot, 6, 678;
King, 314-315, 319; Meriais, 391; Hanaford, 210-211; Fitz-Roy, a,
190) ; for instance, one of the natives met by Lieut. Cevallos, after
gazing in a looking-glass for some time, ''sefiaJ6 h&cia arrib^, como
diciendo que aquello era cosa del Cielo" (Vargas Ponce, 6, 25), , These
incidents are interesting and to a certain extent suggestive, but the
inferences of Admiral Fitz-Roy and lieut. CevaUos are, to say the
least, hazardous. The former, happily, gives more concrete data in
his narrative of the second Beagle expedition.

He was told by York Minster, one of his Alacaluf prot6gfe, that "a
great black man is supposed to be always wandering about the woods
and mountains, who is certain of knowing every word and every ac-
tion, who can not be escaped and who influences the weather accord-
ing to men's conduct." ''In woods of my country," said York,
"some men go about alone; very wild men — have no belly, . . .
live by stealing from other men." One of these wild men was caught
in the act of stealing some birds that had been cached by York's
brother. The brother killed the thief on the spot with a stone,
though afterward he repented of the murder. But, added York,
"raiQ come down — snow come down — ^hail come down — ^wind blow —
blow— very much blow. Very bad to kill man. Big man in woods no
like it, he very angry." York "told the whole story in a very low
tone of voice, and with a mysterious manner; considering it an ex-
tremely serious affair" (Fitz-Roy, a, 180; see also Darwin, a, 1871
ed., 215).

Admiral Fitz-Roy also states that '^if anything was said or done
that was wrong, in their [that of the 3 Alacaluf and 1 Yahgan taken
to England] opinion it was certain to cause bad weather. Even
shooting yoimg birds, before they were able to fly, was thought a
heinous offense" (Fitz-Roy and Darwin, ibid.). No mention, how-
ever, is here made of any supernatural being.

The above account is partially corroborated from two independent
sources.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPBB] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 147

(1) Admiral Fitz-Roy was told by Capt. Low that the West Pata-
gonian Channel natives, designated Chonos by Admiral Fitz-Roy, but
more properly of Alacalufan stock, believed in ''an evil spirit, called
Yaccy-ma, who they think is able to do all kinds of mischief, cause
bad weather, famine, illness, etc. He is supposed to be like an
immense black man.'' They also believed, according to Capt. Low,
in a ''good spirit whom they call Yerri Yuppon, and consider to be
the Author of all good: him they invoke in time of distress or danger''
(Fitz-Roy, a, 190; cf., 6, 142).

(2) According to recent studies by the Salesian fathers, the Ala-
caluf "believe in an invisible being called Taqul^tu, whom they imag-
ine to be a giant who travels by day and night in a big canoe, over
the sea and the rivers, and who gUdes as well through the air over
the tops of the trees without bending the branches. If he finds any
men or women idle or not on the alert [disoccupati o distraUi] he takes
them without more ado into his great boat and carries them far away
from home. It is at night particularly that the Alacaluf fear to meet
this terrible being" (Cojazzi, 124).

There seems to be no sufficient groimd for questioning the correct-
ness in the main of the preceding statements. They are derived from
good first-hand soiu'ces. They are from independent observers, and
in thoir chief lines are in agreement. Moreover, such a dualistic con-
ception is very common among the aborigines of southern South
America and elsewhere. The anthropomorphic "black giant" is a
common enough creation of very primitive man, while the contrast
between the active evil spirit and the remote inactive good spirit
occurs the world over.

It is true both the Rev. Mr. Bridges and Dr. Hyades deny that the
Fuegians believe in any superior or quasi-supreme beings, and Capt.
Martial found the Fuegians to have few scruples about killing nestlings
(Martial, 212) ; but it needs to be borne in mind constantly that these
writers were authorities on the Yahgans, not on the Alacaluf.

Granting, however, the facts, what interpretation should be given
them ? Mr. Spencer (Lang, 174) and Prof. Westermarck (n, 681-682)
siunmarily dismiss the giant black man as a weather doctor. It is
of course possible that he was, but there is no adequate evidence to
show this, unless one be ready to draw this inference from the fact
that he controlled, among other things, the elements. See also the
arguments against this hypothesis in Lang (174-175).

Mr. Lang went to the other extreme in ranking the black giant
among the ethical Supreme Beings (174, 187). Ethical to some
extent he certainly seems to be, but hardly supreme, notwithstanding
his omniscience and power, for no creative fimction is attributed to
him, and besides the evidence at hand apparently shows him to be
the evil god in the Alacalufan dualistic system. He is pretty clearly

Digitized by

Googl(

148 BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

the same as Capt. Low's Yaccy-ma, and probably identical with
Taquktu. Father W. Schmidt more guardedly and probably more cor-
rectly calls the black giant " a superior being who watches over moral
conduct'' (a, 103, tr., 145).

Alacaluf an duaUsm, therefore, appears to include an inactive benev-
olent Deity, who is not invoked except in extremes, "in distress and
danger," and an active and alert malevolent deity, who to some
extent at least is the guardian of the moral law.

It is likely enough that the Alacaluf believe in other spirits and in
ghosts (cf. Fitz-Roy, a, 194; Skottsberg, d, 595); but we have no
very definite information on this point.

B. Ohonos, — ^From some of the rites and customs to be mentioned
later we may probably infer that the Chonos had a belief in spirits
and ghosts, but explicit data are wanting.

C. Yahgans, — ^The Rev. Mr. Bridges repeatedly stated that the
Yahgans have no Supreme Deity, God, or Creator, nor any word in
their language for such (a, Fr. tr., 181; A, 206; i, in Hyades, g, 253;
Icj 236-237). A negative is notoriously risky where there is question
of a savage's higher religious beliefs, but on the other hand the
testimony of one who studied the Yahgans so long and so well can
not be waived lightly. The Rev. Mr. Bridges, however, does not
seem to have had intimate personal knowledge of the Yahgan initia-
tion rites, and it is just possible that back of them was, as in other
parts of the world, a higher esoteric theology. Moreover, he appar-
ently was loath to have his neophytes speak of their quondam
religious beliefs (Payr6, 184-185).

The Rev. Mr. Despard, too, stated expUcitly that the Yahgans
had no God (6, 698, 746), but added the interesting remark that the
Yahgan '* supposes the sim and moon, male and female, to be very
old indeed, and that some old man, who knew their maker, had died,
without leaving information upon this subject. Hence the ignorance
of the present generation" (6, 698).

Capt. Bove mentions (a, 800; J, 142; c, 135; d, Arch., 297; 6, 159)
both a good and an evil deity among the Yahgans, but no details are
given about the '^Dio benevolo" except that he, like the evil spirit,
is neither respected nor feared. Whether these two spirits or gods
are dominant ones corresponding to Yerri Yuppon and Yaccy-ma
among the Alacaluf, or are only two of the many lower good and evil
spirits that are spoken of by Admiral Fitz-Roy (a, 179), is hard to say.
The '*dio maligno" Curspic sends wind, rain, and snow, and tows
behind him the condemned souls (Bove, a, 800-801; 6, 142-143;
c, 135; d, Arch., 297-298; Lovisato, ft, 149). The term curspic,
cashpik, etc., is used in a generic sense by Mr. Th. Bridges (a, Fr. tr.,
181; e, 332; i, in Hyades, q, 255; Tc, 237) and Dr. Hyades (g, 255) for
malevolent spirits who dwell in forest caves and send sickness or

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPEB] BIBLIOGBAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIEBRA DEL FUEGO 149

death. Bad, disagreeable and eccentric men are called by the same
name. Another evil spirit, Lucooma, presides over the tides and
whirlpools or whirlwinds (Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 181; Lovisato, 6,
149-150; Spegazzini, a, 16).

When a man dies, the natives have been heard at times to say
''Un tel a 6t6 pris par Gopoff," an evil spirit (Martial, 212). The
medicine-men address a mysterious being called Aiapakal ox Yah-
pahchel, the son of a deceased medicine-man, and receive from a
spirit called Hoakils or HvachieUa power over life and death (Th.
Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 182; i, in Hyades, g, 256; fc, 238). The spirits who
were evoked during the boy initiations were believed in only by the
women and children (cf. infra, imder Initiations). There seems, too,
to have been a certain fear of ghosts (cf. infra under Death and
Burial).

D. Onas. — ^There is no evidence for an Ona belief in anything hke
a Supreme Deity. Whether or not further information regarding
Ona boy initiations will show the presence of a secret higher belief,
it would be idle to speculate. Father Beauvoir's repeated inquiries
respecting a Supreme Deity elicited only negative answers (6, 210) ;
the naission Onas use the native word Jhow^n (= medicine-man) for
God, but few will agree with Father Beauvoir in tracing any verbal
kinship with the Hebrew Jehovah or Yahweh (J, 219). Messrs.
Rousson and Willems attribute to the Onas a belief in a spirit called
Waliche or WaUchu, to whom the natives attribute both good things
and bad (a, 181); but these explorers hardly had opportunities to
gather dependable information on Ona religious beliefs, and, moreover,
Walichu is strongly suggestive of Patagonian origin.

Both Sr. lista (6, 130) and Dr. Segers (65) mention an evil spirit
who enters the body and sends illness; he also sends wind, rain, etc.
Some good and evil spirits are believed in by both the men and the
women (Dabbene, a, 76; J, 270; Beauvoir, J, 218; Cojazzi, 38). The
dead are feared (C. Gallardo, 321), especially dead witch-doctors,
who have power even after their death (Cojazzi, 38, 71-72; C. Gal-
lardo, 299, 341). Many natural objects, as mountains, sun, moon,
stars, etc., are believed to have once been men, and moimtains at
least are feared and respected. Finally we may mention the initia-
tion spirits believed in only by the women and children (cf. infra,
under Initiations), and the mythological beings, especially the myth-
hero Kuanip (cf. infra, under Mythology).

TOTEMISM, ANIMISM, FETISHISM

Among the Chonos, Alacaluf, and Yahgans there is not the slight-
est trace of either present or former totemism in any of its many
forms. Nor is there any tangible indication of it among the modem
Onas. If it be considered proven that the older Patagonians were

Digitized by LjOOQK

150 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BDMi.63

totejnists (cf. Outes, a, 251-252), there might be some reason for
suspecting that the Onas, too, were formerly such. But the whole
question is too obscure in the present state of our knowledge.

Animism, in the sense of the personification of nature, is f oimd, but
only in a mild form, among the Yahgans and Alacaluf . Among the
Onas there is a marked tendency to look upon natural objects as
having once been men.

The Yahgans carried around with them red pebbles when they
traveled inland (Hyades, g, 280-281), and the Onas treasure pieces of
stone shaped naturally something like an arrowhead (Cojazzi, 86).
Packets or pouches containing human hair are carried by the Ala-
caluf sometimes (Fitz-Roy, a, 192; Skottsberg, c, 98-99; d, 595).
These objects appear to be more than trinkets or curios. The packet
given to Mr. Low was supposed to bring fair wind (Fitz-Roy, a, 192).
At any rate they are of uncQmmon use. They might be called fetishes
according to some definitions of fetishism.

ANCESTOR WORSHIP

Traces of ancestor worship are f oimd among the Yahgans and Onas
at least. See below imder Prayer. It takes the form chiefly of invo-
cation of deceased medicine-men. The fact that the leather pouch
found by Dr. Skottsberg, which was worn around the neck of an Ala-
caluf, contained the hair of a dead person might perhaps be inter-
preted as evidence for the existence of the rudiments of ancestor wor-
ship among the Alacalufan tribe. The possessor, however, readily
bartered the pouch for a trifle (Skottsberg, d, 595).

It may be noted in passing that the absence of totemism and the
very rudimentary development of animism, fetishism, and ancestor
worship among the Fuegians are also characteristic of many of the
lowest Indo-Oceanic peoples (cf. Mills).

PUTXJBB LIFE

A. Alacaluf. —-According to the Salesians, the Alacaluf ^'beheve
that the good after death go to a delightful forest where they eat to
satiety what they hked in life: fish, seafood, seals, birds, etc.; while
the wicked are plunged into a deep well from which they can not
escape'' (Cojazzi, 125). The use of the amulet above mentioned and
the custom of bmying bows and arrows, etc., with the dead (cf . infra,
pp. 161-162) may also be taken as indications of belief in siu^vM.
Alacalufan evidence on this point is extremely meager.

B. CJionos, — No available data at all.

C. Yahgaris. — ^Authorities differ. Some would have it that the Yah-
gans lack all beUef in survival after death (Th. Bridges, «, 332; A, 206;
i, in Hyades, g, 253; Hyades, p^ 332; g, 257; Lovisato, 6, 149; Fur-
long, h, 137; j)j and a fortiori no idea of recompense or punishment

Digitized by

Googl(

cooi'EuI BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIEBRA DEL FUEGO 151

in the other world (Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 181; ir, 239). Other au-
thorities state definitely that the Yahgans beheve the soul remains
near the grave or wanders over the woods and mountains, especially
at night (Bove, a, 800; 6, 142; c, 135; d, Arch., 297; Spegazzini, a,
16; Dabbene, 6, 203), happy or unhappy, according to moral conduct
in life (Bove, U. c. supra).

The Rev. Mr, Bridges, Dr. Hyades, and Dr. Lovisato give other
testimony apparently contradicting their denials mentioned above.
Dr. Hyades states (p, 332) that dea^ criminals haunt the hving; Dr.
Lovisato, curiously enough, after denying any definite beUef in a future
life, adds that after life souls wander through the woods (&, 149) ; the
Rev. Mr. Bridges says in an earUer paper (a, Fr. tr., 181) that the
Yahgans beheve in the immortality of the soul, and in a later paper
(A, 206) that they at least speak of '^exhalaciones como de los espiritus
errantes de los suyos," and that they have a word for death, cagagulo,
which means ^^subir y voW (cf. also a, Fr. tr., 181).

Perhaps the most interesting statement regarding Yahgan behef
in survival is that which the Rev. Mr. Despard made (6, 698): *'He
[the Yahgan] thinks, when a man dies, his breath goes up to heaven;
but for what he has no notion. . . . He denies the upward ascent
of breath to other animals."

Weighing all the above evidence, it seems fairly well established
that the Yahgans beheve in survival, but whether they have any
definite concept of immortahty or of future recompense is at best
very doubtful.

D. Onas. — Of the Ona behef in survival there seems to be no weU-
groimded doubt. It is attested by Sr. Lista (6, 130), Dr. GaUardo
(319, 325-327, and passim), Mr. Barclay (a, 77), Dr. Dabbene (6, 269),
Dr. Cojazzi (38, 72, 76), and Father Beauvou- (6, 165, 217-219, and
passim). The shades of the dead wander through the woods (C. Ga-
Uardo, 336). The Onas have a word for soul, men (Cojazzi, 76), m/ehm
(Dabbene, 6, 269), meh/n (Barclay, a, 77), mehn (C. GaUardo, 327,
336). The dead know what is taking place on earth, but take no
active part inhuman affairs (Barclay, a, 77; Dabbene, h, 269; C. Ga-
Uardo, 319, 327), except dead witch-doctors (Cojazzi, 72; C. GaUardo,
299, 341). The dead are feared by the Onas (C. GaUardo, 322).
According to Dr. Cojazzi (76) the departed are happy or unhappy in
accordance with their conduct on earth, but this is denied by Dr.
GaUardo (326).

The Onas also beheve that many anijnals and birds and many
natural objects, as moimtains, stars, sim and moon, trees, etc., were
once men or women (C. GaUardo, 326, 338; Beauvoir, 6, 165, 207,
217-219; Cojazzi, 86; Furlong, 1c). This behef colors much of their
folklore. There is no evidence of a behef in reincarnation.

64028°— BuU. 63—17 11

Digitized by LjOOQIC

152 BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

BEUEF AND MORALITY

The link between religion s^nd morality among the Fuegians is ap-
parently, as far as our evidence goes, a weak one. Most authorities
blankly assert or clearly imply that no such link exists at all (cf., e. g.,
for the Yahgans, Th. Bridges, fc, 239; Despard, J, 698; for the Onas,
C. Gallardo, 324, 326). What, if any, religious significance is attached
to their numerous taboos is uncertain in most cases from the informa-
tion at present available. According to some authorities (cf . supra,
imder Future Life) the future Ufe is happy or unhappy, in accordance
with moral conduct on earth, but these statements need confirmation,
and, further, we need detailed data as to whether future happiness and
unhappiness follow automatically and impersonally or as a recom-
pense bestowed and a retribution meted out by a personal supramim-
dane being.*

Attention, however, may be called to the data furnished by Ad-
miral Fitz-Roy and his informant, Capt. Low (cf. supra, under Supra-
mundane Beings). Taking the facts as related by them, we have
here a higher being, albeit apparently an evil one, who pimishes mur-
der. Admiral Fitz-Roy also states (a, 179) that the Fuegians believe
'Hhat the evil spirit torments them in this world, if they do wrong, by
storms, hail, snow, &c." Perhaps, too, the fact that after the murder
of Capt. Fell and his party the Yahgans believed that the moon
turned a blood-red color may have some bearing on the point in
question (Grubb, 139).

CULT

By cult is here meant all prayers and rites directed to supramun-
dane beings. Nonmoral prohibitions, supposed to emanate from
such beings, are classed as negative cult. Such prohibitions can not
always be clearly distinguished from moral precepts on the one hand
and mere taboos on the other.

Prayer

The Fuegians pray" little, so Uttle, in fact, that they are frequently
reported not to pray at all. Traces, however, of prayer are found
here and there in the Fuegian sources.

A, Aldcaluf. — ^Yerri Yuppon was invoked in times of distress or
danger (Fitz-Roy, a, 190). Capt. Low on three different occasions
witnessed the following ceremony: After a period of famine, food was
finally obtaiaed, but before partaking of it an old man gave each
native a portion, ''repeatedly muttering a short prayer, and looking
upward;" all kept silence during this ceremony (Fitz-Roy, a, 190-191,
195; Darwin, a, 1871 ed., 213-214). Capt. Low, however, did not
speak the natives' language, so there remains some imcertaiaty as to
whether the old man^s muttered words were really a prayer or not.

B. Chonos, — ^No data available.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooper] bibliography OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 153

C, Yahgans. — Dr. Spegazzini states (a, 12) that at the death of a
Yahgan the relatives stay around the grave all day; when dark comes,
''dici6ndole que son sus amigos, y que su espiritu no les haga ningun
daiio/' The Rev. Mr. Bridges also describes what may be prayer:
The medicine-men ''font de frfiquentes incantations, dans lesqueUes
ils paraissent s'addresser k im 6tre myst6rieux, nomm6 Aiapakal; ils
disent tenir, d'lm esprit appel6 Hoakils, un pouvoir sumaturel de vie
et de mort" (i, in Hyades, q, 256; cf. also Bridges, Tc, 238).

D. Onas. — ^When ordinary means of influencing the weather fail, the

Onas, especially the witch-doctors, invoke the aid of Muy6e or Moice

and Caucoshl or Kan-Kosl, two deceased doctors who had and who

still have great power over some of the elements (C. GaUardo, 340-341 :

Cojazzi, 71).

Sacrifice

That the Canoe Indians, the Yahgan in particular, have a kind of
sacrifice is attested by at least three independent authorities. When
the natives are in great danger at sea they are said to throw an offer-
ing overboard, a dog or child, according to the Rev. Mr. Bridges in
his earliest paper (a, Fr. tr., 181), an infant, according to Dr. Fenton,
a long resident of Pimta Arenas (Ball, 261),^ or a piece of fish, etc., ac-
cording to the Lawrence brothers (Furlong, verbal communication),
in order to appease the anger of Lucooma, the spirit of the tides and
whirlwinds (Bridges) or the spirit of the tempest (Furlong). While
this rite has not been actually witnessed by any of the above authori-
ties, it is said to be well attested.

The Yahgans fear whirlpools (Th. Bridges, loc. cit., caused by Lu-
cooma; Lovisato, 6, 149-150), and, according to Dr. Spegazzini (a, 16),
beUeve them to be caused by evil spirits, to appease whom they throw
into the water coals and pieces of wood.

Oaths and ordeals

Capt. Martial relates an episode showing that the Yahgans may
have some kind of oath (207-208), but our sources give no indication
of the existence of anything like the ordeal.

Sacred objects

The Ona and Yahgan stone amulets and the Alacaluf an pouch con-
taining the hair of the dead person have already been mentioned (cf .
supra, under Fetishism).

Capt. Steele (Skottsberg, &, 271) claimed to have found in the Baker
Inlet district a circle of large stones. The circle was 8 meters in
diameter and was paved with stones. Dr. Bastian (i, 18) was told
by some colonists that they had found in Ona ( ?) territory an artificial

1 Doctor Fenton had knowledge chiefly of the Alacaluf, and perhaps he should be understood to have
bad in mind this tribe rather than the Yahgan.

Digitized by

Googl(

154 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY tBTTLL.C3

mound on the platform of wiiich were three figm'es made with bright
stones, one figure representing a circle (the sim), the second a half
moon, and the third a hand. Sr. Payr6 (184-185) was told of certain
Yahgan idols. It is very doubtful, however, if any dependence at
aU can be put on the above accounts; so far at least as the Yahgans
are concerned, the Rev. Mr. Bridges and others categorically deny the
existence of any such materialization of belief.

Capt. Low foimd somewhere in the West Patagonian channels a
number of spears, arrows, and clubs stuck in the ground, and among
them a large block of wood rudely carved in the shape of a man, with
long red teeth and aroimd the neck a halter of hide. This, he was
told, was the native method of declaring war, and the figure repre-
sented their evil spirit (Fitz-Roy, a, 194; cf. a somewhat similar
Araucanian method of declaring war, Rosales, a, vol, i, 147),

Negative cult

There are a great many things of a nonmoral nature which the
Fuegians scrupulously avoid saying or doing for fear of evil conse-
quences. In most cases the consequences are believed to follow auto-
matically, as far as our information goes, a breach of the ban, and
hence are provisionally classed under Taboos or Magic. Where, on
the contrary, the consequences are expUcitly regarded as inflicted by
an angered supramundane being, the prohibitions are classed imder
Cult. A familiar example of such negative cult in the Judeo-Christian
religion is the prohibition against taking the name of God in vain.

A. Yahgans. — The Kachpikh or malevolent spirits of the woodland
caves are avoided lest they inflict illness or death (Hyades, q, 255).
The Yahgan has a dread of Cushpeec and is loatji to hear his name
mentioned (Despard, 6, 717; cf. also Fiurlong, 5, 137). It is dan-
gerous to name the dead (Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 177).

B. Onas. — The Onas fear the moimtains (Gimn, 326), who are
deceased men, and who send storms on trespassers (Cojazzi, 90-91).
The Onas respect and fear such natural objects as the mountains, the
sun, moon and stars, lakes, woods, and do not speak badly of them
nor stare at them too long; if you speak badly of a mountain m its
presence, it will send rains and winds (C. GaUardo, 339-340).

There is no available evidence bearing on Alacalufan or Chonoan
negative cult.

As m imderdevelopment of animistic beUefs, fetishism, etc., so, too,
in poverty of cult, the Fuegians resemble many of the lowest peoples
in other parts of the world (cf. Mills).

Quasi-religious Culture

In the beUefs and observances thus far recorded there seems to be
fairly clear evidence of reUgious elements. The beings believed in

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 155

are supramundane and for the most part exert an active influence
over man and nature. They are respected and feared and at times
prayed to or propitiated by moral conduct and ritual observances.
The element of coercion, more distinctive of magic, and that of
automatism, more distinctive of taboo, are absent.

Of the beliefs and observances now to be listed, some and perhaps
many may turn out on further investigation to be of a religious or
propitiatory nature. Most of them, at any rate, have sufficient affin-
ity or resemblance to religion to be classed under Quasi-religious
Culture, and if one should prefer to adopt a more inclusive definition
of religion they could be classed as clearly religious.

BIBTH CUSTOMS

The Ona mother in order to make her child robust brings in a great
load of wood before delivery, according to Dr. Cojazzi (25), or after
delivery, according to Dr. Gallardo (229). Among both the Onas and
Yahgans the umbilical cord is cut with a piece of shell (C. Gallardo,
229; Hyades, q, 191), and the latter burned both the cord and the
placenta (Hyades, g, 191, 194). One of Father Menendez* Chonos cut
his hair to celebrate the birth of his child (Gonzalez de Agtieros, 247).

The Yahgan baby is bathed in the sea shortly after birth (Bove,
a, 794; 5, 137; c, 129; d. Arch., 293; e, 158; Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr.,
170; A, 208) to make it strong (Th. Bridges, Ti, 208; Hahn, a, 806),
and the mother, too, goes through a series of sea baths (Hyades, q,
192-195). The Ona mother bathes (Cojazzi, 26; Beauvoir, />, 208),
but according to Dr. Gallardo (229) only if she happens to be near
the sea; the child is not bathed (Beauvoir, 7>, 208), but is massaged
with white earth (Cojazzi, 26).

According to the Rev. Mr. Bridges (a, Fr. tr., 170), after the birth
of a child both parents rest a week or two, while the Rev. Mr. Despard
states (6, 698) that the father must sit still for three days, else the
child will die. This looks very much like the couvade.

After the birth of a child certain food taboos are observed by the
mother among the Onas (C. Gallardo, 229-230, 174; Cojazzi, 26; Beau-
voir, 6, 208; Dabbene, 6, 257), and by both parents among the Yah-
gans (Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 170; Martial, 197; Dabbene, 6, 190). A
Yahgan mother is considered unclean after delivery; she must abstain
from marital intercourse for five or six months; the husband, too, is
boimd by a similar obligation, but not to the same degree (Hahn, a,
806; cf. also Hyades, g, 195).

Of Alacalufan birth customs we know nothing, and of Chonoan
nothing beyond the point noted above.

Digitized by

Googl(

156 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY |bull.c3

INITIATIONH

Sources

(a) 0na8.— Barclay, a* 74-76; 6, 99-100; Beauvoir, 6, 206-207; Cojazzi,* 31-38,
101-102 (Mdnekenkn); Dabbene, a, 73-74; b* 257-259, 269-270; Furlong, d* 224;
Sr, 7; t, 1 1 ; Jb*; C. Gallardo,* 330-337; Holmberg, a, 67-58.

(6) YAHaANS.— Th. Bridges,* a, Fr. tr., 174-176; h, 208-209; jfc, 239-240; Hahn, c,
340; Ilyadefl,* q, 370-377; Martial, 214.

Based on the foregoing: Dabbene, 6, 191-192, 202; Krickeberg, 142; Outes, rf, 140;
H. Webster, 56, 176-177.

Our sole direct and first-hand source of information on the Yahgan
boy initiations was the elder Mr. Bridges, as our main sources for Ona
initiations are his sons, Lucas and William. Some of the Ona data
have been independently verified by Prof. ToncUi from two natives
at Rio Grande mission.

The initiation customs observed at present amon^ the Onas and for-
merly among the Yahgans are very similar. In the earlier days, the
tradition runs in both tribes, the men were under petticoat govern-
ment ; but they rebelled, adopted the initiation rites from the women,
and created the masked spirits, all in order to keep the women in sub-
jection. The adolescent boy is taken from his mother and obliged to
fast and to undergo other physical and psychical tests. Endurance
and stoicism, generosity, honesty, veracity, bravery, the duty of
blood-revenge, observance of the marriage laws against incest and
adultery, and other tribal virtues are solemnly inculcated. The
grown men paint and dress up in masks to represent spirits, and pro-
ceed to terrorize the women and children and to test the courage of
the boy candidate. Finally the boy, if found worthy, is told the
truth about the supposed spirits ^nd the purpose of the masquerad-
ing, namely, to keep the women in subjection, and he is threatened
with dire punishment if he should ever reveal the secrets to the
women or children.

Except for several minor details — the Ona masks, for instance, are
of hide; the Yahgan of bark — the initiation rites in the two tribes are so
similar* that there is a good probability of borrowing, as regards
some at least of the elements. A detail in the Yahgan^s tradition to
the effect that they inaugurated the rites after the incursion of the
Onas into the Beagle Channel district (Martial, 214) would perhaps
suggest that the Yahgans rather than the Onas have been the bor-
rowers; but the point is doubtful.

By the time of the French expedition in 1882-83, and even before,
the boy initiations had fallen into desuetude among the Yahgans, but
they still preserved a simpler puberty rite, including fasting and
moral instruction, for the girls (Th. Bridges, 7i, 208; t, 240; Hyades,
?, 377).

> K ven to tlie name of the large wigwam used for the ritos, called kina by the Yahgan, and haain (rojazsi,
3ft), Ain (Furlong, d, 224), Jaimt (dallardo, 331-332), hlne ( Furlong, k ).

Digitized by LjOOQIC

cooPiBl BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 157

The Alacaluf , too, may have had mitiation rites, but our evidence ia
not very soUd. Labat (Marcel, a, 496; c, 110-111) speaks of seeing a
young man in a hut alone, who was chanting and gesticulating. His
body was whitened, and his head was adorned with two bird wings.
He would not speak, although ho was not a mute. Capt. King
(814-315) found at Fortescue Bay about 80 natives gathered; one
of the huts was closely guarded by a man who was not unlikely a
witch-doctor; no one was allowed to enter, and a midshipman who,
after a little coaxing, was permitted to put his head in, received a
shower of ashes in his face. The natives^ explanation that there was
a woman in labor in the hut hardly agrees with the Fuegian delivery
customs, nor does it account for the unusually large gathering of In-
dians. Large wigwams, similar to the Yahgan initiation IcinaSy have
been found in Alacaluf an territory (cf. infra, under Shelter).

Many of the West Patagonian Channel Alacaluf have one or more
front teeth missing (Fitz-Roy, a, 197; Coppinger, 49, *^in the male
adult there is usually a front tooth misaing;^^ Skottsberg, 6, 252; c, 92).
Dr. Coppinger adds: *^As if knocked out designedly,'* but Dr. Skotts-
berg, who found the teeth missing more frequently among the older
folks, the women especially, believed it due to accidents, to chewing
tough skms, or to other employment (&, 252; r, 92).

The foregoing stray data may possibly be taken as indicative of
initiation rites among the Alacaluf, but much more definite evidence
is required.

TABOOH

A. Yahgans. — A girl after her first menstruation observes certain
food taboos (Hahn, a, 804). The morning after first bridal inter-
course the man bathes in the sea (Bove, a, 794; 6, 187; r, 129; d.
Arch., 293), else the dogs would die (Lovisato, 6, 150), but there is
no taboo on marital intercourse during nursing time (Hyades, j, 195).

The custom of bathing before eating the first guanaco of spring
(Cojazzi, 108) has in it an element of taboo and also an element of
first-fruits sacrifice, without being clearly either. A person when
present is never addressed by his proper name (l)abbene, 6, 191).
Cf. also Coriat, 206-207.

B. Alacalttf- Pefhei^pH the prohibition against shooting ducklings
spoken of by Admiral Fitz-Roy (a, 180; Darwin, a, 1871 ed., 215)
IB of the nature of a taboo.

C. Onas, <;)ertain food taboos are observed, especially by the
women and children (C. Gallardo, 174, 229-2^^0; Cojazzi, 26). Accord-
ing to Dr. Holraberg (a, 58), after marriage, *4os padres^* [of the bride
and groom ?] do not look at the groom if they meet him, but this needs
confirmation. The Onas, according to Dr. Dabbene (i, 268), call one
another when present by their proper names, but according to Dr.

Digitized by

Googl(

158 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

C. Gallardo (355) this custom does not obtain except between intimate
friends.

D, Chonos. — If a flock of parrots passes overhead, do not look,
otherwise bad weather will follow (Garcia, a, 21) ; do not throw shell-
fish on the fire, else the sea will become rough (Garcia, a, 20). Do
not throw shells into the water (Byron, a, 2d ed., 162).

For other taboos see under Birth Customs, Initiations, and Death
and Burial.

DREAMS

A certain importance is apparently attached to dreams by the
Yahgans and Alacaluf (Martial, 212-213; Darwin, a, 1871 ed., 215,
221), although Dr. Hyades denies this for the Yahgans (^, 338;
g, 253). Of. also Coriat, 206.

VARIOUS CUSTOMS

Lieut. Cevallos (Vargas Ponce, 6, 29) reports seeing a dozen or more
Alacaluf seated in a circle, chanting under a sort of choir leader, and
from time to time pieces of meat were thrown into the fire; all this
was gone through with profound respect. The custom of throwing
some object into the fire in a solemn manner was also witnessed by
Dr. Lucy-Fossarieu (173-174) and Capt. Martial (207-208) as an
accompaniment, respectively, of Alacalufan mourning and the Yah-
gan ^^oath." When a Yahgan infant would not take the breast, the
mother threw a few drops of milk into the fire (Hyades, q^ 194). It
would be interesting to know whether this custom has any sacrificial
meaning, in the Cevallos case in particular.

Two other customs are noted by Byron. He describes (a, 145-146 ;
cf. also A. Campbell, 61-62) a weird ceremony during which his
Chonos sang themselves into a frenzy, cutting one another and carry-
ing firebrands in their mouths. He was told by the Christian cacique,
who was much offended, that at such times the Indians hear uncom-
mon noises and see frightful visions. The devil, Byron was assured,
was the chief actor on these occasions.

On another occasion Byron was severely rebuked for throwing
limpet shells from the canoe into the water (a, 162-163).

Father Garcia's Chonos blacked their faces with charcoal on enter-
ing the iceberg-strewn and snow-banked lagoon of San Rafael ^'to
salute the snow, lest they die'' (a, 14), and on another occasion one
of them painted his face to bring good weather (a, 15).

Mrs. Hanaford's youthful informant told her (210-211) that on
one occasion he saw some of his Indian captors, who were probably
Alacaluf, cUmb a tree, then come down and violently throw sand and
stones at the huts, and that on another occasion they ate pounded
glass (?), pointed upwards, and after a few ceremonies buried a seal's
tooth.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPBBl BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 159

A curious Yahgan blood-revenge ceremony is described by the Rev.
Mr. Bridges (6, Jan. 1, 1875, 13-14).^

In general it would seem that the Fuegian peoples are not ultra-
superstitious. ''Superstitions'' exist, but apparently in moderate
number only. One gets the impression that there is quite a consid-
erable field of religious and quasi-religious culture among these secre-
tive primitives that has been thus far very inadequately investigated.

Fuegian magic reaches its chief development in the realm of medi-
cine (see infra). A few beliefs are, however, independent of curative
methods. It is not easy, owing to the meagemess of our information,
to distinguish clearly what may be magic from what may be mere
secular practical science or reUgion proper.

Beliefs in mana, orenda, etc., are, as far as our evidence goes, quite
wanting among the Fuegians.

The fear that an enemy may do them harm by getting possession
of a bit of their hair was common to both the Chonos (Garcia, a, 29-30)
and the Fuegians (Beauvoir, 6, 206; Cojazzi, 70-71 ; Dabbene, &, 204;
Fitz-Roy, a, 138; Kmg, 53, 313-314). The Yahgans, however, met
in New Year Sound by Weddell (177) and at St. Martin's Cove by Ross
(n, 307) made no objection to having their hair clipped off, and
Capt. Martial states (188) of the Yahgans: ''lis ne font aucune diffi-
cult6 pour laisser couper leurs cheveux.'' The Onas of the south,
probably Mtoekenkn, threw finger-nail parings into the fire (Lista,
6, 128).-

MEDICINE AND MEDICINE-MEN

Sources

(a) Alacaluf.— Bougainville,* 2d ed., i, 297-303; Vargas Ponce, 6, 28.

(6) Chonos. — Garcia * a, 37.

(c) YAHGAN3.— Benignus, 240; Bove,* a, 795-796; 6, 138-139; c, 130-132; d,Arch,y
294; e, 158; Th. Bridges, 6, Mar. 1, 1873, 30; Jan. 1, 1875, 12; i,*in Hyades, q, 256-257;
Tc* 237-238; Coriat, 205; Despard,* 6, 717, 698; Hyades, p, 333; q* 235-236, 256-257;
Martial,* 205-206; Spegazzini, a, 13.

{d) Onas.— Andersson, 387; Barclay, a, 70; Beauvoir, 6, 164r-166, 208-209; Be-
nignus, 233; Cojazzi,* 67-72; Dabbene, 6, 259-260; Furlong, d, 225-226; i, 12; C. Gal-
lardo,* 292-304; Holmberg, a, 59; Liata,* 6, 130, probably M^nekenkn; O. Nor-
denskjold, A, Tour du monde^ 38.

(e) Fuegians.— Darwin, a, 1871 ed., 214r-215; Fitz-Roy, a, 178-179, 186.

Based on foregoing: Dabbene, a, 63-64; b* 193; Outes, rf, 139; Cafias P., 361-362.

The Onas, according to Dr. Holmberg (a, 59) and Mr. Barclay
(a, 72), and the Alacaluf, according to Vargas Ponce (i, 28), use cer-

1 A few other notes on Fuegian quasi-religious customs may be found in Bougainville (2d ed., i, 294);
Bove (o, 800-801; 6, 142-143; c, 135; d, Arch., 297-298; e, 159>, Th. Bridges (o, Fr. tr., 181-182; «, 332), Dab-
bene (6, 204, 260), Duclos-Guyot (6, 673), Fitr-Roy (a, 181, 191), Lovisato (6, 149-150), and Marcel (c, 110-
111: o. 495-496).

Digitized by

Googl(

160 BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULues

tain plants for medicinfQ purposes. This, however, is denied by dl
other first-hand authorities who touch on the point.

The more common curative methods employed by the Chonos and
Fuegians are massage, friction, anointing, sweating, and bathing.
The medicine-men in their curative rites extract or vomit an arrow
head or harpoon shank, a piece of wood, bone, or stone, or a pointed
stick. Such objects are supposed to be the immediate cause of the
disease, which, however, is sent by spirits over whom the medicine-
men have power.

Among the Onas each clan or family has a medicine-man, while
among the Yahgans nearly every older man was a wizard. Occasion-
ally among both tribes an old woman exercised this office (Th.
Bridges, i, in Hyades, q, 257; C. Gallardo, 298). The witch-doctors
inspire a certain amount of respect and fear, but may at times be
subjected to rather rude treatment.

The Rev. Mr. Bridges once observed a Yahgan witch-doctor dancing
on hot coals (k, 238). According to Dr. Cojazzi (70-71) the Ona doc-
tors sometimes m^ke a cloak of human hair, which they use as a
potent instrument for bullying and laying under tribute the mem-
bers of the tribe. The wizards are often clever prestidigitators.

In addition to their power to send or cure sickness they may also
have power over life and death and over the weather and the ele-
ments, and may possess the gifts of divination and prophecy.

DEATH, MOURNING, AND BURIAL

Sources

(a) Alacalup. — Bougainville, 2d ed., i, 302; Duclos-Guyot,* 6, 678; Fitz-Roy,* a,
181,191; Marcel, a, 496; c,* 110-111; Skottsberg, 6, 271-273; rf,595; van Speilbergen,*
1st ed., 34, and in de Brosses, i, 344, probably Alacalufan.

(6) Chonos.— Byron,* a, 90-92; A. Campbell,* 62, and in Provost, xv, 388; Medina,
a, 274.

(c) Yahgans.— Bove,* a, 798^-800; 6, 107, 141-142; c, 133-135; d, Arch., 296-297;
e, 159; Th. Bridges, a* Fr. tr., 176-177; 6, Nov. 1, 1875, 192, July 1, 1876, 151; 6, 332;
Coriat,205; Despard, 6, 698; Fitz-Roy,a, 179, 181; Furlong, 6,* 133, 135-136; Hyades,
p, 332; q* 379-380; Lawrence, June 1, 1874, 92; Lovisato,*a, 199; 6, 146-149; Marsh,
a, 119-120; Martial,* 206-207; Mission Terre de Feu, 311; Spegazzini,* a, 11-12.

(d) Onas.— Barclay,* a, 76-77; Beauvoir,* 6, 209-210; Benignus, 233-234; Cojazzi,*
72-75, 102 (M^nekenkn); Dabbene, a, 74; b* 260-262; Furlong, rf,*226; C. Gallardo,*
317-323; Holmberg, a, 59; Lista, 6, 55; O. Nordenskjold, h. Tour du monde, 38;
Segers,* 65-66, 75.

(e) Fuegians.— Darwin, a, 1871 ed., 214; Fitz-Roy, a, 177, 179.

Based on the foregoing: Lucy-Fossarieu, 173-174; Dabbene, a, 62-64; 6,* 192-193;
Outes, rf, 135, 140; Cafias P., 362-365; Garson, 144-145; Penna, 203 and passim.

Mourning

Among the Yahgans and Onas mourning is expressed by (1) the
tonsure; (2) scarification, but only by the widows or women among
the Onas (C. Gallardo, 317; Segers, 75; Dabbene, h, 262) ; (3) painting,

Digitized by

Googl(

roopBRl BTBLTOGRAPHY OP TRTBEft OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 161

usually with black among tho Yahgaiis (Th. Bridges, e, 332; Martial,
188; Furlong, 6, 133), though sometimes with other colors, too (Th.
Bridges, A, 209; Lawrence, June 1, 1874, 92), with red or black
among the Onas (C. Gallardo, 149, 319-320; Cojazzi, 72, 74; Popper,
d, 138). Mourning lasts for many months among both tribes —
among the Yahgans sometimes two years (Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr.,
176), among the Onas sometimes two or even three years (C. Gal-
lardo, 320; Barclay, a, 77).

Speaking of the Onas, Dr. Oallardo adds (318) : '*Creo que debemos
ver en estas demostraciones un simple testimonio de afecto hacia el
muerto y no un medio de propiciarse su buena voluntad.!^ The
point, however, is worthy of further investigation.

The Alacaluf met by Duclos-Guyot at Fort Famine painted them-
selves black as a sign of mourning (6, 678).

Burial

A. Ohonoa and Alacaluf, — Among the Chonos and Alacaluf cave
burial Is the common form. This use of cavas may be due, as Dr.
Dabbene suggests (fc, 214), to the difficulty of digging in the hard,
rocky ground of western Fuegia. Some cases of Chono (and Alaca-
luf ?) burial in embryonic posture or with knees flexed to shoulders
or chin are reported by Alex. Campbell (62), Dr. Medina (a, 274), and
Capt. Steele (wSkottsberg, 6, 271-272), and a kind of platform burial
by Byron (a, 90-92) and ^Vlex. Campbell (loc. cit.).

B, Yahgans. — The Yahgans either interred or cremated. The
latter custom was followed especially when death occurred far from
home, and was apparently intended to prevent dasecration of the
remains by enemies or by foxes and dogs. A case of Yahgan burial
in squatting posture is mentioned by Dr. JjovLsato (fc, 147). He may,
however, have been mistaken, as he was in hypothetically attributing
this custom to the Onas (6, 148).

r. Onas, — Sr. Lista (6, 55; followed by Penna, 203) says that the
northern Onas practice cremation. Later investigators, however,
deny this (cf., e. g., C. Gallardo, 320). The Onas inter their dead in
the supine posture. At times they may use caves or the trunk of a
tree (C. Gallardo, 320).

T>i8po8al of property

Among the Yahgans the belongings of the deceased are given away
or destroyed, the Yahgaas '* manifesting their sorrow by their aver-
sion to possess any object that belonged to the deceased whom they
mourn'* (Ilyades, q, 379; cf. also p, 335). The Onas destroy most of
the property of the deceased (C. Gallardo, 321).

The Alacaluf seemed to have buried some of the dead person's be-
longings with him, especially the bow and arrow (van Speilbergen,

Digitized by

Googl(

162 BUBEAU OP AMERICAK ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

1st ed., 34; de Brosses, i, 344; Marcel, c, 111). Most of the authorities
on the Yahgans and Onas make no mention of such a custom in use
by these two tribes, or else deny outright its existence. It is never-
theless aflBrmed for the Yahgans by Dr. Lovisato (a, 199; 6, 148),
Capt. Bove (a, 799; h, 141; c, 134; d, Arch,, 297), and Dr. Spegazzini
(a, 12), and for the Onas by Mr. Barclay (a, 76), Dr. Dabbene (J, 262),
and Dr. Holmberg (a, 59).^

Various customs

The Yahgan prayer to the deceased and the Alacaluf an hair amulet
have already been mentioned (supra under Cult). Dr. Lucy-Fos-
sarieu states (173-174) that after the death of one of the children be-
longing to the Alacalufan troupe exhibited at Paris the relatives
approached the fire with a grave air and threw into it pieces of meat
and bread.

Among the Yahgans and Onas the dead man's hut or shelter is
burned, the place is abandoned, and his name never more mentioned;
they fear the dead, and will not touch the bones. The Yahgans, and
to a lesser extent the Onas, seem to be willing to surrender the bones
of their people without very great objection (Lovisato, 5, 149; Bove,
a, 799-800; 6, 107, 142; c, 135; d, Arch., 297; Martial, 206-207- Dab-
bene, h, 193; Cojazzi, 75).

MYTHOLOGY. FOLK TALES, AND TRADITIONS

Sources

(a) Yahgans.— Barclay, a, 64-65; Benignus, 243; Th. Bridges, a* Fr. tr., 178,
181-182; jfe, 236, 239; Cojazzi,* 105-107; Despard,* 6, 717; Grubb, 139; Hahn, c; Hyades,
g, 281; Martial,* 213-214.

(6) Onas.— Barclay,* a, 77-78; c, iv; Beauvoir, a, 6; 6, 165-166, 201-202, 217-218;
Benignus, 233; Cojazzi,** 38, 76-92, 101-102 (Mdnekenkn); Coriat, 207; Dabbene,* a,
76-78; 6, 271-273; Furlong, g, 7; I* Shflk'nam and probably Mdnekenkn; C. Gallardo,
130, 196-197, 338-340; Holmberg, a, 91; Segers, 65.

Based on the foregoing: Canas P., 397, 399-400; Dabbene,* a, 66-67; 6, 205-206;
Ehrenreich, 6, 36; Payr6, 186-188.

For references on the Initiation Spirits, see supra under Initiations.

We have no detailed information at all on the mythological con-
ceptions of the Chonos and Alacaluf. For the Yahgans and espe-
cially for the Onas we now have a fair amount of material, although
by no means abundant.

Creation

Among the Onas, Pimaukel, the first man, made all things, or at
least the plants and animals (C. Gallardo, 338; Beauvoir, 5, 166).
Another myth relates that formerly there lived on earth bearded

I The large arrowheads (?) found by Capt. Bove on or near Picton Island (Lovisato, h, 101-102) were
burled with the bodies. These very large skeletons may possibly have been of Onas.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooi'MB] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIEBRA DEL. FUEGO 163

white men; the sun and moon were then husband and wife; when
men began to war, the sun and moon returned to the sky and sent
down a red star, the planet Mars, which turned into a giant on the
way; the giant killed all men, then made two mountains or clods of
clay, from one of which rose the first Ona man and from the other
the first Ona woman (Dabbene, a, 76; 6, 271). Prof. Furlong states
(k) that the Onas ''have a legend . . . which relates to the first
man and woman who they say were let down from the sky by a rope.
The rope was broken and hauled back, so the people stayed." *

The Rev. Mr. Bridges states (a, Fr. tr., 178) that the Yahgans had
certain songs, transmitted from father to son, "concernant I'origine
de chaque chose," but he gives no details. See also above Rev. A£r.
Despard*8 report about the forgotten maker of the sun and moon.

Fauna Jlora, andinanimaU nature

The waxing moon is believed by the Onas, or at least by the Ona
women and children, to eat children or to suck their blood (Beau-
voir, a, 6; 6, 217; Cojazzi, 81; Segers, 65).

The Yahgans have a clear flood tradition (for details, see especially
Martial, 213, or Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 181). Among the Onas the
flood was sent by their hero Kuanip (Cojazzi, 82-83). Among the
Yahgans the moon is the wife of the rainbow, while the sun is the
elder brother of the moon and Venus (Hyades, g, 281); according to
Capt. Bove the rainbow is the messenger of Ourspic (a, 800; 6, 142;
c. 135; dy Arch.f 297; Dabbene, 6, 203). Metempsychosis plays a
considerable part in nearly all the Ona myths. In both the Yahgan
and Ona mjrths the marriage of human beings with rocks, or the
birth of men from rocks or the earth, occurs (cf . creation story, supra,
and hero myths, infra). The Onas have quite a number of animal
and plant tales (cf. especiaUy Cojazzi, 83ff, 102; also Barclay, a, 78;
c, iv; Dabbene, 6, 272; Furlong, </, 7; Jc).

Hero myths

Two or tliree talcs arc related of the Yahgan mythical hero
Oumoara, while a more complete cycle regarding the Ona hero
Kuanip is available. Neither hero, however, is associated with
culture teaching, nor is the object of any cult. (On Oumoara, see :
Dabbene, a, 66; ft, 205; Hahn, c; Martial,* 213-214. On Kuanip,
8oe Cojazzi * 77ff; Dabbene, a, 77-78; ft, 271-272. On the Mdne-
kcnkn Kuanip, see Cojazzi,* 101.)

Traditiona

The tradition regarding the former dominance of the women among
the Yahgans and Onas has already been mentioned (cf. under Initi-

I This legend Is attributed to the Yahgans by Dr. Corfat (207), who give^ an interesting if somewhat
■peoulatlve Interpretation of it, namely: bowl^ape sky-uterus; rope-umbilical cord.

Digitized by

Googl(

164 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

ations). The Onas have a tradition that they came from the north
and became isolated from their kin by a great cataclysm, which rent
their island from the mainland (Beau voir, 6, 201).

'^ DOMESTIC CULTURE

Sources

Most of the numerous references bearing on domestic culture are
given passim in the following outUne. Here is given a selected hst
of sources.

(a) Alacalup.— Bougainville,* 2d ed., i, 292-300 passim; Skottsberg,* d, 595-596;
Vargas Ponce, a, 340, 348-350.

(6) Chonos. — Garcfa,* a, 42; Lozano,* n, 559.

(c) Yahgans.— Bove,* a, 792-795; 6, 136-138; c, 127-130; rf, Arcli., 291-294; 6, 157-
159; Th. Bridges, a,* Fr. tr., 169-174, 176, 182; 6, January 1, 1875, 10; €,* 332-333;
h* 205-210; ib, 234; Despard,* 6, 698, 733; Furlong, 6, 131-132;;; Hyades,* p, 331-335;
q, 187-188, 191-195, 237-240, 294, 375-379, 409; Hahn,* a, 805-«06; Lovisato, 6, 146-
146, 150-151; Martial,* 196-200; Mission Terre de Feu, 311; Spegazzini,* a, 9-11, 15.

(d) Onas.— Beauvoir, 6, 203, 207-208; Cojazzi,* 24-29; Fr. Cook, 6, 725, 728; Dab--
bene,* a, 72-73; 6, 256-257; Furlong, d, 220-221, 226-227; C. Gallardo,** 211-250;
Lista,* 6, 128-129, probably Mdnekenkn; O. Nordenskjold, gr, 354-355; h, Tour du
monde, 37-38; Segers, 61, 65.

(c) FuBGiANS.— Fitz-Roy,* a, 178-179, 182, 185-186.

Based on the foregoing: Canas P., 347-352; Dabbene,* a, 62-63; 6, 187-191; Parsons,
passim; Floss, a and 6, passim.

CouRTSfflP AND Choice op Wipe

A. YaTigans. — There are no fixed forms. The girl is ordinarily
given by the father without her consent (Hyades, g, 378; p, 334), but
the choice of the father usually coincides with the choice of the girl
(Bove, a, 794; 6, 137; c, 129; d, Arch,, 292), and besides if she is too
unwilling she leaves her husband and marries the man of her choice
(Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 171-172). Marriage is usually foimded on
affection, although marriage by capture sometimes occurs (Hyades,
2>, 334; Mission Terre de Feu, 311). Before tbe birth of the first
child there fnay occur considerable shifting and changing of partners
(Hyades, q, 377-378). Marriage is contracted at tfn early age.

B. Onus. — The choice of a wife may be made in any of the following
ways: (1) By agreement between fathers or between the groom and
the bride's father (Cojazzi, 25; C. Gallardo, 212), presents being
given to the bride's father by the groom (C. Gallardo, 212-213;
Beauvoir, 6, 207), though the giving of presents is denied by Mr.
Barclay (a, 76) and Dr. Dabbene (&, 256). The father's consent hav-
ing been obtained, the suitor gives a bow to the girl; if she sends it
back by a messenger it means she refuses his suit; if she gives it back
with her own hands it means she accepts him (C. Gallardo, 213 ; Dab-
bene, 6, 256; Cojazzi, 25). (2) If the girl belongs to an imfriendly
clan, the man waits his chance and commands her to follow him, under

Digitized by

Googl(

tooPMu] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 165

threat of shooting her with an arrow (C.Gallardo, 213-214). (3) The
women of fallen foes are taken for wives (Cojazzi, 24; C. Gallardo,
214).

It is a common practice among both the Onas and the Yahgans for
a man to marry two sisters (Th. Bridges, A, 210; Hahn, a, 805;
Cojazzi, 24; Furlong, d, 221; C. Gallardo, 214). If we may judge
from the fact that a Yahgan at Orange Bay was married to two Ala-
calufan sisters (Hyades, 6, 1344; q, 411-412), the same custom may
prevail among the Alacaluf .

An Ona or Yahgan sometimes marries a woman and her daughter
by a former husband (Cojazzi, 24; Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 182). The
one older and one younger woman to whom Byron^s Chono ( ?) cacique
was married (Byron, a, 136) were in all probability mother and
daughter by a former husband, which would explain Bjrron's almost
certainly incorrect inference that the yoimger wife was the cacique^s
daughter. Alex. Campbell's charge (61; in Prfivost, xv, 388) that
the Chonos practiced incestuous marriage was an equally imwar-
ranted inference from the same observed fact.

Levihatb

The Ona or Yaligan often marries his brother*s widow (Hahn,
a, 805; C. Gallardo, 214). The Ona at least may marry a relative's
widow (C. Gallardo, 214) or his deceased wife's sister (Barclay, a, 76).

Incest

Marriage between blood relations is held in horror among both the
Onasand Yahgans (Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 182; A, 205; e, 332; t, 234;
Hahn, a, 805; Martial, 200; Beau voir, 6, 207; Cojazzi, 24; Barclay,
a, 76; Furlong, d, 221; C. Gallardo, 215). Dr. Chas trey's charge to
the contrary (255), imless derived from Byron and Alex. Campbell
(11. c), is probably based on the same source as a great part of his
article — that is, on imagination.

The restriction obtains among the Yahgans to the second degree
(Th. Bridges, 1c, 234), while among the Onas, if even in case of quasi
necessity *'cugini di terzo grado'' marry, they are talked about
(Cojazzi, 24).

Endogamy and Exogamy

Among the Yahgans the man more frequently took a wife from a
near rather than from a distant clan, as the women did not like to
go far away from their own relatives (Th. Bridges, A, 210). Hence
the Yahgans may be classed as loosely endogamous (Hyades, p, 334).

Among the Onas the young men prefer to take wives from distant
clans, but the parents of both the man and woman prefer unions
between members of adjacent groups; the Onas are therefore *' indis-
tinctly endogamous or exogamous'' (C. Gallardo, 212, 215-216).

Digitized by

Googl(

166 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULUea

Neither among the Onas nor among the Yahgans does there appear
to be any fixed social law or tribal feeling about the matter.

Formerly marriages between members of the three Fuegian tribes
were more frequent (Th. Bridges, it, 234), especially in border dis-
tricts (cf. supra in Introduction). At the present time an Ona man
marries a Yahgan or Alacaluf an woman only when there are no Onan
women available (C. GaDardo, 216).

Among the Yahgans and Onas the newly married couple go as a
rule to live with the husband's clan, although among the former the
man more frequently remains with the woman's parents temporarily,
rendering them certain services (Hyades, g, 378).

Monogamy, Polygamy, Polyandry

There is no polyandry among either the Yahgans (Th. Bridges, ^,
210) or the Onas (Beau voir, 6, 207).

As to polygamy, there is no tribal sentiment apparently, at least
among the Yahgans and Onas, against a man having two or even moro
wives, yet, de facto, monogamy is the more common rule.

A, Alacaiuf and Ohonos. — Father Garcfa's Chonos were monog-
amous, ho tolls us (a, 42). Byron's Chono (?) cacique had, how-
ever, two wives (a, 136). Dr. Skottsborg found monogamy to be
the rule among the West Patagonian channel natives, although some
men had two wives (d, 596; c, 97).

B. Yahgans. — The custom differed. ''In some places the rule
is to have one wife; in others many have two, some three and even
up td fom* '' (Th. Bridges, ^, 206). Bigamy was of common occm*-
rence, in most cases the two wives being sisters (Th. Bridges, c, 332;
h, 210). ''Although there are quite a large number of men who have
two, three, or oven four wives, the more common custom [^I'habitudo*]
is to have^nly ono'^ (Hyados, g, 378; cf. in same sense. Martial, 198,
"raremont trois et mfime quatro femm(«; par fois deux, le plus sou-
vent une^'; Mission Terro do Feu, 311). Dr. Ijovisato simply states
(6, 150) that a man has from one to five wives. Prof. Furlong (/)
rarely beyond three, and Dr. Spogazzini (a, 10) tliat it is not rare to
find men with four or even five wives. Capt. Bove says: "Un uomo
sposa quante donne egli crede: raramente perd si vodono con piti di
quattro mogli'^ (&, 136; a, 793; c, 127-128; d, Arch.j 292). Dr. Cora,
whose articltis are based on Capt. Bove's report, says a little inexactly
(234) that "un uomo ha generalmente quattro mogli'' — a slight error
followed by Prof. Keane (a, 345; d, 303).

As Mr. Bridges and the members of the French Cape Horn expedi-
tion had much more experience among the Yahgans than had the
members of the Italo-Argentinian expedition, it is more probable
that the former authorities' estimate is the truer one, namely, domi-
nant monogamy with, howevqr, considerable polygamy.

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGKAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 167

(7. Onos.— -Polygamy is apparently less common and less pro-
noTmced among the Onas. According to Dr. Lehmann-Nitsche {a)
and Senor Marguin (501) the Onas are monogamous. It seems, how-
ever, that polygamy is allowed and practiced to a certain extent, as
is attested by Dr. Gallardo (212), Prof. Furlong (d, 221), Dr. Dabbene
(a, 72), and Dr. Outes (d, 135). According to Dr. Gallardo, among
the Onas of the north "casi mmca el indio tiene m6s de una mujer y
rara serd la vez que pase de dos'' (227). Dr. Segers states (65) that
while bigamy exists, it is not common, and a man ^'casi nunca"
has more than two wives. Senor Lista (6, 128) says practically the
same of the southern Ona (Mtoekenkn). According to the Salesian
missionaries polygamy is allowed; a native never has more than four
wives, some Onas have three, many two, but usually they have only
one (Beauvoir, J, 207; Cojazzi, 24).

To summarize the foregoing, it may be said that most of the
most dependable authorities attest that monogamy is the prevailing
custom among the three Fuegian peoples, although polygamy is
allowed and rather widely practiced.

Divorce

Our sources give little exphcit information on this point. Among
the Yahgans Capt. Martial found it frequent (199-200; cf. also
Hyades, p, 335), while Mr. Thos. Bridges states (a, Fr. tr., 172) that
the Yahgan sometimes practice divorce and (Ji, 210) that some
women have had as many as ten or more successive husbands.
Yahgan partners are often changed before the birth of the first child
(Hyades, q, 377-378). According to Dr. Gallardo (220), divorce is
of rare occurrence among the Onas.

Conjugal Fidelity

A. Alacaluf. — ^The men are jealous of their wives and demand
fidelity of them (Skottsberg, d, 596; cf. also Bougainville, 2d ed.,
I, 296). Capt. King (55-56) relates a case where an Alacaluf met
near Port Cooke wanted to sell his wife; that, however, she was
actually his wife is not clear from the evidence.

B. Yahgans. — ^The Yahgans clearly recognize conjugal rights (Th.
Bridges, Jc, 234; Hyades, p, 334-335; q, 378; and others). Adultery
on the part of the woman is punished severely by the husband, with
hard blows (Hyades, p, 335), rarely with death (Martial, 199; Dab-
bene, 6, 189), and entrains a certain ''mfeestime pubhque'' (Hyades,
q, 378). Jealous wives make hfe very disagreeable for their hus-
bands (Hyades, q, 378-379); a husband's infidehty gives rise to
domestic ''scenes'' (Hyades, p, 335), and even at times to violent
beatings, if we may judge by the fact that Dr. Spegazzini reported
seeing one man who had been paralyzed from the waist down by
blows from his outraged better half (a, 10).

64028--BU11. 63-17— 12 Digitized by GoOgk

168 BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

As to how far marital fidelity is actually observed among the
Yahgans, the testimonies diflfer. Some writers report infideUty as
very common (Martial, 199; Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 173, an early
paper), others as not so common or even as rare (Th. Bridges, A:, 234,
a later paper; Dabbene, ft, 189; Spegazzini, a, 10; Mission Terre de
Feu, 311). The truth perhaps hes between the two extremes.

That the Yahgan men are jealous of their wives is attested by all
credible observers (cf., e. g., Hyades, g, 239; Snow, a, vol. i, 338-339;
Weddell, 184; Wilkes, a, vol. i, 130, 1845 ed., i, 125; 6, 52). Wives
are never loaned or sold (Hyades, p, 332; j, 239) ; Dr. Hyades' proofs
of this appear to be sufficient.

C, Onas, — Breaches of marital fidehty occur among the Onas, but

apparently not with marked frequency; the offended husband is more

apt to wreak vengeance on his wife's lover than on her (C. Gallardo,

220).

Position of Woman

Constructively and in theory the woman among the three Fuegian
tribes is supposed to be absolutely subject to the man; he is emphati-
cally the head of the family (cf., e. g., Skottsberg, d, 596; Martial, 196;
Hyades, p, 332; C. Gallardo, 224).

A, Yahgans. — ^Actually, the man's authority is rather weak (Martial,
196) ; the woman is not entirely dependent on the husband and has
considerable Uberty (Th. Bridges, Jt, 210; «, 332). Not a few men are
entirely dominated by their wives (Th. Bridges, Ti, 210; Spfegazzini, a,
15, "predominio tan grande de las mujeres^')? and a man's wives
sometimes form a coalition to enforce their will upon him (Bove, a,
793; ft, 136; c, 128; d, Arch,, 292). A woman who conducts herself
well is respected and iadependent (Hyades, p, 332).

BrutaUty, where indulged in by the man, may be occasioned by
jealousy (Hyades, g, 239), but, on the other hand, the wife herself is
not so tender at times with her sinning spouse (Spegazzini, a, 10).
A cruel husband gets into trouble with his wife's relatives (Th.
Bridges, ft, Jan. 1, 1875, 10). Husbands have real affection for their
wives (Weddell, 156), but are chary of showing it, especially in the
presence of strangers.

This studied repression of the emotions probably accoimts in part
for Capt. Bove's characterization of the Yahgan woman as her hus-
band's slave and drudge (a, 792; ft, 136; c, 127; d. Arch., 291). As
for her being a drudge, see following section on Division of Labor.
That she is supposed to obey her husband imphcitly is emphatically
the Yahgan theory, but that she is respected, well treated, and well
provided for in the main and actually fairly independent, seems clear
from the acciunulated testimonies summarized in the preceding
paragraphs.

Digitized by

Googl(

coopinl BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OP TIERRA DEL FUEGO 169

B. Oftds. — The Ona woman holds approximately the same position.
Absolute obedience to her husband is demanded and rendered as a
matter of course, and occasionally he is brutal toward her, but nor-
maUy she is well provided for, and is the recipient of many tokens of
esteem and affection (C. Gallardo, 220, 222-224, 251, 134-135).

0, Aldcaluf and Ohonoa. — Little available evidence. The Alaca-
lufan women are ''not exactly ill-treated '* (Skottsberg, d, 596), and
may be sincerely loved by their husbands (Manouvrier, a, 765). By-
ron's Chono ( ?) cacique, however, was certainly very brutal during a
fit of rage occasioned apparently by jealousy (Byron, a, 137)

DiviHioN OP Labou

The divisicm of labor between husband and wife is described by

many authorities (for the Chonos: Ijozano, ii, 559; for the Alacaluf :

Marcel, a, 490; c, 108; Fitz-Roy, a, 185; Bougainville, 2d ed., i, 292;

Vargas Ponce, a, 348-349; La Guilbaudiere, 6-7; Skottsberg, rf, 596;

for the Yahgans: Th. Bridges, ft, 210; Furlong, ft, 132; Dabbene, ft,

188; Martial, 197; W. Webster, i, 182; Weddell, 156; for the Onas:

Barclay, a, 71; ft, 99; C. Gallardo, 225, 227, 248-249; Cojazzi, 24; Fr.

Cook, ft, 728; Furlong, d, 226-227; Jc; Dabbene, ft, 257; Lista, ft, 128-

129 (Onas of south); O. Nordenskj5ld, ft. Tour du monde^ 37; Sogers,

61; Outos, dj 136; Beauvoir, ft, 203). Judging from these accounts,

the division seems, if wo take into account Fuegian tribal conditions

and necessities, to be a fairly equitable one, and it is so adjudged ex-

pUcitly by the Rev. Mr. Bridges (ft, 210; e, 332), more or less expHcitly

by Prof. Furlong ((Z, 227; A:, and g, ''well balanced''), and implicitly

by Dr. Dabbene (ft, 257), all of whom had personally witnessed the

system in action. Here again Capt. Bove, in describing the Yahgan

woman as a mere drudge, seems to have overlooked the exigencies of

nomadic life.

Modesty

That modesty is well observed by the Fuegian woman is unani-
mously attested by observers (cf., e. g., for the Alacaluf: Duclos-
Guyot, ft, 672; Bischoff, ft, 243-244; Manouvrier, a, 768; Reynaud, a,
93; for the Yahgans: Hyades, p, 334; g, 239, 409; Snow, a, vol. i, 325-
326, 338-339, 349, vol. ii, 46; 6, 262; W. Webster, i, 181; WeddeD,
157-158; Wilkes, a, vol. i, 130, 1845 ed., i, 125; ft, 52; for the Onas:
C. Gallardo, 131-132). Dr. Hyades states (g, 239) that among the
Yahgans even control of the eye is observed and expected by man

and woman.

Premarital (chastity

A, Yahgans, — Virginity is apparently not greatly esteemed, and
there is much indulgence, little restriction being placed on the un-
married girls (Ilahn, a, 805; Hyades, p, 334; g, 188). There is no
professional prostitution (Hyades, p, 335); a woman of markedly

Digitized by LjOOQIC

170 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

loose character or a semiprofessional is rather looked down on
(Hyades, f, 335).

B. Onas. — ^While a man is indifferent to the past of his prospective
wife, virginity is preserved by both boys and girls as a rule until mar-
riage, as both are carefully guarded by their parents (C. Gallardo, 217).

The Yahgans joke about imnaturalvice, but do not practice it
(Hyades, p, 334; q, 294; Mondifere, 114). Dr. Karsch-Haack (446)
quotes Dr. Arndt to the contrary, but adds that Dr. Amdt gives no
authority for the charge. On solitary vice there appears to be little
published evidence (cf. ten Kate, 39).

Caee of Aged

Among the three Fuegian tribes the aged are respected and well
treated (Fitz-Roy, a, 179, 186; Th. Bridges, Ji, 206; Despard, 6, 698;
Martial, 205; Hyades, p, 332; C. Gallardo, 136, 124, 358; Spegazzini, a,
19). Capt. King (23) saw at Port St. Mary a very old Alacalufan
woman so infirm that she had to be lifted out of the canoe, while Capt.
Snow (a, vol. i, 362) observed in one wigwam an old blind Yahgan
woman. Dr. Spegazzini (a, 19) speaks of an aged Ona who was blind,
and who was always accompanied by his grandson as guide. Taking
into consideration the nomadic habits of the Fuegians, the above
cases speak well for the natives^ regard for the aged.

For other data concerning treatment of the aged, see infra, under
Pohtical Culture, and Sacredness of Life and Cannibalism under
Moral Culture.

Care of the Child

Love for and good treatment of children are amply attested for
all three Fuegian tribes (cf., for Alacaluf : King, 76; Meriais, 390;
Manouvrier, a, 762, 770-771; Bougainville, 2d ed., i, 298-300; Mor-
tillet, discussion after Manouvrier, a, 782; Skottsberg, d, 595. For
Yahgans: Th. Bridges, Ji, 208; Dabbene, ft, 191; Hyades, p, 331;
Outes, d, 140; Snow, a, vol. i, 326, 349, 362-363; 6, 262; Spegazzini,
a, 10-11; Weddell, 156-157; Wilkes, a, vol. i, 130, 1845 ed., i, 126;
6, 52. For Onas: C. Gallardo, 135; Pertuiset, 217; Popper, d, 138;
Lista, 6, 128, Onas of south; Outes, d, 135).

Capt. Bove states that the Yahgan mother's love wanes as the child
is weaned and ceases entirely at the child's seventh or eighth year
(a, 795; 6, 137; c, 130; d. Arch., 293; e, 158). This view concurred
in by Dr. Lovisato (&, 145-146) and accepted by Dr. Brinton (c, 330)
and Prof. Keane (&, 432), is almost certainly far too severe, being
flatly contradicted by the bulk of authorities, many of whom had
much more experience among the natives than had Capt. Bove and
Dr. Lovisato. Here, as in their estimate of many features of Yahgan
affective life, Capt. Bove and Dr. Lovisato seem to have been misled
by the studied dissemblance of the affective emotions which is com-

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPERl BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TRIBES OP TIERRA DEL PUEGO 171

men to the Fuegians, as well as to the other American aborigines.
Dr. Hyades explicitly {p, 331) and Capt. Martial implicitly (197) state
that the Yahgan child is cared for by the parents until marriage,
and the same is implicitly assured for the Onas by Dr. Gallardo (217
and passim).

On the other hand, among the Yahgans (Hyades, p, 331; King,
444) and perhaps among the Alacaluf (King, 55; Coppinger, 51, 65)
children are sometimes sold or bartered.

Infanticide and Abortion

A. Yahgans, — ^DeUberate abortion is common (Hahn, a, 805; Mar-
tial, 198; Th. Bridges, cited by Hyades, 2, 376) and infanticide not
rare (Martial, 198; Th. Bridges, cited by Hyades, 2, 376). Regarding
infanticide, however, there is some question. Dr. Hyades came across
no cases of it himself (j, 376), and states elsewhere that the Yahgans
do not practice it (j?, 331). In three of the Rev. Mr. Bridges' papers
(a, Fr. tr., 169; A, 208; Ic, 240) it is stated that infanticide is rare
or very rare, except in the following cases : Desertion on the part of the
husband and father, great deformity in the child, too much annoy-
ance to the clan from the child's crying, too many girl babies. These
detailed accoimts by Mr. Bridges, followed by Dr. Dabbene (a, 63;
6, 190), are probably nearest the truth. Twins are apparently not
put to death (Holmberg, a, 67).

B. Onas. — Infanticide does not occur at aU among the Onas, nor
does intentional abortion except occasionally in fits of violent rage
(C. Gallardo, 136, 227-228, 233).

Naming, Weaning, and Carrying Child

The Ona father after a child's birth makes no inquiries about it,
not even regarding its sex, until the mother volunteers the informa-
tion (C. Gallardo, 230; Cojazzi, 25-26). The Yahgan child is more
commonly, although not always, named after the locaUty in which it
is bom (Hyades, q, 376; Dabbene, J, 190; and others), the Ona child
more commonly, although again not always, after some physical
peculiarity (C. Gallardo, 234; and others).

Among the Onas the child is not weaned until it is 2 years old
(C. Gallardo, 232), among the Yahgans not until it is 3 years old
(Hyades, q, 195) or even older (Despard, ft, 698).

Among all three Fuegian tribes it is a common custom for the
mother to carry her infant on her back in a fold of her mantle (cf.
for the Alacaluf: 111. in Barent Jansz, 1600 ed.; Bougainville, 2d ed.,
I, 292; Vargas Ponce, a, 340; Reynaudf a, 92; Coppinger, 50; Skotts-
berg, c, 97. For the Yahgans : Hyades, j, pi. xiii and xvni. For the
Onas: Furlong, c, 448; Pertuiset, 217; C. Gallardo, 229, 232).

Among the Onas only is the child's cradle in use — in this case a
ladder-shaped structure made of two upright and nearly parall*^'^

172 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

poles, with several cross sticks (C. Gallardo, 288-290, 231-232, ill.

p. 231; Cojazzi, 26-27, ill. opp. p. 42; Beauvoir, 6, ill. opp. p. 200).

Dr. Segers mentions (71) two Ona gewgaws used by mothers to

distract or amuse their children — one of six graduated mussel shells

on a sinew string, the other the kneepan of a guanaco with the

ligament attached.

Kinship

The pubUshed data on this subject are unfortunately very meager.
Among the Yahgans kinship is reckoned both Uneally and collaterally
and in both the paternal and maternal lines, and is reco^iized to the
fourth and fifth degree (Hyades, j>, 333-334; cf. also Th. Bridges,
h, 206, and Despard, ft, 698). ''L'h^ritage se transmet h, T^poux
survivant ou, & d6faut, au fils aln6" (Hyades, p, 334), but the heir
usually gives everything away.

Cf. for Yahgan kinship terms, Hyades, p, 333-334, and for Onan,
Cojazzi, 95.

The Rev. Mr. Bridges wrote of the Yahgans (a, Fr. tr., 182) : ''Le
frfere et les soeurs, les ni&ces et les neveux de quelqu'un s'appellent
respectivement pfere et mSre, belles-soeurs ou frferes des enfants de
cet individu, fils ou belles-filles, et ces fils ou ces belles-filles doivent
les traiter comme tels.''

MORAL CULTURE

Sources

Nearly every account of the Fuegians contains some data bearing
on moral culture. The following list is a selected one:

(a) Alacalup.— Betagh, 79-81; Bougainville, 2d ed., i, 293-294, 300; Coppinger,
55; Fitz-Roy,* a, 193-196; Goicueta, 505; Holdich, 152-153; ten Kate, 40-^2; King,*
23-24, 76-77, 128-129, 141, 143, 227, 319-320, 343-344, 415; Marcel,* a, 492-495; c,
109-111; Mayne; Meriais, 391; Skottsberg, 6,* 258-259; c, 98; d* 586, 595-596; Slocum,
a or 6, passim; Vargas Ponce, a, 349-350.

(6) Chonos.— Oarcfa,* a, 42; Lozano,* n, 559-561; Del Techo,* 159-160

(c) Yahgans.— Bove,* a, 795-798; 6, 138-141; c, 127-133; rf, Arch., 293-296; e, 159;
Th. Bridges, a,* Fr. tr., 172-175, 178-180; 6,* Oct. 1, 1874, 157; Jan. 1, 1875, 12; Mar. 1,
1876, 57; July 1, 1879, 151-155, a long description of blood-revenge customs; Oct. 1,
1884, 224; and passim; c, passim; e, 332-333; h* 205-210; k* 238-241; Despard,* 6,
680, 698, 717, 746; Dominguez, 142-143; Dy, 270; Fitz-Roy, a, 208-211, 214, 220-222;
Furlong, 6, 127, 134-137; j; Hamilton, passim; Hyades, Z, 718; p,* 330-331, 340-341;
q* 237-248, 311, 374^76, 380-391 passim; ten Kate, 38-40, 42; Lovisato,* 6, 145-146;
Marsh, a, 53, 56-57 and passim; 6, passim; Martial,* 180-181, 194, 201, 204-207, 216-
231 passim; Myers, 214-300 passim; G. W. Phillips, passim; Snow, a, vol. i, 326-327,
340, 345, 347-348, 350-351, 362; 6, 262, 264; Spegazzini, a, 10-11, 20-21; W. Webster,
I, 176, 179-181, 184; Weddell, 151-155, 167-168, 174^178, 182; Wilkes, a, vol. i, 132,
1845 ed., 1, 128; 6, 53; Young, 1-79, 2d ed., 1-82 passim.

{d) Onas.— Andersson,* 374-376, 389-390; Barclay, 6, 101-103; Beauvoir, 6, 209-
211; Cojazzi, 66-67, 97; Dabbene, 6,* 263-266, 259; Furlong, rf,* 220-224, 227-228; ifc*;
0. Gallardo,** 123-127, 130-134, 137-138, 237-238, 188, 293-296, 305-317,331,351-358
passim; Labbe; Popper, c?, 138-142; Spegazzini, a, 20-21; YoTing,* 61, 2d ed., 66,
quoting L. Bridges.

Digitized by LjOOQIC

rooPKRl BTBIJOGRAPHY OF TRTBES OF TIERRA PEL FUEGO 173

(e) FuEOUNs.— Darwin, a, 1871 ed., 226-227.

Based on the foregoing: Oafiaa P., 352-^54; Cora, 234; Dabbene, a, 65; 6,^ 191, 194,
197-200; Uale, 94; A. Jakob, 49-64.

The Fuegians, like their more civilized brethren, do not always
live up to their moral ideals, do not practice what they preach.
Hence we may divide their moral culture into ideal and actual.

Ideal Moral Culture

The available data are not very complete. We may, however,
gather a good summary of their ethical standards from the instruc-
tions given to the young by their parents and elders, especially those
given during the initiation ceremonies.

A. Yahgans. — ^The boys during their initiation are counseled to be
honest, truthful, industrious, patient, generous, and chaste, and are
admonished not to be jealous, quarrelsome, quick-tempered, or vio-
lent (Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 174-176; A, 208; k, 240; Hyades, g, 376,
citing Th. Bridges, i; Dabbene, ft, 191). The girls are given similar
advice (Th. Bridges, k, 240; Ilyades, g, 377). The added counsel
given the boys to be prudent in their choice of a helpmate, to select
a woman not too young who will be helpful and dutiful (Th. Bridges,
a, Fr. tr., 176), is somewhat loss altruistic, as the older men usually
bespeak the younger girls for themselves (Th. Bridges, A, 208-209).
Cf. also the Yahgan '* commandments'' in Despard, 6, 698, 746.

B. Onas. — The boy repeatedly receives good counsel from his
father, counsel emphasized still more during the initiation rites. lie
is urged to be brave, not to be gluttonous nor engrossed in the pursuit
of bodily comfort, to bo uncomplaining and stoical in suffering and
hunger, generous in sharing tho spoils of tho chase with his fellows,
and especially with tho aged, continent until he reaches a certain age,
docile and kind to his oldoi's, kind but reserved toward women,
conscientious in carrying out tho laws of blood-revenge (C. Oallardo,
237-238, 331; Dabbono, 6, 259).

Actual Moral Culture

Tho reports of passing travelers on tho character and morality of
the Chonoans and Fuegians differ considerabl3% Some give a quite
favorable estimate (cf., o. g., Betagh, Bougainville, Garcia, a, Marcel,
a, c, Vonogas, Ferrufino and Estevan, Labbe, Mayne, Meriais, Snow,
Vargas Ponce, W. Webster, Weddell), others an equally imfavorable
one (cf., e. g., Byron, a, L'Hormito, Slocum).

The detailed accounts, however, from observers with more exten-
sive experience and opportunities show a fairly uniform moral cul-
ture among the Chonoan and Fuegian tribes, that is in agreement
along its main lines on the one hand with that of the general American
Indian type and on the other with that of peoples of nomadic culture
in other parts of the world. The same contrasts of good and bad occimr

174 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

and also the same absence of features that are characteristic of peo-
ples who have advanced beyond the nomadic stage of culture.
Adequate details are available only for the Yahgans and Onas.

REGARD FOR HUMAN LIFE

Quarreling, Ihomicide, hlood-revenge. — ^Human life is normally sacred
(Th. Bridges, A, 205-206; i, in Hyades, g, 374) but not absolutely so.
Of abortion and infanticide we have already spoken under Domestic
Culture.

The custom of blood-revenge is emphatically prevalent. In their
daily relations the Fuegians are peaceful enough, yet quarrels are not
infrequent — quarrels which often, especially among the Onas, pass
from words to blows, and may end iii homicide.

Among the Yahgans miu-der is comparatively infrequent. Between
1871 and 1884 the Rev. Mr. Bridges found only 22 cases of homicide
(6, Oct. 1, 1884, 224) — this among a people who must of necessity
take the law into their own hands. The friends of the fighting par-
ties intervene, both by persuasion and by force, to restore peace, but
often the fight develops into a general m&l6e (Hyades, g, 374, citing
Th. bridges, h and i). A murderer becomes an outcast, abandoned
by all (Hyades, g, 241, 243; cf. also Th. Bridges, h, 206), and will
sooner or later be killed (Despard, J, 698).

Among the Onas homicide is much more common, Mr. Lucas
Bridges stating that ^Hhere are few Onas over 30 years of age who
have not killed one of their own people in revenge" (Young, 1900 ed.,
61, 1905 ed., 66, quoting from letter by Mr. Lucas Bridges). The in-
trusion of white settlers into native hunting grounds has probably had
something to do with this.

Intratribal and intertribal feuds, — ^There is, or was, a good deal of
bad feeling for one another between the members of the three Puegian
tribes, but as a rule on border territories the relations have been fairly
peaceful. In their relations with the whites both the Chonos and
Fuegians have normally shown themselves peaceful, friendly, and
tractable, but the Fuegians have often shown themselves hostile,
aggressive, and treacherous, when they felt they were numerically
superior. More commonly, however, the white man has, dehberately
or unwittingly, been the first to give oflFence.

Deadly and long-standing intratribal feuds are common, particu-
larly so among the Onas, but warfare, properly so called, can not be
said to exist. The vanquished men are usually kiUed outright and
the women and children taken captive. Usually no quarter is given,
but there are exceptions. Dr. C. GaUardo mentions an interesting
case where two Onas, overpowered by numbers, showed such dex-
terity in dodging arrows for a whole hour that the attacking party, in
admiration, let them go oflf free (312-314). The Yahgans often muti-
late the bodies of dead enemies (Hyades, q, 375; cf . also pHermite,

cooPERl BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIEBRA DEL PUEGO 175

in de Brosses, i, 441), but there is no torture of living victims. Blood-
feuds are often settled by compensation (cf . detailed account of blood-
revenge customs in Th. Bridges, 6, July 1, 1879, 151-155).

Suicide. — ^Premeditated suicide is unknown among either the Yah-
gans or Onas (C. Gallardo, 133; Dabbene, 6, 203).

Human sacrifice, — ^The Rev. Mr. Bridges, in his earUest paper (a,
Fr. tr., 181), written before his coming to Ushuaia, states that infants
are sometimes thrown overboard to appease Lucooma, the spirit of
the tides and whirlwinds, but this item is not foimd in his later papers
(cf. also Ball, 261).

Care of the ill, — ^The ill, when there is hope of recovery, are given
kindly and careful, even if strenuous, treatment; but among both the
Yahgans and Onas the custom prevails of strangling, albeit with humane
intent, the hopelessly ill, whether yoimg or old. The southern Onas,
however, deny that they do this (C. Gallardo, 295). Onas who
through illness, infirmity, or accident, are imable to follow the moving
clan may be abandoned to their fate — a fate which they accept sor-
rowfully but stoically (C. GaUardo, 124, 294-296).

CANNIBALISM

Sources

(a) Alacaluf.— Fitz-Roy * a, 2, 183, 189; Vai^gas Ponce, 6, 29.

(6) YAHGANS.—Bove, a, 801; 6, 143; d, Arch., 298; Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 177; h*
205-206; *,* 234-235; Cojazzi, 110-111; Despard, 6, 680; Furlong, ;; Hyades, p* 331;
g,* 257-259, 22; see also discussion and notes by Hyades, Bordier, and de Nadaillac, in
Bull, Soc. d'anthr. de Paris, 1888, 502-504,* 505-506, 66, 29-30; Martial, 193-194.

(c) Onas.— Beauvoir,* 6, 210-211; Furlong, d* 223; i, 11; 0. Gallardo,* 176, 321;
Marguin, 501; Popper, rf, 138, 141; Rousson-Willems, a, 181.

(d) FuEGiANS.— Darwin,* a, 1871 ed., 214; King, 462; Cojazzi, 141-143; Lovisato,*
6, 101, 151.

Based on the foregoing: Andree, 90; Barros Arana, 6, vol. i, 46; Chastrey, 254; Koch,
a, 95-96; h, 48; Penna, 201-202; Semple, 465; Steinmetz,* 16.

The attribution of cannibalistic practices to the Fuegians was com-
mon among the early explorers (cf., e. g., de Brosses, i, 441), but the
charge assumed more tangible form after the publication of Admiral
Fitz-Roy^s and Mr. Darwin^s narratives of the Beadle expeditions, and
has been accepted, or at least quoted apparently with approval, by
many writers down to our own day (cf. Barros Arana, 6, vol. i, 46;
Chastrey, 254; Penna, 201-202; Semple, 465).

So far as the Yahgans and Onas are concerned there is sufficient
evidence to clear them of the charge beyond all reasonable doubt
(Yahgans: Bove, a, 801; 6, 143; d, Arch., 298; Th. Bridges, a, Fr.
tr., 177; h, 205-206; fc, 234-235; Cojazzi, 110, 61; Despard, ft, 680;
Furlong, j; Hyades, p, 331; {, 257-259; Martial, 193-194; Onas:
Beauvoir, 6, 211; Cojazzi, 143; C. GaUardo, 176, 321; Furlong, d, 223;
i, 11; Marguin, 501; Popper, d, 138, 141; Eousson-Willems, a, 181;
and other recent first-hand students). The natives whenever ques- >

Digitizea %^

176 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull.6S

tioned have denied the charge, often emphatically and with horror. >
They will not even eat animals that are suspected of devouring human
flesh.

There remain the Alacaluf . Capt. Low was told by the West Pata-
gonian channel boy Bob that when the natives are pressed by himger
in winter the old women are killed and eaten in preference to the dogs,
for ^'doggies catch otters; old women no'' (Darwin, a, 1871 ed., 214;
cf. also Fitz-Roy, a, 189, 183). Admiral Fitz-Roy himself gathered
some gruesome details on the capture, smoking, suffocation, and
devouring of the old women and the eating of prisoners of war, from
his Fuegian prot6g6s (King, 462; Fitz-Roy, a, 2, 183), including
Jemmy Button, the Yahgan boy (Fitz-Roy, a, 183). Later they
would not talk on the subject.

The evidence, therefore, for Alacalufan cannibalism is from two
independent native sources, representing both the Channel and Strait
Alacaluf. Nevertheless certain considerations make its outright ac-
ceptance hazardous: (1) No white man has ever observed canni-
balistic feasts in Fuegia or any tangible evidence of such. (2) Vargas
Ponce, one of our best sources on the Alacaluf, denies from "pruebas
convincentes'^ the existence of anthropophagy among them (h, 29).
(3) Jemmy Button, one of Admiral Fitz-Roy ^s informants, was him-
self a Yahgan, but, as we have seen, the Yahgans are not and in all
probability have not been cannibals; if Jemmy's charge be incorrect,
that of the other natives may well be so too. (4) The general cul-
ture of the Alacaluf is, so far as our evidence goes, so similar to that
of the Yahgans that there is an antecedent probability at least that
the former would have the same horror of eating human flesh that
the latter have. (5) Dr. Lovisato found (6, 101) no evidence of
former cannibalism in the middens of Ehzabeth Island. (6) Canni-
balism is the exception rather than the rule among peoples as low in
general culture as the Fuegians.

To sum up: The evidence against Yahgan and Ona anthropophagy
is fairly conclusive, while that for Alacalufan cannibalism is based on
the unsupp6rted testimony of natives whose veracity under the cir-
cumstances is to say the least open to very serious question.

DOMESTIC MORALITY

For details see Domestic CHilture.

SOCIAL RELATIONS

The friendship sentiment exists but normally is not strongly marked;
it is more noticeable between women. Kindness is common, but so
also are antipathies and suspicions, hatred and ill-will. Hospitality
is extended as a matter of course. Good turns are remembered, but
no external sign of gratitude is as a rule manifested; such would be
considered imbecoming. Truthfidness is none too highfy^yalued,

roopRnl niBIJOORAPHY OF TRIBES OF TTRBBA DFJ. FUEGO 177

although malicious lying is more rare. The above data refer to both
the Yahgans and OnaH.

PKOPERTY

Theft is fairly common among the Yahgans, but rare among the
Onas. There is no gambling among either people. Generosity is a
strongly marked trait of both the Yahgans and the Onas. The spoils
of the chase are divided as a matter of course among friends, even
with the Onas to the extent at times of the owner relinquishing his
own portion (C. Gallardo, 188). Of the Yahgans Dr. Hyades wrote
(g, 243): **I1 semble que les indigenes tiennent surtout k possfider
pour avoir le droit de distribuer ce qu41s ont, et pour le plaisir de faire
des largesses *' (cf. also Weddell, 168).

PERSONAL MORAUTY

Courage and bravery are in honor among all the Puegian peoples,
as is the stoical endurance of pain, privation, and hardnhip. The love
of freedom and the spirit of independence are universal. In the pres-
ence of strangers the Fuegian appears as a rule to be taciturn, reserved,
and even sullen, but with his own people when ail goes well he is jovial
and talkative and laughs much.

Tlie Fuogians are or were a temperate people; they had neither
intoxicants nor narcotics until they were brought into contact with
the white man. They invariably spat out the intoxicants offered
them by earlier explorers. Recently, however, they, excepting some
of the Onas, have learned both to drink and to smoke. The Chonos
had no native intoxicants; the drink made from maize, which was
apparently in use on Guatana, one of the Guaitecas Islands (Del
Techo, 160), was very likely an importation from Chilotan culture.
The Yahgans are said to use a word meaning ** small eater** when
wishing to speak well of a person (Despard, 6, 680).

POIJTK AL cnTLTUUE

Sovrcefi

(a) ALACALUP.—Moriaiw, 390; Skottsborp:,* 6, 259; rf, 585, 596; Vargas Ponce, a, 350.

(6) CHONOfl.— Del Techo,* 159-160; Olivares, 377; Lozano,* ii, 34, 454, 456, 558-
559, 560.

(f) Yahoans.— Bovc,* a, 795; 6, 138; c, 130; rf. Arch,, 293-294; e, 158; Th. Bridges,
6, Oct. 1, 1884, 224; Despard, 6, 716-717; Fitz-Roy, a, 211; Furlong, 6, 137;i; Hyades,
p,* 335; g,* 242-243; Lovisato, 6, 160; Martial,* 196-197; Woddell, 168.

(d) Onah.— Dabbcne, 6, 255; Furlong, r/, 220-221; i, 12; ife,-* 0. Gallardo,* 207-211;
0. NordenskjOld, g, 355.

(e) FuKoiANs.— Darwin, a, 1871 ed., 215; Fitz-Roy,* a, 178-179.

Based on the foregoing: Dabbene, a, 71; 6, 187-188; Outes, rf, 135-136, 140; Garson,
144.

There are no chiefs, hereditary or elective, among any of the
Fuegian tribes, nor are there war chiefs (C. Gallardo, 209, for the

Digitized by LjOOQK

178 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

Onas). Byron's ''Chono cacique" (a, 103) was perhaps a Chilotan.
Delco, the Guaitecas Islander, is called a *' cacique" by Father
Lozano (ii, 454, 456, 558-560; cf. also Del Techo, 159-160; OUvares,
377), but whether he had any real authority beyond the paternal is
not so clear.

The older men and the wizards wield a certain undefined influence
or authority over the people. The only fixed authority is that of the
man over his family; this authority is in theory at least, if not always
in practice, an absolute one.

No distinct dan organization within the tribe exists, although cer-
tain groups of natives related apparently by blood and marriage
occupy more or less fixed localities (Th. Bridges, 5, Oct. 1, 1884, 224,
for Yahgans; Furlong, d, 220-221 for Onas; cf. also Morales, 62, for
Alacaluf). There are no secret societies, xmless one consider the
initiated boys and men to compose such.

No social inequalities are recognized, neither slavery nor an
aristocracy being found. Father Del Techo, however, states (160;
cf. also Lozano, n, 34) that the Guaitecas Islanders captured and
kept as slaves their southern neighbors, the ^'Huillis.'' In the Ona
council house each man sits under a special log (Furlong, Tc).

•No legal code exists; recognized tribal laws are sanctioned by
revenge customs, carried out by the injured party or his relatives and
friends, and supported by a strong public opinion.

The intertribal relations of the Chonos and three Fuegian tribes
are treated in the Introduction, and supra under Feuds.

ECONOMIC CULTURE

Sources

(a) Alacaluf. — King, 75-77; Morales, 62.
(6) Chonos. — Beranger, 13.

(c) Yahgans.— Th. Bridges, a* Fr. tr., 179; 6, Dec. 1, 1875, 218; Mar. 1, 1876, 57,
c, 114; Despard, 6, 716; Hyades, p* 334-335; q* 243; Martial, 196, 201; Weddell, 153,
168, 175.

(d) Onas.— Cojazzi,* 63-64; Fr. Cook, 6, 729; Dabbene, 6, 255; Furlong, d* 220-
221; h; C. Gallardo,* 251-252, 291; Popper, a, 106-107.

Based on the foregoing: Dabbene, 6, 194, 198; Soml6,* 83-90.

Proprietorship

Capt. Weddell was of the opinion (168, 175) that communism pre-
vailed among the Fuegians. Such, however, is not the case.

While all the Fuegians are nomads, yet a Yahgan, for instance, is
chary of poaching on Alacaluf an or Onan territory (Sp^azzini, a, 12).
Even within recognized tribal territory the existence of more or less
definitely marked off family hunting grounds is attested expUcitly
for the Onas by Prof. Furlong (d, 220-221; Ic; r, 185-186) and Dr.
Dabbene (a, 71; 6, 255), and implicitly by Dr. Gallardo (307-308; cf.
also 120). A similar land division would seem probablv^cL obtain

^Digitized by'VjOC

COOPER] BIBLIOGBAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 179

amoi^ the Yahgans, to judge from the fact that certain clans or
fami&te frequented certain localities and were called by the names
thereef (Th. Bridges, J, Oct. 1, 1884, 224; Martial, 196; cf. also
Morales, 62, and Marcel, c, 107 for the Alacaluf). Much more light is
needed on this whole subject.

The sense of ownership of personal property, such as the spoils of
the chase, artifacts, and the movable windshield or hut, is clearly
marked, and the right definitely recognized by all three Fuegian tribes
(Hyades, q, 243; p, 335; Despard, J, 716; King, 76-77; C. Gallardo,
252); stealing is considered decidedly reprehensible (Hyades, j, 243;
Dabbene, &, 198; Despard, J, 698, 746). Women and children have
weU recognized property rights (King, 76-77, children; Th. Bridges,
hy 210; &, Mar. 1, 1876, 57; Hyades, g, 243; Fr. Cook, &, 729).

Barter

Barter between the Fuegians and the whites, between the three
Fuegian tribes, and between members of the same tribe is a common
feature of Fuegian life, as barter with the Chilotans was of Chonoan
(Beranger, 13). The Onas often make long journeys for purposes of
barter (Cojazzi, 64; C. Gallardo, 291).

Among the Yahgans at least barter by exchange of presents was a
normal usage; a gift was made, regardless often of the wishes of the
recipient, who could not refuse it without affronting the giver and
who was expected to give something in retmn (Th. Bridges, a, Fr.
tr., 179; 6, Dec. 1, 1875, 218; c, 114; cf. also Weddell, 153).

None of the Fuegian tribes has any kind of money, nor any kind
of weight or measure.

For disposal of property at death see under Relationsliip and
Death and Burial.

MENTAL CULTURE

Sources

(a) AiACALUP.— Cojazzi * 119-120; Eizaguirre, 70; Fitz-Roy, a, 12, 192-193; Ma-
nouvrier, c; Skottsberg, d, 594; Topinard, 776-778.
(6) Chonos.— Walter, 142-145; Moraleda, 358-359.

(c) Yahgans.— Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 174; b* paflsim; Ji, 209; Despard, 6, 747;
Dy,* 271; Furlong, 6, 132; j; Hyades, p* 338-339; q* 248-253, 387; Lovisato, 6, 144-
145; Marsh, a, 131 and passim; 6, passim; Martial, 202, 224-225; Spegazzini, a, 22;
Weddell, 188-191.

(d) Onas.— Benignus, 234-235; Cojazzi,* 97-99; Fr. Cook, 6, 724-725; Dabbene,
6, 266-267; Eizaguirre, 70; Furlong, d, 222; C. Gallardo,* 127-130; Hohnberg, a, 65-
66; Lista,* 6, 129, probably M^ekenkn; O. Nordenskjdld, c, 672; e; 163-164; Ji, Tour
du mondCy 34; Spegazzini, a, 22.

(e) Fuegians.— Darwin, a, 1871 ed., 208, 230.

Based on the foregoing: Brinton, c, 331; G. D. Campbell, 167-173; Dabbene, a,
64-65; 6, 196-197; A. Jakob,* 49-54; Moreno, d, 577-578; Duckworth, 440.

In their material culture the Fuegians show little evidence of the
inventive genius of their arctic counterparts, the Eskimo; th^r arma,

;gitized by Google

180 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

implements, traps, etc., are of very simple construction; the one
notable exception, the plank boat, is in all probability of Araucanian
origin.

As a hunter the Fuegian is keen, quick-witted, and intelligent.
The Fuegian brain is not distinctly inferior in development to the
European (Manouvrier, e; Seitz, h; Duckworth, 440). Some Onas
and Yahgans have shown considerable aptitude at learning to speak
and even to read and write European languages (Dy, 271; Despard,
&, 747; Marsh, a, 131; Darwin, a, 1871 ed., 208; O. Nordenskjold, A,
Tour du mondey 34; Benignus, 234; Dabbene, &, 267; Hohnberg, a,
66 ; Fr. Cook, 6, 724) . A certain talent for drawing is also manifested
(Dy, 271; Cojazzi, 99). See especially two cases of rather remark-
able mental progress among the Yahgans in Dy, 271.

It is doubtfid whether any of the Fuegian languages has words for
numbers above three; the languages are poor in abstract terms and
rich in concretes. No kind of writing exists, not even by notches,
sticks, pictographs, etc. The nearest approach to such is symbolic
face and body painting.

In general the Fuegians, like other peoples of equally low culture,
are backward and uneducated in the white man^s learning, but skillful
and intelligent enough in their own. Fair mental capacity is pres-
ent, but lies fallow or rather is planted with an inferior grain.

ESTHETIC CULTURE

Sources

Nearly aU writers have had something to say on this branch of

Fuegian culture; the chief sources are given passim in the following

text.

Music and Songs

The songs of the Fuegians and Chonos are extremely simple,
monotonous, melancholic chants, with or without words (cf. for the
Chonos: Garcia, a, 29.; for the Alacaluf : Vargas Ponce, 6, 29; Cun-
ningham, 446; for the Yahgans: Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 177-178;
Dabbene, 6, 197; Hyades, p, 330; Lovisato, J, 145; Outes, d, 139;
Spegazzini, a, 13; Wilkes, b, 51-52; Furlong, J,* 135-136; o,* phono-
graphic records; Martial,* 209-211, including four melodies put on
scale; Hyades, q* 214-215; Wilkes, a* vol. i, 129-131, 1845 ed.,
I, 125, 127; for the Onas: Dabbene, J, 263; Lista, &, 95, >30* [prob-
ably Mdnekenkn]; Segers, 76; Furlong, o,* phonographic records;
C. Gallardo,* 162-163). The Yahgans had certain songs, each called
after the name of a bird, etc. (Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 178).

There is no musical instrument at all among either the Fuegians
or Chonos, unless we may dignify with that name the long thick poles
used by the Yahgans to beat time with during the death chant (Fur-

Digitized by

Googl(

coopitt] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF tRIBEB OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 181

long, bf 136), and tho osophagus of a guanaco or steamor duck, into
which tho Ona blows to produce '*un sonido dcsagradablo 6 indescrip-
tible." (C. Gallardo, 163).

POBTBY

Perhaps under this heading we may include the songs with words
mentioned above, and some of the narratives, legends, etc., included
under Mythology.

Danobs and Drama

Byron describes (a, 145-146; quoted in Fitz-Roy, 6, 130; cf. also
A. Campbell, 61-62) a Chonoan (?) ceremony in which fii'st tho men
and then the women danced until exhausted frojn exertion and excite-
ment; during the dance they carried firebrands in their mouths and
burned eveiybody they came near or cut one another with mussel
shells.

llie Yahgans and Onas dance alone, in circles or in Indian file;
the women rarely dance, and the men and women never together (cf.
for the Yahgans: Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 179; Dabbone, ft, 196-197;
Furlong, ft, 136; Martial, 211; Spegazzini,a, 14; for the Onas: Dab-
bene, ft, 262; i\ Gallardo, 164; Ilobnberg, a, 68, says men and women
dance together; Segers, 76) . There are no war or hunting dances and
none of a symbolic, imitative, or dramatic kind, if we except those
performed at tho boy initiations, during which the men, masked and
costumed to represent the nature spirits, dance before and terrify the
women and children.

The Yahgans, however, according to the Rev. Mr. Bridges (A, 209;
if cited by Ilyades, j, 377; k, 239; e, 332; Dabbene, ft, 192), had cer-
tain dances of a dramatic nature, which, he seems to imply, were some-
what distinct from the initiation dances and rites.

Design and Hculpturk

The Yahgan and Ona masks and the rude carving in wood to rep-
resent the Alacalufan evil spirit (Fitz-Roy, a, 194) have already been
mentioned. Tho Yahgan idols spoken of by Sr. Payr6 (184-186), as
well as the stone mosaics of the sun, moon, and a hand, of which
Prof. Bastian was told (i, 18), rest on evidence that is more than
doubtful (cf. also Colini, 238).

Dr. Cojazzi (99) is of the opinion that the Alacaluf used to trace do-
signs on the ground, but he gives no definite proof of this.

If we except the masks and the carving of the evil spirit, there is no
evidence that any of the Fuegians have or have ever had any art of
design or sculpture. The Ona bows and arrows and the Yahgan
coiled basketry are neatly and gracefully finished, but are not orna-
mented with designs of any kind.

Digitized by

Googl(

182 BXTEEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

Dr. Skottsberg (&, 267-268, fig. 14; d, 603, fig. 144) found some
Alacalufan bone pendants crudely scratched with lines and dots (cf .
also for Onas, Segers, 76, and for Yahgans, Myres, 97) — seemingly an
attempt at decoration. Face and body painting is more commonly
in the same line-and-dot- style, though occasionally the circle is used
(Bynoe, in Fitz-Roy, a, 197; Vargas Ponce, 6, 27).

Apart from these very rude traces, the arts of design and sculpture
are quite absent from Fuegian culture (Hyades, "p, 330; Dabbene, 6,
262; C. Gallardo, 165).

The inner side of mantles, the harpoon handles, etc., may be painted
red (C. Gallardo, 152; Hyades, q, 350; Skottsberg, d, 603).

Personal Adornment

A. Body painting, — Red, white, and black face and body painting is
foimd among both the Chonos (Garcia, a, 14, 28, 31) and.Fuegians
(Alacaluf: King, 54; Fitz-Roy, a, 139, 177; Skottsberg, d, 603; Goi-
cueta, 505; Vargas Ponce, a, 339; Bougainville, 2d ed., i, 296; Yah-
gans: Despard, J, 679; Lovisato, J, 147; Martial, 188; Bove, a, 791;
ft, 134; d, Arch., 290; Dabbene, 6, 176-177; Hyades, q, 300, 349-350;
Weddell, 152-153). The Onas use, in addition, the colors blue, green,
yeUow (C. Gallardo, 150, 153), and slate (Barclay, a, 72). The
various colors and designs have different significations (Dabbene, &,
176-177; Hyades, q, 349-350; Lovisato, 6, 147; Martial, 188; Spegaz-
zini, a, 14-15; Th. Bridges, 6, 332; C. Gallardo, 150-152; Segers, 61;
Lista, &, 128). Both head and body are smeared with grease or oil.
The Onas use pigments in body painting for protective coloration
when himting (Dabbene, J, 224; Barclay, a, 72).

B. Hair. — The hair is worn loose, not in tresses; it is often banged
or shaved; the tonsure is worn at times by both Chonos (Garcia, a,
29) and Fuegians. Depilation by means of two mussel shells is of
almost universal use among the Fuegians; but beards and even mus-
taches are occasionally seen (Th. Bridges, I, Feb. 2, 1874, 27; Hyades,
g, 157-158, 160, and pi. vi, fig. 2; Virchow, a, 390, and pi. x, fig. 3;
Manouvrier, a, 763), and in earlier times bearded men were seen by
the Ladrillero (473), the 1641 (Resales, a, vol. i, 105) and the deC6rdoba
(Vai^as Ponce, a, 338, ^'algimos tienen barbas,'' but *'no es comim")
expeditions.

A rude comb is used by all the Fuegian tribes. It is made of wood
or roots, or, as more conunonly, is merely the jawbone of a porpoise or
otter (Fitz-Roy, a, 139; King, 54; Skottsberg, d, 602; Hyades, q, 303,
348; Outes, (Z, 138; C. Gallardo, 147). Combs made of whalebone are
found among the Onas and Yahgans at least (Dabbene, 6, 222;
Popper, a, 105-106; Segers, 71; CoHni, 238).

C. Scarification and tattooing. — Scarification is common among both
the Chonos and Fuegians.

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPIRI BIBLIOORAPIIY OF TRIBES OP TIKRRA DEL FURQO 183

Tattooing is not reported for the Chonos or Alacaluf, and is defi-
nitely denied by all competent observers for the Yahgans (Despard,
6, 679; Til. Bridges, A, 206; Bove, a, 791 ; 6, 134; d, ArcK, 290; Hyadt^,
p, 329; R. Martin, 6, 208; and others).

Some authorities (O. Nordenskjdld, g, 354; Th. Bridges, i, in Hy-
ades, g, 9; Portuiset, 217) state that the Onas do not tattoo. The
concurrent statements, however, of other authorities speaking from
personal observation make it certain that the Onas do tattoo (Fur-
long, rf, 222; *•; Cojazzi, 43, 100-101 [M&nekenkn]; Lista, 6, 88, 128
[Onas of south]; C. Gallardo, 148; Sogers, 66), although the custom is
by no means universal. Sr. Lista found it more common in tho
north (6, 128). It is reported for both men and women (Furlong, d,
222; t,** Cojazzi, 43, 100; C. Gallardo, 148; Lista, 6, 88). It is very
rudimentary, consisting of a few incisions on the arm or forearm only
(Furlong, Lista, Cojazzi, Gallardo, 11. c; Segers, 66), as among tho
Tehuelches (Musters, Jour. Anthr. insLj London, 1871-72, 197; Rat-
zel, by Engl, tr., ii, 80; Keane, c, vol. i, 388), tho incisions being made
with a piece of glass, flint, or bone, and a bit of charcoal inserted into
each (cf. Author Bibliography under Roth).

Ona tattooing is purely ornamental, accordhig to Prof. Furlong
(private communication), although Dr. Cojazzi (100-101) reports a
MAnekenkn belief that it helps tlie young to grow; Dr. Gallardo (148)
states that the design serves tlie purpose of a family identification
mark, and Dr. Segers (66) raaintains that each incision records the
death of a relative or friend.

D. ^futilation8 and head deformation. — No mutilations of any kind
are reported on dependable authority from either tho Fuegians or
Chonos, and are definitely denied by the best observers (Th. Bridges,
hy 206; llyailes, />, 330; C. Gallardo, 148, 159). There is no ear, lip,
or septum piercing. It is possible, as Dr. Coppinger supposiul (49),
that one or more teeth ore knocked out designedly by the (Channel
Alacaluf, but the ground for so concluding is not very solid (ef . under
Initiations).

Dr. Cienfuegos was told (92; cf. also Coflius P., 350) by some Fue-
gians that head deformation is practiced by them, but this is con-
sistently 4enied by tho best authorities, and no trace of deformation
has been found on any of the Fuogian or Chonoan skulls (R. Martin,
6, 160, 208; Vb(».how, a, 382; 6, 19; Ilultkrantz, a, 38, 45).

Ii. Personal omaments.—The throe Fuegian tribes and as far as
our evidence goes tho Chonos are accredited with very similar orna-
ments. These are chiefly necklaces of shells and bones, or merely of
frapped hanks of plaited sinew often colored red; wristlets and
anklets of sinew or hide; feather head ornaments, especially the famil-
iar diadem (cf. for tho Chonos: Garc*Ja,a,28; for the Alacaluf: Fitz-Roy,
a, 176-177; Goicuota, 505; Skottsberg, d, 602-603; for tho Yaligans:

04028"— Hull. 03—17 13 ^ i

Digitized by LjOOQIC

184 BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

Fitz-Roy, a, 138-139; Colini, 239; Dabbene, ft, 176; Myres, 97, Ul.
Outes, d, 138; Hyades, 2, 298-300, 348-349; Lovisato, ft, 139-140
Spegazzini, a, 5, 7, 14; for the Onas: Colini, 239; Dabbene, &, 224
Outes, d, 134; Cojazzi, 42, and ill. opp. p. 40; C. Gallardo, 158-162).

According to Dr. Dabbene (&, 224), the shell and bone ornaments
used by the southern Onas are ordinarily acquired from the Yahgans
(cf. also Spegazzini, a, 17). A sinew fillet is worn by the Ona women
sometimes (C. Gallardo, 159); the Yahgan men more commonly use
their slings as fillets (Dabbene, 6, 176). Fillets of plaited grass (King,
343-344) are reported from the Patagonian channels.

The shells commonly used by the Yahgans and Alacaluf are those
of the moUusk Photinula violacea (Hyades, g, 348; Skottsberg, dj
603). Bone or shell pendants are sometimes attached to the Fuegian
necklaces (Lovisato, h, 140; Cojazzi, 42; Skottsberg, dy 603). The
Onan necklaces and bracelets are at times made of reeds (C. Gal-
lardo, 160; G. Forster, ii, 510).

The feather diadem is common to all the Fuegians and is reported
from the earliest times (Goicueta, 505). The Yahgan skin fillet is
sometimes ornamented with down (Fitz-Roy, a, 139; Hyades, g, 299).
Labat (Marcel, a, 496; c, 110-111) foxmd a youth with two bird wings
on his head (cf. also Garcia, a, 28), and a medicine-man seen by
Bougainville (2d ed., i, 299; quoted also in Vargas Ponce, a, 352) was
similarly decorated. The Onas use an armlet of feathers during their
foot races (C. Gallardo, 162; Cojazzi, 64).

There are no finger, ear, or nose ornaments in use among either the
Fuegians or CJhonos, nor are flowers ever used for decorative purposes.

RECREATIVE CULTURE

Sources

(a) Yahgans.— Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 179; k*240; Dabbene, 6, 196-197; Fitz-Roy,
a, 186; Hyades,* q, 373-374.

(6) ONAa.— Beauvoif,* 6, 204; Cojazzi,* 64-65; Dabbene, a, 72; 6, 262-263; Fur-
long, i,*ill. of wrestling; C. Gallardo,* 344^350; Segers, 76-77.

Dancing, singing, etc., have been treated under Esthetic Culture.

Data on athletic contests are available for the Yahgans and Onas
only. Both indulge in the pastime of wresthng, either sipgly or in
groups, and both have a simple game of ball in which the men stand
in a circle and merely throw the baU from one to the other. Foot
races, are common among the Onas, but no races of any kind are in
vogue among the Yahgans (Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 179).

The Yahgans practice at exercises with the spear, bow and arrow,
and sling, and with stones (Th. Bridges, Jc, 240), while the Onas con-
fine themselves to archery (C. GaUardo, 344). Small bows and
arrows are given to the Ona boys to play and practice with (C. Gal-
lardo, 350; cf. also Lovisato, c, 721; specimen [perhaps Alacaluf an or
Yahgan] in Nat. Museum, Washington). ^ ^

Digitized by LjOOQIC

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 185

No gambling is indulged in by any of the Fuegians. The elaborate
games so common in North America are absent from Fuegian culture.

MATERIAL CULTURE

Sources •

The following is a selected list of sources. Pages are not given as the material is
too often scattered through the articles and books.

(a) Alacalup. — (a^) Older sources: Ladrillero*; Goicueta*; Fletcher; Marcel,*
a or c; van Noort, a, 6; de Weert; Narbrough; Duclos-Guyot,* h; Bougainville*; Vargas
Ponce,* a, h. (b^) Modem sources: Caiias P.; Carpenter; Cojazzi; Coppinger**; Cun-
ningham; Darwin, a; Fitz-Roy,** a; Hyades, q; King; Lovisato, 6; Macdouall; Meriais;
O'Sullivan; Pertuiset; Reynaud,* a, h; de Rochas; Senoret; Skottsberg, 6,** c* rf**;
Skyring; Tonelli; Topinard; Du Valdailly; Vincent*; Wieghardt. ((/) Based on the
foregoing: Dabbene, h; Friederici, a, h; Garson; Hellwald; Lucy-Fossarieu; Luschan;
d'Orbigny, h; Pi y Margall; Ratzel, h; Waitz; J. G. Wood.

(6) Chonos. — (aO Goicueta*; DelTecho**; Rosales, a*, 6*; Olivares**; Lozano;
Alex. Campbell**; Byron**, a; Garcia,** a; Gonzalez de Agtieros. (¥) Based on the
foregoing: Juliet, Medina,** a.

(c) Yahgans. — (a^) Older sources: L'Hermite*; d'Arquistade. (60 Modern
sources: Bove,** a, 6, c, d, e; Th. Bridges, a, b* hy** i,**i,** k; Cafias P.; Cojazzi;
Colini*; Colvocoresses; Dabbene, a,* 6**; Despard,** b; Fitz-Roy, a; Furlong, b* I;
Herculais; Hyades, 6, c, c?,/,* g,* A,** g**; Lovisato, a,**6,**c; M'Cormick; Marsh, a;
Martial**; Mission de la Terrede Feu; MortLUet*; Myers; Myres; Pickering*; Pigorini;
Raggi; Ross*; Senoret; Snow, a, 6, c; Sp^azzini,** a; W. H. B. Webster*; Weddell*;
Wi^hardt; Wilkes,* a, b. (</) Based on the forgoing: Cora*; Feilitzen; Friedmci,
a, b; Garson; Hellwald; Jenkins; Keane, a; Lucy-Fossarieu; Luschan; d'Orbigny, 6;
Outes, c?,* e*; Payr6; Pector, a; Ratzel, b; Spears; Vemeau, a; Waitz; J. G. Wood.

(d) ONAs-SHfLK'NAM. — Barclay,* a; Beauvoir,* 6; Benignus; Boll, salesiano*; Th.
Bridges,* i (in Hyades, q); Cafias P.; Cojazzi**; Fr. Cook, a, b; Dabbene, a,* 6**;
Duse; Furlong, rf,* ^,* i, ifc, m; C. Gallardo**; Giglioli, 6; Holmberg, a; Lahille, 6;
Lecointe; Lehmann-Nitsche, a; Lista, b*; Lovisato, 6; Marguin; O. Nordenskjold,
gy h; Outes, 6*; Pertuiset; Popper, a; Raggi; Rousson, a, 6; S^ers**; Serrano M., a;
Sp^azzini,* a; Tonelli; Willems, a, 6, c, d. Based on the forgoing: Gunn; Outes,
d* e*

(e) Onas-Manekenkn. — Recent writers who, like Cojazzi, Holmberg, Furlong, et
al., treat of the Mdnekenkn explicitly as distinct from the Shflk'nam, do not give
details regarding material culture. The following explorers very probably met Mdne-
kenknand give descriptions of material culture, (a^) Older sources: Nodals; Labbe;
Banks**; J. Cook, a (cf . also Hawkesworth), 6; Parkinson*; Journal of a voyage . . .
inH. M. S. Endeavor (anon.); G. Forster*; J. R. Forster. (6'') Modern sources: Colvo-
coresses*; Pickering*; Wilkes, a*, 6*; Lista, 6**; Segers.

Food

agriculture and domestication

The Fuegians have not even the rudiments of agriculture, nor have
they any domesticated animal except the dog. For details on the
Chonos' sporadic agriculture and herding see Culture im.der Chonos
in Introduction, pages 43-44.

Digitized by

Googl(

186 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULUea

Cortfis Ilojea appears (Qoicuota, 509, the text is a little lacking in
clearness; cf. infra) to have found a wild (?) dog on one of the islands
near Picton Channel, in the West Patagonian channel region, and
also reported (ibid., 618; cf. also Del Techo, 160; Lozano, ii, 34) the
domesticated dog in the Chonos Archipelago. Other early explorers
saw dogs in the Chonos' territory (de Vea, 562, 577) or in the posses-
sion of Chonos (Garcia, a, 32; A. Campbell, 68; Thomas, 33).

Narbrough was the first, so far as the present writer is aware, to
report the dog in the Strait of Magellan. lie found the natives whom
he met in 1670 on Elizabeth Island in possession of large mongrel dogs
of several colors (66; in de Brosses, ii, 33-34); he compared them to
the race of Spanish dogs, as he had those found among the Patagoniana
of Port Julian (de Brosses, n, 24). Twenty-six years later de Gennes
saw five or six small dogs among the Port Famine Alacaluf (Frogor,
97; in de Brosses, ii, 109). From then on explorers among the Ala- *
caluf frequently report finding them in possession of dogs (Marcel,
a, 491; c, 108; Bulkeley and Cummins, anon, ed., 107; other 1743
ed., 131; Duclos-Guyot, 6, 674, like foxes; Bougainville, 2d ed., i,
293; Vargas Ponce, a, 338, like the Patagonian dogs).

The Mdnekonkn mot by the first Cook expedition in 1769 at Good
Success Bay had dogs about 2 feet high with sharp ears (Parkin-
son, 8); they all barked (Banks, 69). Sr. Lista found the southern
Onas in possession of small dogs (6, 127).

The modem Onas have two kinds of dogs (Furlong, Tc; ?, 14; Cun-
ningham, 306-307, one like a fox, the other like a wolf). The Ona
dogs are said to be unlike those of the Canoe Indians (Spegazzini,
a, 20; Habn, c; Dabbene, 6, 261).

The explorers who visited the Yahgans in the early part of the last
century found the dog common (Weddell, 153; Ross, xi, 306; Fitz-
Roy, a, 201 ; Snow, 6, 262). For descriptions of the Yahgan dogs sco
Dabbene, 6, 185; Lovisato, 6, 102; and especially Ilerculais, 137-140,
and Ilyades, g, 391-392, 363-365.

Whether or in how far the dog is a later accretion to Fuegian cul-
ture is difficult to judge from the evidence at hand. Dr. Lovisato
found- no bones of dogs in the Elizabeth Island middens (6, 102).
Some of the explorers prior to Narbrough, such as Ladrillero, Fletcher,
and Lllermite, describe the natives' culture in some detail, yet do
not mention the dog. Narbrough implies and Vargas Ponce (11. c.)
explicitly states that the dogs they saw were like the Patagonians'
dogs (cf. also Spegazzuii, a, 20). All this suggests, but suggests only,
a borrowing from Patagonia in post-Magellan times.

Goicueta stated on the authority of Cortfis Ilojea that the Chonos
even at that early date, 1557-58, or even 1553, had dogs. There
seems to be no good groimd for questioning the exactitude of this

Digitized by

Googl(

coopjSR] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 187

careful chronicler (confirmed by Del Techo, 160). The Chonoan dog,
therefore, was not, it would seem, a European importation.

The other passage in Goicueta is, however, patient of two inter-
pretations. ''El perro que Uevabamos no era de indios ni sabia
seguirlos antes huy6 de ellos" (Goicueta, 509). Does '^Uevabamos"
mean here ''we took with us'' or "we took away, captured'^? The
latter seems the more likely; and if the dog was not "de indios" was
it a wild dog? The incident happened on an island near Pic ton or
Trinidad Channel — that is, what is now Alacalufan territory.

STORING OP POOD

There is no seasonal or systematic storing of food, although the
Yahgans lay up limited suppUes of dried fungi (Th. Bridges, it, 231;
Hyades, q^, 340), and perhaps meat or blubber may be cached for a
time (cf. Fitz-Roy, a, 195). The Onas preserve dried meat and fungi
(C. Gallardo, 138-139).

DRINK

The Fu^ans have no native intoxicant. On the Chonoan intoxi-
cant, made from maize, see Introduction, under Chonos: Culture.
Water is the usual drink; the Canoe Indians and Chonos relish seal
or whale oil.

KINDS OP FOODS

The northern Onas' chief article of food is the guanaco, which was
fairly plentiful over the greater part of their territory. Sea food and
seal are the staple diet of the Yahgans, Alacaluf, and Chonos; the
supply of sea food is usually abimdant in the archipelago (Hyades, 2,
367; Weddell, 190-191), although there are times of famine (Th.
Bridges, ft, 1874, 138). Salt is not used by the Fuegians (Hyades, g^,
339; Ladrillero, 464, 473; C. Gallardo, 168).

Plant foods

The plant kingdom is of only secondary importance in the Fuegian
and Chonoan food-supply system. The natives sometimes eat berries,
rootSj fruits, or certain plants, like the wild celery. Some of the fungi
are eaten more commonly, especially by the Yahgans.

The Onas prepare a very crude sort of flour from the seeds of one of
the Crucifene, called tay by them; this flour is mixed with water or
grease (Cojazzi, 61; C. Gallardo, 171, 173-174; Beauvoir, 6, 64). In
preparing the floiu*, two imworked stones, one flat and the other
roimdish, are used as mortar and pestle. The "piccolo mortaio di
lava, tondo e ben fatto " from C. Pefias, Tierra del Fuego, which was
obtained by Dr. GiglioU, is probably of continental provenance (GigU-
oli, J; ArcUv., 262, repr., 246).

Digitized by LjOOQIC

188 BUBEAU OP AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull.6S

Sea-food gathering

The Yahgans and Alacaluf use a four-pronged wooden fork for
taking sea urchins (Hyades, g, 369, pi. xxxic, fig. 4; Dabbene, J, 183;
Skottsberg, c, 95; d^ 604), and a flat-ended stick for pateUas (ibid.).
Mytilus and other mussels are gathered by hand at low tide. The
harpoon also may be used in gathering crabs and other Crustacea, or
a three-pronged stick, into the crotch of which is jammed a rock
which falls upon and pins down the crab (Hyades, g, 369-370, citing
Lovisato). The Alacaluf sometimes lash three harpoons together
(Reynaud, a, 94) ; the Yahgans in gathering sea food often used a
harpoon with two divergent shanks (Hyades, g, 356; Dabbene, 6, 183;
Colini, 160-161), or two, three, or even four harpoons lashed together
(Th. Bridges, &, Sept. 1, 1874, 138; Mar. 1, 1876, 58).

The Onas use a small spear with a barbed bone shank in gathering
crabs and Crustacea, and in fishing (Dabbene, h, 250; C. GaUardo,
203-204).

Dr. Hyades questions {q, 370-371) the exactitude of Admiral Fitz-
Roy's (a, 185-186) and Mr. Darwin's (a, 1871 ed., 213) statements
regarding the Fuegian women's custom of diving for sea urchins, and
the Rev. Mr. Bridges had never seen the women do this (Hyades, j,
370). The Rev. Mr, Despard, however, attributes this custom to
them (6, 696), and in earlier times at least the custom was in vogue,
as is attested by eyewitnesses, among the Alacaluf (La Guilbaudiere,
6; Marcel, a, 490, 494; c, 108) and Chonos (Byron, a, 130-132, 123;
Alex. Campbell, 57, 31; Bulkeley and Cummins, anon, ed., 28-29,
other 1743 ed., 38-41 ; Affecting narrative, 45-46). The Chono Delco
testified to the usage among his people (Del Techo, 160), and Father
Olivares calls (372; cf. also 395) the Chonos "afamados buzos para
sacar el marisco.^^

Fishing

The Onas sometimes take fish by hand or spear them in shallow
water (C. Gallardo, 203). For line fishing the Yahgan women use a
kelp stem or whale-sinew braid, with a grooved stone sinker, and
with a quill slipknot to hold the bait (Hyades, g, 303, 370-371 ; Th.
Bridges, j, 315).

Fishhooks. — With the rare exceptions to be mentioned below,
first-hand authorities on Fuegian culture, even though describing the
native material culture in detail, are either silent regarding the fish-
hook or else definitely deny its use by the Yahgans (Barclay, a, 64;
Th. Bridges, Ji, 210; j, 315; Hyades, 6, 1347; King, 428; W. Webster,
T, 182) and Alacaluf (Vargas Ponce, a, 341; cf. also Darwin, o, 1871
ed., 213).

According to Cortes Hojea (Groicueta, 518), the Chonos had a
wooden fishhook, although Father Lozano (n, 559) seems rather to

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPEBl BIBLIOGRAPHY OF HtlBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 189

deny this. Dr. Dabbene has recently (6, 183) ascribed a wooden
fishhook to the Yahgans; this may be the pronged wooden gorge hook
described by the Rev. Mr. Bridges (^, 210; 7, 315; Hyades, q, 359;
Dabbene, 6, 185-186), which was used especially in taking cormorants.

Admiral Wilkes found the Onas, probably Mtoekenkn, of Good
Success Bay in possession of a fishhook *'made of the dorsal fin of a
fish, tied to a thin slip of whalebone, in the form of a barb'' (a, vol. i,
118, 1845 ed., i, 115; 6, 47; Colvocoresses, 36). The fact that both
the Yahgans (Hyades, g, 303, 368) and Onas (C. Gallardo, 203; Th.
Bridges, i, in Hyades, g, 9) occasionally use a fishing rod suggests the
probability that some form of fishhook may be used; Dr. Hyades
twice saw Yahgans fishing with a rod and line ''du haut d'lm rocher"
(g, 368).

L' Hermite reported finding stone fishhooks among the Yahgans of
Nassau Bay district in 1624: ^'In haer huttekens is niet te vinden als
eenighe biese korfkens / daer haer vis-tuygh in is / 't welck bestaet
in eenige Ujnkens ende steene vis-hoecxkens / op onse wijse seer
aerdigh ghemaeckt / daer sy mosselen aen hanghen / waer mede sy
soo veel vis vanghen als sy begeeren'' (1643 ed., 42; Commelin, 11, 28;
Decker's tr., 30, ''welches bestehet in etlichen Steinem Fischhack-
lein / auss imser weiss sehr artig gemacht / daran sie Muscheln
anhengen;" *'hame^ons.faits de pierre, assez artistement, k-peu-pres
comme les n6tres," de Ronneville's tr., iv, 701).

Barring several minor errors of deduction, L'Hermite's general
description of the Yahgans has been confirmed by later writers —
a fact that would incline the modem reader to accept as correct the*
passage jxist quoted. On the other hand no other explorer has
found the stone fishhook in Fuegia, and such skill in working stone
seems to be too advanced for the natives. Is it possible that what
L'Hermite took for fishhooks were in reality long-stemmed deeply
notched flint arrowheads, or perhaps barbed harpoon heads? The
.Yahgans often kept arrow heads in their rush baskets, as the *' stone
fishhooks" were found kept by L'Hermite.

Nets. — The l^hgans do no seine fishing. They, however, some-
times take small fish by means of a basket or net very crudely woven
with rushes and bark or spht twigs, or by means of an ordinary large-
mesh basket attached to the end of a harpoon handle (Hyades, ^,
372, 303).

The true fish net is found among the Chonos (Goicueta, 518;
Byron, a, 134; A. Campbell, 58), the Alacaluf (Sarmiento, Iriarte's
ed., 81, 123, An. hidr., vn, 422, 446; Duclos-Guyot, 6, 672; Barclay,
a, 66; Th. Bridges, h, 203; Dabbene, 6, 214; Stubel, 11, pi. x, fig. 10),
and the Onas (Th. Bridges, A, 203; Dabbene, 6, 250; Beauvoir, b,
ill. opp. p. 200; Benignus, 230; C. Gallardo, 202-204; Cojazzi, 57;
O. Nordenskjold, 7, 125; Lista, &, 127, Onas of south; Segers, 69).

Digitized by.

Googl(

190 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 6S

The Chonoan nets reported by Cortfe Hojea were made of bark
fiber (Groicueta, 518), and the Alacalufan nets seen by Duclos-Guyot
of intestines (6, 672), but the nets in use among the modem Ala-
caluf and Onas are made of guanaco or seal sinew, with rectangular
meshes and the ordinary European knot (Dabbene, &, 214; Th.
Bridges, A, 203; C. Gallardo, 203; Barclay, a, 66).

The fish net was found at such early dat^, in 1553 by Cortes
Hojea and in 1579-80 by Sarmiento, that it is clearly not a European
importation.

The Alacaluf also use- bird nets made of sinew (Mori, An. Tiidr.,
vn, 562, de Brosses, i, 165; Ringrose, Exquemelin, pt. iv, ch. 23,
1684-85 ed., 182, 1893 ed., 470), and the Alacaluf and Chonos seal
nets made of rawhide (Th. Bridges, /, 314; A. Campbell, 59) with
large meshes 8 inches across (Coppinger, 119).

Wdrs. — Sometimes rude weirs of branches or stakes are erected
in creeks or in other suitable places by the Yahgans (Th. Bridges,
cited by Hyades, q, 372), the Alacaluf (Vargas Ponce, a, 341), and
the Onas (Th. Bridges, i, in Hyades, q, 9). Dr. Coppinger found
several stone weirs in an almost perfect state of preservation in the
Swallow Bay r^ion within Alacalufan territory (125-126). Cf. also
Furlong, r, 179-180 on possible Yahgan stone weirs.

Hunting

Whales, — A stranded or dead whale is eagerly taken possession
of by both the Fuegians and Chonos. Occasionally the Alacaluf
(Marcel, a, 490-491) and Yahgans (Hyades, q, 356; Th. Bridges, 6,
Jan. 1, 1875, 12-13) hunt the whale in the open sea with their spears
or harpoons.

Seals and porpoises, — Seals are commonly himted by the Fuegians
and Chonos, being either speared or harpooned from canoes or from
the land, or killed with clubs, or else netted. The various tribes
appear on the whole to use similar methods. Dr. Segers mentions
(66-67) an interesting Ona ruse for taking seals hy the use of a
stuffed seal hide as a dummy or decoy.

Guanacos. — In hunting the guanaco the Onas use the bow and
arrow, while the eastern Yahgans use either the bow and arrow
(Martial, 192) or the spear (Hyades, q^ 356). For the most complete
account of Ona methods of guanaco hunting, see Furlong, g.

Otters, — ^The Yahgans use the harpoon in otter hunting (Hyades,
q, 364) and are ably assisted by their dogs. The dogs also help the
Yahgans and Onas in fox hunting.

Ctenomys fueguinus, — ^This small burrowing rodent is a staple
article of diet for the Onas. A pointed stake or the short spear is
used in locating the nests of and killing the animal (C. GaUardo, 189-
19.0; Cojazzi, 54-55; Dabbene, 6, 249; Furlong, Tc).

Digitized by

Googl(

cooperI bibliography OF TRIBES OP TIERRA DEL FUEGO 191

Rats. — Rats are not eaten by the Onas or the Yahgans except in
extreme necessity — dogs never (Hyades, q, 339; C. Gallardo, 172, 70).

Birds. — Birds may be killed with the sling or bow and arrow, or
taken in other ways. Snares consisting of a single noose or a series
of nooses made of guanaco sinew or whalebone are employed by aU
three Fuegian tribes (Hyades, q, 9, 304; C. Gallardo, 192-193;
Dabbene, 6, 251; Popper, a, 106). Sometimes these nooses are
placed at openings in small corrals of sticks or stakes (Th. Bridges,
hj 210; Cojazzi, 56), or attached to the end of a long pole, the native
hiding behind a blind and mimicking the call of the bird (Th. Bridges,
6, July 1, 1879, 158; h, 210; C. Gallardo, 193).

Cormorants. — In taking cormorants, which nest on the sides of
cliffs, the Fuegians and Chonos go at night with torches and often
with clubs; the native is either suspended from the brow of the
cliff with long thongs or else climbs up from the water's edge (Th.
Bridges, 6, July 1, 1879, 156-158; C. Gallardo, 190-191; Garcia, a,
25, 38; A. Campbell, 60). On the use of the gorge hook, see above
imder Fishhooks.

General remarks — ^The dog is a valuable auxiliary in hunting. The
more common hunting weapon of the Onas is the bow and arrow, of
the Chonos, Alacaluf , and Yahgans the spear and harpoon. As noted
above, the Alacaluf use nets for hunting birds and seals.

As a rule the Fuegians only half cook their food. Wooden two-
pronged tongs are used by the Yahgans (Hyades, ^, 304) and Onas
(Dabbene, 6, 251 ; C. Gallardo, 171, 290). For melting fat and hold-
ing grease the Yahgans use large mussel shells (Hyades, q, 306, 340),
the Onas a shoulder blade of a guanaco or seal (Cojazzi, 58).

The Chonos were familiar with the use of hot stones for cooking
fish in their bark buckets (Rosales, a, vol. i, 151 ; 6, cited by Medina,
a J 186), but the practice is not found among the Fuegians. Heated
stones are, however, used by the Onas for heating or toasting tay
seeds (C. Gallardo, 173-174; Cojazzi, 61), and Dr. Hyades writes of
the Yahgans: ^'Ils se servent de caiQoux chaufffe aufeu pour faire
fondre la graisse et ti^dirFeau, dans lesquelles ils plongent ces caiQoux"
(2, 340; cf. also 310).

FIRE MAKING

The pyrites-and-flint method is the only one ever reported for any
of the Fuegian tribes. Dr. Ratzel suggests (6, vol. i, 523; Engl, tr.,
vol. n, 90) its possible introduction by Europeans, but the fact that
the method is reported from as far back as the time of Sarmiento,
who found it in 1580 in use among the Canoe Indians near the modem
Punta Arenas (Iriarte's ed., 229, An. hidr., vn, 511) makes fairly cer-

Digitized by

Googl(

192 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull.«3

tain the conclusion that the custom is a native one. The iron pyrites
is apparently found only in the north of Tierra del Fu^o Island and
in large quantities near Mercury Sound, Clarence Island (C. GaJlardo,
255; Dabbene, h, 194; Th. Bridges, 5, June 1, 1883, 139; i, in Hyades,
?, 10).

As tinder the Fu^ans use bird down, dried fungus, and perhaps
very fine moss.

Besides its use for cooking, heating, and lighting, fire is employed
for signaling by all the Fuegians, including the Onas (C, GaJlardo, 258;
Furlong, t), for straightening arrow and spear shafts by the Yahgans
and Onas at least (C. Gallardo, 256, 281; Cojazzi, 44; Hyades, g, 356),
and for bending canoe ribs by the Yahgans and Alacaluf (Sp^azzini,
a, 6; Vargas Ponce, a, 344). It is also used in many other ways, as
in felling trees, in preparing bark for canoes and material for baskets,
etc. The Fuegians have no lamps, but torches of bark are common
to both the Fuegians and Chonoans.

The Yahgans and Alacaluf carry fire in the center of their canoes

on a hearth of earth, clay, sand, shells, or stones (Ulloa and numerous

later voyagers) .

Shelter

Beehive wigwam, — ^Among the Chonos and Canoe Indians the most
common form of shelter is the beehive hut, circular or elliptical in
ground plan and with a framework of bent sticks covered with grass,
ferns, branches, bark, skins, or anything at hand. The Chonos often
carried around in their canoes the poles or bark thatching (Byron,
a, 123-124; Lozano, ii, 560; Beranger, 13). Excellent detailed de-
scriptions are given of the Yahgan hut by Dr. Hyades {q, 342) and of
the Alacaluf an by Dr. Skotteberg (6, 261-263; d, 597-598).

Sldn windshield. — ^This is the more common Ona shelter. It con-
sists of a few poles stuck in the ground in a semicircle and inclined
toward the center, with guanaco skins stretched on them; it thus
forms a fencing without roof, but in bad weather the shelter can be
nearly closed oveT. Sometimes the skins are merely tied to branches
of trees (Lovisato, &, 134; Furlong, d, 218).

It is not unlikely that this skin windshield is relaJbed genetically to
the Tehuelche toldo. It is not used by the Canoe Indians. In con-
struction it is similar to the Tehuelchean tent, although much sim-
pler. In earlier times the Patagonians of the eastern end of the Strait
used a shelter rather like the modem Ona windshield, if we may
judge from Ladrillero's description, which, however, is not quite as
clear as we should hke: **Sus casas son que hincan unas varas en el
suelo, i ponen pellejos deguanacos, i de ovejas, i de venados; i hacen
reparo para el viento, i por de dentro ponen paya" (Ladrillero, 499).
The Tehuelchean tent and the Ona windshield have the same name
(cf. Introduction under Ona and Tehuelche Relations: Cultm^al
Evidence) .

Digitized by LjOOQIC

cooper! bibliography OF TRIBES OP TIERRA DEL PUEGO 193

Conical wigwams. — Both tlie Yahgans and the Onas use also a more
substantial and usually larger wigwam, in construction like the bee-
hive hut, but cone-shaped, the framework being of stout sapling or
tree trunks (Hyades, (j, 343; UHermite, 42; de Brosses, i, 443; Des-
pard, &, 680; Dabbene, 6, 178, 226; Cojazzi, 38-39; Fitz-Roy, a, 140;
S^ers, 64; Furlong, d, 218; Ic), Among the Onas at least these more
solidly built huts are for more or less permanent use as compared with
the skin windshield which is put up for short or overnight stays
(Cojazzi, 38, 40; Dabbene, 6, 226). Mr. Despard stated (6, 680) that
the Yahgan beehive and conical huts are for sxunmer and winter use,
respectively.

Large wigwams. — Considerably larger wigwams, of circular or eUip-
tical ground plan, have been observed at times in Yahgan and Ala-
calufan territory (Fitz-Roy, a, 198-199, 215; King, 440, 441-442,
conical, 166; and especially description and cut in Skottsberg, &, 262-
264; dj 598-599). Such large huts were used in the Yahgan initia-
tion ceremonies, but it would seem that they were also used as common
shelters for several f amihes, as Dr. Skottsberg found several hearths
in one. Dr. Hyades mentions a Yahgan partitioned wigwam (^, 342,
note), and Dr. S^ers an *^ enormous wigwam of pyramidal form"
used in winter by the southern Onas (64). This latter may have beeii
a council house (cf. Furlong, Ic).

Other hinds of shelters. — The Yahgans and Onas at times use caves
(Hyades, j, 8, 342), or make a rude shelter of a few branches tied
together or stuck in the ground (ibid., 341-342; Gunn, 325). The
Onas apparently sometimes use simple trenches or holes dug in the
ground (Gunn, 326). The Yahgans sometimes construct smaller
wigwams, ''consacrate agU amori*' (Lovisato, 6, 132-133) or for the
use of children (Hyades, q, 342; Th. Bridges, a, Fr. tr., 171; cf. also
Vincent, 123, for Alacaluf). A gable-roofed tent, in contour Uke
our A- tent and covered with bark, etc., is mentioned by Dr. Dabbene
(6, 226) and Prof. Furlong (d, 218; Jc) as used occasionally among the
Onas in winter or for longer stays.

Sometimes the interior of the wigwam is scooped out among the
Onas (C. Gallardo, 244; Barclay, a, 72) and Yahgans (Hyades, j,
343 ; L'Hermite, 42 ; de Brosses, i, 443 ; Despard, h, 680) . A Uttle grass
or some branches are usually put on the floor (C. Gallardo, 244;
Hyades, j, 343-344). The fire is made in the center of the beehive
and conical huts and at the opening of the windshield. The huts
may have one or two doors; in the latter case one door is usually
toward the sea, the other opposite.

Clothing

Body covering. — The skin mantle is the chief and common garment
of the Chonos and three Fuegian tribes. Between, however, the

Digitized by

Googl(

194 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

Onas on the one hand and the Chonos, Alacaluf, and Yahgans on
the other, there are certain noticeable differences. The Ona mantle
reaches to the feet or knees and usually has no string, while the
mantle of the others reaches only over the shoulder and breast or
to the waist and is held by a string. The Ona nearly always wears
his mantle, except in hunting, wrestling, etc., while the others very
frequently go or used to go without it.

The Onas more frequently make their mantles from guanaco skins,
the others from seal, otter, or fox skins ; but other skins may be used
where available. Bird-skin clothing has sometimes been observed
(Marcel, a, 492; van Speilbergen, in de Brosses, i, 344; van Noort, 6,
1601 ed., 21; Hyades, g, 347; Byron, a, 34, 127; Garcia, a, 23). The
Chonos are reported by Cortfe Hojea (Goicueta, 518) to have mad^
mantles from fiber, as Father Rosales says (a, vol. i, 224) the Chilo-
tans formerly did. The Chonoan dog^s hair mantles have been men-
tioned before (cf. Introduction under Chonos: Culture).

The Yahgan women rarely if ever go without a triangular pubic
covering of bird skin or hide (Hyades, g, 307, 347-348; Fitz-Roy, a,
138; Weddell, 157-158; L'Hermite, 41; de Brosses, i, 443), but the
men go frequently without such, as did sometimes the Alacalufan
men, and even women, in earUer days (Ladrillero, 473, 464, 484;
Goicueta, 485, 505, 519; La Guilbaudiere, 4; cf., however, for later
times, Vargas Ponce, a, 339; Skottsberg, d, 602).

The Ona women wear beneath their mantles, which are a little
shorter than the men's, an under garment of guanaco skin, tied to
the body and reaching from the breast to the knees (C. Gallardo, 157;
Dabbene, 6, 223; Cojazzi, 41); the women also wear a pubic covering
of the same material (C. GaUardo, 156-157).

The Fuegian skin mantle is always worn with the fur outside, in
contrast with the Tehuelche custom, but the Ona woman sometimes
wears her under garment with the fur inside (C. GaUardo, 157).

Head covering, — In hunting and fighting especially, the Ona men
wear a triangular peak of guanaco skin over the forehead, but the
Ona women and among the other Fuegians and the Chonos both
sexes go bareheaded. Exceptionally the Alacaluf may wear a head
covering, apparently distinct from the feather diadem (Narbrough,
65, de Brosses, ii, 32; Bynoe, in Fitz-Roy, a, 197; Voyage round
world in Dolphin, 56, Span, tr., 55; Vargas Ponce, 6, 58).

Foot covering, — ^The Ona men and women wear in walking primi-
tive moccasins and sometimes leggings made of guanaco skin (C. Gal-
lardo, 155, 158; Dabbene, 6, 224; Cojazzi, 42). Neither the Chonos
(Byron, a, 144; cf. also Goicueta, 519, on natives south of C. Tres
Montes) nor the Canoe Indians wear any foot covering, except occa-
sionally when traveling or hunting on land, as is attested for the
Yahgans by Dr. Hahn (&, 1534) and for the Alacaluf by Narbrough

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPBE] BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 195

(65; de Brosses, n, 32), Vargas Ponce (a, 339) and the author of the
Voyjge round the world, in H. M. S. Dolphin (56; Span, tr., 55).

Hand covering. — No hand covering is worn by either the Chonos or
Fuegians. The Yahgans, however, occasionally use a rude fingerless
working glove of hide (Hyades, q, 301) and the Onas and Alacaluf
protect their hands with a piece of guanaco skin or other material
when making arrow heads (Cojazzi, 45; C. Gallardo, 259; Cop-
pinger, 119).

SJcin dressing. — Detailed accoimts of the Yahgan and Alacalufan
methods of skin dressing are not given by writers on Fuegian culture.
In the National Museum at Washington there is an otter skin stretched
on a rectangular frame — probably of Yahgan or Alacalufan prove-
nance. It was evidently such a drying frame that M'Cormick
saw on Hermite Island (i, 301). The Yahgans stretch seal skins
upon the ground in the wigwam and cover them with grass and
moss; after a while the hairs become completely detached (Hyades,
2, 347). The Yahgans make thongs flexible by drawing them
through their teeth or chewing them (Hyades, q^ 141, 143, 302) — a
method in vogue among the Onas also (C. Gallardo, 264) and prob-
ably among the Alacaluf (Skottsberg, 6, 252).

The Onas, after scraping oflf the flesh and fat from a skin, take it
in both hands and rub it together briskly, then anoint it with grease
(C!ojazzi, 63; C. Gallardo, 265, 286). If the skin is to be worn as a
mantle they trust largely to actual wear to soften it (C. Gallardo,
265). To dry a skin they stake it to the ground if weather and
ground conditions are favorable, else they stretch it taut with flexible
cross-sticks and lean it against the wigwam or windshield to wind-
ward (C. Gallardo, 244-245). To make hide they remove the hair
with a hafted scraper of stone or glass, and spread on red earth and
grease (Cojazzi, 63).

Coloring the inner side of mantles with red earth is common among
the Alacaluf and Onas at least (Skottsberg, d, 603; C. Gallardo, 152).

Navigation •

The modem Onas have no kind of water craft, nor is there any
positive evidence to show that they formerly possessed any of their
own making. Moreover, no indication of a former art of navigation
is foimd in any of their myths or traditions.

It is true that Father Falkner's Yacana-cunnees are supposed to
have used "light floats, Hke those of ChUoe," to cross the Strait (111;
cf. also 92-93), but there are good reasons for reserving judgment on
the accuracy of his narrative (cf. Author BibUography, under
Falkner).

That, however, the Onas occasionally ventured and venture on the
water is well enough attested. Prof, Furloughs Ona guides had just

Digitized by

Googl(

196 BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

returned from a hunting expedition on Navarin Island (verbal com-
munication).* The Rev. Mr. Bridges foimd the Dawson Islandejs as
much Onan as Alacalufan (b, Feb. 1, 1886, 33; cf. also A:, 234). Old
residents of Punta Arenas assured Dr. Segers that many Indians
recalled how, 20 years previously, they used to cross the Strait from
Patagonia to Tierra del Fuego (63). Mr. Marsh states, apparently
on the authority of the EngUsh missionaries, that the Onas rarely
use canoes (a, 109).

In view of the preceding statements, the assertion frequently made,
that the Onas never use or have used canoes, appears to be too sweep-
ing. They may possibly have reached their present habitat by
water. It is even possible, too, that the "tail^' natives encountered
in canoes by the Loaysa and de Weert expeditions may have been
Onas.

Rafts and balsams. — Neither rafts nor balsas have ever been reported
by any of the scores of first-hand observers of Fuegian and Chonoan
ciilture. Cf . Herbertson in Author Bibhography.

SJcin hoats, — ^Two recent visitors to Fuegia report seeing in the
same locaUty, the Magdalen Channel district, a canoe made of bark
and skills stretched on a wattle framework (Mossman, 365-366; Con-
way, 194), while Dr. Essendorfer described (60-61) one seeii near
Cape Fro ward as made of ''zusammengenahten Hauten, mit der
unbehaarten Seite nach aussen.'' This type of boat, if the reports be
correct, is very unusual in Fuegia.

Dugouts. — In recent years, especially since the last decade of the
last century, the dugout of beechwood has largely superseded the
Alacalufan plank boat (Skottsberg, dj 581; 6, 270; c, 100; Barclay, a,
66; Cojazzi, 122) and the Yahgan bark canoe almost entirely (Dab-
bene, ft, 181; Furlong, 6, 126). In 1882-83 the French expedition
encountered only one Yahgan dugout during a whole yearns residence
(Mission Terre de Feu, 275).

The only earUer mention of the dugout as being in use among the
Fuegians or Chonos is, as far as the present writer has noted. Father
Rosales^ statement, not based on personal observation, that dugouts
made with fire and shells were used by the natives who Uved toward
the Strait of Magellan (a, vol. i, 173-174).

One-piece bark canoe, — Several writers on Fuegian culture state
that the natives sometimes use one-piece bark canoes (Colini, 162;
J. G. Wood, II, 520, Amer. ed., ii, 1168; Hale, 94; Lucy-Fossarieu,
169-170). All these statements hark back to a passage in Commo-
dore Byron^s narrative in Hawkesworth (i, 79). An officer who had
been ashore reported seeing canoes which were '^ nothing more than
the bark of large trees, tied together at the ends, and kept open by

» According to Jemmy Button, the Yahgan boy, the Onas used to cross Beagle Channel in stolen Yahgan
canoes in order to raid the Navarin Island natives (Fitz-Roy, a, 205-206, 325-326). Mr. Despard, however,
held (6, 717) that the Onas did not raid beyond the north shore of Beagle Channel.

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 197

short pieces of wood, which were thrust in transversely between the
two sides, Hke the boats children make of a bean shell/' Such a de-
scription might apply equally well to the three-piece bark canoe (cf.
Fitz-Roy, a J 140). All the scores of detailed accounts of the Fuegian
canoe describe it as built up of three or more pieces.

Sewed'hark canoe, — ^Until about a generation ago the Yahgans used
exclusively the bark canoe, and in earlier times it alone was used over
the whole of the present Alacalufan territory as far up the coast as
the Gulf of Penas.

The Ladrillero and Cortes Hojea expedition in 1557-58 found only
the bark canoe in the territory from the northern end of Falios Chan-
nel to the western end of the Strait of Magellan, and also in the
tJltima Speranza district (Goicueta, 484, 519; Ladrillero, 465, 473,
484, 490). None of the many early Magellanic explorers prior to the
voyage of Byron in 1765 reported finding any but the bark canoe in
the Strait (cf. especially La Guilbaudiere, 4-5, 19; see also 28).

The plank boat, in migrating down the west Patagonian coast,
effectually but never entirely displaced the bark canoe, for Mr. Bynoe
found the bark canoe in Obstruction Sound, and one as far north as
Messier Channel (Fitz-Roy, a, 199; cf. also Child, 245, for Smyth
Channel), while Machado {An. Tiidr,, xiv, 85) 60 years earUer, in
1768, foimd at Port Tangao, probably on Tangbac Island, at the
southern end of Moraleda Channel, that is, in Chonoan territory, con-
siderably north of Taitao Peninsula, a party of marooned natives
engaged in making a bark canoe.

Throughout the whole territory where found, the bark canoes were
* constructed in the same way — of three or more pieces sewed together,
with thwarts and ribs and with pointed ends. L^Hermite describes
(1643 ed., 42) the Yahgan canoes of Nassau Bay as like '^Venetian
gondolas"; Drake's chronicler, Fletcher (Hyades, ^^ 3), compares
those seen at Elizabeth Island to crescents; Goicueta (484) speaks of
those observed at the northern end of Falios Channel as ''como lima
de cuatro dias, con imas puntas elevadas'^ and made of bark ^^tan
gruesa como im dedo'' (519). Of the same shape are the canoes
illustrated in de Weert, and L'Hermite, opp. p. 40.

Bark of the beech (Fagus betulo'ides) was usually employed^ In cut-
ting the bark the natives used a shell, bone, or flint knife, and held
themselves to the tree trunks with strong rawhide thongs (Th.
Bridges, j, 314; Hyades, g, 350; Dabbene, 6, 181). Many detailed
descriptions of the bark canoe are available; see especially Hyades,
g, 304-306, 350-352, 414; Vargas Ponce, a, 343-346; Dabbene, 6,
180-181. An excellent account of canoe making is given in Despard,
6, 679-680.

The Alacaluf often made bark canoes of much larger dimensions
than those in use among the Yahgans. The latter ones were, as a rule.

Digitized by

Googl(

198 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

from about 12 to 20 feet long (Fitz-Roy, a, 140; Hyades, g, 414, 5.20
meters; Bove, a, 792; &, 135; d. Arch., 291, 4-6 meters; Lovisato,
6, 134, 5-6 meters; Weddell, 163, 12 feet 4 inches; Dabbene, 6, 180,
4-5 meters; cf. Marcel, a, 491, 15-16 and 12-18 feet, Alacalufan
canoes; c, 108), while those foimd by de C6rdoba among the. Alacaluf
of the Strait were ordinarily 24-26 and occasionally 30-32 feet long ^
(Vargas Ponce, a, 344; cf. also Pertuiset, 221, 8-10 meters long, and
the '^large canoes" observed by the UUoa expedition, in Gay, Doc,
1,177). ^ . *

While the Fuegian bark canoe is a fairly well made and seaworthy
craft, it would appear on the whole inferior in lines and workmanship
to the North American birch bark, to which, however, it bears con-
siderable resemblance. For comparison with bark canoes from Aus-
tralia and Africa see von Luschan, and also N. W. Thomas, Australian
canoes and rafts, in Jour. Antkr. inst, London, 1905, xxxv, 56-79.

Plank boat. — ^This craft has had an Interesting career in the Chonoan
and Magellanic Archipelagos. A fairly continuous series of docu-
ments, most of them based on first-hand study, enable us to trace
pretty clearly its history, migration, and development from the middle
of the sixteenth century down to the present time.

At the time of the earliest explorations in the archipelagos south
of Chilo6 the plank boat was not found south of Taitao Peninsula and
Cape Tres Montes. The LadriUero and Cort6s Hojea expedition
encountered many groups of natives between the Gulf of Peiias and
the western mouth of the Strait of Magellan, and all without excep-
tion had bark canoes (references supra). The earliest mention of
the plank boat is contained in Goicueta's narrative of Cortes Hojea's
voyage in 1557-58. On the way back Cort6s Hojea found among
the Araucanian-speaking natives of Coronados Gulf a great number
C^mucha cantidad'O of canoes made of three planks (514).

Goicueta in the same narrative (518) states that the natives between
the Gulf of St. Martin (=Corcovado Gulf) and Cape Ochabario (=C.
Tres Montes) used the same kind of boats as did the Coronados Gulf
Indians. Cort6s Hojea did not, it would appear from Goicueta's
narrative, encoimter any natives in this Chonoan region on his 1557-58
expedition; he had, however, accompanied UUoa in 1553 (489) and
must have seen plank boats south of Chilo6 then. UUoa encountered
at least one party of natives oq Taitao Peninsula and probably others
elsewhere; and, moreover, Goicueta's narrative is carefully and so-
berly written. So we may accept Goicueta's attribution of the plank
boat to the Chonos as reasonably dependable.

G6ngora Marmolejo, in his Historia of 1575 (ch. 58, p. 153), Brouwer
after his visit of 1643 (32; An. hidr., xvi, 34), Father Ovalle hi 1646
(bk. 8, ch. 21, p. 394), and Father Rosales m 1674 ca. (a, vol. i, 175),

1 Presumably Spanish feet of 10.968 inches.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooi'BBl BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 199

all describe the Chilotan or Chonoan plank boat as having only three
planks; so, too, does Father Lozano (vol. ii, bk. 5, ch. 4, pp. 31, 455),
writ^mg in 1754-55, but utilizing earlier missionary reports, probably
Father Venegas' and others of the early seventeenth century.
Father Rosales adds that the plank boat was also used by the Pe-
guenches near Lake Naguelhuapi and other lakes close to Chilo6,
although the Indians of Villarica navigated Lake Epulabquen in balsas
and dugouts (a, vol. i, 176).

Up to the end, therefore, of the seventeenth century the plank boat
was of only three pieces. It was propelled by from 8 to 12 rowers
(Rosales, a, vol. i, 175; cf. also ErciUa, canto 36, the 12-oared piragua
seen by him in 1558 in Chilotan waters was probably a plank boat;
G6ngora M., 153, 5-12 rowers) ; the coxswain sat in the stem (Rosales,
loc. cit.).

During the course of the eighteenth century the daica developed
from a 3-plank to a 7- plank craft. Father Olivares, writing in 1736,
in all probability from personal observation, states that the dalcas
were then usually made of 3 planks, though there were some larger
ones of 5 planks, but never more than 5; the Spaniards made them
from about 8-12 ''brazadas" (Olivares, 371) * ( = 45 to 65 feet) long
with 5 planks only (Olivares, 370-371; cf. also Alex. Campbell, 62-63;
in Pr6vost, xv, 388; Molina, a, 209; c, bk. 4, ch. 2; Byron, a, 151-153;
and in Fitz-Roy, 6, 131). The ordinary length of the native dalca
was from 11 to 22 feet (Garcia, a, 23, 31, two to four brazados; 28,
eight varas; G6ngora M., 153, 34 feet; Gonzalez de Agtieros, 66-67,
2-4 brazas; Moraleda, 351, up to 20 varas). Toward the end of the
eighteenth century 7-plank dalcas are for the first time mentioned
(Gonzalez de Agueros, 66; cf. also Moraleda, 350).

The plank boat was first reported as seen within the Strait of
Magellan by Byron in 1765 (6, 79-81) and by the second de C6rdoba
expedition in 1789 (Vargas Ponce, 6, 59-60) — ^in both instances west
of Cape Upright, near the western end of the Strait.^

In the second quarter of the last century the first English expedi-
tion imder Capt. King encountered plank boats as far east as For-
tescue Bay and to the southeast off the Grafton Islands (King, 313,
377). The same expedition reported the largest Chilotan dalcas as
being 35-40 feet long; a dalca encountered at Neesham Bay, near
Trinidad Channel, was upward of 23 feet long (King, 267) . Of special

1 Brazada=1.67 m. {An. hidr. mar. Chile, xi, 529).

* De Brasses, in his account of Sarmiento's voyage taken from Argensola, wrote ^, 206): "lis virent
venir une pirogue qui est une esp^ de barque plate sans vibord, faite de madriers joints ensemble, A
quelques fois tissue de joncs, ou composite de courges"— this was apparently off the west coast of Hanover
Island, in what is now Alacalufian territory. The passage in Argensola reads (1609 ed., bk. 3, p. 117):
" Vieron venir por el agua una Piragua (es barquillo de maderos juntos, sin borde: texese algunas vezes de
juncos: y algunas de calaba^as)." The two latter sections of Argensola's explanation in parentheses are
evidence that the whole explanation is his own, and in fact the original passage in Sarmiento's own narm«
tlve reads simply (122): "Y que habia visto venir una piragua con gente India." The term "piragua"
was used at the time to denote almost any kind of small craft (cf., e. g., Hemandee, xxv, xxix).

64028°— Bull. 63—17 14

Digitized by

Googl(

200 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

interest is Mr. Bynoe's description of the two large plank boats seen in
the Gulf of Trinidad; they were 30 feet long and 7 wide; the weight
of two men standing on one gunwale did not swamp the boat (Fitz-
Roy, a, 198).

Dr. Coppinger some 50 years later found plank boats of 5 pieces,
and 20 feet long (43-44), and others holding 16 and even 23 persons
(67, 74) — this last at the northern end of Picton Channel.

Many good descriptions of the plank boat are available. See, for
example: Lozano, ii, 31, 455; Coppinger, 43-44; Friederici, a, 44-45;
JuUet, 335-336. Dr. Fonck has reproduced from Father IVIenendez'
manuscript the only extant cut of the now vanished Chilotan dalca
(Fonck, I, 104; ii, 436; cf. also bibHography, ibid., ii, 193).

The Chonos and more southern Canoe Indians made their dalcas
without axes or adzes, by the use of fire, flints, and shells (Byron, a,
152; Garcia, 23; Rosales, a, vol. i, 174). Beechwood was the usual
material for the planks (Olivares, 371; King, 280; cf., however,
Steffen, a, 110).

An interesting feature of the dalca was that it could be readily
taken apart for portaging over isthmuses and necks of land (Byron,
a, 151-153; Ohvares, 376).

Portages, — Portage routes are very common in the territory be-
tween the Chonos Archipelago and Port Gallant in the Strait (cf.,
e. g., Skottsberg, c, 101 ; Du ValdaiUy, 294; Coppinger, 59; Pacheco, a,
54; Reynaud, a, 94; Steflfen, a, 110-111; 6, 346-347; see also Fonck,
II, 17, and King, 283). Prof. Furlong (verbal communication) was
told of one in Yahgan territory — ^perhaps this is the mountain pass
between the head of Romanche Channel and Tekenika Bay (cf . note
on map no. 453, United States Hydrographic Ofiice) — but with this
possible exception they are not reported east of the Port Gallant
district. The portage route across the Isthmus of Ofqui was the
common native Ivighway from earliest times between the Chonos
Archipelago and the Gulf of Pefias.

Sails, — In a favorable wind both the Yahgans and the Alacaluf
sometimes use a crude sail made of a sealskin or of severa] seal skins
sewn together (Dabbene, &, 181, 208; Hyades, g, 13; Coppinger, 64;
King, 382; Bougainville, 2d ed., i, 291; Wallis, 392). It is reported
among the Alacaluf as early as 1698 (Du Plessis, in Marcel, a, 492; c,
109) and among the Chilotans and Chonos as early as 1791 (Gonzdlez
de Agueros, 67) and 1767 (Garcia, a, 23), and among the Chilotans in
1674 (Rosales, a, vol. i, 175). Its occurrence among the Alacaluf at
such an early date would suggest that it is of native origin, not of
European introduction, but the point can not be conclusively de-
cided (cf. also discussion in Friederici, a, 73-79, especially 74).

Oars and paddles, — ^As a rtile oars are used with the plank boats,
and paddles with the bark canoes. Where oars are used, a coxswain,

Digitized by

Googl(

cooi'BRl BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 201

usually an old woman, sits in the stem and steers with a paddle or
short oar (Vincent, 123; Reynaud, a, 92; Skottsberg, c, 99; d, 600;
Fitz-Roy, g, 198; Dabbene, 6, 214; of. also Rosales, a, vol. i, 176).
No rudder is used.

The paddles are in one piece with relatively long lanceolate blades
and without cross-handles. The Alacalufan oars are more commonly
reported as being of two pieces, a short roimdish, elliptical, or oblong
blade lashed to a long handle (Skottsberg, c, 99; cZ, 600; Vincent, 123;
Coppinger, 44; Fitz-Roy, a, 198; Rochas, 223; Essendorfer, 61;
Brassey, 128).

Bailers. — Some voyagers (Byron, a, 153; also in Fitz-Roy, 6, 131;
de Labat and Du Plessis, in Marcel, a, 491-492; Fletcher, in Hyades,
g, 3) describe plank boats or bark canoes so well constructed and
calked as to require no bailings but as an almost universal rule
both plank and bark canoes, even the Chilotan (Rosales, a, vol. i,
175: ^'siempro hazen agua*'; cf. also A. CampbeU, 64), require
almost contiimal bailing. The cylindrical bailers are usually made
of bark or sealskin (Skottsberg, c, 99; d, 601; Hyades, g, 352, 306-
307, pi. xxxiii, fig. 3).

Origin of the plank boat — The true plank boat as distinct from the
built-up dugout appears to have been found in only one other place
on the American continent, that is, off the southern California coast
(cf . Report U. S. geogr. surveys west of the one hundredth meridian,
VII, Archaeology, Washington, 1879, 26, 38-39, 44).

The Fuegian plank boat is not of Peruvian origin, as the Peruvians
had not this form of water craft and, besides, their influence did not
extend so far south.

Nor is it of European introduction. It was found as early as 1558
by Cort6s Hojea in Coronados Gulf, and was in aU probability seen
by him as far south as Taitao Peninsula five years earlier. In 1558
it was the common craft in the former locality and was observed in
'^mucha cantidad.''

Nor is it of Fuegian origin. It was not foimd south of Cape Tres
Montes by either Cortes Hojea or Ladrillero in 1557-58, although
they saw the bark canoe at many points between Cape Tres Montes
and the Strait of Magellan.

The later history of the plank canoe shows that the Fuegians
acquired it from the Chonos. Was it invented by the Chonos, or
did they in turn acquire it from the southern Araucanians ?

Admiral Fitz-Roy expressed the belief that *'the Chonos people
taught the Iluilli-che how to make" it (a, 380). But as far as our
evidence goes the conclusion that the Chonos acquired the art from
the Araucanians is much more probable.

Geographical conditions were as favorable for the advancement of
boat building among the southernmost Araucanians of Coronados

Digitized by

Googl(

202 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

Gulf and the Chilotan Islands as among the Chonos, both peoples
being archipelagic and seafaring. Cultural conditions, however,
were much more favorable among the former, who were on a decidedly
higher cultural plane, and in addition were fanuliar with the arts of
ax making and plank cutting, arts which would easily lead up to the
use of wood in boat building.

The ax was of sporadic occurrence only among the Chonos (cf .
Introduction under Chonos: Culture), but pblished stone axes were
common among the southern Araucanians (cf., e. g., Medina, a).

The alerse tree, which grew on the mainland, was so evenly grained
that planks could be made from its wood by mere splitting with axes
and wedges, and did not require to be dressed with the adze or plane
(King, 282; Gonzalez de Agiieros, 124-125; Fonck, i, 19-23). To-
ward the end of the eighteenth qpntury the Araucanian-speaking
natives of the Chilotan Archipelago conmaonly made their huts with
walls of 'laurel" planks and roofs of grass (Gonzalez de Agiieros,
111-112). A century and a half earlier Brouwer found the Chilotans
busily engaged in plank making; he describes their houses as being
low, with one door, and roofs of grass (64; An, hidr,, xvi, 61). Far-
ther north, among the Araucanians of the mainland, Pedro de Val-
divia had foimd, in 1551, ''casas . . . mui bien hechas y fuertes con
grandes tablazones, y muchas mui grandes, y de a dos, cuatro y ocho
puertas" (carta iv, in Col. Jiist CMUy 1861, i, 55, and in Gay, Doc, i,
142). Cortfe Hojea in 1558 speaks of the houses of the ''province of
Ancud,'' that is, Chilo6, as being of large size and with four to six
doors (Goicueta, 516, 519).

The plank-making industry was no doubt pushed forward by the
Spaniards, but the use of planks in hut building among the southern
Araucanians pretty clearly antedates the Spanish conquest. It is not
surprising, therefore, that these archipelagic seafaring Araucanians
should have introduced the use of planks into their arts of boat
building.

It may be recalled, too, that plank boats were found in abundance
by Cortfe Hojea among the Coronados Gulf Araucanians, and are
merely mentioned as being in use among the Chonos, and that the
general cultural migratory drift in this territory was from north to
south, that is, from the Araucanians to the Chonos, not vice versa.

For the foregoing reasons it appears much more probable, although
not strictly demonstrated, that the Fuegian plank boat originated
among the southernmost Araucanians, from whom it passed suc-
cessively to the Chonos before 1553 or 1558, to the natives south of
Taitao Peninsula later, and to the Alacaluf of the Strait sometime
around the middle of the eighteenth century.

Plank boat versus bark canoe, — ^Dr. Graebner maintains (a, 1018)
that the Fuegian bark canoe is ''ein Auslaufer des letztgenannten

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPERl BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 203

Typus [i. e., the plank boat], sicher nicht sein Urbild." Dr. Fried-
erici, on the contrary, holds (a, 43) that ''die Dalca ist nachweisbar
aus dem eben beschriebenen Kanu [i. e., the bark canoe] der Magal-
haes-Strasse entstanden/' A third possibiUty is the independent
development of the two boats, the plank boat from the dugout which
was in common use among the southern Chileans (Rosales, a, vol. i,
173-174), and the built-up bark canoe from a hypothetical one-piece
bark in distant pre-Columbian times.

The finding of the built-up bark canoe from the earliest days of
Magellanic discovery among natives so far removed from the sphere
of Chonoan or Chilotan influence as those of the eastern end of the
Strait of Magellan seems to argue against Dr. Graebner's hypothesis;
while the apparent absence of types intermediate between the plank
boat and the dugout, such as are found in Polynesia, makes somewhat
against the third possibiUty above mentioned, so far as the origin of
the plank boat is concerned.

As for the second theory, it is true, as Dr. Friederici says, that the
slabs of beech bark were very thick — almost true planks in bulk.
Moreover, given the existence of the beech-bark canoe in southern
Araucanian waters — probably prior to the Araucanian invasion — ^the
substitution of wood for bark would have been a readily suggested
and easily realized improvement among a plank-making people.
Nevertheless, such a genesis of the plank boat from the bark canoe,
while the more probable of the three theories, can hardly be said to
be demonstrated.

Plank boat and Pacific infiuence. — If the Kulturkreis theory should
prove, with further research, to apply to South America as well as it
appears to apply to Indo-Oceania, there will be some ground for sus-
pecting an ultimate Oceanian origin for the Chonoan-Araucanian
plank boat, as Dr. Graebner holds. Prof. Dixon (53-54), even
though rejecting in the main the theory of the Oceanic origin of
American cultural strata, leaves open to a certain extent the question
of the possible Oceanic origin of some elements, including the plank
boat, of American aboriginal culture.

In the present state of the evidence, however, a native origin of
the Chonoan-Araucanian plank boat seems more probable. The
substitution of planks for bark slabs would under the circumstances
have been an easy step for the southern Araucanians or Chonos, just
as in recent times the Fuegians have readily substituted iron and
glass for bone and shell in their weapons and tools. Moreover, the
archipelagic conditions under which these Indians were living were
a powerful stimulus to the development of the art of boat building,
as such conditions were in the Caribbean, the Santa Barbara Islands,
and the northwest coast of North America. Again these Indians
were inteUigent and inventive enough imder the pressm^e of local

Digitized by LjOOQIC

204 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

needs to construct a plank boat that could be easily taken apart for
portaging, a bigger cultural leap perhaps than the substituting of the
more durable and stronger planks for the fragile and soon worn out
bark.

Then, too, although technically the Chonoan boat is of an ad-
vanced type, actually it is a rudely modeled and leaky craft. Com-
pared with the Polynesian or Melanesian plank canoe, the Fuegian
is markedly inferior in workmanship. There is, besides, no trace,
even rudimentary, of the Polynesian outrigger, and it seems a far
cry, as Prof. Dixon recalls, to Melanesia and the area of Melanesian

influence.

Textile and Fictile Products

Weaving, plaiting, and twisting. — The fiber and dog's hair mantles
used by the Chonos and the Ona medicine-man's hair mantle have
already been mentioned. No details on methods of manufacture
are available. The '^Coucous'' used to spin a sort of blanket of
down (A. Campbell, 59).

Twisting and plaiting in fiber, sinew, etc., are common among the
Fuegians.

For sewing skins or bark, an eyeless needle or awl is used by the
Fuegians. Among the Onas at least it is sometimes hafted (C.
Gallardo, 270; Outes, h, 290). Among the Yahgans a kelp sheath is
used to protect the point of the awl when not in use (Hyades, q, 306).

Baskets, — ^The conunon form of basketry found among the three
Fuegian tribes is of the half-hitch coiled variety made of rush with
or without f oimdation. There are two types : A simple half hitch with
finer meshes, and what appears from the illustrations (Hyades, A,
517; g, pi. xxxii, fig. 8) to be a wrapped or knotted half hitch with
larger meshes. There is among the Yahgans at least a third variety,
a crudely woven type (Outes, d, 138, fig. 142; cf. also Hyades, q, 303,
under t^aouanouch) ,

The two varieties of coiled basketry are of uniform weave over the
whole Fuegian area. Dr. Skottsberg states {d, 601 ; h, 267) that '^the
Yahgan types figured by Hyades are rare'' among the West Pata-
gonian Alacaluf; judging, however, by the illustrations {d, fig. 142;
6, fig. 13) of the common West Patagonian type, there seems to be
practical identity of weave between this and Dr. Hyades' large-mesh
variety.

Coiled baskets are not so common among the Onas as among the
Yahgans (C. Gallardo, 264), and according to Dr. Dabbene (Jb, 249)
are made by the southern rather than by the northern Onas. This
fact and the similarity between the Ona and Yahgan names for
basket (cf. Comparative Glossary, Group VI, 3, and note 2) would
suggest that the Onas have perhaps borrowed this cultural element
from the Canoe Indians.

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 205

The coiled baskets approximate more or less to an oblong spheroid
in shape and have a carrying handle of thong or plaited rush. They
are usually neatly made. The only instniment used in their manu-
facture is a bone or wooden awl.

For the comparison of Fuegian basketry with half-hitch coiled
basketry from other parts of the world, see especially Mason, b and d,
and Graebner, c. Coiled carrying nets, such as are found sporadi-
cally on the American Continent, are not reported from Fuegia.

Buckets. — Cylindrical bark buckets are used by the Yahgans and
Alacaluf for carrying and holding drinking water. Bark buckets were
also used by the Chonos (Rosales, a, vol. i, 151; 6, in Medina, a, 186).
The Onas ordinarily employ a sk*m bag for holding water (C. Gallardo,
288).

Bags and pouches. — The Onas make use of more or less rectangular
envelope-like bags, usually of guanaco skin, for carrying small objects,
food, water, etc. (C. Gallardo, 286-288; Dabbene, 6, 247-248). These
rectangular skin '^envelopes'' are peculiar to this tribe. For the
smaller bags, fox skin or bird skin may be used (C. GaUardo, 287;
Cojazzi, ill. opp. p. 40). Other small bags made of bladders, intes-
tines, etc., are used for holding oil or pigments (C. Gallardo, 286;
Cojazzi, loc. cit.).

The Yahgans make little pouches of seal or penguin skin for holding
small objects; of the bladders or windpipes of seals or porpoises for
holding ochre and fire flints; of the crops of geese or stomachs of seals
for holding oil (Hyades, g, 306-307, 350).

The Alacaluf use pouches of sealskin or seals' intestines for holding
small objects (Skottsberg, d, 602; Coppinger, 119; cf. also Vargas
Ponce, a, 343; and the bags for red earth found by Sarmiento near
Hanover Island, Iriarte's ed., 123, An, hidr., vii, 446-447).

Boxes.— Both Dr. Coppinger (119) and Dr. Skottsberg (d, 601)
report finding among the Alacaluf circular wooden boxes with Uds.
These boxes, which con tamed small objects, like arrowheads, etc.,
have not been observed among either the Yahgans or Onas.

Pottery. — No pottery of even the crudest kiad has ever been found
among either the Chonos (Goicueta, 484-485, Fallos Channel natives;
Ladrillero, 464, ditto, 473) or the Fuegians. Dr. Lovisato found
none in the Elizabeth Island middens; suitable clay is not, however,
entirely wanting in Fuegia (Lovisato, 6, 103-104).

Weapons

The characteristic weapon of the Chonos, Alacaluf, and Yahgans
is the spear or harpoon, while that of the Onas is the bow and arrow.

Spear. — ^The spear is used both for fightiog and hunting by the
Chonos, Yahgans, and Alacaluf. The Yahgan shaft is said to be
octagonal to decagonal in sectio^, the Alacaluf an circular (Colini, 159-

Digitized by

Googl(

206 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY I bull. 63

160; Lovisato, &, 135, 138; Snow, a, vol. ii, 15; Hyades, q, 301;
G. Forster, ii, 501, angular among Christmas Sound natives). Some
shafts in the collection of the National Museum at Washington are
nearly rectangular. The Fuegian shaft is from 2\ to 4 meters long.
The shank is cut with single or serrate barbs arrayed unilaterally or
bilaterally and has a notched tang (Hyades, q, 301-302, 356; Cojazzi,
ill. opp. p. 123; Outes, d, 139, fig. 144). The shank is lashed to the
split end of the shaft with thong or sinew. Occasionally two shanks
are attached to the same shaft, or from two to four spears are lashed
together (cf. supra, under Fishing).

The Chonos and canoe-using Indians south of Taitao Peninsula used
a bone-headed spear (Garcia, a, 30; Sarmiento, Iriarte's ed., 91, 123,
An, hidr,y vn, 428, 446; Alex. Campbell, 58; in Provost, xv, 388; cf.
also Byron, a, 18, 142, and Benito Marin, in Gonzdlez de Agiieros,
235). The single barbed '^pufiales de hueso'' found by Cort6s Hojea
(Goicueta, 505, 518, 520) and Ladrillero (464, 473, 490) were very
probably bone spearheads (cf. Bougainville, 2d ed., i, 293); Vargas
Ponce (a, 347) speaks of a '^pufial de hueso'^ attached to a shank.

The shank of the ordinary Yahgan and Alacalufan spear is pref-
erably of bone, though at times wood is used (Hyades, g, 302, 356;
Fitz-Roy, a, 139; Labat, in Marcel, a, 491; c, 108). The Alacaluf
and apparently the Yahgans, too, formerly used sometimes barbed
spearheads of flint or stone (Du Plessis, in Marcel, a, 491; Th.
Bridges, h, Mar. 1, 1873, 30; Aug. 1, 1884, 182; Coppinger, 119-121;
cf. also Bastian, i, 17; O'SulHvan, 49) shaped like arrowheads (Vargas
Ponce, a, 347; Walhs, in Hawkesworth, 1st ed., i, 391, 2d ed., i, 171,
'^javelins . . . pointed with flint, which was wrought into the shape
of a serpent's tongue '0 • Dr. Coppinger found in the Tom Bay kitchen
middens at 4 feet below the surface a bone spearhead different from
those now used; '* instead of being rounded, it was flattened from side
to side, like a very large arrow-head" (58).

The Alacaluf sometimes make a very simple wooden spear of a
pointed stick (Cojazzi, 123). A shankless spear, with a fire-hardened
point, is said to have been used by the '^Caucahues'' [ = Chonos]
(Pietas, in Gay, Doc, i, 504; cf. also Bastian, i, 17).

The Onas use a shorter spear, with a shaft about IJ meters long
and a unilaterally barbed bone shank, for fishing and hunting (C.
Gallardo, 204, 282-283; Th. Bridges, i, in Hyades, q, 8-9). A
shorter spear is also sometimes used by the Yahgans (Hyades, q,
301-302; Ross, ii, 305) and Alacaluf (Vargas Ponce, a, 347).

Neither the Chonos nor the Fuegians use any kind of spear thrower,
nor have they shields or armor.

Harpoon proper, — The Fuegian harpoon is of the simplest and most
primitive type (cf. Mason, c), being merely the ordinary spear, with
the bone shank attached loosely to the shaft with a short (Hyades,

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPBB] BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TRIBES OP TIERRA DEL PUEGO 207

q^j 354; Mason, c, 213) or 15-20 meter thong (Bove, a, 797; 6, 140; c,
132; d, Arch,, 295; Colini, 160), or thong of various lengths (Weddell,
165). The Fuegians' harpoon is so like their spear and so little an
advance upon it that the presumption is against a European origin.

Knives, — ^The Yahgans at the time of the French Cape Horn expe-
dition in 1882-83 had only knives made of a sharp-edged mussel shell
lashed with thongs to an oblong stone haft (Hyades, g, 299; Colini,
161 ; Myres, ill.), although like the other modem Fuegians they made
a chisel-knife out of a haf ted bit of iron hoop. Shell knives were used
by the Alacaluf also (Fletcher, in Hyades, g, 3).

Vargas Ponce reported (&, 25) bone knives among the Alacaluf of
the Strait. The ''pufiales de hueso'' seen by Cort6s Hojea and
Ladrillero in the West Patagonian channels may rather have been
spearheads, as noted above under Spear, p. 206.

Stone-headed daggers or knives were foimd among the Yahgans
by L^Hermite (1643 ed., 42, " ende steene messen / die scherp snyden,"
Commelin, ii, 28, Decker's tr., 30, de Brosses, i, 444) and Weddell
(181), and among the Alacaluf by Du Plessis (Marcel, a, 492; c, 109),
Byron (&, in Hawkesworth, i, 80) and Capt. King (55, 148). The
flint dagger heads found by WeddeU were of the same shape as the
arrowheads and were ''inserted in a handle about 9 inches long; and
this they probably use as a stiletto'' (181).

According to Father Pietas (Gay, Doc, i, 503), the Chonos had
adzes, chisels, and knives of stone. These, however, Hke the ax-
heads which have been found in the Guaitecas Islands were not
unUkely of Chilotan origin.

Capt. Bove dug up in Yahgan territory two large worked flints
shaped hke arrowheads (Bove, c, ill. opp. p. 124; Lovisato, a, 199;
6, 101-102) and Dr. Hahn also found three very large points (Hyades,
g, 361, pi. XXX, figs. 9, 10, 11). Of the latter three, two were classed
as spearheads by Prof. Mortillet (212), while Dr. Outes beHeves one
to be a spearhead and one at least of the other two to be arrowheads
(a, 412, 397-398). Those found by Capt. Bove are classed among
the arrowheads by Dr. Outes (a, 397). It is quite possible, however,
in view of Weddell's description above noted, that these flints or
some of them may have been used as dagger heads.

Bow and arrow. — A. Distribution: The Ona and his bow and
arrow are inseparable. It is his chief and aknost his only weapon of
war and the chase.

Among the Yahgans the bow and arrow has occupied a very
subordinate position. It has never been reported as used in fighting,
except in general m616es, when anything at hand, including the arrow,
may be employed (Hyades, q, 374). It was used in games and
dances (Th. Bridges, Jt, 239-240), and sometimes the eastern and
northern Yahgans used it to hunt the guanaco (Fitz-Roy, a, 187;

Digitized by LjOOQIC

208 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

Martial, 192), although they also used the spear for this purpose
(Hyades, g, 356). It was chiefly used, however, for killing birds
(Hyades, g, 300, 360; W. H. B. Webster, i, 184; Fitz-Roy, a, 184).

During the last part of the last century it was rarely used at all by
the Yahgans (Th. Bridges, j, 314; Hahn, 6, 1534; c, 338; Hyades, p,
336; g, 360; cf. also Th. Bridges, 6, Mar. 1, 1873, 30, and Aug. 1,
1884, 182). Dr. Lovisato could find no Yahgan who was able to
chip an arrowhead (a, 198; c, 722), while, according to Capt. Martial
(192, 203; cf. also Hahn, c, 340), glass and obsidian arrowheads had
to be procured from the Onas. The bow and arrow was used by the
Yahgans between Banner Cove and Blamefield Harbor (Despard, 6,
732), and is mentioned in the Oumoara legend (Martial, 213).

Some of the explorers who visited the Yahgans in the earUer part
of the last century found them in possession of the bow and arrow
(Fitz-Roy, 11. c. and a, 139, 186, and m King, 430; Weddell, 179-180;
W. Webster, i, 184; Ross, ii, 305; Colvocoresses, 39), but it was not
common; Capt. Snow makes no mention of it, nor do three of the
chroniclers of the Wilkes and Ross expeditions (M^Cormick, Picker-
ing, Wilkes).

Both of the very early explorers in Yahgan territory reported it in
use among the natives: d'Arquistade at Orange Bay in 1715 (Mar-
tial, 269) and L'Hermite at Nassau Bay in 1624 (1643 ed., 42, "eenige
hebben pylen ende bogen,'' the arrows with points of stone; Comme-
hn, II, 28; Decker's tr., 30; de Brosses, i, 443-444).

The Alacaluf of the Strait of Magellan and the adjoining waters
have used the bow and arrow normally from the earhest times
(Narbrough, 66; Duclos-Guyot, a, 643; Bougainville, 2d ed., i, 292-
293; J. Cook, 6, vol. ii, 183; Vargas Ponce, a, 340-341, 346; 6, 59;
Coppinger, 119-121, 123; King, 54, 76, 226). Bougainville states
(loc. cit., 293) that the Port Gallant natives used it "plut6t contre le
gibier que contre les ennemis," and Vargas Ponce that it was used in
killing birds (b, 59; cf. also a, 340-341). Practically all accoimts of
unfriendly encounters with the Alacaluf of the Strait, and for that
matter with the Yahgans and the West Patagonian channel Alacaluf
and Chonos, report the natives as attacking with spears, knives,
clubs, slings, and stones — ^never with the bow and arrow (cf., e. g.,
Ulloa, An. Udr., v, 481; Duclos-Guyot, 6, 682; King, 55, 227; Cop-
pinger, 43, 63, 112-113; Skottsberg, d, 586).

Among the Alacaluf of the West Patagonian channels the bow and
arrow was used very little, and in earher times apparently not at all.
Some of the nineteenth century visitors found it in use in the
channels just north of the western end of the Strait (Child, 246, 249,
and Vincent, 124, in Smyth Channel; Cunningham, 446, at ShoU and
Fortime Bays; Du Valdailly, 294-295, at Isthmus Bay), and it is
occasionally reported from points much farther up the coast (GiglioU,

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] * BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUE30 209

6, 244, Puerto Bueno; Aylic Marin, 115, Port Grappler;* cf. also
Brassey, 137-138). Capt. Low told Admiral Fitz-Roy (a, 194),
that he had seen arrows used as a part of a symbolic declaration of
war, and Capt. Steele informed Dr. Skottsberg (6, 271) that the
natives of the Gulf of PefLas district use the bow and arrow in himting
huemuls. But this weapon must be rather imcommon among the
Channel Alacaluf , for neither Dr. Coppinger (54) nor Dr. Skottsberg
(6, 270; c, 96; d, 604) observed any at all among them.

In the middle of the eighteenth century, Bulkeley (anon, ed., 98;
other 1743 ed., 130) reported the natives of the western end of the
Strait as having only clubs, while Alex. Campbell (58; and in Provost,
XV, 388) mentions darts and clubs as the weapons of the Chonos.
According to Byron (o^ 129) the Chonos used "bows and arrows
sometimes, but always the lance.''

Ercilla (canto 36) found the -^arco i carcax'' among the Chilotans,
but apparently it was uncojmnon; the weapons ordinarily mentioned
by writers on Chilotan culture are the lance and macana (cf . Goicueta,
514; Gonzdlez de Agtieros, 73; Brouwer, 63; An. Tiidr., xvi, 60).

No arrowheads have, it seems, been dug up or found in Chonoan
territory nor in the archipelagos to the south (Medina, a; Coppinger),
although such artifacts have been found in abundance along the
Chilean coast north of ChiloS. The narratives of Goicueta, Ladri-
Uero, and Father Garcia describe in some detail the arms of the natives
south of Chilo6 to the Strait, but make no mention of the bow and
arrow, nor is it mentioned by Father Rosales, Fathers Marin and Real,
Sarmierito, by the accounts of the Ulloa expedition, nor, as far as the
present writer has foimd, by any of the earlier sources,* except Byron,
as noted above, on the culture of the Chonos and their neighbors to
the south as far as the Strait.

To sum up: The bow and arrow is the characteristic and almost
exclusive hunting and fighting weapon of the Onas. The Yahgans
used it comparatively Uttle, the Chonos and Channel Alacaluf stiU
less, and in earlier times probably not at all. It is in common use
among the Alacaluf of the Strait, but among the Yahgans, Alacaluf,
and Chonos it is normally used as a hunting weapon only, especially in
small-game hunting, never in fighting. In their ordinary hunting
these three peoples use the spear or harpoon and the sling; in their
fighting, the spear, the knife, the club, the sling, and stones.

B. Description: Excellent and minute descriptions of the Ona bow
and arrow are given by Drs. Cojazzi (43-51, ill. opp. pp. 42, 45, 46,
49, and 51) and C. Gallardo (272-282). The following is a summary
account:

1 Ponce de Leon (In Medina, c, 424) ascribes "flechas'' to the natives ''hasta cerca del Estrecho/' but by
"Aechas" he may have meant spears, and he may have been referring to the natives of the Strait itself;
at any rate, he had not himself been among the West Patagonian natives.

Digitized by

Googl(

210 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY rBTJLL.63

Bow: Curved self bow; length, from a little over a meter to 4.34
and 1.60 m.; section, ovate triangle or rounded sector with apex
toward cord; shape, thickest in center, tapering to rounded points at
ends; string, of twisted sinew; attachment of string, a running or bow-
knot at one end, wound and knotted at other. Arrow: Head, trian-
gular, stemmed and barbed, of stone, bone, or glass, 2-8 cm. long,
the stem fitted into a socket in the shaft and lashed with sinew; no
foreshaft; shaft, 63-76 cm. long, slightly thicker in middle and taper-
ing toward ends; feathering, two half feathers, 3-4 cm. long, lashed
radially to shaft with very fine sinew or gut. Quiver: Rectangular,
of sewn skin.

The Yahgan and Alacalufan bows, arrows, and quivers are not only
in essentials, but also in most all of the above details, identical, as far
as our information goes, with those used by the Onas (cf . Hyades, q,
298, 300, 360-361, pi. xxx, figs. 3-8; Skottsberg, c, 96; Cunningham,
122; Martial, 192; Weddell, 180; Fitz-Roy, a, 184; Narbrough, 66;
Coppinger, ill. opp. p. 34, figs. 6-7).

There are, however, minor differences. The Yahgan bows seen by
Weddell (180) and Adxniral Fitz-Roy (a, 184) were smaller, being,
respectively, 3 feet 8 inches and 3 feet to 4 feet long, and most of the
former had strings of seal thong. The Alacalufan bows and arrows
are not as well made as the Onan (Cojazzi, 124), while, according to
Dr. Lovisato (6, 138, also cited by Colini, 159), the Alacalufan arrow
shafts are a little shorter (cf . also Skottsberg, c, 96) — somewhat more
than 60 cm. — and less smoothly poHshed, the heads less skillfully
chipped and less securely tied to the shaft, and the quivers smaller
and less carefully sewn. The Alacalufan arrows seen by the de C6r-
doba expedition were 2 to 3 Spanish feet long (Vargas Ponce, a, 346;
6, 25; Spanish foot = 10.968 inches), while a bow collected by Bou-
gainville is only about 35 inches long (Hyades, g, pi. xxx, fig. .3). The
Yahgans have never been reported as using a quiver.

According to Drs. Cojazzi (45) and C. Gallardo (275-276), the Onas
formerly chipped their flint arrowheads by percussion, although they
use the pressure method now. The statement anent the Onas' former
use of percussion needs confirmation; as far as our information goes,
all three Fuegian tribes used pressure with usually a bone flaker
(Lista, 6, 129, Mdnekenkn; Segers, 67-68; Lovisato, 6, 137-138, also
cited m Hyades, q, 361-363; Martial, 203; Coppinger, 119-120;
Topinard, 775-776, '^pression ou 6crasement"). See full description
of methods: Onan, in Segers, 67-68; Lovisato, 6, 137-138; C. Gal-
lardo, 275-276; Cojazzi, 45; Alacalufan, in Coppinger and Topinard,
lie.

Among all the Fuegian tribes glass has almost entirely replaced
stone and the less commonly used bone as the material for arrow-
beads.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPEE] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUBGO 211

No poison is used by the Chonos or Fuegians on their arrow points
(Hyades, 6, 1347; p, 337; g, 363; Lovisato, a, 195; 6, 138; Th. Bridges,
in Hyades, g, 9; Dabbene, 6, 255; Furlong, d, 223; i, 11; ;, Juliet, 328).
See also comments in Author BibUography, imder Bourne and
H. V. H. Prichard.

The Onas make very small bows and arrows for their children to
play with (Lovisato, c, 721; Cojazzi, 49; C. Gallardo, 350; Beauvoir,
I, 204; specimen [perhaps Alacalufan or Yahgan] in National Mu-
seum, Washington).

The Onas polish their arrowshafts with a discoid rubber of soft
stone (Outes, 6, 295; Dabbene, 6, 254; C. GaUardo, 271), and then
with leaves or the mixed wood and stone dust on a bit of cloth or
skin (C. Gallardo, 271; Cojazzi, 44). The pitch sometimes used in
arrow making comes from shipwrecks (C. Gallardo, 263; Cojazzi, 47;
Hyades, q, 362).

From the kitchen middens in Yahgan territory have been taken
several chipped flints shaped hke arrowsheads, but larger than most
of those now in use (references supra, imder Knives; also Dabbene,
6, 185). Those found by Capt. Bove were about 75 and 90 nun. in
length, those by Dr. Hahn about 60, 85, and 90. The smallest of
the latter three was of the imstemmed type not found among the
modern Fuegians. Whether the other flints were knife or spear
heads or just very large arrowheads can not be definitely deter-
mined. They are certainly quite above the normal modern arrow-
head in size. Nevertheless, Dr. Gallardo mentions an exceptionally
lai^e modem one 69 mm. in length (279) and Dr. Cojazzi a maximum
of 80 mm. (49) ; moreover, the lai^est four flints from the middens are
quite similar in shape to many 'of the modem arrowheads figured by
Dr. Cojazzi (ill. opp. pp. 45 and 46).

Arrow release. — Of the Ona arrow release, Dr. Cojazzi writes (49):
*'The string is generally pulled by the right hand index finger and
thumb, which grasp the nock; when, however, they wish to shoot
very far, they use in addition the middle and ring fingers, laying
them directly on the string.'' (Cf. also Dabbene, 6, 254-255 and
Beauvoir, 6, 204.)

Affinities and origin of the Fuegian bow and arrow. — Certain points
of resemblance between the Fuegian and North American bow,
arrow, and quiver have been adverted to recently by Dr. Erland
Nordenskiold (q. v., in Author Bibliography). The whole question
brought up by him will, however, require more minute investigation.

The modem Fuegian arrowhead is invariably stemmed, and in so
far at least resembles more closely the Patagonian than the Chilean
type. Of 601 Patagonian arrowheads examined by Dr. Outes (a,
376-396) only 78 were unstemmed, 88 were of exceptional form, and
435 were stemmed. The Chilean imstemmed arrowheads were, on

Digitized by

Googl(

212 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

the contrary, abundant, while the stemmed ones were rare (Outes, a,
400; cf. also Medina, a, figs. 147-151, 46-57, 59-65, 69, 71-73).

The heads found by Capt. Bove, whether used for arrows, spears,
or daggers, are very similar to a common Patagonian type (Outes, a,
397; Lovisato, a, 199; 6, 101-102).

Then, too, on the Pacific coast from the Guaitecas Islands to the
Strait of Magellan there appears to be a complete or nearly complete
hiatus — a territory where the bow and arrow has been very Uttle used,
and. in earher times, to judge from the narratives, especially of
Goicueta, Sarmiento and Ladrillero, not used at all. The middens
of this territory have yielded no arrowheads (cf. Coppinger), al-
though such flints are dug up in abundance farther north on the
southern Chilean mainland coast.

The above two groups of facts would seem to indicate that the use
of the stone arrowhead has probably been introduced into Fuegia
from Patagonian rather than from Chilean sources.

The further -question arises as to the use of the h(m and arrow
itself. Did the Canoe Indians bring this cultural element with them
when they first migrated into Fuegian waters ? Or did they acquire
it later from the neighboring Onas and Patagonians?

(1) Archeological evidence,— In the very old middens of Elizabeth
Island Dr. Lovisato foimd no arrowheads at aU (6, 103). The sup-
posed arrowheads foimd by Capt. Bove and Dr. Hahn may, as we
have seen, have been spear or dagger heads; and, moreover, there is
no evidence that they are of very ancient deposition. The negative
archeological evidence would in itself show only the probable earher
absence of the stone arrowhead; but the ethnological evidence seems
to carry us a httle farther.

(2) Eihnohgical evidence. — (a) Distribution: The use of the bow
and arrow among the Yahgans and Alacaluf decreases in proportion
as they are removed from contact with the Onas and Patagonians.
Among the comparatively isolated southern Yahgans and West Pata-
gonian Alacaluf it is either entirely absent or very shghtly used,
while among the Alacaluf of the Strait and the eastern Yahgans it is
or was common enough. But in aU cases it has a subordinate posi-
tion, being utilized, not in fighting, but with rare exceptions only in
small-game hunting. The fact that the Foot Indians' chief weapon
is the bow and arrow, while the Canoe Indians' is the spear or harpoon,
may be partly accoimted for by the contrasting needs of a land and a
seafaring people, but the decidedly greater rarity of the weapon
among the West Patagonian Alacaluf and the southern Yahgans can
not be entirely explained on this ground, since small game for which
the bow and arrow are chiefly used by them is as common an article
of diet among them as among' the eastern Yahgans and Magellanic
Alacaluf. (b) Manufacture: There is a close resemblance, even down

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPEE] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TI3RRA DEL FUEGO 213

to detaUs, between the bow, arrow, and quiver used by the Foot
Indians and those used by the Canoe Indians — a resemblance so
close as to suggest strongly a common origin. But the differences
that exist seem to point to the Canoe Indians as the borrowers; for
the Yahgans use no quiver, and many of them have been found
unable to flake their own arrowheads; while the Alacaluf, although
able to make their own bows, arrows, and quivers, make them, as
has been noted, far less skillfully. The Ona bow and arrow, on the
other hand, is, though simple in form, of splendid workmanship.

The fact, too, that there is geographical continuity in the use of the
bow and arrow between the Qnas and their mainland cousins, the
earlier Patagonians (Outes, a, 254), while such continuity is lacking,
as we have seen, on the Pacific coast, would appear to corroborate
the above.*

In view of the archeological evidence taken in conjunction with
the ethnological, it is not unlikely that the Yahgans and Alacaluf
and probably the Chonos were originally a spear people, who after
their arrival in their present habitat acquired the bow and arrow from
neighbors, the Qnas and Tehuelches. This conclusion is advanced
with much reserve, but the grounds for it, though far from being
demonstrative,^ seem sufficiently reasonable and convergent to justify
their publication. Further investigations among the middens will
perhaps clear up the point more definitely.

Clubs. — ^The club is a common himting and fighting weapon among
the Yahgans and Alacaluf as it was among the Chonos (Byron, a, 141;
Garcia, a, 25, 30, 38; Goicueta, 518; Lozano, ii, 559; Rosales, a,
vol. I, 105). Details regarding its form are usually lacking. The
clubs found by Bulkeley in use by some natives met near the west-
em end of the Strait were described as ''like to our cricket batts^'
(anon, ed., 98; other 1743 ed., 130) and those found by Sharp in 1681
near Duke of York Island as ''like our bandies'' (Ringrose-Exqueme-
hn, 1684-85 ed., n, pt. 4, ch. 23, p. 182; 1893 ed., 470). Dr. Skotts-
berg gives an illustration (6, 270; d, 605) of a heavy clu!b seen at Port
Grappler; it was made of te^pii root and was 60 cm. long (cf. also
Skottsberg, c, 96).

The Onas apparently use the club rarely and then only for hunting
(Th. Bridges, i, in Hyades, g, 8).

On the throwing club see infra, under Bolas.

Morning-star club heads. — ^Two peripherally bossed or "morning-
star'' perforated stones have been collected in Fuegia, one by Dr.

1 The linguistic evidence is not very conclusive. Of., however, Alacalufan &rce, Arscel, irksci, area, a- nkje.l,
with Tehuelchean arekechul, for arrow (see Comparative Glossary, Group VI, A, 5, and note 3); Alacalufan
sctlre (Bo), with Onan shayaVrrr (Furlong, Jfc), seter (Bo, Hauss), sheUrr or cUtr (-bird feather, Bo, 6),
for arrow feather.

«In view of the almost universal diffusion of the bow and arrow over the American Continent it may,
for instance, be plausibly argued that the Canoe Indians on their first arrival in Fuegia might have had
bows and bone or wooden headed arrows which thay later s^Mmdoned, some of the Canoe Indians at a still
later date adopting the Ona-Tehuelche bow and arrow. (

Digitized by ^

,Googl(

214 BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY [bdlu 63

Lovisato (Colini, 240; Lovisato, c, 723), the other by Prof. Furlong
(Collection m Ajner. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York). The latter was
obtained at Navarin Island, the former from Mr. Lavnrence of the
Ushuaia English mission.

Dr. Lovisato thought the one obtained by him '^un sempUce pezzo
di tufo, ridotto a quella forma dai Yahgan a forza di levigare le aste
e le pimte delle loro armi'' (c, 723), but from the description given by
Dr* Colini (240) * it is evidently a morning-star club head, similar,
as Dr. Colini notes, to the ones found commonly in South America,
especially on the Pacific coast.

It is improbable that such club heads were ever made or used by
the Fuegians. They are almost certainly of foreign origin, acquired
through barter or exchange and kept as curios or what not (cf. also
discussion of the whole question of perforated stones in America by
Dr. Outes, a, 437-445).

Stones. — Stones are commomy used, especially in fighting, by the
Chonos and Canoe Indians. They are either thrown or else held in
the hand for pounding.

Slings. — ^The sUng is of common use among the Yahgans and Ala-
caluf. Whether or not it was used by the Chonos our sources do
not say.

It was formerly used somewhat among the southern Onas (lista,
ft, 129, '^poco usada"; Dabbene, 6, 252), but is now rare. Dr.
Gallardo found Onas who did not know what it was used for, and he
considers that it was almost certainly introduced among the Onas
from Yahgan sources (284). It is mentioned, however, in the Ona
Kuanip legend (Cojazzi, 79), though possibly a^ a later accretion;
the Ona name for it, shincay (Gallardo, 284), shinke, sinke, shienikey
(Beauvoir, 6, 203, 135), is quite different from, the Yahgan name
auataoua (Hyades, q, 301), vMawa (Noguera), uatkMm (Bove, 6, 146).

For descriptions of the Yahgan sling, see Hyades, ^, 301, 357-358,
pi. XXX, fig. 14, and Colini, 161; of the Onan, Beauvoir, 6, 204.

Bolas. — ^The following passage occurs in Dr. RatzeVs Volkerkunde
(2d ed., I, 522; Engl, tr., n, 88): ''Von spateren Beobachtem nicht
erwahnte bolaahnUche WaflFen nennt Oliver van Noort.'' This state-
ment is based not on van Noort's origmal account, but in all proba-
bility on the following description by de Brosses (i, 301) of a weapon
found by van Noort in use among the Alacaluf of Maurice Bay on the
north shore of Desolation Island : ' ' Les dauvages tu firent deux hommes
de rSquipage k coups de longues zigaies de bois, et de lourdes masses
attach6es au bout d^une corde, quails lancent et retirent, gardant k
la main I'autre bout de la corde.'' This description certainly suggests
the bolas, if we render ''masses" as "lumps, weights/' instead of
"maces, clubs"; but de Brosses's description is not a literal transla-

1 " Ungrande disco di pietra limgo m. 0.13 con 0.10 di larghezza, forato ncl mezzo e con punti airintorno.

Digitized by LjOOQIC

cooPEB] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TBIBES OF TIEBRA DEL FUEGO 215

tion of the original, being instead a paraphrase and a considerably
amplified and modified one from the French (1610 edition) and the
Latin versions.

The passage in van Noort's original Dutch journal reads (h, un-
dated ed., said to be of 1601, p. 27; ditto in 1602 ed., Rotterdam, with
two words a little differently spelled) : ' ' Dese Wilden hebben voor haer
gheweer groote sware Cnodsen / met een langhe zeel daer aen / daerse
mede slaen / ende langhe houte Hasegay / die sy wte hant worpen /
daer van wy eenighe vonden ende aenboort brochten/' There is no
question here of anything but a heavy club with a long thong on it.
And in this sense is the passage translated in the various versions (cf .
French, 1602 and 1610, 18, and German in de Bry, i, pt. 9, 31-32,
both from orig. Dutch; French, de Renneville's tr. from Commelin,
II, 25). It may be added that the bolas, in its migration down the
Patagonian pampas, seemingly did not reach the Strait until a cen-
tury or more after van Noort's voyage (Outes, a, 427, 254).

A not imcommon Onan and Yahgan weapon for hunting seals from
land is a spear with a thong tied to it, the other end of the thong
beiog tied around the body of Jbhe hunter (Th. Bridges, 6, July 1, 1879,
158; j, 314; i, in Hyades, q, 8-9; C. Gallardo, 204-205), but the thong
would be of less or no value tied to a club. Dr. Friederici believes
(6, 13, 66-67) that what van Noort saw was a throwing club
C^Wurfkeule'O. But Dr. Friederici's interpretation of the passage
in van Noort seems, at the best, doubtful.

For (1) the '^daerse mede slaen'^ qualifying ''Cnodsen". certainly
seems to contrast with the ''die sy wte hant worpen'' qualifying
''Hasegay"; this conveys the impression that the clubs were used, not
for throwing, as the spears were, but for smiting. (2) ' ' Large heavy "
clubs are much more likely to have been used for smiting than for
throwing. (3) It is doubtfid whether the word "zeel" was found in
van Noort's original manuscript or not; for the passage in the Extract
oft Kort verhael (van Noort, a) imder January 8, 1600, reads: "Dese
wilde hebben voor geweer sware knodsen met een lemge steel / ende
langhe houten hasegay en / diese met grooter felheyt wter handt
worpen." Here there is question only of "clubs with a long handle.''
The Extract was, according to Dr. Tiele, probably published before
the full journal. Whether, therefore, van Noort's original manu-
script read "zeel" or "steel" remains doubtfid.

If the former, a passage in Father Garcia 's diary may explain the
purpose of the thong. His Caucahue or Chono companions, when
swimming up to the seals they were hunting, took along a lasso and
"un palo macizo como de ocho a nueve palmos de largo, que asegu-
raron al cuello para que no les embarazase el poder nadar " (a, 6). If,
on the contrary, "steel" be the original reading, then van Noort
probably saw such long clubs as the Chonos used for killing seals by
knockii]g them on the head (A. CampbeU, 58-59). ^.^.^.^^^ by GoOqIc
64028°— Bull. 63—17 15 ^

216 BUREAU OF AMEBIOAN ETHNOLOGY [bulubs

To return to the bolas : It is attributed to the Onas by a whole group
of writers (Fitz-Roy, a, 137; Garson, 143; Colini, 158; Brinton, c, 330).
Dr. Garson's passage is based on Admiral Fitz-Roy's, and the latter's
is derived, as the close sixnilarity in wording and matter pretty clearly
shows, from Father Falkner's account of the Yacana-cunnee (111):
'They . . . catch guanacoes and ostriches with their bowls." The
inclusion of the ostrich shows that in all probability Father Falkner is
here speaking of Patagonians, not Onas, as the rhea is not found, and
as far as our information goes has never been found, south of the
Strait. Moreover, none of the above writers base their statements on
personal observation.

According to Admiral Fitz-Roy (a, 186), '*Mr. Low has seen Fue-
gians with balls (bolas) in the northern part of their country" — a
somewhat vague localization, referring, possibly, to the Gulf of Peftas
Indians or to people of mixed Fuegian-Patagonian blood or culture'.
Dr. Skottsbei^ was told (6, 271) by Capt. Steele that the Gulf of Peflas
natives use a two-ball bolas in hunting huemuls, but Capt. Steele^s
data on this, as on some other points, require confirmation. Finally,
Dr. Cojazzi, speaking of the Alacaluf,^says (124): '^La boleadora 6
un' arma da loro molto usata" — ^if so, it is difficult to explain the
silence of a host of first-hand witnesses, except on the ground that the
weapon is of very recent importation. Father Beauvoir ascribes (6,
203-204) the bolas to the Onas, but other first-hand authorities,
though describing Ona culture in detail, make no mention of this
weapon as being in actual use by them.

Finally, bolas balls, without, however, the thongs or covers, have
not infrequently been found in Fuegia, one by the Skottsberg expe-
dition at Cape Victory, in Alacalufan territory (Skottsberg, 6, 273-
274; dj 605), and several in Onan territory (E. Nordenskiold, 21;
GigUoli, 6, Arch.j 262, repr., 246; C. Gallardo, 310; Furlong, collection
in Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York). These finds may point to a
former use of the weapon, common or sporadic, but not necessarily.
With the exceptions noted above, all first-hand sources on Onan and
Alacalufan culture are silent. The bolas balls, like the morning-star
club heads, may well have drifted into Fuegia as unused exotics.

To sum up: As the evidence stands at present, it would be unsafe
to conclude that the Fuegians have ever actually used the bolas as a
weapon, except, perhaps, in view of the testimonies of Capt. Steele
and the Salesians, in very recent years.

Tools

This branch of material culture has been treated to a certain extent
incidentally in the preceding sections. A few notes are here ap-
pended.

Scrapers, — ^AmoAg skin-using tribes like the Fuegian the scraper
naturally takes an important place. The Onas use a ao^U bitjof

Digitized by

Bjsmi DitT<

coopwi] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ^IBES OF TIERBA DEL FUEGO 217

iron, stone, or glass thonged to an oblong haft, suggesting in general
makeup our carpenter's plane (C. Gallardo, 269-270; Outes, b, 288-
290). They also use as a scraper a sharpened mussel shell lashed
with thong to a cylindrical stone haft, like the Yahgan shell knife
(Segers, 71; Dabbene, 6, 249). The Jiafted plane-shaped scraper is
apparently pecidiar to the Onas, and perhaps the Alacaluf.

Adze. — Dr. Lovisato foimd an artifact at Gertrude Cove which he
described as **una azza di osso di baleno, magnificamente levigata^'
(a, 199), but its identification as an adze is doubtful. (For discus-
sion, see Colini, 240, and Lovisato, c, 723.) Stone adzes — probably
of Chilotan origin — ^were, according to Father Pietas (Gay, Doc, i,
603), used by the Chonos.

Ax. — The white man's ax is now in common use among all the
Fuegians. To judge from the silence of the leading sources on the
culture of the Yahgans and Onas, these tribes did not use the stone-
headed ax (cf. Spegazzini, a, 6: ''segun algunos" the Yahgans use
stone axes — confirmation needed) .

The Alacaluf formerly used the stone ax sometimes. Axheads are
found at old camping sites, according to Dr. Cojazzi (124). Some of
the older explorers found what appear to have been stone axes in use
among the Port Famine natives (Du Plessis, in Marcel, a, 492 ; c, 109,
''pierres taill6es pour baches" ; Froger, 97, and in de Brosses, ii, 109,
'*gros caillous taiUez pour couper le bois"; cf. also Duclos-Guyot, a,
644, *'manieres de baches").

On the West Patagonian coast Dr. Coppinger **in spite of a most
diligent search . . . once, but only once, succeeded in finding
a stone axehead. It was of very primitive shape-r-being only in part
ground — and was found lying among the shells o^ a very old aban-
doned kitchen-midden" (Coppinger, 52-53, ill. opp. p. 34). The
earlier explorers in these parts omit all mention of the ax, while
Byron (a, 152) and Father Garcia implicitly (a, 23) and Father
Rosales explicitly (a, vol. i, 174) aflBrm its absence.

The Chonos, according to Father Pietas (Gay, Doc, i, 503), used
stone axes. Dr. Cunningham obtained three hatchet-heads of stone
which had come from the Guaitecas Islands (335), and Dr. Medina
gives cuts of two pohshed axheads from the Chonos Islands, and a
perforated one from the Guaitecas Islands (a, 75-76, figs. 16, 18, 22).
The axheads figured by Dr. Medina closely resemble those from
southern Chile and from Chilofi, and are probably of Araucanian
origin.

For other references to the stone ax in Fuegia, see the following:
Benignus, 230; Figuier, 418; Sievers, 329; Skottsberg, 6, 271; d, 602.
Cf . also illustration of native haf ting of iron axhead in Ratzel, Vdlker-
kunde, i, 622; Engl, tr., ii, 88.

Knife. — ^Itere were three kinds: (1) with pointed blades, used as
daggers; (2) with terminally edged blades, used as chisels; (3) wi^b|^

218 BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 68

laterally edged blades^ used as our knives. The most common form
is the second. For details regarding the first and second, see imder
Weapons. The third kind, with a blade of iron, is in use among
the Onas, but is not common (C. Gallardo, 268-269 ; Outes, h, 292, ill.).

A simpler rude sort of knife was used by the Yahgans for tracing on
trees the outline of bark to be cut, as was also a wooden instrument
for detaching the bark (Hyades, q, 300). They also used a curved
knife of whalebone for cutting bark (Despard, 6, 679).

Perforators or awls. — These are made of bone, horn, or wood
(Hyades, g, 306, pi. xxxiii, figs. 7-8; Th. Bridges, 6, 1886, 56; Skotts-
berg, d, 602; Dabbene, 6, 249), and among the Onas at least may be
hafted (Outes, 6, 290; C. Gallardo, 270-271). The Yahgans also use
a wooden spatida to apply paint to their faces (Hyades, q, 306).

Wedges. — The bone wedge is used especially in sphtting the four-
pronged sea-urchin spears (Hyades, q, 299, pi. xxxii, fig. 9 ; Th. Bridges,
6, 1886, 56). The Onas use a bone or small stone wedge to spht the
wood for their arrow shafts (Cojazzi, 44; C. Gallardo, 280).

Archeology

It inay be a littje uiaccurate to use the heading archeology in the
case of the meager remains obtained from Fuegian graves and mid-
dens. As, however, these remains throw some light on the past of
the Fuegian peoples the term is probably justified, at least for the
purpose of classification. Investigations thus far made in this field
have been inadequate and have yielded only unimportant results.
Systematic excavations in the abimdant middens of the Magellanic
archipelagos are urgently needed and may furnish us with important
information on the past of the natives.

For the sources*at hand on the subject, see the references given
under Burial and Disposal of Property, and under Food (mortar and
dogs). Spear, Knives, Bow and Arrow, Morning-star Clubheads,
Bolas, Adze, Ax. The most important sources are Dr. Lovisato's
excellent paper (6) on the Elizabeth Island middens, and Dr. Cop-^
pinger's account of his investigations of some of the West Patagonian
channel middens.

The objects from graves and shell heaps include stone axheads, a
flattened bone spearhead, some large chipped flints that may have
been either arrowheads or else dagger or spear heads, a morning-star
clubhead, a mortar, bolas balls, a polished bone implement somewhat
resembling an adzehead, and various stone artifacts. All the above
artifacts have been treated in detail in the section dealing with Mate-
rial Culture. They throw very little hght on the past of the Fuegian
and Chonoan peoples. There is no definite evidence that the morning-
star clubhead, the mortar, or the bolas were ever in actual use — the
last almost certainly not in use at least prior to the eighteenth centiuy .

Digitized by

Googl(

COOPER] BIBLIOGBAPHY OF TBIBES OF TIEBBA DEL FUEGO 219

Moreover, we have no reliable clue to the exact or even approxi-
mately exact age of the middens or graves or camp sites from which
these remains were taken. In the Elizabeth Island middens the only-
ones for which there is geological evidence of greater age, Dr. Lovisato
(ft, 103) foimd no evidences of himian industry except a bit of flint
that may havQ been a reject.

DEDUCTIONS

Prom the archeological evidence supported by the ethnological and
historicial data some inferences may be drawn.

A. The Yahgans at least appear to be the first human inhabitants
of the territory they now occupy. For (1) they have no tradition of
an earUer race; (2) all local names are pure Yahgan; and (3) the
crania dug up from the graves are of the same type as the modern
Yahgan, although such burials are not demonstrably very ancient
(Th. Bridges, e, 332; i, cited by Hyades, q, 18; Dabbene, 6, 275).

B. How long ago the Fuegians first entered their present territory
is very uncertain. The great linguistic diflferences and appreciable
though lesser somatological and cultural differences between the Yah-
gans and Alacaluf suggest that the two tribes came at diflFerent times,
the geographical position and the shghtly lower material culture of
the Yahgans that these latter may represent an earlier invasion.
Whether the Foot Indian or the Canoe Indian was the first to reach
eastern Fuegia is quite uncertain.

The length of occupancy of the archipelago is of course bound up
with the larger question of the age of man in South America (cf.
Hrdlifeka, 6). That the Canoe Indians have occupied their present
territory for a long period is evident, first of all, from the size and
abimdance of their kitchen middens; whUe these do not furnish any
exact chronology, yet their magnitude and number indicate consid^-
erable age. Secondly, Dr. Lovisato found the mollusks in the Eliza^
beth Island middens to be of much larger size than those contained in
modern middens — these larger mollusks occurring at present only in
the waters of the more southern islands and aroimd Staten Island
(Lovisato, ft, 104, 107-108). Thirdly, the Elizabeth Island middens
are 6-7 meters above sea level, the deposits in them showing, accord-
ing to Dr. Lovisato, that the land has subsided, and subsequently
risen this much since they began to accumulate (ibid., 100, 106-107);
Dr. Coppinger, too, beheved he found good indications of a rise of 30
feet in the land since the date of burial of the bodies which he found
in a cave at Rosario Bay, in the West Patagonian channels (Coppin-
ger, 69-70). This third point should be viewed in the Ught of Dr.
O. Nordenskjold's conclusion (i, no. 2; /, 216) that since the recession
of the glaciers the Fuegian islands have risen some 60 meters.

Digitized by

Googl(

220 BUKBAU OF . AMERICAN BTHKOLOGT [suites

The above data go to show that the Magcdlanic archipelagos have
beefti inhalNited for a verj long period, but it is impossible to assign
even an i^proximate number of centuries in the present state of our
knowledge.

ITie theory is occasionally advanced that the Onas, being, like their
cousins the Tehuelches, a distinctly nonseafaring people, must have
reached their present habitat at a time when Tierra del Fuego Island
was still united to the mainland (Outes, d, 132 ; Dabbene, 6, 277-278),
a supposition seemingly corroborated by the native Ona tradition
that they came by land from Patagonia (Beauvoir, h, 178, 201-202).
It is doubtful, however, how much rehance can be put on such a tra-
dition, while as for the present absence of the canoe from Ona culture
we have given evidence (cf. supra, under Navigation, Onas) that it
is quite possible that the Onas may have formerly made occasional
use, as they now do, of some kind of water craft. Or, again, they
may have been ferried across the Strait of Magellan by Canoe Indians.

C. Have the Fu^ans degenerated culturally since their advent to
their present habitat ? Their archeological remains, as we have seen,
give no indications of such a retrogression. The EUzabeth Island
middens^ the only ones of proven antiquity that have been investi-
gated, show, if anything, that the earher Fuegians were even less
advanced than th^ modem descendants.

During the last three or four centuries Fuegian culture has remained
practically stagnant, as is apparent from a comparison of the early
narratives like those of LadriBero, Goicueta, the missionaries to the
Chonos, Drake, van Noort and de Wewt, L'Hermite, Narbrough, La
Giiilbaudiere, de Labat, and Du Plessis, with the accounts of mod-
em explorers.

Neitheor archeology, therefore, nor the history of Magellanic explora-
tion has thusf arshown any concrete evidence of cultural degeneration
among the Canoe Indians since their advent to their present habitat.

Relations

The intertribal relations of the Chonos and three Fuegian tribes,
as well as the relations of the Onas and Tehuelches, have been treated
at sufficient length in the Introduction to the present work.

The further relations of the Fuegians and Chonos (1) to the Aran-
canians; (2) to primitive South American peoples, ancient and
modem; (3) to the American race in general; and (4) to some of the
peoples of very low culture in Indo-Oceanica and other parts of the
world, may here be touched upon or outUned.

(1) RELATIONS TO THE ARAUCANIANS

Opinions vary greatly. They may be roughly grouped as follows:
(a) More or less in favor of some relationship between thejDhonos, or.

;gitized by Google

COOPBB] BIBLIOGBAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERBA DEL FUEGO 221

FuegianS; or both, and the Araucanians : ( 1 ) General or somatological :
GighoU, 6, 242; Hollard, 202-203; OmaUus d'HaUoy, 162-163; J. C.
Prichard, I, 450; Fr. tr., ii, 203; Pi y Margall, 485; (2) Linguistic:
Brinton, c, 325, 327; Darapsky, a, 29-35; i, 287; Figuier, 419, cf. also
416; Fitz-Roy, a, 188; 6, 140; Keane, 6, 431; d'Orbigny, 6, vol. iv,
pt. I, 185, 187, see comment mider name in Author Bibliography;
Peschel, Engl, tr., 1876, 200; J. C. Prichard, 6, 450, 446; Fr. tr., ii,
203, 197; Spegazzini, c, 132; Weule, 52; Krickeberg, 140; (6) more or
less against such relationship: (1) General or somatological: Hoyos
S&inz, a, 356; Latcham, 247, and passim; (2) linguistic: Pector, 6, 167;
Brinton, c, 327, 329. Few of the above writers give groimds for
their statements.

A. Somatology

The Araucanians are usually described as brachy cephalic, which
would make for absence of near relationship to the Fuegians, but
fuller studies of the undeformed Araucanian skull ^.re needed before
comparative Fuegian-Araucanian cranial studies can be satisfac-
torily made.

B. Language

There is no lexical resemblance between Araucanian and any- of
the Fuegian tongues. Admiral Fitz-Roy^s short comparative glos-
sary (6, 142) proves nothing. Dr. Darapsky beUeved that he had
found a remote morphological resemblance between Yahgan and the
''Meso-Andine^' tongues, including Araucanian (a, 29-35; J, 287).
Sufiicient grammatical material for a comparative study of Yahgan
and Araucanian is available, but an exhaustive examination still
remains to be made.

.C. Culture

The Chonoan and Fu^an culture is sharply marked off from the
Araucanian (cf. e. g., Medina, a; Rosales, a). The Araucanian in aU
probability represents a later cultural invasicm. It reached to
Chilo6 and perhaps blended here and in the Chilotan archipelago
with a possibly previously established culture similar to the Chonoan.
Sc»ne few Araucanian cultural elements passed down the coast into
Oionoan and Fuegian territory.

A thorough investigation of the whole field of possible Fuegian
and Araucanian relationship might yield decisive results. Thus far
such an investigation has not, to the present writer's knowledge,
been made.

(2) RELATIONS TO PRIMITIVE SOUTH AMERICAN PEOPLES, ANCIENT

AND MODERN

Dr. Medina (a, 110-111) was apparently the first to identify the
Fuegians and Chonoans with the ancient long-headed race who
peopled the southern part of South America. The question was

Digitized by LjOOQIC

222 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 63

discussed more fully by Dr. Hyades (g, 161-166), who found the
Fuegian skull allied to the modem Botocudo skull and to the skulls
from Lagoa Santa and the Pontimelo and Rio Negro paraderos.
That the Fuegians and especially the Yahgans and Alacaluf are mem-
bers of the widespread archaic race, skeletal remains and Hving sur-
vivors of which are found here and there from tropical South America
to the Strait of Magellan, is unanimously held as very probable or
certain by the somatologists and anthropologists who have since
Drs. Hyades' and Medina's time treated or touched on the subject
(Dabbene, &, 282; Deniker, h; Haddon, c, 77; Hamy, c, Decades, 5-6;
Anthrop.j 142; Hrdli6ka, &, 179 and verbal commimication; Laloy, 6,
404; Joyce, 218, 239; Latcham, 247, 257; R. Martin, &, 212; Quatre-
fages, &, 545, 599; Rivet, 253-257; cf. also Verneau, &, 327-336).
For details, see especially Hyades, g, 161-166 and Rivet, 253-257.

Some of the above writers are of the conviction that the Fuegians,
though representing fimdamentally this primordial South American
type, show evidences of mixture with another type (Hyades, g, 164;
Rivet, 257; Dabbene, 6, 280-282; Hultkrantz, &, 164; Laloy, 6, 404).

Mr. Darwin was struck by the resemblance in physical appearance
between the Fuegian Canoe Indians and the Botocudos (Darwin, J,
ch. 7; Brinton, h, 39-40) — a resemblance borne out especially by
cranial comparisons (Hyades, g, 163). Dr. Brinton foimd no lexical
similarity between the Fuegian and Tapuyan languages (c, 332), but
such would hardly be expected. Culturally the Canoe Indians of
Fuegia and the Botocudos are at about the same level, and are
largely in agreement both in what they possess and in what they lack.

It has been suggested that the Onas are perhaps related through
the Tehuelches to the Bororos (Haddon, c, 112-113; Keane, &, 430),
by Prof. Keane on the groimd of the tall stature and brachy-
cephahsm common to both the Tehuelches and Bororos, The unde-
formed Tehuelche skuU, however, appears to be in the majority of
cases dohchocephalic or mesaticephaUc (cf. supra, Introduction:
Onas-Tehuelches) .

Migration routes. — ^It is sometimes assumed that the Yahgans and
Alacaluf reached their present habitat by way of the Pacific coast
and the Andine region (Bove, a, 789; J, 132; c, 124; d, Arch., 288;
Dabbene, &, 280-281; Furlong, j; Darapsky, h, 289). This is quite
possible, considering their kinship with the Chonos and apparently
(Rivet, 259) with the Changos, but there is no definite proof. That
the Onas reached Tierra del Fuego by way of Patagonia we may infer
from their kinship with the Tehuelches. Dr. C. Gallardo suggests
that the common ancestors of the Onas and Tehuelches crossed from
the New Zealand region to the southern tip of South America by a
land bridge or a chain of islands (107); this theory, however, has to
be judged in relation to the whole problem of American origins (cf.

Digitized by

Googl(

coopiBl BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TRIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 223

symposium in Amer, anthr., 1912, n. s. xiv, 1-59), as the Onas are
part and parcel <rf^ American race (as Dr. GaUardo recognizes, pp.
107-108; see also foDowing section).

(3) RELATIONS TO THE AMERICAN ItACE IN GENERAL

A. SoMATOLOGy

The Fuegians are "incontestably'' (Hyades, g^, 161; cf. also Vir
chow, a, 385) of the American race. Their kinship to the Lagoa-
Santa type is additional evidence of the same.

B. Language

The Yal?gwi> the only Fuegian tongue of which we have adequate
morphological data, belongs to the American polysynthetic type (cf .
e. g., Hyades, p, 339; g, 334-335; Darapsky, h, 286).

C. Culture

Like other Americans, the Fuegians are reserved, stoical, exter-
nally impassive. There is practically nothing un-American in Fue-
gian culture, which, on the other hand, contains many elements that,
though of not uncommon occurrence on other continents, are of par-
ticular frequency in America, such as, for instance, fire signaling, ball
game, bark canoe, tonsure, depilation, feather diadem, sling, child's
cradle, etc.

(4) CLTLTURAL RELATIONS TO CERTAIN OTHER PEOPLES

Culturally, the Fuegians are on approximately the same low plane
as, for instance, the Todas, Veddahs, Negritos and Negrillos, Sakai
and Jakim, Austrahans, and extinct Tasmanians. This poverty of
culture among the Fuegians is apparent, not only in the material,
but in some respects even more conspicuously in the psychical, that
is, the religious, quasi-religious, domestic, moral, economic, pohtical,
and esthetic fields. The Fuegians and other very low peoples have
a great many cultural elements in common, but of greater interest,
perhaps, is their common lack of a still larger number of elements
which are of widespread prevalence among peoples a little higher in
the cultural scale.

How should these facts be explained ? Have the Fuegians, under
pressure of their untoward environment, degenerated or retrogressed
from a higher cultural status possessed by their remote ancestors?
Or, granting that the Indo-Oceanic and other peoples of very low
culture are themselves in the main not cultural degenerates, are the
Fuegians and they backward, comparatively unchanged survivals
from a remote conunon cultural ancestry? And what bearing has
the Kulturkreis theory on the two preceding questions ?

Digitized by

Googl(

224 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [biim..6S

Several generations of anthropologists may, perhaps, pass away
before these three questions can be confidently answered. The fol-
lowing pages represent merely an attempt to coordinate those facts
and considerations which seem to have a bearing on the problem and
which may lead up to a provisional or probable solution.

There is no question here of somatological degeneration or afl^ty.
Culture may well migrate across somatological dividing lines, and may
stagnate notwithstanding somatological change and differentiation.

It may be well, too, to exclude provisionally from our problem the
Onas, among whom there is perhaps some ground for suspecting a
certain minor cultural retrogression.

A. Are the canoe-using Fuegians cultural degenerates?

(a) Archeology and history, as we have seen, have furnished thus
far no evidence to this effect, but rather positively indicate stagna-
tion for the last 400 years and probably since the advent of man to
the Magellanic archipelagos. It would foUow, therefore, that the
adverse Fuegian environment, although it may have checked ad-
vancement, has not actively brought about retrogression.

(b) Yahgan and Alacalufan culture shows no internal evidence of
d^eneration. Not only in material but in psychical culture as well,
and not only in what they have but also in what they lack, the two
tribes are strikingly simple and primitive. Their material culture
is diaracterized by the absence of agriculture and domestication —
excepting the dog, which is probably of later introduction — of pottery
and weaving, of narcotics and intoxicants, of polished stone imple-
ments, of the spear-thrower and shield, of the fishhook, and, among
the Yahgans, of the ax and net. Their skin curing, for instance, is
of the simplest nature, their harpoons of the most primitive type.
Their psychical culture lacks the chieftaincy, hereditar}^ or elective,
social classes, secret societies, totemism, mana, or kindred concep-
tions, medicines, religious paraphei^alia, the arts of design, musical
instruments, symbolic dances, gambling, divisions of time, numbers
beyond three probably, message sticks or similar means of recording
ideas. In political, economic, esthetic, and recreative cidture the
Fuegian Canoe Indians are on the lowest rung of the ladder. Barter,
for instance, is of the nature of an exchange of presents, and there is
no mediimi of exchange. Their esthetic cidture is perhaps lower
than that of any other people on earth. A glance through the sum-
mary of culture given in the present work will show that the above
list could be greatly extended.

Most of the above elements which are wanting in Fuegia are of
widespread, in fact of almost universal, occurrence among the other
peoples of South America and for that matter of the uncivilized
world.

Digitized by

Googl(

cooPBB] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TBIBES OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO 225

It is easily possible that some or many cultural elements might
have been lost, but it is \mlikely, to say the least, that all elements
of a hypothetical earUer higher culture shoiild have vanished without
leaving a trace in material or at least in psychical culture.

The plank boat, the one advanced material element, is of foreign
and comparatively recent origin. The chipped jflint arrowhead is
probably of Patagonian-Onan provenance. The Yahgan masked
dances were not unlikely borrowed, from the Onas. On the other
hand it seems improbable that a people like the Yahgans would have
given up the use of such valuable artifacts as the ax, the fishhook,
and the net had they ever possessed them.

Internal evidence, therefore, is, as far as it goes, indicative of the
true primitivity of Alacalufan and still more of Yahgan culture, and
affords no tangible proof of degeneration.

There are, however, some grounds, though not very sblid ones, for
suspecting that the Onas may have lost»some elements of a former
higher culture. The prominence of metempsychosis beliefs, the
masked dance, the somewhat greater tendency to exogamy, the
strict separation of the men into two distinct groups in the council
hut (Furlong, verbal communication), might be regarded by some
as rudimentary survivals of an earUer, more clearly marked, tribal
division, and possibly of an earUer totemic or quasi-totemic system.
It may be recalled that there is some evidence for r^arding the oldei*
Patagonians, the Onas' cousins, as totemic (cf. Outes, a, 251-252).
Still all this is, for the present at least, largely speculative. Besides,
we do not know enough as yet of Ona social institutions.

(c) The Fuegian Canoe Indians are of the most archive South
American physical type. This somatological kinship wiUi the
primordial South Americans in itself would not be proof of cultural
primitivity, but should be viewed in the light of the fact that the
nearest kin both physically and culturally of the Fuegians are the
dktant Botocudos. This parallel coincidence of archaic physical
type with very low culture in the two lowest South American groups
suggests that they may have preserved in the main not only their
common bodily type but their common earUer culture as weU.

(d) The geographical position of the Alacaluf and Yahgans makes
for the same conclusion. Isolated among the archipelagos of the
tip of the continent and leading a life so different from that of most
of the mainland peoples, they were cut off from and impervious to
the cultiu^al cm-rents of the rest of the continent, and in addition
received Uttle stimulus to advancement from their unfertile en-
vironment, their enforced nomadic way of Uving, and their usually
easily gathered sea-food supply. It is in just such isolated regions —
jimgle or mountain fastnesses, distant island groups, or the ends of

Digitized by

Googl(

226 BUREAU OF AMEBIGAN ETHNOLOGY [bull.«

peninsulas, continents, or archipelagos — ^farthest removed from
cultural influences from temperate or tropicaf btimfes, that we find
the lowest cidture in other parts of the world. Cf . also Furlong, g, 5.

The more isolated of the two tribes of Canoe Indians should on
this score have preserved better the earlier culture, and it is just the
more isolated, the Yahgans and apparently the West Patagonian
Alacaluf too, who have the slightly less advanced culture in Fuegia.

The evidence grouped imder the above four heads seems accumu-
lative and convergent, although of course far from being demonstra-
tive. As far as it goes, it points to the Fuegian Canoe Indians as
being, not cultural degenerlites, but survivals, in the main unchanged,
of a very early, and perhaps the earliest, aboriginal South American
culture. ' - - : 4:

B. In what cultural relation do the Fuegians stand to peoples of
very low culture in Indo-Oceanica and elsewhere ?

There seems to be no adequate ground for doubting that these
latter peoples, or most of them, are themselves in the main cultural
survivals, not cultural degenerates. It is possible, for instance, that
the Tasmanian represented a more or less disintegrated culture.
Then, too, we know, for example, that most of the Negritos have
acquired many elements from neighboring tribes. Moreover, time,
isolation, and varying environment and needs have inevitably wrought
some changes. But, apart from these exceptions or possible excep-
tions, we have very good reasons for regarding the Old World primi-
tives as fundamentally and in the main the conservers of an ancient
culture long outgrown by more progressive peoples.

Between this primitive Old World culture and the Fuegian there is
practical equaUty of development or want of development. In addi-
tion, there is a noticeable parallelism or resemblance, a resemblance
even more interesting in what is lacking than in what is present, and
even more patent in the psychical than in the material fields (cf.,
e. g., H. Ling Roth, Aborigines of Tasmania, London, 1890; W.
Schmidt, Die Stellung der Pygmaenvolker u. *s. w., Stuttgart, 1910;
A. LeRoy, Les Pygmies, Tours, 1905 ca.; Skeat and Blagden, Pagan
races of the Malay Peninsula, 2 vols., London, 1906; C. G. and B. Z.
Seligjnann, Veddas, Cambridge, 1911). Viewing this parallelism and
.resemblance, not in itself alone, which would be taking sides in the
convergence controversy, but in the light of the probabilities against
major degeneration on the part eitTier of the Fuegians or of the Old
World primitives, we seem to have good grounds for suspecting that
both groups have preserved fairly well an earlier common culture,
and that both are, not unchanged, but only superficially changed,
survivals from a common cultural ancestry.

Digitized by

Googl(

^ta

GOOPWi] BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TBIBES OF TEERBA DEL FUEGO 227

' The most obvious objection that might be raised against such a
provisional conclusion is that based on the notorious instability of
culture. This objection, however, would have more weight were we
considering peoples of somewhat more advanced culture. But both
archeology and ethnology give good evidence that very low culture
may be as stable, or even more stable, than physical types; for the
available archeological and paleontological evidence shows pretty .
clearly that the earlier paleolithic peoples remained nearly stationary
in culture for periods measurable by miUenia; while, as examples froiii
ethnology, we may instance the somatologically distinct Semang,
Sakai, and Jakun, all three at a nearly isoplane culture, or the various
groups of Indo-Oceanic Negritos, who, separated from one another
for many centuries at least and modified superficially by cultural
accretions from neighboring tribes, still preserve in the main a com-
mon inherited material and psychical culture (cf . the cultural sections
in Skeat and Blagden, and in W. Schmidt, 11. c).

C. What bearing on the question has the Kulturkreis theory ?

For an outline of Dr. Graebner's position, see Author BibUography,
under Graebner, a and d. Fathers Schmidt and Hestermann con-
sider that their three earliest Indo-Oceanic strata, differing somewhat
from Dr. Graebner's analysis, have been fused to a certain extent in
southern South America, includiQg Fuegia.

Dr. Graebner at first ijalled attention chiefly to the skin mantle,
the beehive hut, and half-hitch coiled basketry as being common to
Fuegia and the Tasmanian and southeastern Australian areas. Later
some other resemblances were noted by Fathers Schmidt and Hester-
mann (6, 115-117).

These resemblances in themselves might be the result of conver-
gence rather than of genetic relationship; but, the advocates of the
theory emphasize, they need to be viewed in the light of the similar
stratification of cultures that prevails over the whole of Indo-Oceanica
and the whole of South America. That such a parallel stratification
exists, notwithstanding very considerable interlocking, overlapping,
and disintegration of the several strata or cycles, especially in South
America, is maintained by Dr. Graebner (a, 6, and eZ), by Dr. Foy, and
by Fathers W. Schmidt and Hestermann (cf. also E. Nordenskiold).

The contrary view, so far as South America is concerned, is taken
in a detailed criticism by Dr. Krause, and on more general grounds by
Prof. Dixon and Dr. Krickebeig (163-164). See also R. H. Lowie, On
the prin.ciple of convergence in ethnology, in Jour, Amer, folk-lore,
1912, XXV, 24-42; F. Boas, in Science , New York, 1911, n. s. xxxiv,
804-810.

But as yet a thorough and adequate treatment of the whole ques-
tion of South American cultural stratification in its relation to Indo-

Digitized by

Googl(

228 BTJBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulugs

Oceanic has not been undertaken. More facts are needed, and 'a
much more detailed analysis and coordination of the facts, before the
question can be definitely decided. The field is a vast one.

If the Kulturkreis theory proves to hold good for the whole of South
America, the question of the common cultural descent of the Puegians
and Indo-Oceanic primitives will receive a conclusive affirmative
answer. If, on the contrary, it proves not to hold good, we shall be
thrown back on the facts and considerations advanced in the preced-
ing sections A and B as giving a provisional and probable, but, unless
new data come to hand, not a final or strictly demonstrable answer.

The reader is referred to the sources given above for further details
on the Kulturkreis theory in its extension to South America. Special
references to Fuegia in this connection are contained in: Graebner, a,
1014, 1018; 6, 149; d, 47-48; Foy, 26, 154; Schmidt and Hestermann,
&, 115-117; Dixon, 53-54; ICrause, 111.

Digitized by

Googl(

INDEX OF SUBJECTS

Abortion 171

Adornment, personal 182-184

Adultery 167-168

Adze 200,207,217

Aged—

authority of 178

treatment of 136, 170, 173, 175, 176

Aoriculture 44, 185

Ala(;a.luf—

glossary of language 12-29

history of investigation 61-62

name 5-6

popuIaticHi and present condition 47-48

territory 6-30

5f«o/«o Relations; Somatology; Lan-
guages; Grammar; Dialects; Cul-
ture.

AuKHOoup 5, 87

Allana : 123

American race, relations of Fuegians and

Ch onos to 223

Amuck, RUNNING 80,140

Amulets 150

Anatomy, soiirc3s 138-140

Ancestor worsiup 150, 153

Animism 150

Anklets 183

Anointing 160, 182

Anthropology, us ^ of term 2

Anthropometric A L d\ta,souiv s 139-140

AONA 48

Abaucanians—

culturalinfluenc onChonos 43-45

relations of Fut^ions and Chonos to 34-36,

82,116,220-221

Archeology—

deductions from facts 219-220

Cftcts 218-219.

See alto Middens.

AiOSTOCRACY ■ 178

Armlets 1H4

Arrow, bow and—

affinities and origin .'».'), 211-213

arrow release 211

dascription 18^1, 209-211

distributi(Hi of 2 ), 43, 20-% 307-209

Art 180-184

Artificial deformation 78,183

Asterisks, use of 137

Athletics 184-185

Authority-

of fathers, aged , and medicine-men 1 78

ofhusbands 168-169

Authors, bibliograi^y of 65-136

Awls 204,218

Ax 44,45,89,200,202,217

Page

Bailers 201

Ball game 184

Balsas 196

Barter 45, 179

Basketry Ill, 204-205

Baths 155, 157, 160

Beards 42, 182

Beehive hut 55, 192-193

Beuef and morality 146-148, 151, 152

BiBUOGR A PHIES—

list of 137

of authors 65-136

of subj?cts 137-228

Bigamy 51,57, 165, 166-167

Birds 191

Birth customs 155

Blood-rkvenoe 159, 173, 174-175, 178

Boiling 191

Bolas 86, 214-216

Bororos , somatological relations of Onas to . . 222
BoTOCUDOs, somatological and cultiu^ rela-
tions of Fuegians to 222

Bow. See Arrow.

Boxes 205

Brachyceph A lism 43, 53, 222

Brain 180

soiu-ces 140

Bravery 173, 177

Buckets 205

Burlkl 130, Wl

Cannibalism 175-176

Canoe Indians 2

Canoes, bark —

description 197-198

distribut ian 29-30, 197

one-piocc 196-197

sewed...-. 197-198

Captives 174, 176

Casual meetings, use of term 65

Caucahues, Caucaus 31,

32, 33, 35, 38, 39, 40, 41, 45, 48, 76, 112, 123-124

Ceph.\lic indices 43,98

sources 139-140

Changos, somatological relations of Fuegians
to 222

Channel Alacaluf, Channel Indians .... 65

Chastity, premarital 169-170, 173

See also Conjugal fidelity.

Chiefs 7«, 177-178

Children—

carrying 171-172

moral education 166-157, 173

• naming, weaning, and selling 171

treatment of 68, 84, 136, 153, 170-171

Chon 33,36,48,85,106

229

Digitized by LjOOQK

230

INDEX OP SUBJECTS

Chonos— Page

history of investigation 63

name 30-34,85,133

population and present condition 46-47

territory 30-46

See also "RELAnona; Somatoloot; Lan-
guages; Dialects; Cultuee.

Clans 3-4,178-179

Climate 137

Clothing 65, 1»3-1»6

Clubs and clubheads 213-216

CoiFFUEE 55,182

Combs 182

Commerce 45, 179

Communism 178

Conjugal fidelity 167-168

Cooking 191

COBMOBANTSt 191

Coucous. See Caucahues.

Counting 180

coubtship 164-165

COUVADE 155

Cradle 55,171-172

Crania. See Skulls.

Creator and Creation 147, 147, 162-163

Cremation 161

Cruelty 167,168-169

CTENOMYS FUEGXnNUS 190

Cult 152-154^

Culture, outline of and sources for Fuegian

and. Chonoan 145-218

See also Relations; Degeneration.

Dances 158,160,181

Death 160

See also Burial; Mourning; Survival;
Ghosts.

Deformation, head 78,183

Degeneration, cultxtral 74, 77, 220, 223-227

Delivery customs 155

Depilation 182

Design 154,180,181-182

Diadem, feather 183-184

Dialects —

Alacalulan 28,30,38

Chonoan 34,38-39

Onan 50-52,78

Yahgan 4,94

Disposal OF PROPERTY 161-162

Divination 160

Diving for food 188

Divorce 164,167

DOCHJTY 173

Dogs 44,96,153,186-187,190,191

douchocephalism 53-54, 221-222

Domestic culture 102,164-172

Domestication 44,185

Drama 181

Dreams 158

Drink 187

Dualism 146-149

Dugouts 196

Economic culture 172. 178-17^

Embryonic burial 161

Emotons—

expression of 102, 168, 170-1 71, 176, 177

lources 140

Page

Endogamy 165-166

Environment 137

Esthetic culture 180-184

Ethical culture 102,172-177

Exogamy 165-166

Exploration—

history of ^ 5©_63

list of explorers prior to 1800 50-60

Eyes and eyesight, sources 140

Family....: 102,164-172

Fasting 155,156,157

Fauna 137

Feather orn.\ments 157, 183-184

Fetishlsm 150

Feuds 45,46,56,174-175

Fictile products 205

Fighting 9,173,174,214

Fillets 134

Fire 55,191-192

Fishhook 188-189

Fishing 188-190

Flexed bvrlvl 16I

Flood traditiox 163

Flora T..... 137

Flour 187

Folklore 162-163

Food—

cooking 191

kinds of 187-191

storing of ig;

taboos 155,156,157

Foot Indians 2

Footprints 140

Friendship , 176

Future ufe 149, 150, 151, 153

Gabiotas 31,33,35,41,42,123-124

Gambling 177, 186

Games 184-186

GENEROsrrv 172, 173, 177

Geology 116, 137,219

Ghosts '.... 148-149,150,151,153,154

Giants 35,41,48,115,123

Gifts 172,177,179

Glossary of Alacalufan Language 13-22

discussion of 22-29

prefatory notes to 12-13

Gloves >. . 195

Gluttony 173, 177

God 146-149

Gods 146-149

Government 177-178

Graebner'S theory 93,203,227-228

GRAMMARr-

Alacalufan 10,28,129,132

sources for Chonoan , Yahgan , and Onan . 144

Gratitude 176

GUAlCAROS 6, 107

See also HuAicuRtiES.
GUAIGUENES 32,33

GUANACOS 187,190

Hafting 204,207,217,218

Hair—

coiffure 55, 182

red hair 42

sources 140

Digitized by

Googl(

INDEX OP SUBJECTS

231

Page

Handprints 1 40

Harpoon 188,205,206-207

Haush 49

Herding 44, 185

Hero myths 163

Homicide 56, 95, 174

Honesty 46, 173, 177, 179

HoapiTAUTY 176

HuaicurtJes 81

See also GuaIcaros.

HUEMULS 5-6, 8, 9

HUILUCHE 32, 33, 36, 4 1, 86

HUILLIS 30-31, 33, 34, 36-37, 45, 178

Human life, regard for 171, 174-175

Human sacrifice 68, 153, 175

Hunting 180, 190-191

Hunting grounds' 178-179

Huts 192-193

III —

care of 175

cure of 15^160

Immortality 149, 150-151, 153

Implements 216-218

Incest 165

Indo-Oceanic primitives, CULTUR.SX rela-
tion OF Fuegians to 150, 154, 203-204, 223-228

Infanticide 171

Inheritance 172

Initiations 15d-157

Intelligence 179-180

Intemperance and intoxicants 44, 177, 187

Inventiveness 17^180

Investigation—

future of 63-64

history of 59-63

Jealousy ; . . . . 167-168, 173

Keyes, Key-yus 6,32,36,86

Kinship 172

Kitchen middens. See Middens.

Knives 207, 217-218

kulturkreis theory 93, 203, 227-228

Labor, division of 169

Lacuna 63-64

Lagoa Santa race, somatological relations

of Chonos and Fuegians to 221-222

Land, division of 178-179

Languages—

general remarks 144-145

grammatical sources 144

lexical sources 10-11, 141-143

texts 144

See also Relations; Dlaxects; Grammar.

Laws 174,178

Levirate 165

Liberty, love of 177

MAc-CK 49

Magic 154, 158, 159-160

MlNEKENKN —

* history of investigation 50-51, 62-63

name 49

population and present condition 56-57

territory. 4^50

See also Relations; Somatology; Lan-
guages; Culture.

64028°— Bull. 63— 17-

-16

Page.

Maps 66, 137

MARRLA.GE 157, 164-167

by capture 164-165

courtship, and choice of wife 164-165, 173

Masks 156

Massage 155, 160

Material culture 185-218

Medicine and medicine-men 149,

151, 153, 159-160, 184

Menstruation taboo 157

Mental culture 179-180

Mesaticephalism 53-54, 222

Metempsychosis 149, 150, 151, 163

Middens 44-45,

64, 107, 186, 205, 206, 207, 211, 212, 217, 218^219

Migration routes 222-223

Missions—

Chonoan 45, 46-47

Fuegian 60-63 and passim

Moccasins 194-195

Modesty 169

Money 179

Monogamy 16d-167

Moral culture 102, 172-177

Morality and belief 146-148, 151, 152

Morning-star clubheads 107,213-214

Mortars 18^

Mortuary customs 130, 161

Mourning 160-161

Murder 56, 95, 174

Music and musical instruments 158, 180-181

Mustaches 182

Mutilations 157, 183

of dead 174

Myology 140

Myths 162-163

Names of children 171

Names of tribes—

Alacaluf 5-6

Chono 30-34

Ona, Shllk'nam, MAnekcnkn 4^49

Yahgan 2-3

Narcotics 177

Navigation 85, 195-204

Necklaces 183-184

Needles 204, 218

Nets—

fish 18^190

seal and bird 190

Nomadic life *. 178-179

Oars 200-201

Oath 153

Oensmen 48

Old. See Aged.
Onas—

history of investigation 62-63

name 48-49

population and present condition 56-57

territory 49-50,56

See also Relations; Somatology; Lan-
guages; Dl^.lects; Culture.

Ordeals 153

Orientation 137

Origin—

of bow and arrow 211-213

of plank boat ^^201-204

Digitized by LjOOQIC

232

INDEX OF SUBJECTS

Page

Ornaments, personal 183-184

Osteology, sources 139

Ostrich 86

Otters 190

Paddles 200-201

PaintdJo of body and face.. 158, 160-161, 180, 182

Parental affection 170-171

Pathology, sources 140

Patience 173

Payos 32,33,36,125

Pecherais 6,8, 9, 71

Pederasty 101, 170

Perforators 204, 218

Peyes 6,32,33,36,86

Physical appearance—

Alacaluf, Yahgans, West Patagonians. . . 29

Chonos 41-43

Onas 53

sources 140

Physiology, sources 140

Plaiting 183,184,204

Plank boat—

description 198-200

distribution and migration . . . 29-30,43, 198-200

origin 201-204

Plants, food 187

Platform burial 161

Play 184-185

Poetry 181

Poison 71, 121, 211

POUTICAL culture 177-178

Polyandry 166

Polygamy 51, 57, 80, 102, 165, 166-167

Poncho 45

Population, decrease of, and present—

Alacaluf 47-48

Chonos 46-47

Onas 56-57

Yahgans 4-5

Porpoises 190

Portages 38, 118, 200

Potatoes 44, 45

Pottery 206

POYAS 31,32,33,86

POY-YUS 6,32,33,36,86

Prayer 152-153

Present condition—

Alacaluf 47-48

Chonos 46-47

Onas : 56-67

Yahgans 4-5

Primitivity 56, 74, 77, 220, 223-227

Property—

ethics of 177

inheritance of and disposal of at death ... 1 72,

161-162

ownership of 178-179

Prophecy 160

Prostitution 169

Psychology , 140

psychoneuroses 80, 140

Puberty customs 156-157

Quarrels 173, 174

See also Feuds.

Quasi-religious culture 154-164

Quiver. See Arrow.

Page

Racing 184

Rafts 96, 196

Rats 191

Recreative culture 184-185

Reincarnation 151

Relations—

Cultural, between—

Fuegians and Botocudos 222

Fuegians and Indo-Oceanic primi-
tives 150,154,203-204,223-228

Linguistic, between Fuegians and

Tapuyas 75,222

Linguistic, somatological, and cultural,
between-
Alacaluf and West Patagonian Chan-
nel Indians 7-30

Chonos and Alacaluf... ; 36-46

Chonos and Tehuelches 36, 85

Chonos-FuegiansandAraucanlans.. 34-36,
82,116,220-221

Fuegians* and American race 223

M&nekenkn and Shilk 'nam 50-62

Onas and Tehuelches 62-56

Yahgans, Alacaluf, and Onas 4, 54

Somatological, between—

Chonos-Fuegians and Lagoa Santa

race 221-222

Fuegians and Changes 222

Onas and Bororos 222

Yahgan-Alacaluf and Botocudos 222

Reugious culture 64,145-164

Rhea 86

Sacred objects 163-164

Sacrifice 68, 153, 167, 168

Sails 200

Salt 187

Scarification 160,182

Scraper 216-217

Sculpture 154,181-182

Sea food 187,188

Seals 187,190

Secret societies 156-157,178

Seines 189

Shelter 192-193

ShIlk 'nam—

history of investigation 62-63

name 48-49

population and present condition 56

territory 49, 56

See also Relations; Somatology; Lan-
guages; Culture.
Sick. See III.

Skeletons, soiu-ces 139

Skin boats 196

Skin, color of—

Chonos and Fuegians 42-43

sources 140

Skin dressing 195

Skulls—

Chonos 43

Onas 63-54

sources 439

Slaves 45,86,178

Slings 184,214

Smoking 177

Snares 191

Soclax relations y.^ 176-177

Digitized by LjOOQIC

INDEX OF StJBJBCTS

233

Page

SOUTARY VICE 170

Somatology—

anatomy, physiology, pathology 140

anthropometrical data 139-140

osteology 139

rfeumfe, etc 141

sources 138-141

stature 138-139

See also Relations.

Songs 158,180

Soul, sxjbvival op 149, 150-151, 153

Spear 188,190,2a5-206,215

Spirits 146-148,153,154,156

Squatting burial 161

Stature—

Chonos 41-42

sources 138-139

Yahgans 102

Stoicism 173, 175

Stones, as weapons 214

Subjects, bibliography of 137-228

SuiaDE : 175

Superstitions 159

Supine burla.l 55, 161

Supramundane beings 146-149

Supreme Being 146-149

Survival op soul 149,150-151,153

Sweating 160

Taboos 154,155,157-158,162

Taciturnity 177

Tapuyas, linguistic relations of Fuegians to. 75, 222

Tattoo 55,124,183

Teeth, sources 140

Tehuelches, relations of Onas to 52-56

Tekeenicas 3

Territory—

Alacaluf 6-30

Chonos 30-46

Onas, Shllk'nam, Mtoekenkn 49-50, 56

Yahgans 3-4

Textile products 204-205

Texts, sources 144

Thept 46,173,177,179

Throwing club 215

ToLDO 55, 192

Tonsure 160, 182

Tools 216-218

Torches 191, 192

Torture 175

totemism 149-150

Trade 45,179

Page

Traditions 56,163-164,219

Transmigration 149, 150, 151, 163

Tribes—

Fitz-Roy's division of 8,87

general division of 2,60,74

Truthfulness 173, 176-177

Twins 171

Twisting 204

Vocabularies, sources 10-11, 141-143

War 154,174

Weaning 171

Weapons 205-216

Weather doctors. See Medicine-men.

Weaving 44, 194, 204

Wedges 218

Weights and measures 179

Weirs 190

West Patagonian Channel Indu.ns, re-
lations to—

Alacaluf 7-30

Chonos 34-46

Whales 190

Wigwams 192-193

Windshield 55, 192-193

Witches, wizards. See Medicine-men.
Wives—

choice of 164-165, 173

number of 166-167

stealing 49,164-165

treatment of 84, 168-169

Woman—

labor of 169

position of. 16&-169, 173

Wrestling 184

Wristlets 183

Writing 180

WUAS 48

Yacana-CUNNEE 2, 48, 86, 195

Yahgans—

history of investigation 60-6

name 2-3

population and present condition 4-5

territory 3-4

See also Relations; Somatology; Lan-
guages; Dlllects; Culture.

YAmana 2

Yammascoonas 3

Yapoos 3

O

Digitized by

Googl(

Digitized by

Googl(

Digitized by

Googl(

Digitized by

Googl(

Digitized by LjOOQIC

Digitized by LjOOQIC

I.M>C.1M.14«.4 (M)

Aiulirtiail ml critical

AIVMM

3 2044 042 990 846

This book is not to be
taken from the Library